^B    3Db    ISfl 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

EDUtSA 

PSYCH. ' 

LIBRARf 

BEQUEST 

OF 

ANITA  D.  S.  BLAKE 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2008  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.arcliive.org/details/firstitaliancourOOriccricli 


The  Italian  Pringipia-^Part  I. 


FIRST    ITALIAN   COURSE 


CONTAINING   A 


GRAMMAR,  DELECTUS,  AND  EXERCISE  BOOK 
WITH  VOCABULARIES 


ON  THE  PLAN   OF 

DR.  WILLLAM  SMITH'S  "PRINCIPIA  LATINA" 


NEW   YORK   •:•   CINCINNATI   •;•   CHICAGO 

AMERICAN    BOOK    COMPANY 

W.  p.  2 


EDUav 
^SYCH. 
-IBRARY 


GEPT 


PC 
KS 

EDUC^ 
LIBRARY 


PREFACE. 


The  following  Work  has  been  drawn  up  by  Signer  Ricoi, 
Professor  of  Italian  in  the  City  of  London  College,  on  the 
same  plan  as  the  Principia  Latina  and  the  French  and 
German  Principia. 

The  main  object  of  the  book  is  to  enable  a  beginner  to 
acquire  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the  chief  grammatical 
forms,  to  learn  their  usage  by  constructing  simple  sen- 
tences as  f^oon  as  he  commences  the  study  of  the  language, 
and  to  accumulate  gradually  a  stock  of  words  useful  in 
conversation  as  well  as  in  reading.  The  grammatical 
forms  are  printed  in  conspicuous  type  and  at  full  length, 
as  no  sound  knowledge  of  the  language  can  be  acquirv  d 
unless  the  pupil  becomes  thoroughly  familiar  with  these 
forms.  But  at  the  same  time  it  is  important  that  the 
learner  should  be  exercised  from  the  first  in  the  construc- 
tion of  Sentences,  so  as  to  test  by  practical  applictition 
the  grammatical  forms.  The  present  Work  thus  contains 
Grammar,  Delectus,  and  Exercise-book,  with  Vocabularies, 
and  consequently  presents  in  one  book  all  that  the 
beginner  will  require  for  some  time  in  his  study  of  the 
language. 

The  Grammar  has  been  made  as  complete  as  possible, 
so  far  as  the  forms  are  concerned,  in  order  to  obviate  the 
necessity  of  the  use  of  any  other  Grammar.  Great  pains 
have  been  taken  to  simplify  the  Bules,  which  often  consist 

463 


iv  PP.EFAOB. 

of  only  a  few  words,  when  the  same  subjects  oocnpy 
several  pages  in  other  Italian  Grammars.  Special  care 
has  been  taken  in  the  arrangement  and  classification  of 
the  Irregular  Verbs.  Many  of  the  so  called  Irregular 
Verbs,  which  show  the  same  slight  irregularities,  are 
given  in  the  chapters  on  Peculiarities  of  Verbs. 

As  most  persons  have  learnt  some  Latin  before  beginning 
Italian,  it  has  been  thought  advisable  to  pointy  out  the 
affinities  between  the  two  languages.  In  the  Vocabularies 
the  etymology  of  all  Italian  words  is  given,  not  only  of 
those  derived  from  the  Latin,  but  also  of  those  which  come 
from  the  Teutonic  and  other  languages.  In  the  case  of 
Teutonic  derivations  the  modern  German  forms,  where 
they  exist,  are  generally  given,  as  more  practically  useful 
than  the  older  forms,  from  which  the  Italian  words 
actuall}'  come.  In  drawing  up  these  lists  the  authorities 
of  Diez,  Littre,  and  Brachet  have  been  chiefly  followed. 

The  writer  has  consulted  most  of  the  books  used  in 
teaching  Italian  both  in  this  country  and  abroad,  and 
desires  to  express  his  obligations  to  the  Grammars  of 
Volpe  and  Sauer,  as  well  as  to  the  ordinary  Grammars 
used  in  Italian  Schools. 


CONTENTS. 


FAOI 

I.  The  Alphabet.     Parts  of  Speech 1 

II.  Pkonunciation      2 

Ilf.  The  Article         3 

IV.  The  Substantive 5 

1.  Formation  of  the  Plural         5 

2.  Formation  ok  the  Genitive      9 

3.  Formation  OF  the  Dative 10 

4.  Formation  OF  the  Ablative     11 

V.  The  Partitive  Article      14 

VI.  Proper  Names       15 

VII.  The  Verb  Avere 16 

VUI.  The  Verb  EssERE 22 

IX.  The  Adjective      27 

1.  Qualificative  Adjectives        27 

2.  Possessive  Adjectivks        37 

3.  Demonstrative  Adjectives       38 

4.  Interrogative  Adjectives        39 

5.  Numeral  Adjectives 40 

6.  Indefinite  Adjectives       45 

X.  The  Verb       47 

XI.  First  Conjugation       49 

XII.  Second  Conjugation 51 

X in.  Third  Conjugation       54 

XIV.  Affinities  of  the  Italian  and  Latin  Verbs..      ..  57 
XV.  Peculiarities  of  some  Verbs  of  ihe  I'irst  Conju- 
gation           58 

XVI.  Peculiarities  of  some  Veri^s  of  the  Second  Conju- 
gation           61 

XVII.  Peculiarities  of  some  Verps  of  the  Third  Conju- 

gation           65 

XVIII.  Complements  OF  Verbs       69 

XIX.  The  Pronoun        75 

A.  Personal  Pronouns 75 

B.  Demonstrative  Pronouns 84 

C.  Possessive  Pronouns 87 


yi  CONTENTS. 

PAOt 

D.  Interrogative  Pbonouns        87 

jE.  Relative  Pronouns 89 

V.  Indefinite  Pronouns       91 

XX.  Passive  Verbs 92 

XXI.  Neuter  Verbs 98 

XXII.  Keflective  Verbs      101 

XXIII.  Impersonal  Verbs      108 

XXIV.  Adverbs       112 

A.  Adverbs  of  Time      114 

B.  Adverbs  of  Place 115 

C.  Adverbs  OF  Manner 116 

D.  Adverbs  OF  Quantity      117 

E.  Adverbs  OF  Affirmation        118 

F.  Adverbs  OF  Negation      118 

G.  Adverbs  of  Doubt 120 

H.  Adverbial  Expressions 121 

XXV.  Prepositions        123 

A.  Prepositions  GOVERNING  THE  Genitive..      ..  123 

B.  Prepositions  governing  THE  Dative    ..      ..  124 

C.  Prepositions  governing  the  Accusative     , .  125 

D.  Prepositions  governing  THE  Ablative        .,  125 
XXVI.  Conjunctions      126 

A.  Copulative  Conjunctions       126 

B.  Disjunctive  Conjunctions      127 

XXVII.  Interjections      128 

XXVIII.  Irregular  Verbs        130 

The  First  Class 130 

Verbs  irregular  in  the   Past   Definite  and 

Past  Participle 131 

The  Second  Class       139 

A.  Verbs  irregular   in  the   Past  Participle 
only      ..      139 

B.  Verbs  irregular  IN  different  Tenses..      ..  141 
The  Third  Class        .. 164 

Defective  Verbs 164 

Alphabetical  List  OP  Irregular  Verbs  ..      ..  169 

Vocabularies 179 

Index  I. — Italian  Words 204 

Index  II.— English  Words       213 


A  FIRST 

ITALIAN    COURSE, 


I. — The  Alphabet.     Parts  of  Speech. 

1.  Alphabet. — The  Italian  alphabet  consists  of  22  letters : 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  I,  J,  L,  M,  N,  O,  P, 
a,    b,    0,    d,    o,    f,    g,    h,    i,   j,    1,    m,    n,    o,   p, 

Q,  R,  S,  T,  U,  V,  Z. 
q,   r,    s,    t,    11,    V,    z. 

The  English  letters  K,  W,  X,  Y  are  only  used  in  foreign 
words. 

The  names  ot  the  Italian  letters  are  given  on  page  3. 
Of  these  letters,  a,  e,  i,  o,  u  aie  Vowels  (vocdli),  the  re- 
haain-ing  letters  being  consonants  (consondnti). 

2.  Accents. — There  is  only  one  written  accent  O  in 
Italian,  and  it  is  used 

(a)  To  mark  a  contraction  ;  as,  verity,  truth ;  carit^,  charity  i 

written  instead  of  caritate,  veritate,  showing  thus  the 
suppression  of  a  syllable,  and  pi'eserving  the  accent  or 
the  word  in  its  original  place. 

(b)  To  give  a  dififerent  signification  to  the  same  word,  as 

la,  the,  la,  there ;  da,/rom,  da,  gives ;  e,  and,  e,  is. 

(c)  On  the  third  person  singular  of  the  Past  Definite  and  on 

the  first  and  third  persons  singular  of  the  Future: 
as,  egli  am5,  he  loved ;  io  amero,  /  shall  love ;  egli 
amer^,  he  will  love. 

Note  l.— The  acute  accent  (')  is  never  written  in  Italian,  but  in  this  work  it 
is  put  for  the  sake  of  beginners  upon  every  Lalian  word,  exc  pt  in 
the  Exercises,  in  order  to  indicate  the  pronunciation ;  as,  un  angelo, 
an  anutli  un  -mid),  a  friend. 
2.  Some  writers  u.^e  tne  circumflex  accpnt  (")  to  mark  the  contrac- 
tion of  two  t's:  as  principi  for  priucipii,  etc 

3.  Apostrophe. — The  Apostrophe  shows  that  a  vowel  has 
been  drop!>e  i,  as  I' amico,  the  friend,  instead  of  lo  amico; 
r  anima,  the  soul,  instead  of  la  anima. 


2  PRONUNCIATION. 

4.  Genders. — There  are  two  Ganders  :  Masculine  (mcuco- 
lino)  and  Fetninine  (femminino). 

5.  Numbers. — There  are  two  Numbers  :  Singular  (singo- 
Idre)  and  Plural  (jplurale). 

6.  Parts  of  Speech. — There  are  Nine  Parts  of  Speech  in 
the  Italian  language : 

1.  Article  articolo.        5.  Verb,  verho. 

2.  Substantive,  or  Noun,  sostaittivo,    6.  Adverb.         avverbio. 

or  name.     7.  Preposition,  preposizidne. 

3.  Adjective,  aggeitivo.      8.  Uonjuiiction,  congiunzidne. 

4.  Pronoun,  prmidme.       9.  Interjection,  interiezidne. 


II. — PrONUNCI  AT  ION. 

Every  letter  must  be  pronounced  in  Italian,  as  there  are 
neither  diphthongs  nor  mutes. 

Vowels. 
a  is  pronounced  like  a  in  fatJier :  as,  p^dre,  father. 

(  (close)    „  a  in  made :  meno,  less. 

\  (open)     „  a  in  and :  e'rba,  grass. 

i  „  e  in  to  he :  dire,  io  say. 

(  (close)    „  o  in  society :       sotto,  under. 

\  (open)     „  0  ill  loxs  :  ddtto,  learned. 

U  „  00  in  booty :  miito,  dumb. 

Consonants. 
The  Consonants  not  given  below  have  the  same  sound 
as  in  Englisti. 

Ih  before  a,  o,  u,h:  as  caro,  dear ;  che,  what, 
ch  in  cherry  before  e,  i:   as  cera,  wax;  cittk, 
town. 
!g  in  garden  before  a,  o,  m,  ^;  as  gdla,  throat; 
ehiandii.  acorn, 
g  in  general  before  e,  t;  as  gelare,  to  /r«eae  ; 
gidrno,  dny. 
gl  when  before  i  sounds  like  II  in  billiards  :  as  e'gli,  ^e ;  except  in 
negl  gere  (to  neglect)  and  its  derivatives;  whe  i  it  sounds  like  gl 
in  negligent.     In  all  other  chscs  gl  has  the  l-nglish  sound. 
gn  sounds  like  nt  in  union:  as  bagnn,  /)«»//i ;  ragno,  spider. 
h  18  never  pronounced  in  Italiun,  and  is  used 

(a)  to  harden  the  sound  of  th»-  lett.  rs  c  and  g  when  these  precede 
the  vowel  e  or  i 

(b)  to  give. different  meanings  to  the  same  word  :  as  anno,  year ; 
hanno  (they)  hav. 

j  sounds  like  //  in  to  yield  and  is  used  only  to  form  the  plural  of  a  few 
words  in  io     iis  cse'inpio,  examp'e,  ese'rapj  or  escmpii. 
^  ,       , ,  J  ^r  f  »c  in  scatter  before  o,  o,  u.  h :  as,  scacco,  cheu. 

•0  has  the  sound  of  |  ^^  j^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^  . .  ^^  Boimmia,  monkey. 


THE 

ARTICLE. 

Pronunciation 

OF 

THE  Italian  Alphabet. 

Name. 

Similar  sounds  in  Enellsh. 

A 

a 

sounded  like  a  in  father- 

B 

bi 

5} 

he  in  to  he. 

C 

ci 

It 

ch  in  cherry  and  c  in  cottage. 

D 

di 

J» 

di  in  dixcovery. 

E 

e 

J> 

a  in  and  and  made. 

F 

effe 

»» 

effe  in  effervescent. 

G 

gi 

»> 

ge  in  general  and  gf  in  garden. 

H 

acca 

» 

aca  in  academy. 

I 

i 

•) 

i  in  middle. 

J 

i  liingo 

y  in  <o  ?/«eZ(i 

L 

elle 

?> 

eZZe  in  Ellesmere. 

M 

emme 

the  Englibli  m. 

N 

enne 

•> 

en  in  enemy. 

O 

o 

5) 

0  in  Zoss  and  in  society. 

P 

pi 

„ 

pi  in  _p/<y. 

S 

qu 

„ 

gM  in  quarrel. 

R 

erre 

?» 

err  in  <o  err. 

S 

esse 

„ 

e««e  in  essence. 

T 

ti 

j^ 

tea  in  <ea. 

U 

u 

»» 

00  in  fcoo/i/. 

V 

vi 

1> 

w  in  victory. 

z 

zeda 

>» 

the  Englisli  long  zed. 

III. — The  Article  (VArticolo). 

There  are  three  Articles,  the  Definite,  the  Indefinite. 
and  the  Partitive. 

1.  Definite  Article. 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

Singular  11,  lo  (1')  *  la  (1') 

Plural  i,   gli  le 

II  is  used  before  all  masculine  nouns  heginninp:  with  a 
consonant,  except  the  impure  s  and  z;  as,  il  padre,  the 
father;  \l  fraieUo,  the  brother.  Lo  is  u^ed  before  masculine 
nouns  beginning  with  the  impure  s,  2  or  a  vowel,  but 
the  0  is  dropped  before  a  vowel :  as,  lo  i^coglio,  the  rock ; 
lo  zio,  the  uncle ;  V  osso,  the  hone,  instead  of  lo  osso.  I  is  the 
pbiral  of  11,  and  gli  of  lo ;  but  the  i  of  gli  is  only  diojiped 
before  another  i:  as.  lo  scettro,  the  s^ejptre ;  gli  scettri,  the 
sceptres ;  V  in^annatore,  the  cheat  ;  gl'  ingannatori,  the  cheats. 

Note.— When  a  noun  ends  in  gli.  the  g  of  the  article  is  dropped  to 
avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same  sound  :  as,  li  scdgli,  the  rocks  ;  li  artigli, 
the  claws. 

Note. — The  impure  8  is  «  followed  by  another  consonant ;  as,  «6,  «c, 
«d,  &c.  

*  The  Article  comes  from  the  Latin  demonstrative  pronoun  ille,  ilia. 
1* 


4  THE  ARTICLE. 

La  is  used  with  all  feminine  nonns;  but  drops  the  a 
and  t^kes  an  apostrophe  when  before  a  vowel ;  as, 
r  allieva,  the  pupil  {/em.),  instead  of  la  allieva. 

2.  Indefinite  Article. 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

uno,  an.  una,  an*. 

Uno  is  nsed  before  masculine  words  beginning  with  the 
impure  «  or  z ;  un  is  used  before  all  other  masculine  nonns ; 
una  is  used  before  all  feminine  nouns,  excep'  tliose  begin- 
ning with  a  vowel,  beTore  which  it  drops  the  a  and  is 
wiitten  un' :  as,  nno  scacco,  a  chessboard ;  un  amico,  a 
friend  {masc.)  ;  una  mddre,  a  mother;  un' ami'ca,  a  friend 
(/em.). 

[3.  The  Partitive  Article  is  given  on  page  14.] 

The  Article  always  agrees  in  gender  and  number  with 
the  Noun. 

Examples. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

il  pddre. 

the  father. 

i  padri. 

the  fathers. 

la  mad  re. 

th-  mother. 

le  inadri. 

the  mothers. 

lo  spe'cchio, 

the  looking- glass. 

gli  spe'echi, 

the  ".  )oking-gla»ses. 

rami  CO, 

the  friend  (m.). 

gli  amici, 

the  friends  (  w.). 

r  arnica, 

the  friend  (f.) 

le  ami'cLe, 

the  friends  (/.). 

uno  Hpecchio. 

,  a  looking-gla»8. 

un  cane. 

a  dog. 

una  camera, 

a  room. 

on'  anima. 

a  sotd. 

Present  Tense  of  the  Verb  "  To  have"  av^re. 

Singular.  Plural. 

io  ho,*  I  have.  ndi  abbiamo,    we  have. 

tu  hai,  thou  h^st.  v6i  avete,         you  have. 

egli  ha,  he  has.  eglino  hanno,  they  {m)  have. 

elia  ha,  she  has.  elleno  hanno,   they  (J.)  have. 

Exercise  I. 

1.  Io  ho  r  orologio.  2.  Io  ho  una  camera.  3.  Tu  hai  un  cane. 
4.  II  padre  ha  1' orologio.  5.  La  niadrelia  un  cane.  6.  L'aniico  lia 
uno  zio.  7.  Ij' arnica  ha  una  zia.  8.  Lo  zio  ha  una  nmdre. 
9.  L'uorao  ua  il  cane.  10.  L'uomo  ha  una  camera.  11.  Lo  zio 
ha  li  cera.     12.  Lamadre  ha  un  orolojio. 


*  Many  authors  use  the  accent  In.stead  of  the  h :  as.  b,  ii,  <),  inna.  Not«>  that  the  k, 
or  the  accent,  a'-e  used  to  distini^ui^h  th«^  verb  from  simitar  words  uf  dtffi-rent  meaning  : 
•s  Ov  or ;  ai,to  the;  a,  to ,-  anno,  year. 


THE   SUBSTANTIVE.  6 

1.  I  have  a  dog.  2.  We  have  a  room.  3.  The  man  has  a 
friend  (masc).  4.  The  man  has  a  dog. .  5.  The  mother  has  a 
friend  (fern.).  6.  They  (masc.)  have  a  watch.  7.  They  (/em.) 
have  a  friend  {fern.).  8.  The  friend  {fern.)  has  an  uncle.  9.  I 
have  the  dog.  10.  The  man  has  a  dog.  11.  The  mother  has  a 
watch.     12.  The  friend  (masc.)  has  a  room. 

Present  Tense  of  the  Verb  "  To  have,^'  av^re,  used  Interro- 
gatively. 

Singular.  Plural. 

ho  io !  have  J?  abbiamo  noi  ?  have  toe  i 

hai  tu  ?        hast  thou  9  avcte  vol  1  have  you  ? 

ha  egli  ?      has  he  i  hanno  eglino  ?  have  they  (m.)  f 

ha  ella  ?      has  she  f  hanno  elleno  1  have  they  (J.)  i 

si,  yes ;  no,  no ;  e  (before  vowels  ed),  and  ;  che,  what. 

Exercise  II. 

1.  Avete  voi  un  padre  ed  una  madre  ?  2.  Ha  egli  uno  zio  ?  Si, 
egli  ha  uno  zio.  3.  Hai  tu  una  zia  ?  4.  Avete  voi  un  cane? 
5.  Ha  egli  lo  zucchero?  6.  Avete  voi  una  camera?  Si,  io  ho  una 
camera.  7.  Ha  il  cane  uii  osso?  Si,  il  cane  i'a  un  osso.  8.  Ha 
r  amico  la  cera  ?  fSi,  egli  ha  la  cera.  9.  Avete  voi  un  allievo  ?  No, 
io  ho  un' allieva.  10.^  Ha  elia  un  orologio?  11.  Che  avete  voi? 
Io  ho  un  cane.     12.  Avete  voi  un  coltello?     Si,  io  ho  un  coltello. 

1.  Has  he  a  friend  (masc.)  f  2.  Have  they  {masc  )  a  pupil  (masc.)  ? 
3.  Has  the  friend  (masc.)  a  watch?  4.  Have  you  a  pupil  (/em.)? 
5.  Has  he  a  watch  ?  6.  Have  they  (fern.)  an  uncle  ?  Yes,  they 
(fern.)  have  an  uncle.  7.  Have  you  a  knife?  No,  I  have  the 
sugar.  8.  Have  you  a  room  ?  Yes,  I  have  a  room.  9.  Has  he  a 
dog?  No,  he  has  a  watch.  10.  Has  she  the  sugar?  Yes,  she  has 
the  suizar.  11.  Has  the  dog  a  bone?  Yes,  the  dog  has  a  bone. 
12.  Have  they  (masc.)  a  room  ?     Yes,  they  {masc.)  have  a  room. 


IV. — The  Substantive  {il  Sostantivo). 

1.  Formation  of  the  Pi-ural  (Formazione  del  Plurdle). 

All  nouns  form  their  plural  in  i,  except  feminine  nouns 
in  a,  which  form  their  plural  in  e. 

Examples. 
Singular.  Plural. 

il  fratello,    the  brother.  i  frate'lli,    the  brotnen. 

la  mano,       the  hand.  le  mani,  the  hands. 

11  principe,  the  prince.  i  principi,  thf^  princet. 

la  madre,     the  mother.  le  madri,    the  mothers. 

la  casa,        the  house.  le  ca^e,       the  houses. 

il  po^ta,       the  poet.  i  po€ti,       the  poets. 


6  THE   SUBSTANTIVE. 

NorEs. 

1.  Words  ending  in  ca,  ga  take  h  after  the  o  or  ^  in  tbe 
plural,  in  order  to  preserve  to  those  letters  the  same  liard 
sotind  they  have  in  the  sin<;iilar  :  as,  il  duca,  the  duke, 
i  duchi ;  la  ruga,  the  wrinkle,  le  riighe. 

2.  Words  ending  in  co,  go  in  the  singular  liave  their 
plural,  some  in  ci,  gi,  and  some  in  chi,  gai :  1'  ami'co,  the 
friend,  gli  aniii;  il  sacco,  the  sack,  i  sacchi ;  il  mago,  the 
maifician,  i  ma*j,i ;  1'  a^o,  the  needle,  gli  aghi. 

3.  M.onos\llables,  words  with  the  accent  on  the  last 
syllable,  and  words  ending  in  i,  ie,  or  s  do  net  change  in 
the  plural :  as,  il  re.  the  king,  i  re  ;  la  citta,  the  town,  le  citta  ; 
la  specie,  species,  le  speoie;  il  lapis,  the  pencil,  i  lapis. 

4.  Words  ending  in  cia,  ccia,  gia,  ggia,  and  sola  drop 
the  i  in  the  plural ;  la  faccia,  the  face,  le  facce ;  la  spiaggia, 
the  coast,  le  spiagge. 

5.  The  names  of  trees  are  masculine,  and  the  names 
of  fruits  are  feminine:  as,  il  nooe,  the  walnut-tree,  la  noi-e, 
the  walnut;  il  ciiiegio,  the  cherry-tree,  la  ciricgia,  the  cherry, 
etc.  The  exceptions  are :  la  (inercia,  the  oak,  il  fico,  which 
means  the  fig-tree  and  the  fig ;  il  limone,  the  lemon-tree  and  the 
h.mon  ;  and  1'  ananassu,  the  pine-apple  tree  and  the  pine  apple. 

The  following  words  are  irregular  in  the  plural :  — 

Dio,  God.  gli  de'i,  the  gods. 

il  hue,  the  ox.  i  budi,  the  oxen. 

mille,  a  tkoumnd.  mila,  thousands. 

la  moglie,  the  wife.  le  mogli.  the  wives. 

I'udmo,  the  man.  gli  udmini,  the  men. 

Y  novo,  Uie  egg.  le  udva,  the  eggs. 


[Other  Irregular  Plurals  to  be  passed  over  by  the  pupil 
at  present. 

1.  The  following  masculine  nouns  in  o  have,  V)e8ides  the 
plural  in  i,  a  feminine  plur-il  in  a,  sometimes  e,  in  some 
ca-es  with  a  different  signification  (the  plurals  placed  in 
brackets  are  less  frequent)  : — 


Singular. 
Masculine. 

Masculine. 

Plural. 

Feminine. 

I  anello,  the  ring 
il  brjiccio,  the  arm 

II  budello,  the  gut 

gli  anelli 
(i  brttCci) 
i  budelli 

(le  anellay 
le  braecia. 
le      hudella,     bu- 
delle. 

il  calc!?!?no,  the  heel 
il  CHBtello,  the  cattle 
il  cervello,  the  brain 

(i  calcagni) 

i  caste'lli 

i  cerv^Ui,  mind 

le  calciigna. 
(le  cast^Ua) 
le  cervella,  brains. 

THE   SUBSTANTIVE. 


Singular. 
Masculine. 
il  oi'glio,  the  eyebrow 
il  coltello.  the  knife 
il  cdriio,  the  horn 
il  diti  Ho,  the  armpit 
il  d.to,  the  finger 
il  filo.  the  thread 
il     fondHmeiito, 

foundation 
il  fi  utto,  the  fruit 
il  fiiso,  the  spindle 
il  geVto,  the  gesture 
il  ginocchio,  tlie  knee 
il  gdmito.  the  elbow 
il  gr  do  the  shout 
il  labbro,  the  lip 
il  legno,  the  wood 
il  leiizuolo,  the  sheet 
il  membro,  tlie  limb 
il  miiio,  the  wall 
V  oreccliio,  the  ear 
rdssu,  the  bone 

il  pdrao,  the  apple 
il  piigno   the  fist 


Plural. 


Masculine. 
(1  cfgli) 
i  coltelli 
i  cdrni,  cornets 
(i  diteili) 
(i  d  ti; 
f.li  {of  a  plot) 


Feminine, 
le  ci'glia. 
(le  coltella). 
le  cdrna,  horns. 
le  d  te'ila,  ditelle. 
le  d.ta. 
\e  fi\si  (of  cloth\ 


the  i  foiidHinenti  [used  ab-  le  fondaiuenta  (of  ma- 
stractedly)  sonry). 

i  friitti,  results    .  le  frutta,  the  fruits. 

i  fiisi  (le  fiisa). 

i  gesti.  gestures  le  gesta,  great  deeds. 

(i  giiiocchi)  le  gindcchia. 

i  gdraiti  (le  gdmita). 

(i  gr:<li)  le  gr  da. 

(i  labl«ri)  le  labbra. 

i  lejini,  ships  lele'gna,le'gne,^reiPOod. 

(i  lenzudli )  le  lenzudla. 

i  membri,  members         le  membra,  limhs. 

i  muri,  u-alls  (of  a  house)  le  mura  walU  (of  a  town). 

(gli  oie'cchi)  le  orecchia,  oreVchie. 

gli  dssi,  bones  le  dssa   remains  of  the 

dead,  ashes). 

i  pdmi  (le  pdma). 

i  pugni,  blows  with  fist  le  piiiinR.  fists. 

le  quadiella,  arroicss 
le  nsa,  laughter. 

i  sacchi  (le  sacca). 

(gli  stridi)  le  sti  ida. 

i  tempi,  times,  weathers  le  quattro  tempora,  the 
four  ember-weeks. 
le  vestigia,  vestige. 


il  qua  Irello,  brick, arrow  i  quadreili,  bricks 

il  r-80,  laughter,  rice       i  r.si,  rice 

il  sacco,  sack 

lo  strido,  shout 

il     tempo,    the    time, 

weather 
il  vestigio,  the  track,   (i  vestigi) 

trace 
il  vestimento,  clothing  (i  vestimenti 


le  vestimenta. 


2.  The  followring  masculine  nouns  in  0  have  always  the 
plural  feminine  in  a  : — 

il  centinaio,  the  hundred. 


il  cudio, 
il  mi'glio, 
il  miy:liaio, 
il  mdggio, 
il  paio, 
il  nibbio, 
lo  staio, 


the  leather, 
the  mile, 
the  thousand, 
the  bui-ktt, 
the  pair, 
four  bushels, 
the  bushel, 


le  centinaia. 
le  cudia. 
le  miglia. 
le  migliaia. 
le  mdggia. 
le  paia. 
le  riibbia. 
le  staia. 


3.  The  following  nouns  are  only  nsed  in  the  singular : 
la  cancrena,  the  gangrene.  la  prdle,    the  offspring. 

la  earie,         rottenness  of  bones.         la  rdba,      the  property. 
la  mane,        the  morning.  la  rosolm,  the  measles. 

la  pasqua,     Easter.  la  stirpe,   the  pedigree. 

la  progenie,  the  descendants. 


THE  SUBSTANTIVE. 


4.  The  following;  words  have  no  singular  when  meaning. 


gli  aimali,  the  annals. 

le  basette,  the  lohisUers. 

i  bsiffi,  the  moustaches. 

i  calzdni,  the  trousers. 

le  carezze,  the  caresses. 

i  dulci,  the  sweetmeats. 

V  esequie,  the  funeral. 

le  ndzze,  the  wedding, 
j?li  sponsali,  ihe  betrothal. 

le  te'nebre,  the  darkness. 


le  fauci,        throat  (of  a  wild  beast). 

le  fdrbici,     the  scissors. 

i  guai,  ihe  woes. 

le  interidra,  the  entrails. 

le  mdlle,       the  tongs. 

i  mostacchi,  the  moustaches. 

le  mutande,  the  drawers. 

i  vamii,         <//«  pi.iions. 

le  viscere,    <Ae  entrails. 

i  viveri,        <^e  victuals. 


5.  The '  following  nouns  have  a  ditferent  meaning  in 
their  plural : — 


il  cf'ppo, 

the  trunk  of  a  tree. 

i  ceppi, 

the  fetters. 

la  dote, 

the  dowry 

le  doti, 

the  qu^ities. 

il  ferro. 

the  iron. 

i  fei  ri. 

the  f titers. 

il  fasto. 

ihe  luxury. 

1  fasti. 

ihe  annals. 

il  gonitdre 

,  the  father. 

i  genitdri, 

the  pttrt-nts. 

la  gente. 

the  people. 

le  genti. 

the  nations. 

la  gnizia. 

grace,  free  pardon. 

le  grazie. 

thanks. 

11  natale, 

Christmas. 

i  Datali. 

the  UHh. 

il  rame. 

the  ore   metal ). 

i  rami, 

the  engraved  plates. 

il  sale, 

the  salt. 

isali. 

the  toitiicisms. 

la  vacanza,  the  vacancy  (of  an  office),  le  vacaiize,  the  holidays.^ 

d&e,  two ;  tre,  three ;  veduto,  visto,  seen. 
Exercise  III. 

1.  Due  uomini  hanno  veduto  un  cavallo.  2.  Le  donne  hanno 
gli  ascld.  3.  lo  lio  ^li  specchi.  4.  lo  lio  visto  un  rasno.  5.  Ha 
egli  nn  podere?  Si,  egli  ha  due  poderi.  6.  Ella  ba  le  frutta.  7.  La 
moglie  ha  tre  aghi.  8.  Noi  abbiamo  due  mani.  9.  Lo  zio  ba  due 
soielle.  10.  Hai  tu  flue  uova  ?  No,  io  ho  un  uovo.  11.  La  casa  lia 
tre  porte.     12.  Eiili  ha  uno  specchio. 

1.  Sbe  bas  two  needles.  2.  We  have  tbree  houses.  3.  He  has 
two  uncles.  4.  He  has  an  estate.  5.  We  have  the  fruits.  6.  Hh 
has  a  sister.  7.  She  has  three  eggs.  8.  Have  you  two  horses  r' 
No,  I  have  one  horse.  9.  Ihe  house  has  two  doors.  10.  Have 
you  an  aunt?  1  have  three  aunts.  11.  The  woman  has  a  needle. 
12.  We  have  three  horses. 

8^0,  are  ;  qu&ttro,  four ;  olnqne,  five ;  inohe,  also ;  o,  or. 

Exercise  IV. 


1.  Avete  voi  tre,  o  quattro  case  ?  To  ho  cinque  case.  2.  Avete  voi 
uno  zio?  Si,  ed  io  ho  anche  una  zia.  3.  Ella  ha  una  figlia.  4.  La 
mano  ha  cinque  dita.  5.  Eizli  ba  tre  figli  e  due  fidie.  Ci.  La  casa  ha 
quattro  finestre.  7.  Io  ho  due  fratelli.  8.  'J  u  hai  tre  sorelle  ed  un 
fratello.  0.  La  zia  ha  quattro  sorelle.  10.  11  padre  ba  tre  fratelli.  11. 
La  casa  ha  una  porta  e  cinque  finestre.    12.  Noi  abbiamo  una  sorella. 


THE    SUBSTAJiTlVE.  » 

1.  I  have  two  houses.  2.  The  house  has  two  doors.  3.  The 
house  has  five  windows.  4.  The  sister  has  five  needles.  5.  Have 
you  a  brother  ?  1  have  a  brother  and  two  sisters.  6.  The  mother 
has  five  sons  and  three  daughters.     7.  The  uncle  has  a  brother. 

8.  'I'he  aunt  has  two  sisters.  9.  The  hands  have  fingers.  10. 
Have  you  five  horses?  No,  I  have  two  horses.  11.  Have  you  a 
knife?  No,  I  have  a  bone.  12.  The  man  has  a  watch,  two  horses 
and  three  houses. 

B. 
1.  La  donna  ha  cinque  figii.  2.  Ella  ha  anche  due  figlie.  3.  lo 
ho  due  cappelli.  4.  Le  due  donne  sono  sorelle.  5.  II  padre  e  lo 
zio  sono  amici.  6.  Hai  tu  le  noci?  No,  io  ho  le  arance.  7.  Koi 
abbiamo  due  spazzole.  8.  Avete  voi  il  sapone  ?  tSi,  ed  io  ho  anche 
1' asciugamano.  y.  La  figlia  ha  due  sorelle.  10.  II  figliohaduefratellL 
11.  La  sorella  ha  una  spazzola.     12.  II  padre  ha  una  forchetta. 

1.  I  have  a  toweL  2.  He  has  a  hat.  3.  She  has  two  oranges. 
4.  He  has  a  brother  and  also  a  sister.  5.  Have  you  a  fork  ?  Yes, 
and  I  have  also  a  knife.  6.  She  has  a  daughter.  7.  They  (masc.) 
have  five  walnuts.    8.  'Jhe  sister  has  two  oranges  and  three  walnuts. 

9.  I  have  a  brush.  10.  I  have  an  uncle  and  an  aunt.  11.  Have  you 
an  uncle  ?   Yes,  and  1  have  also  an  aunt.    12.  V\  e  have  two  oranges. 


2.  Formation  of  the  Genitive  (Genitivo). 

The  preposition  of  is  expressed  in  Italian  by  di,  which 
is  thus  used  w^itli  the  article. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Masculine.    Feminine.  Masculine.     Feminine. 


Definite  Article 


del  della  del  delle      | 

ddllo        dell'  degli  >  of  the. 


deir 

Indefinite  Article  d'  dno,  d'  un,  d'  una,  d'  un'  of  a,  an. 

Del  a  contraction  of  di  il.      Dei      a  contraction  of  di  i. 

Dello,  dell'  „  di  lo.      Degli  „  di  gli. 

Delia,  deir  „  di  la.      Delle  „  di  le. 

Examples. 
Sinpnlar,  Plural, 

del  padre  of  the  father.  del  padri  of  the  fathers. 

dello  zio  of  the  uncU.  degli  zii  of  the  uncles. 

dell'ami'co  of  the  friend  (m.)    degli  amici         of  the  friends  ^m.) 

della  madre         of  the  mother.  delle  madri  of  the  mothers, 

deir  am 'oa  of  the  friend  (/.).     delle  ami>he      of  the  friends  if.). 

d'  uno  gpe'-'chio  of  a  looking-glass. 
d'  nn  cappello    of  a  hat. 
d'  iina  camera    of  a  room. 
d'  un'  anima        of  a  soul. 

e,  is;  dove,  dve,  where;  qui,  here. 
Exercise  V. 
1.  L' arte  del  pittore.    2.  11  cappello  del  fratello  e  qui.    3.  Pov'i 
(for  dove  e)  il  libro  del  fratello  ?     Qui.     4.  II  colore  della  faccia. 


10 


THE   SUBSTANTIVE. 


5.  La  faccia  dell'  uomo.  6.  Le  strida  della  scimmia.  7.  Dove  sono 
gli  amici  dello  zio  ?  Eglino  sono  qui.  8.  Dov'  h  la  sedia  della 
zia?  La  sedia  della  zia  fe  qui.  9.  U  giardino  dello  zio.  10.  II 
cappello  della  cugina.  11.  11  cavallo  del  cugino.  12.  Ledita  della 
mano. 

1.  The  books  of  the  cousin  (masc.)  are  here.  2.  The  hat  of  the 
man.  3.  The  garden  of  the  house.  4.  The  windows  of  the  houses. 
5.  The  room  of  the  uncle.  6.  The  colour  of  the  hands.  7.  Ihe 
friends  of  the  cousin  (masc).  8.  The  horses  of  the  uncle.  9.  The 
chair  J  of  the  room.  10.  The  house  of  the  painter.  11.  ITie  house 
of  the  aunt.     12.  The  hats  of  the  brothers  are  here. 


3.  Formation  of  the  Dative  (Bativo), 

The  prepositions  to  and  at  are  translated  in  Italian 
by  a  (before  a  vowel  ad),  which  is  thus  used  with  the 
article. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Masculine.       Feminine.  Masculine.      Feminine. 

al  alia  ai  alle 


Definite  Article 


alio 
all' 


all' 


agli 


Indefinite  Article   ad  uno,  ad  on,  ad  tna,  ad  un'. 

Al  a  contraction  of  a  11.       Ai       a  contraction  of  a  i. 

Alio,  all'  ,.  a  Id.       Agli  „  a  gU. 

AUa,  air 


a  la.       Alle 


a  le 


Examples. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

al  padre              to  the  father. 

ai  padri 

to  the  fathers. 

&II0  210                to  the  uncle. 

agli  zii 

to  the  uncles. 

all'  am  ico            to  the  friend  (m. ) 

agli  amici 

to  the  friends  (w».) 

alia  madre          to  the  mother. 

alle  madri 

to  the  mothers. 

all'  am  ica             to  the  friend  (J  ) 

alle  amiche 

to  the  friends  (J.) 

ad  fino  spe'fchio  to  a  looking-glass. 

ad  un  cuppe'llo  to  a  hat. 

ad  iina  camera    to  a  room. 

ad  un'  linima       to  a  soul. 

Masculine :             (il)  mio 

(i)  mia 

}        my. 

Feminine :             (la)  mia 

(le)  mle 

chi,  who  f  whom  i 

dato. 

given. 

io  &mo,  /  hve,  I  like.         io  do, 

I  give. 

Exercise  VI. 

1.  Io  do  un  cappello  alia  sorella.  2.  Avete  voi  dato  un  anello  alia 
madre?  3.  Io  do  le  frutta  alia  figlia.  4.  Io  amo  il  mio  bastone. 
5.  Lo  zio  ha  dato  uno  specchio  alia  zia.  (i.  Io  ho  dato  il  giornale 
alio  zio.     7.  Io  do  la  mia  penna  alia  sorella.     8.  L'  allieva  ha  dato 


THE   SUBSTANTIVE.  11 

una  penna  all'  allievo.  9.  Egli  ha  dato  un  libro  alia  madre.  10. 
Noi  abbiamo  dato  un  quadro  al  fratello.  11.  Lo  zio  ha  dato  il  mio 
bastone  al  padre.     12.  lo  ho  dato  il  mio  cappello  al  fratello. 

1.  I  have  given  my  ring  to  the  aunt.  ?.  He  has  given  my  stick 
to  the  uncle.  3.  She  has  given  a  hat  to  the  daughter.  4.  ^he  has 
given  a  pen  to  the  aunt.  6.  We  have  given  a  newspaper  to  the 
father.  6.  They  {masc.)  have  given  a  painting  to  the  uncle.  7. 
I  have  given  my  hat  to  the  friend  (masc).  8.  The  uncle  has  given 
a  pen  to  my  friends  (masc).  9.  He  has  given  a  book  to  the 
daughter.  10.  Ihey  (masc)  have  given  my  newspapers  to  the 
pupils  (masc).  11.  I  like  my  painting.  12.  He  has  given  a 
horse  to  the  man. 


4.  Formation  of  the  Ablative  (^Ahlativo). 

The  Ablative  is  formed  in  Ital>an  with  the  prepositions 
da,  from ;  in,  in ;  su,  upon,  on  ;  per,  hy ;  con,  with  ;  fra,  tra, 
among;  which  are  thus  used  with  the  article. 

Singular  Plural. 

Masculine.  Feminine.  Masculine.         Feminine. 

dal,  dallo,  dall'  dalla,  dair  dai,  dagli    dalle  from  the. 

nel,  nello,  nell'  nella,  nell'  nei,  negli    nelle  in  the. 

sul,  sd.lo,  suir  suila,  soil'  sui,  sugli     sulle  on  the. 

pel,  psr  lo,  per  1'  per  la,  per  1'  pel,  per  gli,  per  le  by  the. 


[  ool,  con  lo,  conl'    con  la,  con  1'        coi,  con  gii  con  le    with  the. 

da  uno,  da  un  da  nna,  da  un'  from  a,  an. 

in  uno,  in  un  in  una,  in  un'  in  a,  an. 

sur  lino,  sur  un  sur  una,  sur  un'  on  a,  an. 

per  uno,  per  un  per  una,  per  un'  hy  a,  an. 

[  con  uno,  con  un  con  una,  con  un'  tcith  a,  an. 

Dal  a  contraction  of  da  il.        Dai  a  contraction  of  da  i. 

Dallo,  dall'  „  da  lo.       Dagli  „  da  gli. 

Dalla,  dall'  „  da  la.       Dalle  „  da  le. 

The  same  contractions  take  place  with  the  other  pre- 
positiuns  (see  p.  12),  except  with  fra  and  tra,  which  are 
generally  not  contracted  with  the  article. 

Examples. 
Singular.  Plural. 

dal  padre  from  the  father.        daipddri  from  the  fathers. 

dallo  zi'o  from  the  uncle.         dagli  zi'i  from  the  uncles. 

dall' ainico         fromthe  frif-nd  m.Msigli  amci  from  the  friends(m.) 

dalla  madre       from  the  mother.       dalle  madri  from  the  tunthers. 

dall'  anji'ca         from  the  friend  (f.)  dalle  amiche  from  the  friends  (/•) 
da  6no  speech i()/ro;»  a  hiohing-glass. 
da  un  cappello  from  a  hat. 
da  una  camera  from  a  room. 
da  un'  anima      from  a  soul. 


12  THE   SUBSTANTIVE. 

io  vengo,  I  come  ;  egli  viene,  he  comes  ;  io  yidOi  I  go. 

EXEBCISE  VII. 


1.  Io  vengo  dalla  citta.  2.  Egli  viene  dal  giardino.  3.  Ella 
viene  dall'  albergo.  4.  Io  vado  alia  chiesa.  5.  hlla  viene  dalla 
ferrovia.  6.  Egli  viene  dalla  zia.  7.  io  vado  per  la  strada.  8. 
Ella  e  con  la  madre.  9.  Ella  viene  dal  teatro.  10.  11  servo 
viene  coi  libri.  11.  II  dottore  viene  dalla  casa.  12.  Lo  speziale 
viene  col  dottore. 

1.  I  come  from  the  church.  2.  He  comes  from  the  hotel.  3. 
I  go  to  the  hotel.  4.  She  comes  by  the  railway.  5.  I  come  from 
the  street.  6.  She  comes  with  the  books.  7.  The  uncle  comes 
with  the  doctor.  8.  I  come  from  the  church.  9.  She  is  with  my 
brother  and  with  my  sister.  10.  The  aunt  comes  from  the  town. 
11.  I  go  with  the  mother.     12.  She  comes  from  the  garden. 

dggi,  to-day. 


egli  ya,  he  goes. 


B. 


1.  II  padre  va  alia  chiesa.  2.  La  madre  va  con  la  zia.  3.  Egli 
va  oggi  col  fratello.  4.  Ella  va  al  teatro.  5.  11  dottore  va  oggi 
air  albergo.  6.  lo  vengo  dal  teatro.  7.  II  servo  va  all' osteria. 
8.  Io  vado  oggi  alia  ferrovia.  9.  Egli  e  nella  strada.  10.  II  libro 
e  sulla  tavola.     11.  Ella  e  nella  strada  con  la  zia.     12.  Ella  e  nella 


1.  He  goes  to  the  railway.  2.  She  goes  to  (the)  church.  3.  He 
comes  from  the  house.  4.  She  comes  from  the  theatre.  5.  He  is 
at  the  hotel.  6.  The  pen  is  on  the  table.  7.  I  go  to  the  hotel  with 
my  servant.  8.  I  come  from  the  railway.  9.  My  brother  goes 
with  my  sister.  10.  He  goes  to  the  garden.  11.  She  comes  from 
the  garden.     12.  I  go  to-day  to  the  hoteL 


Recapitulation  of  the  Definite  Article  and  op  its 
use  with  the  prepositions. 


MascSing.      |  F.  Sing,  i      Masc 

il 

Plur. 

F.  Plur. 

il    . 

lo    .   1  la   . 

i     . 

ffU. 

le    . 

» 
ike 

di,  0/   .     . 

del. 

deUo  i  d^lla 

dei. 

degU 

delle 

of  the 

a,  eo     .     . 

al   . 

alio 

&lla 

ai    . 

ig'i 

&lle 

to  the 

da, /rom    . 

dal. 

dallo 

d&Ua 

dai. 

dagU  ;  dalle 

from  the 

in,  tn  .     . 

nel. 

nello 

n&lla 

nei. 

negli    nelle 

in  the 

Bu,  on  .      . 

sal. 

sullo     Bulla  1   Boi  . 

BugU    Bolle 

on  the 

per,  hy .      . 

pel. 

per  Io   per  la    pei  . 

pergli   per  le 

hy  the 

oon,  with  . 

col. 

con  lo  con  la    coi  . 

congli  conle 

toiththe, 

THE   PARTITIVE   ARTICLE. 


13 


Recapitulation  of  the  Declension  of  the  Substantive.* 


1.  Nouns  beginning  with  a  consonant : — 


Masculine. 
Nom.  il  padre,       (he  father. 
(rcn.  del  padre,    of  the  father. 
Dat.  al  padre,      to  the  father. 
Abl.    dal  padre,    from  the  father. 


Singular. 

Feminine. 

la  madre,  the  mother. 

della  madre,  of  the  mother 

alia  madre,  to  the  mother. 

dalla  madre,  from  the  mother 


Plural. 

Nom.  i  padri,         the  fathers.  le  madri,  the  mothers. 

Cen.  deipadri,     of  the  fathers.  delle  madri,  of  the  mothers. 

Dat    ai  padri,       to  the  fathers.  alle  madri,  to  the  mothers. 

Abl.   dai  padri,     from  the  fathers.       dalle  madri,  from  the  mothers. 


2.  Nouns  beginning  with  z,  or  s  followed  by- 
sonant  : — 

Singular. 
Masculine. 

Nom.  lo  scudo,       the  shield. 
Gen.  dello  scudo,  of  the  shield. 
Dat.  alio  scudo,    to  the  shield. 
Abl.   dallo  scudo,  from  the  shield 


a    con- 


Feminine. 
la  scatola,  the  box. 

della  scatola,  of  the  box 
alia  scatola,  to  the  box- 
dalla  scatola,    from  the  box. 


Plural. 

Nam.  gli  scudi,      the  shields.  le  soatole,  the  boxes. 

Gen.  degli  scudi,  of  the  shields.  delle  scatole,  of  the  boxes. 

Dai.  &gli  Botidi,    to  the  shields.  alle  scatole,  to  the  boxes. 

Abl.  dagli  scudi,  from  the  shields.       dalle  scatole,  from  the  boxes. 


3.  Nouns  beginning  with  a  vowel : 

Singular. 


Masculine. 
Nom.  V  amioo,       the  friend. 
Gen.  dell' amico,  of  the  friend. 
Dat.  all' amico,     to  the  friend. 
Abl.   dall'amloo,  from  the  friend. 


Feminine. 
r  anima,  the  sovl. 

dell'  anima,        of  the  soul. 
all'  anima,  to  the  soul. 

dall'  anima,        from  the  soul. 


Plural. 


N(m.  gli  anuci,     the  friends.  le  anime,  the  souls. 

Gen.  dtgli  amici,  of  the  friends.  delle  anime,  of  the  souls. 

Dot.  agli  amici,    to  the  friends.  alle  anime,  to  the  muIs. 

Abl.  iJigliaxaicU  from  the  friends.  dalle  anime,  from  the  souls. 


The  Accusative  of  Nouns  is  like  the  Nominatiy^ 


14  PBOPEB  NAMES. 

V. — The  Partitive  Article  (Articolo  partitivo). 

The  Partitive  Article  some  (or  any),  is  the  Kame  as 
the  Gt^nitive  of  the  Detinire  Article  (see  p.  9)  :  as,  io  ho  del 
vino,  I  have  some  wine ;  della  bin  a,  some  beer. 

Note  1.  — When  the  word  is  used  in  an  indt  finite  and  general  sense, 
the  Italian  is  like  the  English:  as,  io  ho  libri  e  penue,  I  have  buok* 
and  pens. 

Exercise  VIII. 

1.  Io  ho  degli  amici.  2.  Hai  tu  del  butirro?  Si,  io  ho  del 
butirro.  3.  EgU  ha  della  came.  4.  Ella  ha  del  danaro.  5.  Eglino 
hanno  del  formaggio.  6.  Elleno  hanno  del  latte.  7.  Avete  voi 
del  pane?  Si,  io  ho  pane  e  formaggio.  8.  Ella  ha  delle  pere. 
9.  Noi  abbiamo  del  t^.  10.  Eglino  non  hanno  vino,  ma  hanno 
della  birra.     11.  Ella  ha  dell' acqua.     12.  Io  non  ho  danaro. 

1.  I  have  some  water.  2.  He  has  some  wine.  3.  Has  she  any 
butter  ?  Yes,  she  has  butter  and  eggs.  4.  We  have  some  butter. 
5.  Have  you  any  water  ?  Yes,  I  have  some  water.  0.  1  have 
some  pears.  7.  They  (masc.)  have  some  wine.  8.  You  have  some 
meat.  9.  Have  you  some  bread?  Yes,  I  have  some  bread.  10. 
We  have  given  some  money  to  the  man.  11.  I  have  given  some 
pearg  to  my  sister.  12.  They  (fern.)  have  given  some  beer  to  my 
brother. 

Note  2. — When  the  Partitive  Noun  is  in  the  Genitive  case,  or 
expresses  the  part  of  a  thing,  the  preposition  di  is  used  without  the 
Article :  as,  una  bottiglia  di  vino,  o  bottle  of  wine. 

Exercise  IX. 

1.  Io  ho  un  bicchiere  di  vino.  2.  Tu  hai  una  tazza  di  t^.  3. 
Ella  ha  degli  abiti  di  seta.  4.  II  mio  orologio  h  d'oro.  5.  Noi 
abbiamo  delle  bottiglie  di  birra.  6.  La  mia  spada  e  d'acciaio. 
7.  II  tuo  bastone  e  d'ebano.  8.  la  casa  del  cugino  e  di  marmo. 
9.  Io  ho  degli  stivali  di  pelle.  10.  Avete  voi  del  caffe,  o  della 
cioccolata?     11.  La  tavola  e  di  legno.     12.  L'anello  e  d'oro. 

1.  I  have  a  cup  of  tea.  2.  He  has  a  glass  of  water.  3.  She  has 
some  needles  of  steel.  4.  We  have  two  sticks  of  ebony.  5.  You 
have  a  house  of  marble,  fi.  They  (masc.)  have  boots  of  leather. 
7.  They  (fern.)  have  some  dresses  of  silk.  8.  We  have  a  table  of 
wood.  9.  You  have  a  cup  of  coflFee.  10.  I  Im  ve  a  cup  of  chocolate. 
11.  Thou  hast  a  bottle  of  wine.     12.  She  has  a  hat  of  silk. 


PROPER  NAMES. 


15 


VI. — Proper  Names  {Nomi  propri). 

1.  The  Article  is  om  tted  before, 
(o)  Christian  names  :  as,  Carlo,  Charles. 

(6 1  Names  of  towus,  except  il  Vasto,  il  Cairo,  la  Mirandola,  TAia,  the 
Hague. 

Names  of  countries,  when  governed  by  the  preposition  in  or  di\  are 
used  with  or  without  the  Ai  tide :  as,  in  Inghilterm,  in  England ;  in 
Italia,  in  Italy ;  ne'lla  Cina,  in  China. 

2.  The  Aiticle  is  n.-ed  with  the  names  of  countries,  or 
parts  of  the  world  :  as, 

La  Pnissia,  Prussia. 

L  Austria,  Austria. 

La  Tur  hi'a,  Turkey. 

La  Cilia,  China. 

L'  India,  India. 


La  Francia, 

La  Spagna, 

II  Ponogallo, 

L'  Italia, 

La  Svizzera, 

La  Uermania, 

II  Belgio, 

L'  Olanda, 

La  Daniiuarca,  Denmark. 

La  Svezia,  Sweden. 

La  Norvegia,      Aorway. 

La  Russia,  Russia. 


France. 

Spain. 

Portugal. 

Italy 

Switzerland. 

Gfrmany. 

Btlgium. 

Holland. 


Stati  Uni'ti,  The  United  Statet. 


II  Brasilt 
L'  Eurdpa, 
L'  Asia, 
L'  Africa, 
L'  America, 
L'  Australia, 


brazil. 

Europe. 

Asia. 

Africa. 

America. 

Australia. 


3.  The  Article  is  omitted  bef  )re  the  names  of  islands, 
except  the  following  and  a  few  othe'S  : — 

L*  Inghilterra,     England.  La  Picilia,  Sicily. 

L'  Irlanda,  Ireland.  La  Sai(le!J:na,       Sardinia. 

L'Elba,  Elba.  La  Cors  ea,  Corsica. 

4.  The  article  is  often  used  with  family  names :  as,  il 
Machiavelli,  il  Tdsso,  etc. 

Note.— The  English  Possessive  case,  Johns  hat,  Emma's  sister, 
is  rendered  in  Italian  by  ti  e  dlenitive:  as,  il  cappe'Uo  di  Giovanni  (the 
hat  of  John,  la  sorella  di  Emma  [the  sider  of  Emma) ;  the  nominative 
always  preceding  the  genitive. 

Exercise  X. 
A. 

1.  Carlo  e  mio  fratello.  2.  Emma  e  mia  sorella.  3.  Jo  ho  i 
guanti  di  Sofia.  4.  I  *ov'  e  la  zia  ?  Ella  e  a  Londra.  5.  Dov'  e  il 
cappello  di  I'ietro?  II  cappello  di  Fietro  e  sulla  tavola.  6.  Avete 
voi  un  bastone?  Si,  io  ho  il  bastone  di  (novanni.  7.  lo  ho  il  cap- 
pello di  (  arlo.  8.  ^  aria  h  la  figlia  della  signora  Scalchi.  9.  E 
ella  qui?  Ko,  ella  e  a  Parigi.  10.  Dov'e  il  padre?  Egli  h  a 
Homa.  1 ) .  Dov'  e  il  figlio  del  signore  Stoppino  ?  Egli  e  a  Milano. 
12.  Avete  voi  un  cappello  ?    Si,  io  ho  il  mio  cappello. 

1.  Peter  is  my  brother.  2.  Mary  is  my  sister.  3.  I  have  my 
brother's  gloves.  4.  Where  is  John?  He  is  in  Paris.  5.  Where 
is  my  brother?  He  is  in  London.  ^.  Where  is  Mrs.  Johnson? 
She  is  in  Milan.  7.  Have  you  my  hat?  No,  I  have  my  hat. 
8.  Where  is  Peter's  cousin  (^masc.)  ?    He  is  in  Rome.     9.  Have  you 


16 


THE   VERB   AV^RE. 


my  uncle's  stick  ?  10.  Have  you  given  some  money  to  the  man  ? 
Yes,  sir.  11.  Who  has  the  gloves?  The  father  has  the  gloves. 
12.  He  has  Maiy's  gloves. 


1.  Parigi  e  la  capitale  della  Francia.  2.  Londra  h  la  capitale 
deir  Inghilterra.  3.  Mio  cugino  e  a  Berlino.  4.  Mio  padre  ^  in 
Inghil terra.  5.  Dresda  h  in  iSassonia.  6.  U  Beltrio  h  in  Eiiropa. 
7.  II  Brasile  d  in  America.  8.  Mio  zio  fe  in  Asia.  9.  lo  vengo 
dall'  Inghilterra.  10.  lo  vado  oggi  con  mio  fratello  al  teatro.  11. 
Dov'  6  mia  zia?     Al  teatro.     12.  lo  ho  il  cajjpello  di  Pietro. 

1.  My  father  is  in  Asia.  2.  Holland  is  in  Europe.  3.  My 
brother  is  in  Grermany.  4.  My  uncle  is  in  China.  5.  My  cousin 
(masc.)  is  in  Italy.  6.  My  cousin  (fern.)  is  in  Paris.  7.  My  sister 
is  in  Wussia.  8.  Where  is  Charles?  He  is  in  London.  9.  She  is 
with  my  sister  in  the  room.  10.  1  have  John's  horse.  11.  1  have 
my  uncle's  newspaper.     12.  We  have  the  pupils'  (Jem.)  books. 


VII. — The  Verb  Avere,  to  have. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicatico). 

Present  Tense  (Presente). 
Singular. 


Plural. 


ioho. 

I  have. 

n6i  abbiamo. 

we  have. 

tn  hai, 

thou  hast. 

vdi  avete, 

you  have. 

egliha, 

he  has. 

eglino  hanno,  j 
elleno  hanno,    / 

they  have. 

ella  ha, 

she  has. 

Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfetto). 

io  aveva, 

I  had. 

ndi  avavamo, 

we  had. 

tu  avevi, 

thou  hadst. 

vdi  avevate, 

you  had. 

egli  aveva, 

he  had. 

egliao  avavano, 

they  had. 

Past  Definite  Tense  (Passdto  Definite).* 

io  ebbi. 

I  had. 

ndi  avemmo, 

we  had. 

tu  avesti, 

thou  hadst. 

v6i  a  vest  e, 

yon  had. 

egli  ebba, 

he  had. 

eglino  ebbero, 

they  had. 

Future  Tense  (Futuro). 

io  avro. 

I  shall  have. 

ndi  avremo, 

we  shall  have. 

tu  avrai. 

thou  wilt  have. 

vdi  avrete. 

you  toill  have 

fegU  avra, 

he  toill  have. 

eglino  avrHnno, 

they  trill  have 

COMPOUND  TENSES  (Tempi  CompSstt). 

avUto,  had. 

Past  Inueftnitb  Tense  (Passdio  Indefinfto). 


io  ho  av^to, 
tu  hdi  avtito, 
egli  ha  avuto, 


I  have  had. 
thtni  hast  had. 
he  hcut  had. 


ndi  abbiamo  avuto, 
vdi  avcte  avuto, 
eglino  baano  avuto, 


trc  have  had. 
you  have  had. 
they  have  had. 


*  See  page  48  for  an  explanation  of  the  difference  between  the  Imperfect  and  the 
Past  Definite. 


THE   VERB  AVJSRE. 


17 


Pluperfect  Tense  (PiM  die  Perfetto). 


Singular. 
lo  aveva  avuto,      I  had  had. 
tn  avdvi  avuto,      thou  hudst  had. 
egli  aveva  avuto,  he  had  had. 


Plural. 

;  n6i  avevamo  avtito,    we  had  had. 
I  vdi  avevate  avuto,     you  had  had. 
j  eglino  avcvano  avuto,  they  had 
I  had. 


Past  Anterior  Tense  {Passdto  Rimdto). 


io  ebbi  avuto, 
tu  avesti  avuto 
egli  ebbe  avuto, 


I  had  had. 
thou  hadsl  had. 
he  had  had. 


n6i  avemmo  avuto,  we  had  had. 
vdi  aveste  avuto,  you  had  had. 
eglino  ebbero  avtito,  they  had  had. 


Future  Anterior  Tense  (JFuturo  Anteriore). 


io  avro  avuto, 
tu  avrai  avuto, 

egli  avra  avuto, 


I  shall  have  had. 
thou    wilt   have 

had. 
he  will  have  had. 


ndi  avremo  avuto,  we    shall    have 

had. 
vdi  avrete  avuto,  you  will  have  had. 
eglino  avranno  avuto,  they   will 
have  had. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Condiziondle). 

Present  Tense  {Fresente). 


io  avrei,  I  should  have. 

tu  avresti,  thou  irouldd  have. 

egli  avrebbe,      he  would  have. 


ndi  avremmo         we  should  have. 
vdi  avrcste,  you  would  have. 

eglino  avrebbero,  they  would  have. 


Past  Tense  (Passdto). 
First  Form. 


io  avrei  ardto,  I  should  i,^ 
tu  avresti  avuto,  thou  wo'ddd  I  ® 
egli  avrebbe  avtito,  he  would 


ndi  avremmo  avtito,  we  should  i^ 

vdi  avreste  avtito,     you  would  \^ 

eglino  avrebbero      they  would  j  g 

avuto,  JJ 


Second  Form. 


io  avessi  avUto      /  should 
tu  avessi  avtito,     thou  wouldst 
egli  avesse  avtito,  he  would 


ndi  avessimo  avtito,  we  should  ],^ 

vdi  aVfcSte  avtito,     you  would  \% 

eglino  avessero       they  would  |  ^ 

avuto,  J -I 


abbi  tu, 
abbia  e^li, 


IMPEKATIVE  MOOD  (Imperative). 


have  thou. 
let  him  have. 


abbiamo  ndi, 
abbiate  vdi, 
abbiano  eglino. 


let  U8  have. 

have  ye. 

let  them  have 


18 


THE   VERB   AV^RE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Soggiuntivo) 
Present  Tense  {Preseute). 

Singular.  Plural. 

oh'  io  &bbia,        that  I  may        \  .  I  che  ndi  abbiamo,  that  we  may 

ohd  tu  abbia,       that  thou  mayd >  |  j  che  vdi  abbiat.',     that  yvu  may 


oh'  egli  abbia,     thai  he  may 


oh'  egkno  abbiano,  that    they 
may 


Impebfect  Tense  (Imperfettoj, 

oh'  io  avessi,  that  I  might  j  I  che  n6i  avessimo,  that  toe 

ohe  tu  avessi,        that  thou        I  i  che  vdi  aveste,      that  you 

mightst  j  J  oh'  eglino  aves-    that  they 

oh'  egli  avesse,      that  he  might  )  sere, 


Past  Tense  (Passdto). 


oh'  io  abbia  avnto,  that  I  may 
ohe  tu  abbi  avuto,  that  thou 

mayst 
eh'  egli  abbia  avlto,  that  he 
may 


che  ndi  abbiamo   that  we  may    i 
avtito,  .^ 

che   vdi  abbiate  that  you  may  (J 
avnto,  /  S 

oh'  eglino  abbia-  that  they  may\  -« 
no  avnto,         >  ' 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Piu  che  Perfetto). 


ch'io  avessi 

that  I  might 

avnto, 

1 

ehe   tn  avessi 

that    thou 

avnto, 

mightst 

eh' egli  avesse 

that  he  might 

avnto, 

che  ndi  avessimo  that  toe  might) 
avnto,  ^ 

che    vdi    aveste  that  you  mightlM 
avnto,  *     j  U 

oh' eglino  aves-    that    they         -^ 
sero  avnto,  might  ' 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infinito). 
Present  (Presente).  Past  (Passdto). 

avere,  to  have.  \  aver  avnto,  to  have  had. 

GERUND  (Gerundio). 
Present  (PresSnte).  Past  (Passdio). 

avendo,  having.  ( avendo  avnto,        having  had. 


PARTICIPLES  (PaHictpt). 
Present  (Pres4nte).  Past  (Passdto). 


avente. 


having. 


Sing,  avnto  (m.\  avfita  (/.)  \  "i 
Plur.  av6ti  (m.),  avlte  (/.)  /  •* 


THE   VERB   AV^RE. 


19 


EULES   ON   THE   UsE   OF   THE   VeRB. 

1.  The  Personal  Pronoun  is  often  omitted  iu  Italian;  as,  Ho 
veduto  mio  ]  adre,  /  havt  seen  my  fathr. 

2.  The  iuterrcgative  is  the  came  as  in  English  ;  as,  Ho  io  ? 
Have  1  ?     Avdva  lo  ?  Had  J  ?     See  p.  56. 

3.  The  negative  non  always  precedes  the  Verb;  as,  Non  ho 
vediito  Carlo,  /  have  not  seen  Charles ;  non  hai  tu  visto  mio  fratello  ? 
Hast  thoa  not  seen  my  brother  f 

4.  The  Italians  use  the  feminine  pronoun  Ella  and  the  third 
person  singular  of  the  Verb,  in  a'idressing  a  stranger,  or  a  superior : 
in  \yhich  case  the  word  Vossignorm,  Your  Lordship,  is  understood ; 
as  Ella  ha  il  mio  cappello  (  )  our  Lordship)  hus  (you  liave)  my  hat* 

The  second  person  plural,  voi,  you,  is  used  in  mercantile  corre- 
spondence and  in  lamiliar  conversation.  Tlie  second  person  singular 
tu,  thou,  is  used  amongst  friends  and  relations.  \  6i  and  ^w  are  used 
towards  servants.  These  rules  are  not  strictly  followed  everywhere 
in  Italy. 


Idioms  formed  with  the  Verb  AVERE,  shortened  AVEB. 


A  vere  a  meute, 
Avere  a  mano. 

Aver  care, 
Averla  con, 

Aver  cal  lo, 
Aver  freddo, 
Aver  cervello,  \ 
Ave'r  giiid.zio,/ 
Aver  fietta, 

Aver  fame, 
Aver  se'te, 
Ave'r  Sonne, 
Aver  famrt  di,| 
Aver  voce  di,  j 
Aver  liiogo. 
Aver  r  intenzidne, 
A\er  pensiero, 
A\er  idea, 
Aver  miile, 
Aver  puiira, 


Aver  piacere. 
Aver  a  male 
Aver  per  male. 


to  remember, 
to  hace  a  thing 

readfi. 
to  cherish, 
to    be     angry 

with 
to  feel  warm, 
to  feel  cold. 

to  be  clever. 

to    be    in 

hurry, 
to  he  hungry, 
to  he  thirsty, 
to  he  sleepy. 

to  be  reputed. 

to  take  place. 

to  intend. 

to  feel  pain, 
to     be    frigh- 
tened 
to  be  glad. 

to  fake  offence. 


Aver  per  iscusato,     to  excuse. 
Aver  ragidne,  to  be  right. 

Aver  torto,  to  be  wrong. 

Aver  vdjrlia  (with  m),  to  wish. 


Aver  budna  cera, 
A\ei  eattira, 

or  mala  cera, 
Aver  I  azienza, 
Avere  a  or  da  (be- 
fore an  infinitive). 
Aver  cerlezza, 

Aver  cudre, 
Aver  faccia  di, 

Aver  bitdgno. 

Aver  compasfiidne, 
Aver  ciira, 
Aver  a  grade, 

Avere  a  schrfo,       1 
Aver  in  disprezzo,/ 
Aver  astio,     ^ 
Aver  in  ddio,/ 


io  looh  healthy, 
to  l<  oh-  unheal- 
thy, poorly, 
to  he  patient, 
to  be  obliged. 


to  be  certain.^ 

to  be  sure, 
io  dare, 
to     seem, 

appear, 
to     want, 

need, 
to  pity, 
to  iahe  care, 
to   he 

with. 


to 


to 


io  despise. 

to     be    (vfKjry 
with,  to  hate. 


*  When  Ella  Is  written  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence  with  a  capital  e  it  must  be 
translated  by  you',  when  written  with  a  Bmall  e,  it  must  be  translated  by  she. 


20  THE   VERB   AV^RE. 

EXEBCISE   XI. 

A. 

Simple  Tenses. 
1.  lo  ho  un  libro.  2.  Tu  hai  un  calamaio.  3.  Egli  ha  una 
lettera.  4.  Klla  ha  una  collana.  5.  xNoi  abbiamo  due  scarpe. 
6.  Voi  avete  cinque  lire.  7.  Eglino  hanno  due  mele.  8.  Elleno 
hanno  tre  orologi.  9.  Jo  ebbi  tre  fichi.  10.  Klla  avra  due  lettere. 
11.  Voi  avrete  un  calamaio.     12.  Eglino  avranno  due  cavalli. 

1.  I  have  a  horse.  2.  Thou  hast  two  pens.  3.  He  has  four 
shoes.  4.  She  has  three  needles.  5.  We  have  two  rings.  6.  You 
have  five  figs.  7.  'J  hey  (masc.)  have  two  apples.  8.  They  (/em.) 
have  two  letters.  9.  I  shall  have  a  letter.  10.  We  shall  have 
two  horses.  11.  She  will  have  a  chair.  12.  He  will  have  an 
inkstand. 

Be,if. 

B. 

Compound  Tenses. 

1.  Jo  ho  avuto  un  regalo.  2.  'I'u  hai  avuto  un  foglio  di  carta. 
3.  Egli  ha  avuto  un  anello.  4.  Ella  ha  avuto  due  orecchini. 
5.  >Joi  abbiamo  avuto  delle  ciriege.  6.  Voi  avete  avuto  una  dis- 
grazia.  7.  Eglino  hanno  avuto  due  bottiglie  di  birra.  8.  Elleno 
hanno  avuto  quattro  penne.  9.  Avrk  egU  avuto  un  regalo  ?  .\ossi- 
gnore.*  10.  Avremo  noi  avuto  dello  zucchero?  Sissignore.  11. 
Avreste  voi  avuto  un  regalo  ?  Sissignore.  12.  i\ on  avevano  eglino 
avuto  una  disgrazia  ?  No,  signora ;  eglino  non  avevano  avuto  una 
disgrazia. 

1.  I  have  had  a  sheet  of  paper.  2.  Thou  hast  had  a  present. 
3.  She  has  had  four  earrings.  4.  He  has  had  some  cherries.  6. 
We  have  had  a  misfortune.  6.  You  have  had  some  figs.  7.  They 
(masc.)  will  have  had  three  bottles  of  beer.  8.  'J  hey  (/em.)  would 
have  had  a  present.  9.  Have  we  had  a  present  V  No,  sir.  10. 
Has  she  not  had  a  chain  ?  No,  sir.  11.  Will  you  have  had  some 
cherries  ?  No,  sir.  12.  Would  they  (muse.)  have  had  a  mis- 
fortune?   No,  sir. 

Idiomatic  Forms. 
C. 

1.  Voi  non  avete  a  mente  il  colore  del  vino  di  Giovanni.  2. 
Avete  voi  caldo  o  freddo  ?  lo  non  ho  freddo,  io  ho  caldo.  3.  L'  a- 
mico  non  aveva  un  asciugamano,  egli  aveva  un  cappello.  4.  Jl 
pittore  non  aveva  colori.  5.  Aveva  la  zia  del  butirro?  No, 
la  zia  non  aveva  butirro.  ella  aveva  del  latte  e  del  te.     6.  Avete 

*  Whenever  no.  or  a  wc-d  ending  with  an  Accentuated  vowel  is  Joined  to  another 
word,  the  first  loiter  of  the  latter  Is  doubled :  as — 

No  signore  bicomes  nosslgnore.  da  6  tl  becomes  darottl. 

8*1  signore       „        ^i^8  gnure.  d4  ml  dammi,  &c. 

amb  lo  w         amollu. 

But  this  does  not  occur  when  thoy  precede  gli,  or  a  word  beginning  with  a  rowel 
thtu:  giMrd  gli  becomes  giurogli,  la  onde  becomes  laondc,  etc. 


THE   VERB   AV^RE.  21 

voivoglia  d' un' arancia  ?  Ko,  io  ho  voglia  di  avere  delle  pere. 
7.  Avete  voi  fretta  ?  No,  signore,  io  non  ho  fretta.  H,  Avete  voi 
fame,  o  sete?  Io  ho  sete,  non  ho  fame.  9.  II  fratello  ha  mala 
cera,  signore,  egli  ha  voglia  d'un  bicchier*  d'ac(iua.  10.  Abbiate 
giudizio,  ed  avrete  danaro.  11.  Se  io  avessi  danaro,  avrei  libri 
e  servi.     12.  Ella  non  ha  pazienza,  ella  ha  fretta. 

1.  'J'he  painter  has  no  colours.  2.  Do  you  feel  cold  ?  No,  sir,  I 
feel  warm.     3.  The  friend  (/em.)  had  no  oranges,  she  had  walnuts. 

4.  Had  the  friend  (masc.)  not  a  hat  ?     No,  sir,  he  had  a  book. 

5.  Had  the  uncle  a  cup  of  coffee  V  Yes,  sir,  and  he  had  also  butter 
and  bread.     6.  Have  you  a  fork?     ]S'o,  sir,  I  have  not  a  fork. 

7.  The  daughter  had  not  a  needle,  she  had  a  watch  and  two  books. 

8.  Have  you  some  books?  Ko,  sir,  we  have  no  books.  9.  Have 
you  had  a  sheet  of  paper  from  Charles  ?  Yes,  sir,  and  I  have  had 
also  a  newspaper.  10.  Has  he  had  a  letter  from  the  uncle  ?  No, 
sir,  he  has  had  a  letter  from  my  father.  11.  Have  they  (f^m.) 
not  had  a  present  from  my  sister  ?  Yes,  madam,  they  (fem.)  have 
had  two  watches  from  Mrs.  N.  12.  Does  he  look  well?  jNo,  sir, 
he  looks  poorly. 

D. 
1.  Io  non  ho  paura  della  spada,  io  ho  paura  de'cani.     2.  Mio 
fratello  ha  cattiva  cera,  egli  ha  avuto  paura.     3.  Ha  egli  veduto 
il  mio  cavallo  ?     No,  signore,  egli  non  ha  veduto  il  vostro  cavallo. 

4.  Hanno  eglino  veduto  i  miei  giardini  ?  8i,  signora,  eglino  hanno 
veduto  i  giardini  ed  anche  le  case.  5.  Ha  egli  moglie  il  cugino?t 
Mio  cugino  ha  moglie  e  due  figli.  6.  Ha  Carlo  avuto  del  formaggio 
e  del  pane  ?  No,  signore,  Carlo  non  ha  avuto  formaggio.  Carlo  ha 
avuto  del  pane.  7.  Ha  egli  voglia  di  libri  o  di  dauaro  ?  Egli 
ha  voglia  di  libri.  8.  Ha  mio  fratello  avuto  delle  noci  ?  JS'o, 
signora,  egli  ha  avuto  delle  arance.  9.  Avrebbe  egli  voglia  d'  un 
bicchiere  di  birra?  JS'o,  signore,  egli  ha  voglia  d'un  bicchiere  di 
vino  ed  anche  di  pane  e  formaggio.  10.  Mia  madre  ha  avuto  un 
orologio  d'  oro  da  mio  padre.  11.  La  zia  ebbe  delle  noci  dalla  cugina. 
12.  Mio  fratello  e  mia  sorella  hanno  avuto  una  tazza  di  tfe  e  del 
pane  e  butirro. 

1.  Have  you  had  a  cup  of  tea  ?  No,  sir,  I  have  had  a  glass  of 
wine.  'J.  Has  he  some  oranges  ?  Yes,  madam,  and  he  has  also 
some  walnuts.  3.  Hast  thou  had  my  hat?  Ko,  sir,  I  have  not 
had  the  hat.     4.  I  shall  hive  two  bottles  of  wine  from  (  harles. 

5.  Have  you  a  ring  ?  Yes  sir,  I  have  a  ring  and  a  watch.  6. 
I  have  no  cousins  (masc.)  and  Charles  has  no  brothers.  7.  My 
brothers  have  had  a  monkey.  8.  My  aunts  have  had  two  cups  of 
tea.  9.  Have  I  not  given  to  my  brothers  my  horse  and  my  watch  ? 
Yes,  Sir,  you  have  given  to  the  brothers  the  horse  and  the  watch. 

10.  Has  she  had  my  books?     She  has  had  the  books  and  the  pen. 

11.  I  have  given  to  Charles  my  inkstand  and  three  sheets  of  paper. 

12.  The  painter  has  given  to  my  cousin  (fern.)  some  colours. 

*  The  final  e  of  words  is  o'ten  dropped.    Sne  p.  28,  note. 
t  Bos  the  cou&in  a  wife  f  lit.  iToa  he  a  wife — the  cousin  f 


22 


THE   VERB   J^SSERE. 


VIII. — The  Verb  Esseee,  to  he. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  Ondicativo). 
Present  Tense  (Presente). 


Singular. 

F 

lural 

io  s6iio, 

1  am. 

ndi  fdamo. 

we  are. 

tn  sei, 

thou  art. 

yoi  si^te, 

you  are. 

eglie, 

he  18. 

eglino  86no,| 
elleno  sono,  / 

they  are. 

eUae, 

she  is. 

Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfetto). 

io  era, 

I  was. 

ndi  eravamo, 

we  were. 

tu  eri, 

thou  wast. 

vdi  eravate, 

you  were. 

egU  era, 

he  was. 

eglino  erano, 

tliey  were. 

Past  Definite  Tense  (Passdto  Defi 

nito). 

iofui, 

I  was. 

ndi  fiimmo, 

we  were. 

ta  fdsti. 

thou  wast. 

vdi  fdste, 

you  were. 

egUftt, 

he  was. 

eglino  fdrono, 

they  were. 

Future  Tense  (Futuro). 

io  saro, 

I  shall  he. 

ndl  saremo, 

toe  shall  he. 

tu  sarai, 

th"u  will  be. 

vdi  sarete, 

ynu  uriU  he. 

egUsara, 

he  will  be. 

eglino  saranno, 

they  will  Ite 

COMPOUND   TENSES  (T^mpi  C<mpd8ti). 

stato,  been. 

Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Passdto  Indefinito). 


io  sdno  stato, 
ta  s'ci  stato, 
egli  h  stato. 


io  era  stato, 
tn  eri  stato, 
egli  era  stato, 


I  have  (am)  been, 
thou  hast  been, 
he  has  been. 


ndi  siamo  stati, 
vdi  siete  statl, 
eglino  sdno  stati, 


we  hare  been, 
yon  have  fteen. 
they  have  been. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Piu  che  Perfetto). 


I  had  (was)  been, 
thou  hadst  been, 
he  had  been. 


ndi  eravamo  stati, 
vdi  eravate  stiti, 
eglino  erano  stati. 


we  had  been, 
you  had  been, 
they  had  \)een. 


Past  Anterior  Tense  (Passdto  Rimdto). 


io  fdi  stato, 
tn  fdsti  stato, 
egli  fa  stato, 


Ihaf  (wax)  been, 
thou  h(({ht  been, 
he  had  been. 


ndi  fdmmo  stati,        we  had  been, 
vdi  fdste  stati,  you  had  l>een. 

eglino  forono  stati,   they  had  been. 


FrTURB  Anterior  Tense  (Futho  Anteridrt). 


io  sard  stito,      I  shall  have  (be) 

been. 
ta  sarai  stato,    thou    shalt    have 

been. 
egli  sara  8t&to,  he  shall  have  been. 


ndi  saremo  st&ti. 


we  shall  have 
been. 

you  shall  have 
been. 

eglino  sar&nno  st&ti,  they  shall  hav€ 
been. 


vdi  sarete  stati, 


THE   VERB   ^SSERB. 


23 


10  sarei, 
tu  sarcsti, 
egli  sarcbbe, 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Condiziondle). 

Present  Tense  (Prednte). 


Singular. 
I  should  be. 
thou  wouldst  he. 
he  would  be. 


Plural, 

noi  saremmo,  we  should  he. 

vdi  sarcste,  you  would  be. 

eglino  sarebbero,  they  would  be. 


io  sarei  stato, 
ta  saresti  stato, 


Past  Tense  (Passdto) 
First  Form. 
I  should  have' 


thou   wouldstl  e 

I 


have 

egli  sarebbe  stato,  he  would 
have 


ndi  saremmo  stati,     we  should 

have 
voi  sareste  stati, 


eglino  sarebbero 
siati, 


you  icould 

have 
they  would 

have 


Second  Form. 


io  fdssi  stato,      1  should 
tu  fossi  fetato,     thoH  wouldst 
egli  fosse  stato,  he  would 


noi  fdssimo  stati, 
v6i  fdste  stati, 


we  should   1 1 
you  would  /-^ 


eglino  fdssero  stati,   they  would]  | 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperativo). 


sutu, 

be  thou. 

siamo  ndi. 

let  us  he. 

sia  egli, 

let  him  he. 

siate  vdi. 

he  ye. 

siano  eglino. 

let  them  he. 

oh'  io  sia, 
che  tu  sii, 
oh'  egli  sia. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Soggiuntivo). 
Present  Tense  (Presente). 


that  I  may  he. 
that  thou  mayst  he. 
that  he  may  be. 


che  ndi  siamo,  that  we  may  be. 
che  voi  siate,  that  you  may  be. 
oh'  eglino  siano,   thatjie  may  be. 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfetto) 

ch'  io  fossi,      that  I  might  >>e. 
che  tu  fdssi,    that  thou  mvjhtd  be. 
ch'  egli  fosse,  that  he  might  be. 


che  ndi  fdssimo,  that  we  might  he. 
che  vdi  fdste,  that  you  might  he. 
ch' eglino  fdssero,  that  they  might  be. 


Past  Tense  {Passdto). 


oh'  io  sia  stato,      that  I  may 

che  tu  sii  stato,     that  thou 

mayst 
ch'  egli  sia  stato,   that  he  may 


that  we 
may 

that  you 
may 
ch'  eglino  siano  stati,  that  they 
may 


che  ndi  siamo  stati, 
che  vdi  siate  stati, 


24 


THE   VERB   63SERE. 


Pluperfect  Tense  CPiii  che  Perfetto). 

Singular.  I'lural. 


oh'  io  f6s8i  stato,    that  J  might  ' 

che  tu  fdssi  stato,  that  thou 
miijlitst 

oh'  egli  fosse  stato,  that  he 
might 


ohe  n6i  f6ssimo  stati,    that  we  \ 
might       * 

che  v6i  fdste  stati,        that  you  '  | 
might    J  ^ 

oh'  eglino  fdssero  stati,  that  lhey\^ 
might   ) 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  (Infinito). 
Present  {Presente).  Past  (Passdto). 

essere,  to  be.  \  essere  stato,     to  have  (he)  been. 

GERUND  (Geriindio). 
Present  (Presente).  Past  (Pasmto). 

essendo,  being.  j  essendo  state,  having  (being)  been. 

PARTICIPLES  (Participi). 
Present  (Presente).  Past  (Passdto). 

[essente,  being.']  I  Sing,    stato  (m.)   stata  (f.)  \  . 

I  Plur.   stati  (m.)   state  (f.)  /  ^'** 

Note  1. — The  verb  Essere  is  conjugated,  iti  its  Compound  Tenses, 
with  tlie  verb  "  to  be,"  not  *'  to  have :"  as,  Io  scJno  stdto,  I  have  (am) 
been.  It  means  "to  exist"  when  used  without  an  adjective  or  parti- 
ciple.    Essente  is  very  seldom  used. 

Note  2.— All  Participles  are  declined  like  adjectives,  being  used  in 
the  maaeuline  iin  I  feminine  gender,  and  in  the  singular  and  plurel 
number:  as,  stato,  stata,  stati,  state. 

Participles  ai<ree  in  gender  ami  number  with  the  Subject  when  with 
the  verb  to  be,  and  are  left  undeclined,  or  agree  with  the  Object  or 
Accusative,  when  with  the  verb  to  have. 


Essere 
Essere 
Essere 
Essere 
Essere 
EssL-re 
Essere 
Essere 
Es  <ere 
Essere 


Essere 
Essere 


Idioms  fonned 

a  mal  t^rmine, 

all'drdine, 

un  pdco  (li  budno, 

in  procinto  di,  j 

sul  piiuto  di,      > 

pr,  I 

in  budn  concetto, 

in  citrivo  t-onc^tto, 

a  grddo, 

d*  accdrdo, 

in  (lisaocdrdo, 

in  grido  di, 

in  sife, 

fudri  di  se. 


with  ESSEBE. 

to  be  in  a  critical  position. 

to  be  ready. 

to  be  good  for  nothing. 

to  be  on  the  point  of. 

to  have  a  good  character. 

to  have  a  bad  character. 

to  please. 

to  agree. 

to  disagree. 

to  he  aftle. 

to  be  right  (in  mind). 

to  be  mad,  or  maddened. 


THE   VERB   ^SERE.  25 

Exercise  XII. 

andare,  to  go ;  fare,  to  do,  to  make. 

A. 

Simple  Tenses. 

1.  lo  sono  nella  casa  {or  a  casa).  2.  Tu  sei  nella  libreria.  3. 
II  libro  e  sulla  tavola.  4.  Ella  e  sulla  sedia.  5.  Eglino  sono  sul 
tetto.  6.  Mete  vol  nella  cantina  ?  7.  Eglino  sono  in  carrozza.  8. 
iSiete  voi  per  le  scale '?  9.  iSiamo  noi  in  citta  ?  10.  tSarete  voi  a 
tempo?     11.  lo  non  fui  a  tempo.     12.  ISaranno  elleno  al  teatro? 

1.  I  am  in  the  library.  2.  Art  thou  in  the  house  ?  3.  He  is  in 
the  cellar.  4.  hhe  is  in  the  carriage.  5.  We  are  in  (a)  time.  H.  You 
are  not  in  (a)  time.  7.  He  is  on  the  roof.  8.  They  {fem.)  are  in  the 
house.  9.  Will  he  be  in  (a)  time  ?  10.  Shall  1  be  in  (a)  time  ?  11. 
Will  he  be  in  the  library  V  12.  Will  they  {masc.)  be  in  the  room  ? 
No,  Sir. 

B 

Compound  Tenses. 
1.  Dove  siete  stato,  signore  ?  lo  sono  stato  a  Londra.  2.  Dov'  e 
stata  la  sorella  V  Ella  e  stata  a  Parigi.  3.  Dove  sono  state  le  zie  ? 
Elleno  sono  state  al  mercato.  4.  Dove  sono  stati  i  fratelli  ?  Eglino 
sono  stati  alia  passeggiata.  5.  La  serva  e  stata  al  mercato.  6. 
Egli  e  stato  al  parco.  7.  lo  sarei  stato  dal  medico.  8.  Voi  non 
sareste  stato  a  tempo.  9.  JSiete  voi  stati  al  ballo?  10.  !l&  egli 
stato  al  pranzo  del  signor  B.  ?  11.  Sei  tu  stato  per  le  scale  ?  12. 
Noi  siamo  stati  con  gli  zii. 

1.  I  have  been  to  Paris.  2.  Where  has  he  been?  He  has  been 
in  London.  3.  She  has  been  at  the  market.  4.  Has  the  servant 
(masc.)  been  here?  5.  Will  the  mother  have  been  with  the 
daughter?  0.  W'e  should  have  been  to  the  theatre.  7.  You 
would  have  been  with  my  father.  8.  Where  would  you  have 
been?  At  Paris.  9.  You  would  not  have  been  in  time.  10.  He 
would  have  been  with  the  doctor.  11.  The  sisters  of  Charles 
would  have  been  here.     12.  She  would  have  been  in  the  market. 

<Jra,  now ;  gia,  di  gid,  already. 

C. 

1.  Avete  voi  il  mio  bastone  ?  No,  io  non  ho  il  bastone.  2.  Siete 
voi  stato  al  teatro  ?  Si,  signore.  3.  Io  sarei  stato  al  parco,  se  avessi 
avuto  tempo.  4.  To  vado  ora  al  parco.  5.  lo  sono  gi^  stato  alia 
passeggiata.  6.  Siete  voi  gi^  stato  col  pittore  ?  Io  sono  stato  ora 
col  pittore.  7.  Klla  ha  avuta  la  febbre.  8.  Noi  abbiamo  avuto  un 
regalo.  9.  Egli  e  stato  col  capitano.  10.  Voi  avete  avuto  delle 
pere.  11.  Noi  non  avevamo  avute  le  frutta.  12.  Egli  e  stato  in 
Francia. 

1.  The  captain  has  been  in  Italy.  2.  Has  he  been  with  my 
father?     3.  We  have  not  been  at  the  promenade.     4.  Have  you 


26  THE   VERB   ]6S8ERB. 

already  been  with  the  captain  ?  5.  He  has  had  the  fever.  6.  She 
has  been  to  the  park.  7.  Have  you  had  some  pears?  8.  'J hey 
(masc.)  have  already  had  two  bottles  of  wine.  9.  bhe  will  have  two 
houses.  10.  If  I  had  had  the  time,  I  would  have  been  with  my 
brother.  11.  Where  have  you  been  ?  In  the  (a^)  park.  VI.  We 
have  already  been  in  the  library. 

perche,  why ;  anodra,  yet ;  non  ano6ra,  not  yet ;  fatto,  done^  made. 

D. 

1.  Non  ho  io  ragione  ?  2.  Non  hai  tu  torto  ?  3.  Ella  non  ha 
ragione.  4.  Voi  avete  torto.  5.  Non  abbiamo  avuto  torto.  6. 
Elleno  hanno  avuto  ragione.  7.  Perche  siete  voi  stato  in  cam- 
pagna?  8.  Io  non  sono  ancora  stato  alia  passeggiata.  9.  Io  ho 
fatto  1'  esercizio.  10.  Avete  voi  avuta  la  lezione  ?  11.  Io  non  ho 
avuto  tempo.     12.  Io  ho  fatta  una  passeggiata. 

1.  Has  she  not  a  brother  ?  2.  Has  he  not  a  sister  ?  3.  Was 
(had)  I  not  right?  4.  Were  {had)  you  not  wrong?  5.  Have 
you  not  been  in  the  country  ?  6.  Was  he  not  at  the  promenade  ? 
7.  Was  she  not  with  my  sister  ?  8.  Had  he  not  time '?  9.  Were 
you  not  at  the  dinner  ?  10.  Shall  we  be  {have)  right  V  11.  Have 
you  done  the  exercise  ?    12.  Have  they  {fern.)  had  some  presents  ? 


Idiomatical  Sentences. 
1.  II  mio  amico  h  a  mal  termine.  Che  ha  egli  ?  Egli  ha  avuto 
una  disgrazia.  2.  Siete  voi  all'  ordine,  Giovanni  ?  Si,  signore, 
io  sono  air  ordine.  3.  Mio  fratello  e  un  poco  di  buono,  egli  non 
era  alia  lezione.  4.  Io  era  in  procinto  di  fare  un  regalo  a  mio 
cugino.  5.  Noi  eravamo  in  procinto  di  andare  all' albergo.  6.  Io 
sono  in  buon  concetto  con  mia  madre  e  con  mio  padre.  7.  fi  Ella 
d'  accordo  con  mio  zio  ?  Nossignore,  io  non  sono  d'  accordo  con 
Io  zio :  noi  siamo  in  disaccordo.  8.  Siete  voi  in  grado  di  fare  una 
passeggiata  ?    Sissignore,  io  sono  in  grado  di  fare  una  passeggiata. 

9.  Mio  fratello  era  fuori  di  se  dalla  paura.    Egli  aveva  paura  del  cane. 

10.  Sono  elleno  d'  accordo  ?  No,  elleno  sono  in  disaccordo.  11.  Noi 
siamo  per  fare  una  passeggiata.    11.  Amico  mio,  tu  sei  a  mal  termine. 

1.  Do  you  agree  with  my  uncle?  No,  sir,  we  do  not  agree. 
2.  Is  my  cousin  {masc.)  in  a  critical  position  ?  He  is  good  for 
nothing,  he  is  in  a  critical  position.  3.  Are  you  ready?  We  are 
ready,  sir.  4.  Were  they  {masc.)  ready  ?  No,  sir,  they  {masc.) 
were  not  ready.     5.  I  am  on  the  point  of  going  {to  go)  to  the  hotel. 

6.  We  are  on  the  point  of  going  {to  go)  to  take  {to  make)  a  promenade. 

7.  Will  you  be  able  to  take  {to  make)  a  walk  with  my  brother  ? 
I  shall  be  able  to  take  {to  make)  a  walk.  8.  My  uncle  was  mad- 
dened by  fear  of  the  dog.  9.  Charles  has  a  bad  character,  he  is 
good  for  nothing.  10.  Has  John  a  good  character  with  Mr.  G.  ? 
My  brother  has  a  good  character  with  Mr.  G.  11.  Are  you  ready 
for  dinner  ?  We  are  not  ready  for  dinner.  12.  Did  the  doctors 
agree  ?     No,  sir,  the  doctors  disagreed. 


THE   VEHB    ]6SSERE.  27 

IX. — The  Adjective  (V  Aggettivo). 

There  are  six  classes  of  Adjectives  :  qualificative,  pos- 
sessive, demonstrative,  interrogative,  numeral,  and  indefinite, 

Qualificative  Adjectives  {Aggettivi  qualificativi). 

Qualificative  Adjectives  express  the  quality  of  persons 
or  things:  as,  un  uomo  alto,  a  tall  man;  una  lella  pittura, 
a  beautiful  painting. 

A.  Formation  of  the  Feminine  of  Adjectives. 
All  Adjectives   ending  in  o  form    their  Feminine  by 
changing  0  into  a :  as, 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

bu6no,  buona,  good. 

alto,  alta,  tall. 

cattivo,  cattiva,  had. 

All  Adjectives  ending  in  e  are  the  same  for  both 
gendei  s :  as, 

Masculine.  Feminine, 

grande,  grande,  great. 

ainabile,  amabih-,  amiable. 

celfcbre,  celebre,  celebrated. 

Many  masculine  Nouns  in  o  have  feminine  forms  in  a 
like  adjectives  :  as,  il  cugino,  the  male  cousin,  la  eugina, 
the  female  cousin ;  il  figlio,  the  son.  la  figlia,  the  daughter. 

Masculine  Nouns  in  tore  have  feminine  forms  in  trice  : 
as,  r  attore,  the  actor,  I'attrice,  the  actress;  I'autore,  the 
author,  I'autrice,  the  authoress;  il  vincitore,  the  conqueror, 
la  vincitrico,  the  female  conqueror,  and  as  adj.  victorious 

Some  nouns  in  tore  have  a  double  feminine:  as,  il 
traditore,  the  traitor,  la  traditora  and  la  Iraditrice,  the 
traitress. 

B.  Formation  of  the  Plural  of  Adjectives. 

Adjectives  form  their  plural  in  the  same  way  as  sub- 
stantives :  thus  words  in  o  and  e  form  their  plural  in  i, 
and  words  in  a  form  their  plurnl  in  e  :  as, 

Masculine.  Feniinine. 

Singular,  alto,  alta,  ^   .  t; 


Plural.      alti,  al 

Singular,  grande,  grandf 

Plural,      grandi,  grandi 


28  ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives  ending  in  ca,  or  ga,  form  their  plural  in  che, 
or  ghe,  in  order  to  retain  their  hard  sound :  those  in  CO, 
or  go,  sometimes  form  their  plural  in  ci,  or  gi,  and  at 
other  times  in  chi,  or  ghi :  as, 

Masculine  Feminine. 

Singular,  bianco,  bianca,       \      »  .. 

Plural.      bianchi,  biancbe      /  ^'**^* 

Singular,  largo,  lar-a,         i      . , 

Plural.      lar-hi,  la.glie,        f  ^^' 

Singular,  antico,  antica,       \         .    . 

Plural.      antichi,  anliche,     /  «"«^«*«- 

Singular,  benefice,  bernfica,     i  ,       ^      ^ 

Plura'.      Knefici,  beneficbe,  M^-^^'"*" 
Note. — When  tbe  accent  i^  on  the  antepenultimate,  like  henffico, 
the  plural  is  uaually  oi,  not  chi. 

C.  Agreement  of  Adjectives. 
Adjectives  agree  in  gender  'and  number  with  the  noun 
they  qualify :  as. 

Singular,  caro  amico,  dear  friend  (m.)     cara  amfoa,  dear  friend  (/.). 
I'lural.      cari  uniici,   dear  friends  (rn.)   care  amiche,  dear /;'/e//d«  (/.). 

If  the  same  Adjective  qualifies  nouns  of  different 
genders,  it  is  put  in  the  masculine  plural  :  as,  il  pddre  e 
la  niddre  sono  buoni,  the  father  and  the  mother  are  good. 

A  noun  in  the  plural  may  be  followed  by  two  or  more 
adjectives  in  the  singular:  as,  le  lingue  greca  e  latina,  the 
Greek  and  Latin  languages. 

Note.— Sometimes  the  Adjectives  (as  well  as  other  words)  drop  the 
final  letter,  or  syll  ible  :  as,  buon  uomo,  good  man  ;  gran  soldato,  great 
soldier ;  bell'  arte,  fine  art. 

Exercise  XIII. 
A. 

1.  II  buon  vino  e  la  buona  birra.  2.  II  buon  pane  e  la  buona 
came.  3.  11  lungocanalenellagrandecittk.  4.  La  grande  quercia 
nella  campagna.  5.  La  piccol  v  sorella  e  nel  giardino.  6.  Chi  fu 
vincitore  della  battaglia  V  7.  L'  attore  e  l'  attrice  fui-ono  applauditi. 
8.  Klla  era  una  traditora.  9.  La  mia  bianca  mano  e  jnccola. 
10.  La  mia  guancia  non  6  gonfia.  11.  Ella  ha  una  madre  pru- 
dente.     12.  Mio  padre  e  anche  prudente. 

1.  T  he  long  table  is  in  the  room.  2.  Have  you  had  my  httle 
stick  ?  3.  The  chair  is  small.  4.  The  canal  is  long.  5.  <  'aks 
(art.)  are  tall.  6.  The  actress  has  {is)  been  applauded.  7.  She  is 
a  good  painter  (fern.).  8.  My  little  house  is  in  the  town.  9.  My 
tall  brother  is  in  the  library.  10.  My  friend  (masc.)  is  tall.  11. 
My  hat  is  white.     12.  My  cheek  is  swollen. 


ADJECTIVES.  29 


B. 

1.  La  mia  casa  e  grande.  2.  II  cappello  di  Carlo  e  nero.  3.  La 
mia  sedia  e  alta.  4.  II  pozzo  nel  giardino  e  profondo.  5.  La 
sorella  ha  un  abito  bianco.  H.  I  miei  cappelli  sono  neri.  7.  1  due 
cavalli  sono  bigi.  8.  Le  case  nella  citta  sono  alte.  9.  I  miei  amici 
sono  felici.  10.  Le  donne  sono  anche  felici.  11.  Ella  e  ancora 
giovine.     12.  Egli  e  un  giovine  di  buona  famiglia. 

1.  My  hat  is  black.  2.  The  brother  of  Charles  is  tall.  3.  My 
house  is  small.  4.  Mary's  chair  is  high.  5.  Qhe  coat  of  my 
brother  is  black.  6.  The  hat  of  my  father  is  white.  7.  The 
wells  are  deep.  8.  My  horses  are  grey.  9.  1  he  house  is  not  high. 
10.  My  mother  is  happy.  11.  My  father  is  also  happy.  12.  My 
sisters  are  noj  happy. 


1.  La  vecchia  donna  ha  un  cappello  bianco.  2.  II  fabbro  ha  due 
grandi  figli.  3.  Mio  padre  ha  una  vecchia  madre.  4.  Mio  nonno  e 
vecchio.  5.  La  nonna  mia  ha  una  bella  casa.  6.  1  o  sono  stato  alia 
casa  della  mia  giovine  sorella.  7.  Egli  e  giovine  ed  alto.  H.  Avete 
voi  del  buon  vino  V  !Si,  io  ho  del  vino  vecchio.  9.  II  latte  e 
fresco,  ma  il  pane  e  secco.  1 0.  Egli  ha  avuto  due  bottiglie  di  vino 
vecchio.  11.  Io  ho  due  belle  carrozze.  12.  Ha  egli  due  cavalli 
bigi? 

1.  The  uncle  of  Charles  is  old.  2.  The  aunt  of  John  is  not  old. 
3.  My  mother  has  an  old  father,  4.  The  mother  of  my  father  is 
old.  5.  My  grandfather  is  not  yet  old.  H.  1  he  man  in  the  street 
is  tall.  7.  'i  he  milk  on  the  table  is  fresh.  8.  1  he  bread  is  not 
new.  9.  1'he  old  man  has  no  money.  10.  Is  the  wine  good? 
Yes,  the  wine  is  old.  11.  I  have  had  some  old  wine.  12.  Hast 
thou  had  three  bottles  of  old  wine  ?  No,  sir,  1  have  had  one  bottle 
of  old  wine. 

D. 

1.  La  birra  e  amara.  2.  11  vino  non  e  amaro.  3.  Siete  voi  felice  ? 
No,  io  non  sono  felice.  4.  Emma  e  felice,  perche  ella  e  buona. 
5.  Vittorio  sara  un  buon  giovine.  6.  Egli  ha  una  buona  madre  ed 
un  buon  padre.  7.  Ella  ha  una  madre  affettuosa.  8.  11  vecchio 
fabbro  ha  cinque  giovani  figli.  9.  Egli  ha  due  buone  sorelle. 
10.  11  maestro  e  severo.  11.  La  casa  e  vecchia.  12.  II  libro  e 
nuovo. 

1.  The  master  is  not  severe.  2.  I  am  not  happy.  3.  My  beer 
is  bitter.  4.  The  wine  is  not  old.  5.  She  is  not  happy.  6.  Are 
you  not  happy?  7.  Victor  is  a  good  son.  8.  He  will  be  an 
affectionate  son.  9.  She  has  an  affectionate  mother.  10.  The 
blacksmith  has  an  old  father.  11.  The  house  is  not  old.  12.  The 
book  is  old. 


30  ADJECTIVES. 


D.  Position  of  the  Adjective. 

1.  Adjectives  of  one  or  tv\o  syllablea  generally  precede 
the  noun  they  qualify  :   as, 

un  buon  lagazzo,  a  good  boy. 

un  beil'  orolugio,  a  fine  watch. 

2.  Arljectives  of  more  than  two  syllables  generally /oWo!0 
the  noun  ihey  qualify  :  as, 

lina  ddaiia  ainabile,  an  amiable  woman. 

un  gidvine  studioso,  a  studiuius  youth. 

This  rule,  however,  is  not  istrictly  followed  in  Italian. 

3.  Adjectives  denoting  physical   qualities,  colour,  taste, 
smell,  ifec,  follow  the  noun  they  qualify  :   as, 

carta  bianoa,  white  paper. 

la  tavola  rotonda  the  round  table. 

un  uomo  cieco,  a  blind  man. 

4.  Participles  agree  with  and  follow  the  noun  .  as, 

lina  fi'glia  amdta,  a  beloved  daughter. 

5.  The  signification  of  an  Adjective  sometimes  changes 
with  itfs  position  before  or  after  tlie  noun  :  as, 

un  u6mo  grande,  a  tall  man. 

un  grand'  uomo,  a  great  man. 

un  galant'  udmo,  a  gentleman. 

un  uomo  gal  ante,  a  coxcomb. 

vol  amate,  you  love,  you  like. 
Exercise  XIV. 


1.  Id  amo  il  buon  vino  e  la  buona  came.  2.  Che  amate  vol  ? 
lo  amo  la  campagna.  8.  Amate  voi  il  vino?  No,  signore,  io  amo 
la  birra.  4.  lo  non  amo  la  birra  cattiva.  5.  Io  ho  un  bel  cavallo. 
6.  Che  avete  voi  ?  I  )elle  belle  rose.  7.  La  mia  rosa  6  rossa.  8.  II 
mio  fiore  e  bianco.  J).  Io  amo  le  viole.  10.  Amate  voi  le  rose  ? 
Io  amo  le  rose  bianche.  11.  Le  rose  sono  rosse  ed  anche  bianche. 
12.  Avete  voi  della  carta  bianca  ? 

1.  I  like  the  town.    2.  Do  you  like  (like  you)  the  country? 


ADJECTIVE?!.  31 

3.  The  rose  is  white.  4.  My  rose  is  red.  5.  Have  you  had  a  grey 
horse?  iSo,  sir,  1  have  had  a  black  horse.  6.  My  mother  has  a 
black  dress.  7.  I  have  a  black  coat.  8.  Have  you  had  some  white 
paper?  9.  We  have  had  some  red  roses.  10.  They  (/.)  have  some 
white  roses.  11.  iShe  has  had  some  roses  white  and  red.  12.  I 
like  (the)  red  flowers. 

B. 

1.  lo  ho  deir  uva  buona.  2.  Dov'  e  il  giovine  ?  Egli  e  a  Parigi. 
3.  Parigi  e  una  bella  citta.  4.  l^oma  e  anche  una  bella  citta. 
5.  Torino  e  una  citta  nuova.  6.  La  strada  principale  del  villaggio 
e  lunga.  7.  Mio  nonno  e  nella  casa  del  vecchio  amico.  8.  1  miei 
vecchi  amici  sono  ricchi.  9.  Lo  zio  e  ancora  giovine.  10.  lo  amo 
la  lingua  italiana.  11.  A  mate  voi  la  lingua  italiana,  o  la  lingua 
inglese  ?     12.  lo  amo  la  lingua  inglese. 

1.  Have  you  some  good  grapes  (Sing.)  ?  Yes,  sir.  2.  I  like  good 
grapes  (Sing.).  3.  1  like  also  good  wine.  4.  I  have  had  some 
red  flowers.  5.  I  have  been  in  the  little  village.  6.  The  street 
is  long.  7.  The  town  is  old.  8.  1  have  had  some  red  and  white 
flowers.  9.  My  old  friend  is  rich.  10.  Have  you  some  paper? 
Yes,  I  have  some  white  paper.  11.  Have  you  a  white  rose?  No, 
sir,  I  have  a  red  rose.     12.  I  have  had  a  grey  horse. 

E.  Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

Adjectives  have  three  forms,  called  the  Positive,  Com- 
parative and  Superlative  degrees. 

There  are  three  Comparatives  :  the  compaiative  of  supe- 
riority, the  comparative  of  equality,  and  the  comparative 
of  inferiority.  There  are  two  Superlatives:  the  superlative 
of  superiority,  and  the  suficrlative  of  inferiority.  The  super- 
lative is  either  absolute,  by  which  a  high  degree  is  ex- 
piessed  without  comparison,  ur  relative :  i,s  hapoli  e  una 
citta  grandissiraa,  e  la  piu  grande  delle  citta  Italiane, 
Naples  is  a  very  great  city,  is  the  greatest  of  Italian  cities ; 
the  first  is  a  superlative  absolute,  the  second  a  superlative 
relative  of  superiority. 

].  The  Comparative  of  superiority  is  formed  by  prefix- 
ing piu,  more,  to  ihe  Positive,  and  the  Superlative  rehitive 
of  supeiiority  b}'  prefixing  11  piu,  the  most,  to  the  Positive . 
as, 

Positive  (Positivo).  Comparative  (Comparativo).  Superlative  {Superlativo). 
Mnsc.     alto      \.  ,,                   piii  dlto  11  piu  alto. 

Fern,     alia      f""-  piu  alta  la  piu  alta. 

Masc.    grande^        .  piii  grande  11  piu  grande. 

Fern,     grsindej^^  piii  grande  la  piii  grdnde. 


32  ADJECTIVES. 

2.  The  Comparison  of  inferiority  is  formed  by  prefixing 
m6no,  less,  to  the  Positive,  and  the  Superlative  relative  of 
inferiority  by  prefixing  11  m^nc,  the  least,  to  the  Pohitive : 


Positive. 

Ck>mparative. 

Superlative. 

Mage. 

m€no  CI  udele 

il  meno  er  udele. 

Fern. 

me'no  crudele 

la  meno  crudele. 

Masc. 

eecca    rV' 

meno  secco 

iJ  me'no  secco. 

Fern. 

me'no  se'cca 

la  meno  se'cca. 

3.  The  Superlative  absolute  is  formed  by  adding  the 
termination  issimo  to  the  Positive  deprived  of  its  final 
letter :  as, 

Positive,  Superlative. 

ExcEPriONS. 

1.  Adjectives  ending  in  ro  and  re  preceded  by  a  con- 
sonant drop  their  ro  and  re  and  add  6rrimo  to  make  their 
Superlative  absolute  :  as, 

Positive.  Superlative. 

Masc.  acre  \  acerrimo. 

Fern,  acre  J  acerrima. 

Masc.  integro  Uongg/  intege'irimo. 

Fern,  iiiteg^ra  (  "  **  •  intege'rrima. 

Maac.  ce'lebre  1    ,  i.     i  ■,                    celeberrimo. 

Fern,  ce'lebre  Y^^^^<'^^d'  celeberrima. 

2.  Adjectives  ending  in  dico,  fico,  and  volo  drop  the  last 
letter  and  add  entissimo  to  make  their  Superlative  absolute  ; 
as, 

Positlvf.  Superlative. 

Masc.  maleclico\      j  ■,.      .       .  maledicentissimo. 

Fern,  male'dica/'""^^*^^^^-  maledicentissima. 

itfctac.  bcnefioo  i,       r.      .  beneficent  issimo. 

Fern,  bcne'fica  /''«"«./^««»«  benetlccntiWma. 

Masc.  benevoloi,  ,     .  benevolcntissimo. 

Fern,  bene'voiar'^"^"^*^"^-  benevolentissima. 

Note. — The  above  forms  follow   the   Latin:   as,  acer,  acerrimus, 
maledicus,  maledieentissimus. 

Irregular  Comparison. 

The  following  Adjectives  have  their  Comparative  and 
Supeilative  ii regular  :  thus — 

Positive.  Comparative.  Snperl.  Rol.  Superl.  Abeol. 

budno,  a,  gfooc2.  migliore  il,  la  m'glioio  dltimo,  a 

<  a,  >  had.         peggidre  il,  la  pcggidre  p^ssimo,  a 


mdlo, 
cattivo. 


ADJECTIVES. 

3 

Positive. 

Comparative. 

Superl.  Rel. 

Superl.  Absol. 

♦gratide,  great. 
♦piccolo,  a,  small. 

maggiure 
miuore 

il,  la  maggidre 
il,  la  niindre 

mdssimo,  a 
mini  mo,  a 

*alto,  a,  high. 

superidre 

il,  la  superidre 

supi  eino,  a 
'  sdmmo,  a 

♦basso,  a,  low. 

inferidre 

1' inferidre, 

iniimo,  a 

33 


Those  marked  M'ith  an  asterisk  form  their  Comparative 
and  Superlative  relative  aLo  in  the  regular  way. 

2.  The  following  Adjectives  have  no  positive  : — 


Comparative, 
posteridre,  later. 
esteridre,  exterior. 
interidre,  interior. 
pridre,  former, 
nhenore,  further. 
citeridre,  on  this  side. 
anteridre,  former^  foregoing. 


Superlative, 
postremo,  last. 
estrenio,  extreme,  last. 
intimo,  inwatd,  intimate. 
pi  imo,  first 
ultimo,  last. 


prdssimo,  next 


Bemabes. 

1.  The  comparison  of  equality,  as  ....  as  or  «o  ....  as, 
is  formed  by  placing  the  adjectives  o^  nouns  between 
cosi ....  che,  or  tanto  ....  quanto :  as, 

Giovanni  e  cosi  ricco  che  Pietro,  John  is  as  rich  as  Peter. 
La  tdvola  e  tanto  larga  quanto  liinga,  the  table  is  as  broad 
as  long. 

2.  The  English  than  after  the  Comparative  is  expressed 
in  two  ways,  either  by  the  Genitive  or  by  che. 

(i)  The  genitive  is  used  when  the  comparative  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  noun  or  a  pronoun  :  as, 

II  sole  e  piu  grande  della  luna,  the  sun  is  larger  than  the 
moon. 

II  leone  e  meno  crudele  d^Ua  tigre,  the  lion  is  less  cruel 
than  the  tiger. 

Tu  sei  piu  grande  di  me,  thou  art  taller  than  I. 

(ii)  Che  is  used  when  there  is  a  comparison  between 
two  nonns  wifhont  an  adjective  :  as, 

[Egli  e  pill  pittore  che  scultore,  he  is  more  a  painter  than  a 
sculptor. 

(iii)  Che  is  used  when  the  comparison  is  between  two 
adjectives:  as, 

Sgli  e  piu  fortun^to  che  prudente,  he  is  more  fortunate 
than  prudent. 


34  ADJECTIVES. 

(iv)  Che  is  used  when  two  verbs  are  compared,  and  non 
is  used  if  no  negative  precedes :  as, 

Voi  paiiate  piu  che  non  pensate,  you  apeak  more  than  you 
think. 

i3ut  in  many  cases  it  is  indififerent  wliether  the  com- 
•parison  is  expressed  by  the  Genitive  or  che. 


F.  Modifications  of  Adjectives  and  Nouns. 

(Augmentatives  and  Diminutives.) 

A  peculiarity  of  the  Italian  language  is  the  power  of 
modifying  an  Adjective  or  a  Noun  by  changing  its  ter- 
mination, so  as  to  augment  or  diminish  the  original  mean- 
ing of  the  word :  thus,  vecchio,  old,  is  chfinged  into 
vecchietto,  a  little  old  man;  Vecchione,  a  very  old  man; 
vecchiaccio,  an  ugly  old  imin;  &c. 

1.  The  terminations  one,  uto,  denote  increase :  as,  portn, 
a  door,  portone,  a  large  door  or  gate  ;  I'icco,  rich,  riccone, 
enormously  rich ;  naso,  a  nose,  nasone,  a  large  nose  ;  nastito, 
adj.,  with  a  long  nose. 

2.  The  termination  otto  denotes  strength :  as,  giovine, 
youth,  giovinotto,  a  strong  young  man;  contadina,  a  country- 
woman, contadinotta,  a  strong  countrywoman. 

3.  The  terminations  dccio,  astro,  dzzo,  aglia  suggest 
something  had  :  as,  giovine,  youth,  giovinastro,  a  bad  young 
man;  vino,  wine,  vinaccio,  had  wine;  medico,  doctor,  medi- 
castro,  quack ;  plebe,  people,  plebaglia,  moh. 

4.  The  terminations  ino,  6tto,  611o,  er^llo,  sugscest  dimi- 
nution together  with  fondness :  as,  caro,  dear,  carino,  little 
dear;  mdno,  hand,  manina.  Utile  hand;  vecchio,  old  man. 
vecchietto,  dear  little  old  man,  or,  vecchierello. 

5.  The  terminations  uolo,  iiccio,  uzzo,  ucio,  uciolo,  igno, 
Ognolo  denote  diminution  with  contempt :  as,  libio,  hook, 
iibruccio,  worthless  little  book;  verde,  green,  verdognolo, 
greenish;  &c. 

6.  Words  already  modified  can  undergo  a  second  modi- 
fication: as,  cdpra,  goat,  capretto,  yowig  goat,  caprettino, 
small  young  goat ;  ^otg,  flower,  fior^lK',  little  flower,  fiorellino. 
dear  little  flower  ;  etc. 


ADJECTIVES.  35 

7.  Some  words,  thus  modified,  have  altogether  lost  their 
original  meaning,  and  liave  become  new  woids  with  new 
meanings:  as,  citta,  city,  cittadella,  citadel;  -pidre, father, 
padiino,  god-father,  &c. 

It  is  not  every  word  thut  can  be  modified  in  Italian, 
but  it  is  impossible  to  give  any  rule,  as  there  are  no  fixed 
rules  for  the  use  of  the.^e  modifications. 

These  terminatiun.s  greatly  eniich  the  Italian  language, 
but  their  use  is  only  to  be  learnt  by  long  practice  and 
knowledge  of  the  best  Italian  authois. 

Exercise  XV. 

ma,  hut. 

A. 

1.  11  leone  e  piti  grande  del  lupo.  2.  II  gatto  e  meno  grande  del 
cane.  3.  La  nuova  casa  e  piu  piccola  delta  vecchia  casa.  4.  La 
campagna  e  piu  grata  della  citta.  5.  Le  notti  d'  inverno  sono  piu 
lunghe  de'giomi.  H.  11  maestro  e  piii  vecchio  dello  scolare.  7.  II 
hue  e  meno  forte  dell' elefante.  8.  La  luna  e  piu  piccola  della 
terra. '  9.  Gli  amici  sono  piu  numerosi  nella  buona  che  nella  cattiva 
fortuna.  10.  L'  anello  della  sorella  e  d'  oro.  11.  Ho  meno  dauaro, 
ma  lio  pill  libri  di  voi.     12.  La  tua  sedia  e  nella  camera. 

1.  The  room  of  my  brother  is  larger  than  my  room.  2.  The 
wolf  is  stronger  than  the  dog.  3.  My  brother  is  taller  than  John. 
4.  The  old  man  is  in  the  room.  5.  Paris  is  smaller  than  Loudon. 
6.  Horses  are  stronger  than  dogs.  7.  The  canal  is  longer  than 
the  street.  8.  The  house  is  old.  9.  The  elephant  is  stronger 
than  the  horse.  10.  The  glass  is  upon  the  table.  11.  The  dog 
is  in  the  room.     12.  The  cat  is  on  the  roof. 

B. 

1.  Vittorio  e  un  carissimo  ragazzo.  2.  Londra  e  la  piii  grande 
cittk  d'  Europa.  3.  La  citta  e  grandissima.  4.  Le  strade  sono 
lunghissime.  5.  Egli  e  un  uomo  integerrimo.  6.  11  banchiere  ^ 
benevolentissimo.  7.  La  pittura  e  bella,  ma  e  cara.  8.  Dov'  e  il  mic 
bicchiere?  8ulla  tavola.  9.  KgU  e  mio  intimo  amico.  10.  Noi 
siamo  amicissimi.  11.  11  gatto  e  sulla  sedia.  12.  La  ragazza 
e  nella  casa. 

1.  He  is  better  tnan  Charles.  2.  The  wine  of  John  is  very  bad. 
3.  He  was  the  greatest  man  of  Kome.  4.  The  watch  of  Mary  is 
very  dear.  5.  He  is  the  smallest  of  my  brothers.  6. ,  The  sister  of 
Emma  is  my  best  friend.  7.  England  has  the  largest  city  of 
Europe.  8.  The  son  of  Emma  is  very  young.  9.  John  is  a  v<  ry 
young  man.  10.  He  is  an  old  man.  11.  IShe  is  my  oldest  friend  (/.). 
12.  He  is  the  youngest  of  my  brothers. 


36  ADJECTIVES. 

(^Modifications  of  Adjectives  and  Nouns.) 
C. 

1.  n  canone  nel  giardino  h  a<Mormentato.  2.  To  ho  visto  un 
gattone  nella  cucina.  3.  I  lupicini  sono  con  la  lupa.  4.  II  cavalluc- 
cio  di  Vittoriiio  e  di  colore  neroguolo.  6.  I  noccioli  dt-llfi  p*'sche 
sono  amarognoli.  6.  II  fiorelliiio  e  rossiccio  e  uon  gialMgnoL ». 
7.  11  mio  librone  ^  piu  pesaute  del  tuo  librickio.  8.  11  veccliiettu  e 
riccone,  egli  e  piu  ricco  del  medicoiizolo.  9.  11  vinetto  e  araamBtro. 
10.  La  una  casetta  ^  piu  bella  della  tua  casaccia.  11.  Un  giovinotto 
^  piu  forte  d'  un  vecchierello.     12.  11  libreitx)  e  sul  tavoliiio. 

1.  ♦ThelitHe-old-man  is  in  the  garden.  2.  The  powerful-big-dog 
is  in  my  room.  3.  The  kitten  is  with  the  big-ugly-cat.  4.  The 
pony  is  in  the  garden.  5.  The  sraall-dear-little-flowers  are  upon 
the  little-table.  6.  My  bis; -book  is  upon  tlje  big-book  of  John. 
7.  The  young-little- wolf  is  with  two  big- wolves.  8.  Thedear-little- 
weak-old-woman  is  with  the  aunt.  9.  The  quack  is  a  very-|KX)r- 
nglv-iiian.  10.  The  dear-little-book  is  upon  the  big- worth  less- 
table.  11.  My  little-flower  is  yellowish.  12.  The  bad  wine  is 
nastily -bitter. 


1.  L'erbetta  del  praticello  e  plena  di  fiorellini.  2.  Le  caprette 
sono  fra  gli  arboscelli  del  niio  boschetto.  3.  La  j)ecorella  e  addor- 
me'itata  fra  le  pianticelle.  4.  Le  quercette  sono  meno  forti  de' 
quercioni.  5.  11  tuo  anellino  h  belluccio.  6.  La  mia  cameretta  e 
piccolina,  ed  e  meno  grande  del  tuocamerone.  7.  II  tuo  cappcllaccio 
e  veccliissimo.  8.  Ilquadrucciodel  pittoraccio  ^  bnittissimo.  9.  La 
manina  della  vecchierella  k  ajigrinzita.  10.  I  capelli  di  Saffo  sono 
nerastri  ed  inanellati.  11.  La  navicella  e  sul  mare.  12.  I  passe- 
rotti  e  le  farfallette  sono  nel  giardino. 

1.  The  little-pretty-field  has  new  short-grass,  and  pretty-dear-little- 
flowers.  2.  The  pretty-little  wood  has  more  young  trees  than  trees. 
3.  The  young-goats  are  amongst  the  little-plants.  4.  A  bii'-oak 
and  a  little-young-oak  are  in  the  garden.  5.  The  little-rincj  of  the 
little-sister  is  rather-pretty.  6.  John  is  in  the  big-room  of  the 
ugly-old-house.  7.  1  have  two  pretty-fat-little  sparrows  in  my 
little-room.  8.  Victor  has  two  little-butterflies.  9.  Two  nauahty- 
little-boys  are  with  an  ugly-old-man  in  the  street.  10.  Little-rings 
of  gold  are  on  the  pretty-little-hands  of  Sappho.  11.  The  little- 
brothers  of  John  are  on  the  little-ship.  12.  1  have  had  a  biii-glass 
of  weak-wine. 


•  None  of  these  nouns  or  adjectives  should  be  translated  Into  Italian  by  itiielf-. 
but  the  noun  or  adjective  they  qualify  should  be  translated  m  ths  Italian  mody/im 

form. 


ADJECTIVES.  37 

2.  Possessive  Adjectives  (Aggettivi  Possessivi). 
The  Possessive  Adjectives  are — 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

English. 

il  mio, 

lamia, 

imiei. 

le  mie, 

my. 

il  ttio, 

la  tua, 

i  tu6i. 

lettie. 

thy. 

USTIO, 

la  sua, 

i  sudi. 

le  stie, 

his,  her,  its. 

il  nostro, 

la  ndstra, 

1  ndstri, 

le  ndstre, 

our. 

il  vostro, 

la  vdstra, 

i  vdstri, 

le  vdsfcre. 

your. 

il  loro,* 

la  loro, 

1  Idro, 

le  Idro, 

4heir. 

1.  When  the  Possessive  Adjective  precedes  in  the  Singular 
words  expressing  relationship  or  tirles,  no  article  is  used 
with  it  :  as,  mio  padre,  my  father ;  tua  zia,  thy  aunt;  suo 
ciijrino,  his  cousin  (m.);  Vo.^tra  Maesta,  your  Majesty. 

But  if  the  possessive  is  in  the  Plural  or  follows  the  words 
expressing  relationship  or  titles,  the  aricle  must  be  used : 
as,  i  vostri  genitori,  your  parents ;  il  padi^e  mio,  my  father ; 
la  jMaefrta  V  o^tra,  your  Majesty,  etc.f 

The  article  is  also  used  when  another  adjective  precedes 
these  words  :  as,  il  mio  cdro  padre,  my  dear  father ;  la  mia 
cara  madre,  my  dear  mother. 

NoTK. — Loro  is  never  changed,  and  always  takes  the  article,  even 
with  words  expressing  relationship  :  as,  il  loro  padre,  their  father ; 
la  loro  madre,  their  mother  ;  i  loro  figli,  their  sons ;  le  loro  figlie, 
their  daughters. 

2.  The  Possessive  Adjectives  agree  with  their  Substan 
tives  in  gender  and  number.     In  English,  the  Possessive 
Adjective  in  the  Object  or  Accusative  agrees  in  gender 
with  the  Subject  of  the  sentence,  but  in  Italian  it  agrees 
in  gender  with  the  Object :  as, 

Cailo  ha  visto  sua  madre,  Charles  has  seen  his  mother. 

Vdstra  soiella  l)a  vitto  suo  padre,  your  sister  has  seen  her  father. 

La  madre  ama  i  sudi  figli,  the  mother  loves  her  sons. 

II  padre  ama  le  sue  figlio,  the  father  loves  his  daughters. 

3.  When  his,  her,  refer  not  to  the  subject  of  the  sentence, 
but  to  some  other  noun,  the  genitive  of  the  Third  Personal 
Pronoun,  di  Itii,  di  I6i,  is  used :  as. 

Carlo  ha  vfsto  sua  sorella,  ed  i  figli  di  lei,  Charles  has  seen  his  sister 
and  her  children. 

I  suoi  figli  would  mean  the  children  of  Charles. 


*  Loro,  from  the  Latin  illorum,  Fr.  leur. 

t  1(  these  words  are  modified  (see  F,  pp.  34-35),  they  take  the  artide:  as,  il  mfo 
fratellino,  my  little  brother;  la  mfa  sorellfua,  my  little  sister. 


•38  ADJECTIVES. 

4.  As  E'lla  is  used  in  politely  addressing  a  person  (see 
p.  ID),  so  stio  or  di  lei  are  used  for  the  Knglish  your,  and 
are  then  writteu  with  a  capital  letter:  as, 

lo  ho  11  S^o  cappello,  or  io  ho  11  cappe'IIo  di  Lei,  /  ?iave  your  hat. 

Exercise  XVI. 
&ma,  (hsj  or  she)  loves.  imano,  (they)  love. 

1.  Mio  cjigino  e  allegro.  2.  Io  era  a  casa  vostra  ieri  sera.  3.  Noi 
siamo  stati  con  vostro  padre.  4.  Voi  si  etc  mio  amico.  5.  Ella 
era  con  vostro  fratello.  6.  L'  atnico  era  con  lo  zio  di  Carlo. 
7.  Saremo  a  pranzo  da  vostro  padre.  8.  Io  sar6  a  pranzo  da  vostra 
madre.  9.  Carlo  ama  sua  madre.  10.  Emma  ama  suo  padre.  11. 
Gli  uomini  amano  i  loro  genitori.  12.  Le  mie  sorelle  amano  il  loro 
padre. 

1.  Your  brothers  are  in  the  country.  2.  Your  sister  is  here. 
3.  Your  aunt  was  with  the  brother.  4.  Your  house  is  the  highest 
in  the  town.  5.  My  hat  was  white.  6.  We  were  with  your  sons. 
7.  My  exercises  are  very  long.  8.  She  was  with  her  father.  9.  You 
are  not  so  tall  as  your  brother.  10.  Your  paper  is  whiter  than 
my  paper.  11.  Your  brother  is  stronger  than  my  cousin  (w.). 
12.  Your  sister  is  smaller  than  my  cousin  (/.). 


3.  Demonstrative  Adjectives  (Aggettivi  Dimostrativi). 

The  Demonstrative  Adjectives  are  declined  without  the 
article. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Misc.  Fem.  Masc.  Fetn.  En^' isli. 

questo,*     questa,  questi,         queste,  this,  these  (near  me). 

cotesto,!    cotesta,  cotesti,        ooteste,  that,  those  (near  you). 

quelle,!     quella,  quelli,         quelle,  that,  those  lyonder). 

1.  Qu^sto  refers  to  a  person  or  thing  near  the  speaker  ; 
cotdsto  to  a  person  or  thing  near  the  person  addressed; 
and  quello  to  a  peison  or  thing  at  a  distance. 

2.  Qu^Ui,  the  pi.,  is  usually  changed  into  quegli  before  a 
vowel  or  impure  s  :  as,  quezli  onori,  those  honours. 

3.  Before  a  consonant,  except  impure  «,  quello  usually 
becomes  quel,  and  quelli  becomes  qu^i  or  que' :  as,  quel 
cane,  that  dog ;  qnei  libri,  those  hooks. 


*  Questo,  from  the  T^tin  ecce  iste. 

+  Cotesto,  written  also  codesto,  contracted  flrom  the  Latin  eccu*  KM  itU, 

I  Quello,  from  the  Latin  ecce  Hit. 


ADJECTIVES.  39 


Exercise  XVII. 

1.  Quest' uomo  e  vecchio,  ma  qnesta  ragazza  e  giovine,  2. 
Quest i  a'.beri  sono  urandi.  3.  Coteste  stdie  sono  alte.  4.  Queste 
pere  sono  mature.  5.  Cotesto  libro  e  biiono.  6.  Quelle  case  sono 
veccliie.  7.  Cotesto  cappello  e  nuovo.  8.  Quel  bicchiere  e  piccolo. 
9.  Quelle  tazze  si>no  grandi.  10.  Questa  penna  e  migli^re  della 
penna  tua,  11.  Questo  e  un  bell' orologio.  12.  Quella  lezione  e 
difficilissima. 

•1.  This  woman  is  younger  than  that  woman.  2.  This  watch  is 
dearer  than  that  watch.  3.  That  ^ilass  is  small.  4.  Those  streets  are 
very  (moUo)  long.  6.  That  coat  is  dearer  than  my  coat.  6.  Those 
lessons  are  not  difficult.  7.  That  man  has  an  old  hat.  8.  This 
house  is  higher  than  that  house.  9.  This  exercise  is  less  diffi- 
cult than  that  exercise.  10.  That  dog  is  stronger  than  this  dog.  11. 
This  is  an  old  painting.     12.  That  book  is  older  than  my  book. 


4.  Interrogative  Adjectives  {Aggettivi  Interrogativi). 
The  Interrogative  Adjectives  are — 

Singular.  Plural 

Masc.  and  Fem.  Masc.  and  Fern  English, 

quale,  quali,  which  i  or  what  i 

ohe  (both  genders  and  numbers),  what?  used  in  exclamations. 

Quale  often  becomes  qual  before  a  consonant,  except  impure  s. 

Examples, 
quale  cavdllo  ?  which  home  f 

quale  ddnua?  whirh  woman  f 

qual  bicchiere  ?  which  glass  ? 

quali  libri  ?  which  books  ? 

quali  case  ?  wh'ch  houses  ? 

che  bel  libro  !  what  a  beautiful  book! 

che  be  la  chiesa  !  what  a  beautiful  church! 

che  hei  fi6ri !  what  beautiful  flowers ! 

che  belle  pittiire  !  what  beautiful  paintings! 

andato,  gone. 

Exercise  XVIII. 

1.  Quale  donna  avete  voi  visto  ?  2.  In  quale  citta  siete  voi  stato  ? 
3.  Qual  fiore  e  codcsto?  4.  Quali  fiori  avete  voi  in  mano?  5. 
Quali  libri  avete  voi  avuti?  6.  Con  quali  studeuti  siete  voi  stato? 
7.  Per  quali  vie  siete  voi  andato?  8.  Quali  ameni  boschi  avete 
voi  visto?  9.  A  casa  di  quali  amici  siete  voi  stato?  10.  Di  qiral 
colore  avete  voi  il  vostro  abito  ?  11.  Le  arance  sono  di  color  giallo. 
12.  Che  bella  musica  e  la  musica  italiana! 


40 


ADJECTIVES. 


I.  Which  man  has  been  here?  2.  In  which  room  have  yon 
been  ?  3.  Whici)  of  my  brothers  have  you  seen  ?  4.  Which 
flowers  have  you  had?  5.  Which  books  are  those  on  the  table? 
6.  Which  colour  is  the  best?  7.  Which  books  has  your  father? 
8.  With  which  students  have  you  been  in  the  town?  9.  W  hich 
forest  have  you  seen  ?  10.  What  roads  have  you  seen  ?  11.  What 
(a)  beautiful  colour !     12.  What  (a)  small  hat ! 


5.  Numeral  Adjectives  (Aggettivi  Numerdlt). 
A.  Cardinal  Numbers  (Numeri  Cardinali). 


1  lino,  lina. 

2  dile. 

3  tre. 

4  quattro. 

5  cinque. 

6  sei. 

7  se'tte. 

8  otto. 

9  ndve. 

10  dieci. 

11  lindici. 

12  dodici. 

13  treilici. 

14  quattdrdici. 

15  qiu'ndici. 

16  sedici. 

17  diciassette. 

18  dici(5tto. 

19  dicianndve. 

20  ve'uti. 

21  ventuno. 

22  veiitifliie. 

23  ventitre. 

24  ventiqnattro. 
2.')  venticinque. 

26  veiitisei. 

27  venti-^tte. 

28  ventdtto. 

29  ventindve. 

30  tre'nta. 

31  trentiino. 

32  treiitadiie. 

33  trentatrb. 

34  trent*«(^uattro. 

35  trenticmque. 

36  trentas^i. 

37  trentnse'tte. 

38  trentdtto. 
89  ^jentandve. 


40  quaranta. 

41  quaraiituno. 

42  quarantadiie. 

43  quarantatre. 

44  quariintaquattro. 

45  quarantacmque. 

46  quarantasei. 

47  qu'irantasette. 

48  quarantdtfo. 

49  qnarantandve. 

50  einquanta. 

51  cinqiiantuno. 

52  cinquantadue. 

53  cinquantatre. 

54  cinquantaqudttro. 

55  cinqtiantacinque. 

56  oinquantapei. 

57  c  nquantasette. 

58  cinqiianldtto. 

59  cinquantandve. 

60  sessanta. 

61  sessantiino. 

62  sessantndue. 

63  Be3^aIltat^e. 

64  sessantaquattro. 

65  ^essantneinque. 

66  sessantflsei. 

67  sessantase'tte. 

68  sessantdtto. 

69  sessantandve. 

70  si^ttanta. 

71  settantiino. 

72  settantadile. 

73  settantntr^. 

74  settantaquattro. . 

75  settant  I  cinque. 

76  settantjiRPi. 

77  Bettantas^tte. 

78  settantdtto, 


ADJECTIVES. 

79  settantandve. 

95  novantacmque. 

80  ottanta. 

96  nova-'ta-ei. 

81  ottantiino. 

97  novantasette. 

82  oltaiitadtie. 

98  novantdtto. 

83  ottaiitatre. 

99  novautandve. 

84  oltantaquattro. 

100  cento. 

85  ottaiitacmque. 

101  cento  ed  uno. 

86  ottantnsei. 

110  cento  die'ci. 

87  ottantasette. 

200  dnere'nto. 

88  ottantotto. 

300  trecento. 

89  ottantundve. 

1000  mille. 

90  novaiita. 

2000  due  mila. 

91  novantuno. 

3000  tre  mila. 

92  TKivantadue. 

10,000  diecimila. 

93  novantatre. 

100,000  centoniila. 

94  novantaquattro. 

200,000  duecentomfla. 

41 


1,000,000  un  milione. 
2,000,000  due  milidni. 


100.000.000  cento  milidni. 
1,000,000,000  un  miliardo. 


Remarks. 

1.  All  Numerals  remain  unchanged  in  Italian,  except 
uno,  the  feminine  of  which  is  una ;  and  mille,  having  the 
plural  mila, 

2.  In  speal<ing  of  a  person's  au;e,  the  Italians  use  the 
verb  to  hate  instead  of  to  he,  as  in  Efiglish :  io  ho  dodici 
anni,  /  have  twelve  years  (J  am  twelve  years  old) ;  che  eta 
avete  voi,  what  age  have  you  f  (how  old  are  you  f) 

3.  When  a  noun  follows  ventuno,  trentuno  ....  cinquant- 
6no  ....  centoventuno,  etc.,  it  is  left  in  the  singular  (i.  e., 
it  agrees  with  the  last  numeral  uno) :  as  ventuno  libro, 
21  hooks  ;  ventuna  penna,  21  pens  ;  but  if  the  noun  precedes 
the  numeral,  it  is  in  the  plural :  as,  libri  ventuno,  penne 
ventuno. 

4.  In  s"ch  phrases  as  a  year  ago,  two  years  ago,  the 
English  word  ago  is  translated  by  e,  is,  s6no,  are,  or  fa, 
it  iiidkes  :  as,  e  un  anno,  or,  un  anno  f a  ;  diie  dnni  sono,  or 
diie  anni  fa.     (Note  that  fa  always  follows  the  noun.) 

5.  Once           is  translated  una  volta. 
twice                      ,,  due  volte. 
three  times             „  tre  volte. 
four  times              „  qudttro  volte. 
jive  times              „  cinque  volte,  etc- 


42 


ADJECTIVES. 


EXEBCISE   XIX. 

1.  lo  ho  settantasette  libri.  2.  Tu  hai  sei  cani.  3.  Noi  abbia- 
ino  sette  fratelli  e  nove  sorelle.  4.  Una  compagnia  di  soldati  ha 
duecento  cinquanta  uomini.  5.  Un  reggimento  hatre  mila  uomini. 
(i.  Mio  fratello  ha  tredici  anni.  7.  Mia  sorella  ha  quindici  anni. 
8.  Che  etk  ha  vostro  cugino  ?  Egli  ha  diciotto  anni.  9.  lo  ho  risto 
lo  zio  due  giorni  sono.  10.  Due  ore  fa  io  era  nella  scuola.  11.  Due 
settimane  fa  io  era  a  Londra.  12.  Io  sono  stato  all'  esposizione  tre 
mesi  fa. 

1.  She  has  two  hundred  and  Hfty  books  in  the  library.  2.  He 
has  two  horses.  3.  We  have  three  brothers  and  six  sisters. 
4.  They  (w.)  have  six  hundred  books  in  the  library.  5.  He  is  (has) 
sixteen  years  old.  6.  How  old  is  your  cousin  ?  (m.)  He  is  eleven 
years  old.  7.  i  have  seen  your  garden  two  years  ago.  8.  1  have 
seen  your  brother  an  hour  ago.  9.  I  was  with  your  brother  ten 
days  ago.  10.  I  was  at  the  exhibition  a  week  ago.  11.  That 
regiment  of  soldiers  has  two  thousand  one  hundred  and  thirty  men. 
12.  The  captain  has  two  hundred  men  in  the  company. 


B.  Ordinal  Numbers  (Numeri  Ordijidli). 

The  Ordinal  Numbers  are  declined  like  Adjectives:  as 
II  prinio  mese,  the  first  month;  la  prima  ora,  the  first  hour ; 
i  piimi  giorni,  the  first  days;  le  prime  allieve,  the  first 
pupils  (/.) 

18th  diciotte'simo,  or  deci- 

mottavo 
19th  diciannovesimo,  or  de- 

citnondno. 
20th  ventesirao. 
2l8t  ventesimo    prime,  or 

ventunesimo. 
80th  trente'sirao. 
Slst  trentunesimo. 
40th  quarante'siino. 
50th  cinqunnte'dimo. 
100th  centesiino. 
lOIst  cente'dimo  primo. 
200th  dueeentesimo. 
30()th  trecentesimo. 
400th  quattrocente'simo. 
500th  ciiiqueceiitebimo. 
lOOOtli  niillcsimo. 
lO.OOOth  dieciuiille'simo. 
10(),00(lth  oetitomille'simo. 
1,000  000th  milione'simo,  eta 
ultimo  the  last. 


1st  prime. 
2nd  secdndo. 
3rd  t^rzo. 
4th  quarto. 
5th  quinto. 
6th  sesto. 
7th  settimo. 
8th  ottavo. 
9th  n6no. 
10th  deciino. 

nth  undei^imo,  or  decimo  prime. 
12th  duodecimo,    or  decimo  se- 

condo. 
1 3th  tredice'sime,  or  d^cirao  ter- 

zo. 
I4th  quattordic^simn,  or  d^imo 

quarto. 
15th  quindicdsimo,  or    deoimo- 

qninte. 
J 6th  Bedicdsiine.  or  decimo  s^jfto. 
I7th  diciassett^simo,  or  decline 
settimo. 


ADJECTIVES. 


43 


0.  Fractional  Numbers  (Fraziont). 

Fractional  numbers  aie  expressed  by  ordinal  numbers, 
as  in  English,  except  mezzo,  half,  la  meta,  the  half. 
When  mezzo  precedes  a  noun,  it  agrees  with  it:  as, 
mezza  libl>ra,  half  a  pound,  ^ote  that  the  English  a  is 
not  translated. 

lim^zzo  follows  the  noun,  it  is  left  unchanged :  as  lina 
libbia  e  mezzo,  a  pound  and  a  half;  tie  mezze  lire  fanno 
una  lira  e  mezzo,  three  halfMre  make  one  lira  and  a  half. 

Eemarks. 

1.  The  Numerals  which  follow  the  names  of  kings  are 
rendered  with  the  Ordinal  as  in  Knglish  :  as,  Yi  torio 
Emmanuele  Secondo,  Victor  Emanuel  II. :  Umberto  Pjimo, 
Humbert  I. 


2.  The  days  of  the  month  are  lendered  by  the 
Cardinal :  as,  il  tre  di  maggio,  the  three  (third)  of 
May;  except  the  first  day  of  the  month,  wh'ci  is 
translated  by  the  Ordinal:  as,  il  primo  maggio,  the 
first  (of  J  May. 

3.  The  hours  of  the  day  are  thus  expressed  : — 


che  ora  e  7 
Bono  le  tre, 
soTJO  le  quattro, 
sono  le  cinque, 
e  mezzo  gi6rno, 
e  mezza  ndtte, 
sdiio  le  dolici  e  un  quarto, 
sdno  le  d6dici  e  mezzo, 
8<5no  le  dddici  e  tre  quaxti,  \ 
I'lina  meno  un  quarto,        / 
e  un'  6ra,  or  h  Y  lina, 
e  un'  dra  e  un  quarto,  "1 
e  r  lina  e  un  quarto,     ) 
sdno  le  due  e  tre  quarti,        \ 
sdno  le  tre  meno  un  quarto,  / 
sdno  le  tre  e  cinque, 
sdno  le  sei  meno  dieci, 


a  che  dra  ? 
dlle  due, 
£lle  tre. 


what  o'clock  IS  it  9 

it  is  three  o^clock. 

it  is  four  o  clock. 

it  is  five  0  clock. 

it  is  mid-day,  noon. 

it  is  midnight. 

it  is  a  quarter  past  twelve. 

it  is  half  past  twelve. 


a  quarter  to  one. 
one  o'clock. 


it  is  a  quarter  past  one. 

it  is  a  quarter  to  three. 

it  is  five  minutes  past  three. 

it  is  ten  minutes  to  six,  literally,  six 

hours  less  ten,  the  word  mimUea 

he'm^  understood. 
at  what  o'clock  i 
at  two  o'clock, 
at  three  o'clock. 


44  ADJECTIVES. 

AXle  qudttro,  at  four  o'clock. 

dlle  b4i  e  un  qudrto,  at  a  quarter  past  nx. 

dlle  dieci  e  mezzo.  at  half-past  ten 

ddpo  le  dieci  e  mezzo,  after  half-past  ten. 

4.  The  English  twelve  hundred,  thirteen  hundied,  etc., 
must  never  be  translated  doilici  cento,  tredici  cento,  but 
mille  e  duecento,  mille  e  trecento,  etc. 

5.  The  mnltiplicatives  are : — 

s^mplice,     simple.  sestuplo,  sixfold. 

d<5ppio,       twofold.  settuplo,  sevenfold. 

tripio,         threefoll.  decuplo,   tenfod. 

quadruple, /o'/r/v/Zd.  ceiituplo,  owe  hundredfold, 
quintuplo,  fivefold. 

NAMES  OF  THE  MONTHS. 


I  Mesl.              The  Months. 

I  Mesi.              The  Months. 

Genndio,          January 
Febhriio, ,         February. 
Marzo,               March. 
Aprile,             April. 
Maggio,            May. 
Giiiguo,            June. 

Luglio,              July. 
Agosto,             August. 
Settembre,        September. 
Ottobre,             Octcjher. 
Novembre,         November. 
Dece'mbre,         December. 

NAMES  OF  THE  DA 

lYS  of  THE  WEEK. 

I  Giorni  della  Settim&na. 
Domonii-a, 
Lunpdi. 
Marfedi, 
Mercoledl, 
Giov«*dl, 
Venerdl, 
Sdbato, 

The  Days  of  the  Week. 
Sunday. 
Monday. 
Tu^day. 
Wednesday. 
Thursday. 
Friday. 
Saturday. 

NAMES  of  the  FOUR  SEASONS. 

N6ini  delle  qu&ttro  Stagi6ni. 

Priraavera,  Spring. 

Estk  estate,  state,  Sumiuer. 

Autunno,  Afitumn. 

Inv^mo,  Winter. 

Exercise  XX. 
A. 

1.  Aprile  6  il  quarto  mese  dell' anno.  2.  Luglio  ^  un  mese 
caldo.  3.  Decembre  6  un  mese  freddo.  4.  La  state  6  calda, 
6.  Quest'  invemo  e  stato  freddissimo.     6.  La  primavera  del  mille 


ADJECTIVES.  46 

ottocento  settantotto  e  stata  dolce.  7.  L'  autunno  e  bello.  8.  Feb- 
braio  e  un  mese  cortissimo.  9.  Guglielmo  e  il  primo  della  classe. 
10.  Maria  e  l'  ultima  della  classe.  11.  bettembre  ha  trenta  giorni. 
12.  L'  anno  ha  dodici  mesi. 

1.  March  is  the  third  month  of  the  year.  2.  June  has  thirty 
days.  3.  August  is  a  warm  month.  4.  January  is  a  cold  month. 
5.  Summer  in  England  is  less  warm  than  in  Italy.  6.  Winter  in 
England  is  colder  than  in  France.  7.  My  brother  is  the  second  in 
the  class.  8.  My  sister  is  the  first  in  the  class.  9.  This  summer 
is  the  warmest  summer.  10.  This  winter  1  shall  be  in  Italy.  11.  De- 
cember is  longer  than  February.     12.  The  week  has  seven  days. 

mori,  died.  nacque,  was  born. 

B. 

1.  Che  ora  e?  Sono  le  sette.  2.  A  che  ora  siete  stato  dal 
medico?  A  lie  due  e  mezzo.  3.  lo  sono  stato  al  concerto  dalle 
otto  ed  un  quarto  alle  dieci  e  tre  quarti.  4.  Napoleone  terzo  mori 
a  Chislehurst  il  nove  gennaio  mille  ottocento  settantatre.  5.  Napo- 
leone primo  mori  a  ISant*  Elena  il  cinque  maggio  mille  ottocento 
ventuno.  6.  Mio  fratello  nacque  il  sedici  marzo  mille  ottocento 
sessanta  cinque.  7.  La  sorella  e  alia  seconda  finestra  del  primo 
piano.  8.  La  terza  casa  in  questa  strada  e  vecchissima.  9.  Carlo 
quinto  e  Francesco  primo  furono  contemporanei.  10.  Egli  nacque 
il  tre  luglio  del  mille  ottocento  settanta.  11.  Alle  sei  io  era  con 
tuo  fratello.     12.  Noi  saremo  alle  otto  a  casa  tua. 

1.  Victor  Emmanuel  II.  died  the  ninth  January  one  thousand 
eight  hundred  seventy- eight.  2.  She  was-born  the  fifth  March 
eighteen  hundred  and  sixty.  3.  1  was  with  your  brother  at  seven 
o'clock.  4.  We  shall  be  at  your  house  at  nine  o'clock.  5.  What 
o'clock  is  it?  Jt  is  half  past  ten  o'clock.  6.  We  were  in  the  room 
at  a  quarter  past  two  o'clock.  7.  Charles  is  at  the  third  window 
of  the  first  floor.  8.  Napoleon  the  first  and  Wellington  were  con- 
temporaries. 9.  My  brother  was  born  the  twenty-first  July  eighteen 
hundred  and  seventy-one.  10.  1  shall  be  at  that  house  at  three 
o'clock.  11.  He  was  with  my  cousin  (m.)  at  two  o'clock.  12.  She 
was  at  the  house  of  the  doctor  at  half-past  one  o'clock. 


6.  Indefinite  Adjectives  (Aggettivi  Indefiniti). 

The  following  Indefinite  Adjectives  are  always  used 
with  a  noun.  When  by  themselves,  they  are  pro- 
nouns : — 


46 


ADJECTIVES. 


Declinable. 


Indeclinable. 
dgni,'  each. 

qualohe,^       wme. 
qnalunque,'  every. 


Masc. 
Sing,  t^tto,* 
Plur.  tutti, 
Sing,  alcnno,' 
Plur.  alcuni, 
Sing,  taltino, 
Plur.  taltini, 
Sing,  tale, 
Plur.  tali, 
Sing,  ootale," 
Plur.  ootali, 


Fern. 

alc^a, 
alcune, 
taldna, 
talone, 
tale,      j 
tali,       I 
cotale,  I 
cotali,  J 


some,  few 


such  a 


Plural  only. 


Ma  80. 

parecchi,^ 

alquanti, 

dlversi, 

p6chi. 

different!, 

m61ti, 


Fem, 

pareccMe, 

alqnante, 

diverse, 

pdche, 

differenti, 

in61te, 


several. 

some. 

few. 

some. 

many. 


Singular  only. 


niuno,^  nmna, 

nullo,  nulla, 

nesstino, 

veruno, 

oiascuno,^  ciascheduno,  eiasctina,  ciaschedtina,  each  one. 

on  certo, 


veruna,  no  one,  with  a  negative. 


^a  oerta,      some  one. 

Remarks. 

1.  When  ttitto  precedes  the  noun,  it  must  also  precede 
the  article :  as, 


ttitto  11  villaggio, 
tiitta  la  cittk, 
tiitti  gli  uomini, 
tiitte  le  ddnne, 


the  whole  village, 
the  ichole  town, 
all  the  men. 
all  the  women. 


2.  Niiino,  ntiUo,  nessuno  take  a  negative  if  they  follow 
the  verb:  as,  non  ha  mssun  anii'co,  he  has  no  friend ;  but 
do  not  take  a  negative  if  they  precede  the  verb  :  as,  nes- 
8un  uomo  h  suo  arnico,  no  man  is  his  friend. 


>  Ogni,  from  the  Latin  omnis. 

2  Qudkhe 

f» 

qualis  quam,  after  the  analogy  of  qnlsqnam. 

s  Qualiinque 

*  Tiitto 

gualiscumqw. 
totus. 

»  Alciino 

^^ 

aliquis  unus. 

•  (otdU 

.' 

(vque  talis  t 

L.L.  piiriculus,  dim.  of  par. 

»  Paricchi 

„ 

•  Ifiiino 

„ 

•M  untM. 

»  Ciatctirw 

,. 

fluMqut  urvu*. 

THE  VERB.  47 

Exercise  XXI. 

1.  Ogni  uomo  e  mortale.  2.  Tutta  la  casa  era  in  fiamme. 
3.  Ho  avuto  alcuni  amici  a  casa  mia.  4.  Niuua  persona  ha  visto 
inio  fratello.  5.  Vostro  fratello  non  fii  visto  da  niuiia  persona. 
6.  Egli  e  stato  visto  da  taluni  uomini.  7.  II  cugino  e  con  parecchi 
amici  nella  camera.  8.  Diversi  uomini  erano  a  casa  mia.  9.  Egli 
ha  qualche  amico  a  casa.  10.  Parecchie  doime  erano  nella  chiesa. 
11.  Ha  egh  qualche  cosa?  Egli  non  ha  nulla.  12.  Ugni  ora  ha 
sessanta  minuti. 

1.  Few  persons  were  at  my  concert.  2.  No  one  has  seen  your 
brother.  3.  All  the  town  was  in  flames.  4.  Some  person  has  seen 
my  father  with  your  brother  in  the  town.  5.  Every  man  has  a 
friend.  6.  Several  men  were  in  the  house.  7.  No  man  is  happy. 
8.  Few  men  are  rich  in  this  town.  9.  Many  men  are  poor  in  that 
village.  10.  My  sister  has  several  friends  (fem.).  11.  All  these 
houses  are  very  old.     12.  !She  has  been  some  time  in  Italy. 


X.— The  Verb  (^7  Verho). 

There  are  five  sorts  of  Verbs  in  Italian  : — 

1.  Active,  or  Transitive  (il  verbo  attivo), 

2.  Passive  (il  veibo  passho). 

3.  Neuter  (il  verbo  neutrd). 

4.  Reflective  (il  verbo  riflessivd). 

5.  Impersonal  (il  verbj  impersondle). 

Verbs  have  five  Moods  (Modi)  in  Italian: — 

1.  Tlie  Indicative  (U  Indicatlvo). 

2.  The  Conditional  (11  Condiziondle). 

3.  'J'lie  Impekative  (U  Imperativo). 

4.  The  Subjunctive  (//  t<ogg<untivo). 

5.  The  Infinitive  (L'  Jnfinltd). 

To  which  may  be  added 

The  Gerund  (JZ  Gerund! d). 
The  Participle  (7f  I'articipio). 

Verbs  have  eight  Tenses  (tempi)  in  Italian ;  one  Present 
(presente),  live  Past  (passdti),  and  two  Future  (futuri). 

Tenses  are  divided  into  Simple  (tempi  semplici)  and 
Compound  (tempi  composti) ;  the  latter  being  composed  of 
thn  past  participle  with  a  tense  of  the  auxiliary  verb 
avere,  or  essere. 

The  eight  Tenses  are  : — 

1 .  Present  (il  presente)  io  dmo,  I  love,  I  am  loving. 


48  THE  VERB, 

2.  Imperfect  (imperfetto)  expresses  a  past  action  going 
on  while  another  took  place :  as,  io  legg^va  quando  voi 
entrd,ste,  I  was  reading  when  you  came  in. 

3.  Past  Definitk  (paasdto  definito)  expresses  a  past  action 
entirely  finished  at  a  lime  specified  :  as,  io  viaggiai  1'  anno 
scorso,  I  travelled  last  year. 

4.  Past  Indefinite  (passdto  indefinito),  or  Compound  of 
the  Piesent  of  the  Auxiliarj^  and  Past  Participle  of  the 
Verb,  expresses  a  thing  as  having  t^ken  place,  without 
specifying  when;  or  which  has  happened  at  a  time  not 
entirely  past :  as,  6gli  ha  mangiato  molto,  he  has  eaten  too 
much  ;  io  ho  visto  tuo  pddre  oggi,  I  have  seen  thy  father  to- 
day. 

5.  Pluperfect  (jpiu  che  perfetto),  or  Compound  of  the 
Imperfect  of  the  Auxiliary  and  Past  Participle  of  the  Verb, 
expresses  a  thing  habitual  or  repeated,  but  which  hap- 
pened indeterminately  before  a  past  event :  as,  io  av^va 
scritto  qudndo  voi  mi  ved^ste,  I  had  written  when  you  saw  me. 

6.  Past  Anterior  (passdto  anteriore,  or  rimoto),  or  Com- 
pound of  the  Past  DeKnite  of  the  Auxiliary  and  the  Past 
Participle  of  the  Verb,  expresses  a  thing  which  happened 
immediately  before  a  past  event :  as,  quando  io  6bbi  dor- 
mito,  uscii  di  casa,  when  I  had  slept  I  went  out  of  the  house. 

7.  Future  (ilfuturo)  expresses  an  action  or  thing  which 
will  happen  at  some  indeterminate  time  to  come :  as,  io 
moriro,  I  shall  die. 

8.  Future  Anterior  (futuro  anteriore),  or  Compound  of 
the  Future  of  the  Auxiliary  and  Past  Participle  of  the 
Verb,  expresses  a  thing  which  will  take  place  when 
another  thing  shall  have  happened  :  as,  io  sard  morto 
qudndo  tu  arriverdi  a  cinquant'  dnni,  I  shall  be  dead  when 
thou  wilt  be  fifty  years  old. 

I'he  Italian  Verbs  are  divided  into  three  Conjugations 
(coniugazioni)  distinguished  by  the  ending  of  the  Infinitive 
Mood. 

I.  The  First  Conjugation  ends  in  dre  :  |  *^'  *"*^'^' 


II.  The  Second        „  „       6re 

ere 
III.  The  Third  „  ,.       Ire 


til  love. 

I  as,  tern  ere, 
'         to  fear, 

j  as,  ve'ndere, 
\         to  srll. 

I  as,  sentire, 
\        to/ed. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION. 


49 


XI. — First  Conjugation. — Active  Voice. 

Amare,  to  lone. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Iniicativo). 

Present  Tense  (Presente). 

Singular. 


10  amo, 
tu  ami, 
egli  ama, 
ella  ama, 


10  amava, 
ta  amavi, 
egli  amava. 


io  amai, 
ta  amasti, 
egli  amo, 


Plural. 
I  love.  noi  amiamo,  we  love, 

thou  lovest.  vdi  amate,  you  love, 

he  looes.  eglino  amano, 

she  loves.  elleuo  amano, 


they  love. 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfttto). 


I  loved. 

ihou  wast  loving. 

he  loved. 


n6i  amavamo, 
vol  amavate, 
eglino  amavano. 


we  loved, 
yiiu  I'lved. 
they  loved. 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Passdto  Definite). 

noi  amammo, 
voi  amaste, 


I  loved, 
thou  lovedst. 
he  loved. 


we  loved, 
you  loved. 
egliao  amarono,     they  loved. 


tu  amerai, 
egli  amera, 


Future  Tense  (Futuro). 

I  shall  Inve. 
thou  wilt  love 
he  will  love. 


noi  ameremo,         we  shall  love. 
voi  amerete,  you  will  live. 

eglino  ameranno,   thi  y  will  love. 


Compound  Tenses  {Tempi  Composti). 
Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Passdto  Indefinitd), 


io  ho  amato, 
tu  hai  amato, 
«gli  ha  amato, 


I  have  loved, 
thou  hast  loved 
he  has  loved. 


n6i  abbiamo  amato,  we  have  loved. 
vdi  avtte  amato,    you  hare  loved. 
eglino  hanno  amato,    theij    have 
loved. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Piu  che  Perf^tto). 


io  aveva  amato, 
tu  avevi  amato, 


egli  aveva  amato, 


I  had  loved, 
thou    hadst 

love  I. 
he  had  loved. 


ndi  avevamo  amato,  we  had  loved. 
vdi  avevate  amato,  you  had  loved. 
eglino  avfcvano     tliey  had  loved. 
amato. 


Past  Anterior  Tense  (Passdto  Rimdto). 


io  ebbi  amato, 
tu  avesti  amato, 

e^li  ebbe  amato. 


I  had  loved, 
thou   hadst 

loved, 
he  had  loved. 


ndi  avemmo  amatD,  we  had  loved. 
vdi  aveste  amato,  you  had  loved. 
eglino    ebbero       they  had  loved. 
amato^ 


50 


riRST  CONJUGATION. 


FuTUBE  Anterior  Tense  (Futuro  Anteridre). 


Singular. 
io  avro  amato,       /  shall  have 
ta  avrai  amato,      thou     wilt 

hare 
egli  avra  amato,    he  will  have 


Plural. 

n6i  avremo  amato,  we  shall  have  i 

v6i  avrete  amato.  ytni  will  have  \ 

eglino  ayranno     they  will  have  i 

amato,  ' 


ama  (tu), 
ami  (egli), 


Imperative  Mood  (Imperativo). 

amiamo  n6i;,  let  us  love, 

love  thou.  amate  (vdi),  love  ye. 

let  him  love.  dmino  (egliao),  let  them  love. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Condiziondle). 
Present  Tense  (Presd'nte :. 


10  amerei, 
tu  ameresti^ 

egli  amerebbe, 


I  should  love, 
thou     wouidst 

love, 
he  would  love. 


ii6i  amereramo, 
vdi  amereste, 
eglino    amereb- 
bero. 


we  fthould  love, 
you  would  love, 
they  would  love. 


Past  Tense  (Passdto). 


io  avrei  amato,  /  should 

tu  avresti  amato,  thou  wouidst 

egli    avrebbe  lie  would 
amito. 


■^      n6i    avremmo       we  should 
J    I      amato, 

sj    :  v6i  avreste  amato,  yon  would 
J   j  eglino    avrebbero  they  would 
am^to, 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Soggiuntivo). 


oh'  io  Smi, 
ohe  tu  &mi, 

eh'  egli  ami, 


oh'  io  amassi, 
che  tu  amassi, 

oh'  egli  amasse, 


Present  Tense  iPres^nte 


that  I  may  love,     ohe  ndi  amiamo,  that  we  may  love 

that  thou  mayst    che  vdi  amiate,  that   you    may 

love  love, 

that  he  may  love  I  eh'  eglino  amino,  that   they  may 
'  love. 


Imperfect  Tense  {Imperf^tto). 


that  I  might  ] 
that   thou 

mightst         ^J 
that  he  might  \ 
J 


ohe  ndi  amassimo,  that  we  might] 
ohe  vdi  amaste,      that    you 

might 
oh' eglino  amassero, /Ao^    they    I 


might 


Past  Tense  (Passdto). 


oh'  io  abbia  am&to,  that  I  may  Jiave 
loved. 

ohe  tu  abbi  amato,  that  thm  mnyst 
have  loved. 

oh  egli  abbia  that  he  may  have 
amato,  loved. 


ohe  ndi  abbiamo,    that  we  may  have 
amato,  loved. 

ohe  vdi    abbiate     that   yim  may 
amdto,  hare  loved. 

ch'  eglino  dbbiano  that  they   may 
amato,  have  loced. 


SECOND    CONJUGATION. 


51 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Piu  che  Perf^tto). 

Singular. 


ch'  io    avessi 

amato, 
che    tu    avessi 

amato, 
ch'  fcgli    avcsse 

amato, 


that   I  might 
liace  loved. 

that  thou  mtyhtst 
have  loced. 

that  he  might 
have  loved 


Plural. 
che  ndi  avessimo    that   we  might 

amato,  ,  have  loved. 

che    vdi    aveste     that  you    might 

amato,  have  loved. 

ch'  tgiino  avtssero  that  they  might 

amato,  have  loved. 


amare, 


amando, 


amante, 


INFINI'I'IVE  MOOD  {Infinito). 
Present.  Past. 

to  love.  I  aver  amato,  to  have  loved. 

GERUND  (Gerundio). 


Pbesent. 
loving. 


Past. 
I  avendo  amato,        having  loved. 


PARTICIPLES  (Participi). 
Present.  Past. 

Masc.  Fem. 

Sing,  amato,  amata,  j  ,       . 

Plur.&msLti,  amate,/ 


loving. 


XII. — Second  Conjugation. — Active  Voice. 

Temere,  to  fear. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicativo). 

Present  Tense  (Pres^nte). 


io  temo, 
tn  temi, 
egli  teme, 
ella  teme, 


Singular. 

I  fear, 
thou  fearest. 
he  fears, 
she  fears. 


ndi  temiamo, 
vdi  temete, 
eglino  ttmono, 
elleno  tcmono. 


Plural. 
we  fear. 
you  fear. 

they  fear. 


io  temeva, 
tu  temevi, 
egli  temeva, 


10  temei, 
tu  temesti, 
egli  teme, 


io  temero, 
tu  temerai, 
g^U  temera, 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfetto). 

I  feared.  ndi  temevamo,  we  feared, 

thou  didst  far.      voi  temevate,  you  feared. 

he  feared.  tghno  temevano,  they  jeared. 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Passdto  Definito). 


I  feared 

thou  didst  fear. 

he  feared. 


n<$i  tememmo, 
voi  temeste. 
eglino  temerono, 


we  feared, 
you  feared 
they  feared. 


Future  Tense  {Futdro). 


I  shall  fear, 
thou  wilt  fear 
he  will  fear. 

3* 


ndi  temeremo.         we  shall  fear. 
vdi  temerete,  yu  will  fear. 

eglino  temeranno.  they  will  fear. 


52 


SECOND    CONJUGATION. 


Compound  Tenees  (Tempi  CompSsti). 

Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Passdto  IndefinUo). 

Singular. 


io  ho  temuto, 
tu  hai  temtito, 

egli  ha  temuto, 


I  have  feared, 
thou    hast 

feared. 
he  has  feared. 


Plural. 
n6i  abbiamo  te-  we  have  feared. 

mtito, 
voi  avcte  temuto,  you  have  feared. 
egli'no  hanno  te-  they  have  feared. 

muto, 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Piii  che  Ferfd'tto). 


io  aveva  temuto, 
tu  avevi  temuto. 


/  had  feared, 
thou    hadst 
feared. 
egli  aveva  temuto,  he  had  feared. 


ndi  avevamo  te-    we  had  feared. 

muto, 
v6i  avevate  temuto,  you  had  feared. 
eglino  avevano  te-  they  had  feared. 

m^to. 


id  ebbi  temuto, 
tu  avesti  temuto, 

egli  ebbe  temuto, 


Past  Anterior  Tense  (Passdto  Rimdto). 

ndi  avemmo  te-   we  had  feared. 


I  had  feired. 
thou    hadst 

feared, 
he  had  feared. 


avemmo 

muto, 
v6i  aveste  temuto,  you  had  feared. 
eglino  ebbero  te-  they  had  feared. 

muto, 


Future  Anterior  Tense  (^Futuro  Anteridre). 


io  avro  temuto,      1  shall   have 
feared. 

tu  avrai  temuto,    thou  wilt  have 
feared. 

egli  avra  temuto,  he  will    have 
feared. 


n6i  avremo  te-  we  shall  have 
muto,  feared. 

v6i  avreta  temuto,  yoti  w4ll  have 
feared. 

eglino  avranno  they  will  have 
temuto,  feared. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Tmperativo). 

temiamo  (n6i),       let  us  fear. 
temete  (vdi),  fear  ye. 

temino  (eglino),     let  them  fear. 


fear  thou, 
let  him  fear. 


temi  (tu), 
tema  (egli), 


io  temerei, 
ta  temeresti, 

egli  temerebbe, 


io  avrei  temtto,     I  should  have 
feared. 

tu  avresti  temuto,  thou    wouldst 
have  feared. 

egli  avrebbe  te-  he  would  have 
muto. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Condiziondle). 

Present  Tense  (Pres^nte).  • 

/  should  fear.      I  ndi  temereinmo,  we  should  fear, 

thou    wouldst      I  vdi  temereste,  you  would  fear. 

fear.                 !  eglino   temereb-  they    would 

he  would  fear.            bero,  fear. 

Past  Tense  (Passafo). 

noi  avremmo  te-  ice  should  have 

muto,  feared. 

voi  avrfcSte  te-  you  wuld  have 

muto.  ff-and. 

eglino  avrebbero  they  would  liave 

feared.                   temuto,  feared. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION. 


53 


oh'  io  tema, 
che  tu  ttma, 

ch'  egli  tema, 

ch'  io  temessi, 
che  tu  temessi, 
ch'  egli  temesse, 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Soggiuntivo). 
Present  Tense  {Presente). 

Singular,  Plural. 


that  I  may  fear, 
that  thou  mayst 

fear, 
that    he    may 

fear. 


che  noi  temiamo,   that  we  may  fear. 
che  vdi  temiate,     that  you  may 

fear. 
ch' eglino  temano,  <?ia<  they  may 

fear. 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfelto). 

that   I  might 

fear. 
that  thou  mightst 

fear. 


that    he  might 
fear. 


che  noi  temtssimo,  that    we    might 

fear. 
che  Toi  temeste,     that  you  might 

fear. 
ch'  eglino  temes-  that  they  might 
sero,  fear. 


ch'  io  abbia  temtito,  that  I  may  have 

feared. 
che   tu  abbi  te-  that  thou  mayst 

mato,  have  feared. 

ch'  egli  abbia  te-  that  he  may  have 

muto,  feared. 


Past  Tense  {Passdto). 

che  noi  abbiamo  that  ice  may  have 
temtito,  feared. 

che  voi  abbiate  that  you  may 
temtito,  have  feared. 

ch'  eglino  abbiano  that  they  may 
temuto,  have  feared. 


Pluperfect  Tense  {Piu  che  Perfeito). 
ch'  io   avessi    te-  that     1     might  \  che  noi  avessimo  that    we    might 


mtito,  fear. 

che  tu  avessi  te-  that  thou  mightst 

muto,  fear. 

ch'  egli  avesse  te-  that    he    might 


muto, 


temere, 


temendo. 


temente, 


fe 


temtito,  fear. 

che  voi  aveste  te-  that  you  might 

mtito,  fear. 

ch'tglino     aves-  that  they  might 


I      sero  temtito, 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  (Infinito). 
Present.  Past. 

to  fear.  ]  aver  temtito, 

GERUND  (Gerundio). 


fear. 


to  have  feared. 


Present. 

fearing. 


Past. 
avendo  temtito, 


having  feared. 


PARTICIPLES  (Participi). 
Present.  Past. 

Masc.  Fern 

fearing.  |  Sing,    temtito, 

Plur.   temuti, 


SIS}/--* 


54 


THIRD    CONJUGATION. 


XIII.- 


io  sento, 
tu  senti, 
egli  sente, 
ella  Sbiite, 


Third  Conjugation. — Active  Voice. 

Sentire,  to  feel. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicativo). 

Present  Tense  (Pres^te). 

Plural, 
noi  sentiamo, 
vdi  sentite, 
eglino  oentono, 
fcUeuo  seutono, 


Singular. 

I/eel 


thou  feelest 
he  feeU. 
she  feels. 


we  feel, 
you  feel. 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imper/^tto). 


io  sentiva, 
tu  sentivi, 
egli  sentiva, 


io  sentii, 
tu  sentisti, 
egli  senti, 


io  sentlro, 
tu  sentirai, 
egli  sentira, 


I  felt. 

thou  didst  feel. 

he  felt. 


noi  senlivamo, 
voi  sentivate, 
eglino  sentivano, 


ire  felt. 
you  felt, 
they  felt. 


Past  Definite  Tense  (Passdto  D^finitd). 


Ifelt. 

thou  didst  fed. 

he  felt. 


n6i  sentimmo,         we  felt. 
voi  sentiste,  you  felt. 

eglino  sentirono,    they  felt. 


Future  Tense  (Futiiro). 


I  shall  feel, 
thou  wiltfeeL 
he  will  feel. 


n6i  sentiremo,         tee  shall  feel. 
vdi  sentirete,  you  trill  feel. 

eglino  sentiranno,  they  u-illfed. 


Compound  Tenses  {Tempi  CompSstt). 
Past  Indefinite  Tense  {Pasmto  Indefinito). 


io  ho  sentito, 

tu  hai  sentito, 
egli  ha  sentito, 


I  have  felt. 

thou  hast  felt, 
he  ha^  felt. 


io  aveva  sentito, 

tu  avevi  sentito,    thou  hadst  felt. 

egli  aveva  sentito,  he  had  felt. 


n6i  abbiamo  sen-  we  have  felt. 

tito, 
voi  avete  sentito,    tjou  have  feli. 
eglino  hanno  sen-  they  have  felt. 

tito, 

Pli  PERFECT  Tense  (J'/«  che  Perfetto\ 

I  had  felt.  ndi  avevano  sen-  we  had  felt. 

tito, 
vdi  avevata  sen-  you  had  fdt. 

tito, 
eglino      avevano  they  had  felt. 

sentito, 


Past  Anterior  Tense  (Passdto  Rividto). 
io  ebbi  sentito,        7  had  felt.  ,  noi  avemmo  sen-  we  had  fdt. 

sen-  you  hndfeU. 


tu  avesti  sentito,    thou  hadst  felt. 
egli  ebbe  sentito,  he  had  felt. 


tito, 
vdi    aveste 

tito, 
eglino  ebbero  sen-  they  had  fdL 

tito, 


THIRD   CON-JUG ATION. 


55 


Future  anterior  Tense  {FuMro  Anteridre). 


Singular. 

10  avri  sentito,      I-  shall  have  felt. 

tn  avrai  sentito,     thou    wilt   have 

felt. 
egli  avra  sentito,  he    will    have 

felt. 


Plural. 

ndi  avremo^sea-  we    shall    have 

tito,  felt. 

vol    avrete    sen-  you   icill    have 

tito,  Jfilt. 

eglino    avranno  they    will    have 

sentito,  felt. 


senti  (tu), 
senta  (egli). 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperativo). 

sentiamo  (ndi),       let  us  feel, 
feel  (thou).  sentite   vdi),  feel  ye. 

let  him  feel.  sentano  (tglino),    let  them  feel. 

CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Condiziondle). 
Present  Tense  iPres^te). 


io  sentirei, 
tu  sentiresti, 

egli  sentirebbe, 


I  should  feel, 
thou        wouldst 

feel, 
he  would  feel. 


ndi  sentircmmo, 
vdi  sentirtste. 


we  should  feeL 
you  would  feel. 


eglino     sentirtb-  they  would  feel 
bero. 


io  avrei  sentito. 


I    should 
felt 
tu  avresti  sentito,  thou        wouldst 

have  felt. 
egli  arrebbe  sen-  he    would    have 


Past  Tense  (^Passdto) 
have 


tito, 


ch'  io  senta, 
che  tu  senta, 

ch'  egli  senta, 


ndi  avremmo  sen-  we  should  have 

tito;  felt. 

vdi  avreste  sen-  you  would  have 

tito,  felt. 

eglino  avrebbero  they  would  have 

sentito,  felt. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Soggfuntivo). 
Present  Tense  iPres^nte. 

that  I  may  feel,     cbe  ndi  sentiamo,  that  we  may  feel. 


felt. 


that  thou  mayst 

feel, 
that  he  may  feel. 


che  vdi  sentiate,     that  you  muyfeel 
ch'  eglino  sentano,  that  they  may 
feel. 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfetto). 
that  I'might feel,    che  nCiaentisBimo,  that  we  might 

feel. 
that  thou  mightst    ohe  vdi  sentiste,     that  you  might 

feel.  I        ,     .  ^         fed 

that   he    might    j  ch'  eglino  sentis-  that  they  might 
feel.  I      sero,  feel. 

Past  Tense  {Passato). 
that  I  may  have    ohe  ndi  abbiamo  that  we  may 

felt.  i      sentito,  have  felt, 

that  thou  mayst      ohe  vdi   abbiate    that   you  may 
have  felt'.  sentito,  have  felt. 

oh'  egli  abbia  sen-  that  he  may  have  I  ch'  eglino  abbiano  that  they  may 
tito,  felt  sentito,  have  felt 


ch'  io  sentissi, 
che  tu  sentissi, 
ch'  egli  sentisse, 


oh'  io  abbia  sen- 
tito, 

che  tu  abbi  sen- 
tito. 


56 


THIRD  CONJUGATION. 


Pluperfect  Tense  (Ptu  che  Perfetto). 

Singular.  Plural. 

Ch'  io  avessi  sen-    that  I  might      '  che  ndi  avessimo  that  we  might 

tito,  have  felt.  aentito,  have  felt. 

ohe  tu  avessi  sen-  that  thou  mightst  \  che  vol  aveste  that  you  might 

tito,  have  felt.  \      sentito,  hace  felt. 

ch'    egli    avesse    that  he  might  ch'   eglino  aves-  that  they  might 


sentito, 


have  ftlt. 


sero  sentito. 


have  felt. 


sentire, 


sentendo, 


sentente, 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infinito). 
Present.  Past. 

to  feel.  I  aver  sentito,  to  have  felt. 


GERUND  (Gerundio). 
Present. 
feeling. 


Past. 

I  avendo  sentito,      having  felt. 


PARTICIPLES  (Partictpi:. 
Present.  Past. 

Masc,  Fem. 

feeling.  I  Sing,     sentito,      sentita, 

I  Plur.    sentici,      sentite, 


felt. 


The  English  forms  I  do  love,  1  am  loving.,  I  did  love,  I 
was  loving,  etc.,  are  to  be  translated  in  Italian  by  io  amo, 
I  love ;  io  aniava,  /  loved,  etc. 

Example  of  thk  Present  Indicative  of  Am  are. 


Interrogative. 
Do  I  love  1  etc. 
dm' » io  ? 
ami  tu  ? 
arna  egli  ? 
amiatnu  noi? 
amdte  vdi  ;* 
amano  egiino? 


Negative. 
I  do  not  love,  etc. 
io  non  arao. 
tu  non  ami. 
egli  non  ama. 
noi  non  amidino. 
vdi  mm  umate. 


Interrog.  with  a  Neg. 
Do  I  not  love  ?  etc. 
non  amo  io  ? 
non  ami  tu  ? 
non  ama  egli  ? 
non  amiaiuo  noi  ? 
non  unidte  vdi? 


e'glino  non  amano.*         non  amano  e'glino? 
Exercise  XXII. 


Write  out  all  the  Tenses  of  tlie  Indicative  and  Condi- 
tional Moods  (»f  trovare,  to  find;  v^ndere,  to  sell ;  servire, 
to  serve ; — in  the  Interrogative  form,  the  Negative  form, 
and  the  Interrogative  form  with  a  Negative. 


•  The  hocond  person  singular  of  the  Imperative  negative  is  formed  with  the  present 
of  the  infinitive :  as,  non  amare,  do  not  love ;  non  teniere,  do  not/ear,  kc. 


AFFINITIES   OF   ITALIAN   AND   LATIN   VERBS. 


57 


XIV. — Affinities  of  the  Italian  and  Latin 

Verbs. 

1.  As  almost  all  Italian  words  end  with  a  vowel,  we  must 
first  suppress  the  final  consonants  of  the  Latin  verb,  in  order 
to  see  the  affinities  of  the  verb  in  the  two  langu  iges. 

The  following  letters  are  often  interchanged,  their  sound 
being  approximate.  B  is  exchanged  with  v  :  e  with  i  ;  d 
with  t .  o  with  11 ;  ss  with  x :  as,  amdva  instead  ufamdbam; 
amdte  for  amdtis ;  ressero  for  rexerunt.  etc. 

2.  The  Infinitive  is  the  same  in  both  languages,  ending 
in  are.  ere,  and  ire.  The  Latin  Second  and  Third  Conjuga- 
tions in  ere  (long),  and  ere  (short),  form  one  conjugation 
in  Italian  ;  that  is,  the  Second.  Some  Latin  verbs  ending 
in  ere  (long)  become  in  Italian  are ;  as,  vovere,  to  vow,  be- 
comes votare.  Some  other  Latin  verbs  ending  in  ere  (long) 
become  in  Italian  Ire ;  as.  favere,  to  favour,  becomes  favorire. 
The  similarity  of  the  Tenses  will  be  seen  by  their  juxta- 
position. 

INDICATIVE. 


Present. 

Imperfect 

Perfect. 

Latin. 

Italian. 

Latin. 

Italian. 

Latin.             Italian. 

amo. 

amo. 

amaba  m. 

amava. 

amavi.            amai. 

ama  s. 

ami. 

amaba  s. 

amavL 

aniavisti.        amabti. 

ama  t 

ama. 

ami  ha  t. 

amava. 

amavit.           amo. 

amiimu  «. 

amiamo. 

amabamu  s. 

amavamo. 

amavimus.      amammo. 

amati  s. 

amate. 

amabati  s. 

amavate. 

amavisti  s.      amaste. 

aman  t 

amano. 

amaban  t. 

amavano. 

amaverun  t.  amarouo. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 

Imperfect. 

Latin. 

Italian. 

Latin. 

Italian. 

ame  m. 

ami. 

amavisse  m. 

am^ssi. 

aine  s 

ami. 

amavisse  s. 

amassi. 

ame  t 

ami. 

amavisse  t. 

amasse. 

amemu  s. 

amiamo. 

amavissemu  s.            amasbimo. 

amiti 

8. 

amiate. 

amavisseti  s. 

amaste. 

amen 

t. 

amino. 

amavissen  t. 

amassero. 

XoTK. — In  the  Perfect  Indicative  the  v  in  the  Italkm  is  dropped. 
The  Imperfect  Subjunctive  is  formed  from  the  Latin  Pluperfect,  the 
vi  being  dropped. 

3.  The  Future  is  not  fo'med  "from  the  Latin,  as  some 
suppose,  but  from  the  present  tense  of  avere  joined  to  the 
Infinitive  of  the  verb :  as,  amerb  from  amare-ho,  "  I  have 
to  love,"  amerdi  fiom  amare-hai,  &c. 


68  PECULIARITIES    OF    FIRST    CONJUGATION. 

XV,— Peculiarities  of  some  Verbs  of  the  First 
Conjugation. 

The  following  seeming  irregularities  cf  some  Verbs  of 
the  First  Conjugation,  are  no  real  irregularities,  but  take 
place  in  order  t«>  preserve  the  original  sound  of  its  Infini- 
tive; thus, 

1,  Verbs  ending  in  care  or  gare,  as  mancare,  to  fail; 
pagare.  to  pay ;  take  an  h  after  c  or  (/,  when  these  precede 
e  or  i.  This  is  done  in  order  to  preserve  to  the  c  and  g 
the  hard  sound  of  the  Infinitive,  as 

lo  mdnco.  lo  pd^o. 

tu  manchi.  tu  paghi. 

^idi  uianca.  egli  paji;a.. 

ndi  maiiciiianio.  ndi  pughiamo. 

2.  Verbs  ending  in  ciare,  gidre,  sciare,  as,  cominciare, 
to  begin;  pas.>eggiaie,  to  walk ;  lasoiare,  to  leave,  in  which 
the  i  only  serves  to  indicate  the  soit  pronunciation,  drop 
this  i  before  e  or  i,  as 

10  comincio.  io  passeggio.  io  lascio 

tu  cominci  (one  /).         tu  passe^gi  (one  i).  tu  lasci  (one  0- 

fut.  tu  comiucerdi.  tu  passeggerai.  tu  lascerai. 

3,  Verbs  ending  in  chiare  and  glidre  drop  the  »  only 
before  another  i ;  as 

pigliare,  to  take.  invecchiare,  to  become  old, 

io  pi'glio.  io  inxet'cliio. 

tu  [)igli  (one  0-  tu  inveochi  (one  t). 

tu  piglieiai.  tu  inveccliierdi. 

4.  Verbs  ending  in  iare,  when  tlie  i  of  the  termination 
is  preceded  by  another  vowel,  drop  the  i  before  anotiier  t, 
as,  annoidre,  to  annoy  ; 

io  anndio. 

tu  anndi  (one  i). 

When  these  verbs  however  have  the  accent  on  tl>e  t  in 
the  first  person  singular  of  the  Present  of  the  Indicative, 
they  follow  the  general  rule. 

sp'dre,  to  fpy. 
io  spio,  /  spy. 
tu  Bpii. 

In  which  case  both  t's  must  be  distinctly  pronounced. 


exercises  on  first  conjugation.  59 

Exercises  on  the  First  Conjugation. 

pensare  a,  to  think  of.  ritomare  da,  to  return  from. 

EXERCISK   XXIII. 

The  Simple  Tenses. 

A. 

1.  lo  amo  il  mio  paese  natale.  2.  Se  tu  fossi  tanto  buono 
quanto  mio  fratello,  tu  ameresti  il  maestro.  3.  lo  portava  una 
lettera    alia    posta,    quando    incontrai    il     soldato    nella    strada. 

4.  L'  uomo  generoso  perdona  volentieri  ai  nemici.  5.  Mia  sorella 
amo  sempre  la  musica  ed  ella  canta  come  una  canta trice  di 
mestiere.  6.  lo  pensava  ch'egli  cercasse  il  cappello  per  le  scale. 
7.  lo  ritomai  dalla  campagna  con  un'orribile  mal  di  testa.  8.  Porta 
la  scatola  nella  mia  camera,  Antonio,  e  fa  presto  (he  quick).  9.  lo 
paghero  le  cambiali  fra  pochi  giorni,  Signore ;  scusate  il  ritardo. 
10.  Se  tu  studiassi,  saresti  il  primo  della  classe.  11.  Se  tu  non 
paghi  i  debiti,  mio  caro  amico,  sara  male  per  te  (ill  for  thee). 
12.  lo  canterei  il  duetto  ch'  Ella  mi  domanda,  ma  non  ho  voce 
stassera. 

1.  Do  you  love  your  country?  Yes,  sir,  I  love  my  country. 
2.  I  should  like  to  return  to  my  country.  3.  I  should  like  to 
forgive  all  my  enemies.  4.  I  met  a  man  in  the  street ;  he  was 
carrying  a  long  stick.  5.  I  was  seeking  my  hat  in  the  room,  when 
you  returned  from  the  concert.  6.  I  should  study  my  lessons  if  I 
had  time.  7.  In  a  few  days  I  shall  return  to  town  in  company 
with  my  friends  {masc).  8.  I  should  pay  you,  sir,  if  I  had  the 
money.  9.  I  shall  sing  a  duet  this  evening  with  my  brother  at  the 
house  of  your  aunt.  10.  My  books  were  on  the  table  in  the 
library.  11.  I  am  thinking  of  the  present  brought  for  my  uncle 
by  your  sister.  12.  Bring  my  hat  into  this  room,  John,  and  be 
quick. 

B. 

1.  Amate  voi  il  caffe,  o  il  te  ?  lo  amo  il  te.  2.  Portavate  voi  un 
cappello  bianco,  od  un  cappello  nero  stamattina  al  passegnio  ?  lo 
portava  un  cappello  bigio.  3.  A  che  ora  ritornaste  dalla  passeggiata 
domenica  scorsa?  lo  ritomai  alle  cinque  e  un  quarto.  4.  A  che 
ora  avete   voi   I'abitudine    di    mangiare  ?      Jo    mangio   alle   sei. 

5.  Cercate  voi  la  sua  compagnia?  No,  signore,  io  non  cerco  la 
sua  compagnia.  6.  lo  cercava  il  mio  ombrello  e  trovai  il  suo 
bastone  all'  angolo  della  mia  camera.  7.  Io  comprerei  delle  frutta, 
se  avessi  danaro.  H.  Io  lodo  gli  scolari  studiosi,  ma  biasimo 
gl'infingardi.  9.  Pensavate  voi  alle  vostre  lezioni,  durante  le 
vacanze?  10.  Voi  parlerete  italiano  fra  pochi  mesi,  se  imparerete 
le  vostre  lezioni.  11.  Dove  erano  i  miei  libri  ?  Io  trovai  i  vostri 
libri  sulla  mia  sedia.  12.  lo  pagai  venti  lire  al  bottegaio  per  sei 
volumi  di  poesia. 


60  EXERCISES   ON   FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

1.  Did  you  have  a  white  hat  or  a  black  hat  this  morning? 
1  had  a  black  hat.  2,  I  shall  return  from  the  concert  at  ten 
o'clock.  3.  Bring  a  cup  of  coHee  to  my  brother.  4.  1  did 
not  return  from  the  concert  at  nine  o'clock,  but  1  returned  at 
eleven  o'clock.  5.  Shall  you  forgive  your  enemy?  1  shall  for- 
give all  my  enemies.  6.  Did  you  find  my  ring  on  the  table  ?  I 
did  not  find  your  ring  on  the  table.  7.  Is  your  hat  on  my 
chair?  No,  sir,  my  hat  is  on  the  table.  8.  Were  you  seeking 
my  father  this  morning  ?  Yes,  sir.  9.  Did  you  praise  my  exer- 
cises ?  No,  sir,  I  blamed  your  exercises,  but  I  praised  the  exercises 
of  your  sister.  10.  Did  you  speak  of  William  to  my  brother? 
Yes,  sir,  and  1  spoke  also  of  John's  garden  to  your  father.  11.  Had 
you  time  to  buy  the  newspaper  ?  No,  sir,  1  had  no  time  to  buy 
the  newspaper.  12.  Why  did  you  not  praise  my  exercise?  Because 
your  exercise  was  not  good. 

The  Compound  Tenses. 

C. 

1.  lo  ho  mangiato  del  pesce  e  dell'  arrosto  con  1'  insalata ;  e  tu 
che  cosa  hai  mangiato?  lo  ho  mangiato  del  salame  con  due  uova. 
2.  A  che  ora  siete  arrivato  a  Londra?  A  lie  due.  3.  Voi  siete 
molto  invecchiato  dallo  scorso  anno.  4.  Ha  ella  parlato  con  tua 
madre  ?  Si,  signora,  ella  parlo  con  mia  madre  oggi.  5.  Avete  voi 
pensato  alle  conseguenze  di  una  tale  azione  ?  ISi,  signore.  6.  Ave- 
vate  voi  trovato  mio  padre  di  biion  umore  ?  No,  egli  era  di  cattivo 
umore.  7.  Siete  voi  stato  ammalato  lungo  tempo?  lo  fui  am- 
malato  due  settimane.  8.  Pensate  voi  che  il  contadino  abbia 
seminato  il  grano  ?  lo  penso  che  il  contadino  non  ha  ancora 
seminato  il  grano.  9.  L'uomo  cattivo  calunnia  tutti.  10.  Onora 
tuo  padre  e  tua  madre  e  sarai  felice.  11.  Hai  tu  imparata  la  tua 
lezione?  Non  ancora,  signor  maestro.  12.  Basta!  non  annoiare 
gli  amici  con  i  tuoi  lamenti. 

1.  Have  you  eaten?  1  have  eaten  some  cherries.  2.  Why 
have  you  praised  the  exercises  of  my  little  brother  ?  Because  the 
exercises  of  your  brother  weie  good.  3.  Have  you  been  ill  seven 
days  ?  No,  sir  ;  1  have  been  ill  ten  days.  4.  I  should  have  found 
my  hat,  if  I  had  had  time.  5.  They  ifem.)  have  found  in  your  room 
all  the  books  of  your  brother.  6.  Have  you  spoken  to  my  cousin 
(masc.)  ?  No,  sir,  I  have  spoken  to  your  father.  7.  Where  have 
you  bouiiht  this  stick  ?  I  have  hou^ht  this  stick  in  Paris.  8.  Have 
you  learnt  your  Italian  lesson?  Yes,  sir,  and  my  master  has 
praised  my  exercise.  9.  The  banker  has  blamed  his  servant 
(masc.)  because  he  was  lazy.  10.  Have  >  ou  been  in  France  ?  Yes, 
sir.  11.  Would  you  have  paid  the  shopkeeper  if  you  had  had  the 
money  ?  Yes,  sir,  I  should  have  paid  the  shopkeeper.  12.  Have 
you  found  a  needle  in  the  corner  of  this  room?  Yes,  sir,  I  have 
found  two  needles  in  that  corner. 


PECULIARITIES   OF   SECOND   CONJUGATION.  61 

XVI. — Peculiarities  of  some  Verbs  of  the 
Second  Conjugation. 

In  order  to  diminish  the  number  of  Irregular  Verbs  to 
be  given  afterwards,  we  here  subjoin  many  Verbs  of  the 
Second  Conjugation  which  are  subject  only  to  some  small 
irregularities. 

1.  Some  Verbs  of  the  Second  Conjugation  have  a  donble 
termination  for  the  First  and  Third  Persons  of  the  Sin- 
gular and  the  Third  Person  of  the  Plural  in  the  Past 
Definite  Tense,  as :  tem^re,  to  fear ;  credere,  to  believe ; 
ricevere,  to  receive-,  v^ndere,  to  sell:  c6dere,  to  give  way; 
p^rdere,  to  lose. 

Regular  Termination.  Irregular  Termination, 

io  temei.  io  temetti. 

tu  temesti. 

ejrli  teme.  egli  temette. 

noi  tememmo. 
vdi  temeste. 
egli  1 10  temerono.  eglino  temettero. 

io  credei.  io  credetti. 

tu  credesti. 

egli  crede.  egli  credette. 

noi  credemmo. 

voi  crede.  te. 

eglino  crederono.  eglino  credettero. 

2.  Tac^re,  to  he  silent;  piac^re,  to  please;  giac^re,  to  lie 
down;  ndscere,  to  he  horn;  nuocere,*  to  he  hurtful;  and 
their  compounds,  form  their  First  and  Third  Person  Sin- 
gular and  Third  Person  Plural  of  the  Past  Definite  Tense 
irregularly,  thus — 

io  taoqui.  io  piacqui.  io  nacqui. 

tu  tacesti.  tu  piaresti.  tu  nast  esti. 

egli  tacque.  egli  piacque.  egli  iiacque. 

udi  ta^emrao.  noi  piiicemrao.  noi  na-ceinmo. 

voi  t  iceste.  voi  piaceste.  vdi  nasceste. 

eglino  tacquero.  eglino  piacquero.  eglino  nacquero. 

3.  Tac^re,  piac6re,  and  giac^re  add  i  afrer  the  c  when 
this  letter  precedes  a,  o,  w,  in  oider  to  preserve  the  soft 
sound :  as,  noi  taciamo,  we  are  silent ;  eglino  giaciono. 
they  lie  down ;  piaciuto,  pleased.     These  three  verbs  have 


*  Nuocere  loses  tlie  u  in  tli^  irregular  persons  of  its  Past  Deflnite,  and  la  the  Past 
Participle. 


62 


PECULIAKITIES    OF    iSEtO^D    CONJUGATION. 


also  the  First  Person  of  the  Present  Tense  of  the  Indicative 
irregular,  as :  io  taccio,  I  am  silent ;  io  piaccio,  I  please ; 
io  gid.ccio,  I  am  lying  doum. 

4.  The  fullowing  Verbs  are  irregular  in  the  First  and 
Third  Persons  Singular  and  in  the  Third  Person  Plural  of 
the  Past  Definite  Tense,  and  in  the  Past  Participle,  all  fol- 
lowing the  same  rule  :  as, 

chiidere,  to  shut. 

Past  Definite. 

io  chiu«i.  nol  chiudemmo. 

tu  chiudesti.  vdi  chiudeste. 

egli  chiuse.  eglino  chiiisero. 

Past  Participle. 
chiuso,  chiiisa,  chiudi,  ehiuse,  shut. 


accendere, 

ardere, 

asceniere, 

as(  didere, 

cliiulere, 

comdndere, 

contendere, 

conve'rtere, 

cdrrere, 

C(^rr6dere, 

d.'iudere, 

dife'iidere, 

disf'endere, 

disodrrere, 

dispergere, 

dissuade  re, 

distendere, 

dividere, 

elidere, 

eliidere, 

escludere, 

estendere, 

fdndere, 

iiludere, 

imnjergere, 

inchiudere, 

incidere, 

iiicludere, 

incdrrere, 

infdndere, 

intendere, 


to  light, 
to  burn.* 
to  (iscenfJ. 
to  hide, 
to  shut, 
to  confound, 
to  dispute, 
to  convert, 
to  run. 
to  corrode, 
to  delude, 
to  defend, 
to  descend, 
to  discourse, 
to  disperse, 
to  dissuade, 
to  extend, 
to  divide, 
to  elide, 
to  elu'le. 
to  exclude, 
to  extend, 
to  melt, 
to  illude. 
to  immerse, 
to  enclose, 
to  engrave, 
to  include, 
to  incur, 
to  infuse, 
to  intend. 


intraprendere, 

intridare, 

intrudere, 

invadere, 

mdidere, 

offe'ndere, 

perrdrrere, 

perdere,t 

persnaileie, 

precidere, 

profdndere, 

pre'ndere, 

raccendere, 

racchiiidere, 

radere, 

recidere, 

riacce'ndere, 

ridrdere, 

riciiiidere, 

ricdrrere, 

ridere, 

rifdndere, 

rimdrdere, 

rinohiiidere, 

ri  pre'ndere, 

rddere, 

re'ndere,t 

sre'adere, 

scdrgere, 

scdrrere, 

socchiudere. 


to  undertake 

to  dilute. 

to  intrude. 

to  invade. 

to  bite. 

to  offend. 

to  traverse. 

to  lose. 

to  convince. 

to  rut. 

to  dissipate. 

to  take. 

to  light  again 

to  enclose. 

to  shave. 

to  rut. 

to  light  again. 

to  burn  again 

to  shut  again. 

to  recur. 

to  laugh. 

to  melt  again 

to  bite  again 

to  shut  in. 

to  retake 

to  gnaw. 

to  give  liack. 

to  descend. 

to  perceive. 

to  go  over. 

to  half-shut. 


♦  The  letters  in  black  type  are  droppotl  in  the  Irregular  Persons  of  tlje  Past  Deflnitt 
Tense  and  In  the  Past  rarticipl  •. 
t  Has  also  the  regular  terminatloDs. 


EXERCISES   ON   SECOND   CONJUGATION. 


63 


soccdrrere, 

to  help. 

stringere,* 

to  clutch,  to  hind. 

sommergere, 

to  submerge. 

suddividere, 

to  subdivide. 

sorprendere, 

to  surprise. 

tendere, 

to  tend. 

soriidere, 

to  smile. 

tergere, 

to  wipe. 

sospendere, 

to  suspend. 

traiscendere. 

to  surmount. 

sdttintendere, 

to  be  understood. 

trascorrere. 

to  go  over. 

spargere, 

to  scatter. 

tnisfondere, 

to  transfuse. 

speiidere, 

to  spend. 

uf'cidere, 

to  kill 

speigere, 

to  disperse. 

vilipendere, 

to  insult. 

stendere, 

to  extend. 

Fondere  and  its  compounds  change  o  into  u  in  their 
irregular  forms. 

fondere,  to  melt 

Past  Definite. 
io  fdsi.  ndi  fondemmo. 

tu  fondesti.  voi  fondeste. 

egli  fuse.  eglinn  fusero 

Past  Participle. 
fiiso.  fiisa,  fiisi,  fuse,  melted. 


Exercises  on  the  Second  Conjugation. 

Exercise  XXIV. 

Simple  Tenses. 

A. 

1.  Io  discorsi  con  tuo  fratello  della  prossima  guerra.  2.  II  mio 
cane  morse  due  contadini,  uno  nella  gamba  ed  uno  nel  braccio. 

3.  Intesi  1'  attrice  can  tare  la  bell'  aria  :  "  Tergi  11  pianto,  giovinetta." 

4.  II  generale  incorse  la  disgrazia  del  re  per  aver  ucciso  11  signor  N. 
in  un  duello.  5.  io  chiusi  la  porta  della  camera  e  discesi  le  scale 
per  incontrare  vostro  padre  6.  Ti  offesi  io,  mio  caro  ?  No*, 
signore.  7.  La  serva  riaccese  il  fuoco  nella  vostra  camera,  signor 
Giovanni,  adempiendo  i  vostri  ordini.  8.  Nostro  padre  rimpro- 
verava  Maria  ed  ella  sorrideva,  mostrando  non  avere  molta  educa- 
zione.  9.  I  nemici  invasero  tutto  il  paese  ed  uccisero  molte 
persone.  10.  Noi  discorrevamo  del  tuo  amico  Guglielmo  e  delle 
sue  virtu,  nella  ferrovia.  11.  8e  non  intend!  perdere,  non  hai  da 
giocare.  12.  Egli  spese  tutto  il  suo  danaro  ne'  piaceri,  ed  ebbe  a 
lavorare. 

1.  The  servant  (fern.)  lighted  again  the  fire  at  eight  o'clock  this 
morning.  2.  That  young  man  spent  all  his  money  for  his  country. 
8.  The  enemy  invaded  our  country  with  a  hundred  thousand  men. 

4.  Will  this  dog  bite  ?     No,   sir,   this  little  dog  does  not  bite. 

5.  He  works  on  steel.  6.  He  descended  to  meet  his  father.  7.  The 
uncle  of  William  spent  all  his  money  with  his  brothers.  8.  She  killed 


*  stringere  has  the  p.p.  stretto. 


64  EXERCISES  ON  SECOND   CONJUGATION. 

her  sons.  9.  John  played  with  his  cousin  (masc.)  in  the  garden. 
10.  You  would  not  smile  if  you  had  a  headache.  11.  He  enclosed 
his  hat  in  its  box.  12.  I  was  speaking  with  your  father,  when 
your  sister  was  singing. 

Compound  Tenses. 

B. 

1.  Avreste  voi  leso  i  suoi  diritti,  se  aveste  conosciuto  le  sue 
ragioni?  No,  signore,  io  ho  abbastanza  educazione.  2.  lo  non 
amerei  aver  offeso  vostro  fratello,  perclie  egli  e  stato  sempre  mio 
buon  amico.  3.  II  soldato  avrebbe  ucciso  il  suo  nemico,  se  avesse 
avuto  tempo.  4.  II  medico  ha  infuso  nuova  vita  aH'ammalato 
con  le  sue  medicine.  5.  II  fuoco  arse  tutto  il  giorno  e  tutia  la  sera 
nella  mia  camera.  6.  Tu  hai  intrapreso  una  difficilissima  azione, 
spero  che  succederai.  7.  Intendevate  voi  oflendere  mio  cugino, 
con  una  tale  lettera  ?  No,  signore,  io  non  ho  mai  inteso  oflendere 
suo  cugino.  8.  Ha  Ella  ricevuto  le  lettere  lasciate  in  casa  mia? 
No,  signore,  io  non  ho  ancora  ricevuto  quelle  lettere.  9.  Avete 
voi  venduto  il  vostro  giardino  ?  Non  ancora,  signore.  10.  Hanno 
i  soldati  diviso  il  dauaro  de'  loro  nemici  V  Si,  signore,  ed  ebbero 
centocinquanta  lire  per  uno.  11.  Sospendete  la  vostra  partenza,  o 
il  signor  zio  I'avrk  a  male.  12.  Ha  egli  pagato  i  suoi  debiti?  bi, 
signore,  ed  ha  anche  comprato  un  gran  giardino. 

1.  Have  you  lost  much  money  in  playing  ?  No,  sir,  I  have  not 
lost  any  money.  2.  Has  my  letter  oftended  your  brother?  Ko, 
sir,  your  letter  has  not  off"ended  my  brother.  3.  Has  she  sold  her 
house,  sir  ?  No,  sir,  she  has  not  yet  sold  her  house,  but  she  has 
sold  her  gardens.  4.  Have  you  undertaken  the  education  of 
my  cousin  (masc.)?  Yes,  sir,  and  I  think  he  will  not  lose  his 
time.  6.  Have  you  known  Mr.  B.  ?  No,  sir,  I  did  not  know 
Mr.  R.,  but  I  have  known  his  son.  6.  Have  they  (niasc.)  sold 
their  books  ?     Yes,  sir,  and  they  spent  all  the  money  in  oranges. 

7.  Has  he  shut    the  door?      No,  sir,  he  has  not  shut  the  door. 

8.  Light  agjiin  the  fire  in  my  room,  Mary,  and  bring  a  cup  of 
tea  and  some  bread  and  butter.  9.  I  have  f^poken  to  my  enemy 
in  his  misfortune.  That  was  a  good  action.  10.  I  should  have 
come  down  (descended)  to  meet  your  father  if  I  had  had  the  time. 

11.  She  has  received  all  her  books  from  our  uncle  this  morning. 

12.  Would  you  have  undertaken  to  find  my  hat  in  that  house  ? 
Yes,  sir. 

C. 
1.  A  che  ora  vostro  padre  e  a  casa  ?  Egli  riceve  dalle  sette  alle 
nove  di  sera.  2.  Avete  voi  ricevute  tutte  le  mie  lettere?  3.  Io 
avrei  ricevuto  un  regalo  dal  maestro  se  non  fossi  stato  infingardo. 
Ha  tua  sorella  ricevuto  I'abito  nuovo?  Non  ancora.  4.  Non 
avevate  voi  ricevuto  cin(iuecento  lire  pel  vostro  cavallo  ?  Ko, 
signore,    io    ricevei    seicento    cinquanta    lire    pel    mio    cavallo. 


PECULIARITIES   OF   THIED   CONJUGATION.  65 

5.  Perche  batteto  voi  vostro  figlio  ?  lo  batto  mio  figlio  perchfe  egli 
e  un  poco  di  buono.  6.  Tuo  fratello  discendeva  per  le  scale,  ed  h 
caduto.  7.  lo  ho  incontrato  vostro  fratello  in  buona  compagnia. 
8.  lo  non  ho  perduto  nulla,  ma  non  ho  guadagnato.  9.  A  che 
era  avete  voi  ricevute  queste  arance  ?  Alle  due  ed  un  quarto. 
10.  Avete  voi  guadagnato  molto  danaro  ?  lo  ho  guadagnato 
settantacinque  lire.  11.  Ha  egli  diviso  1'  arancia  per  meta  ?  Egli 
divise  1' arancia  in  sei  parti.  12.  Hanno  i  loro  amici  ricevuto  de' 
regali  V     I  miei  amici  non  hanno  ricevuto  regali. 

1.  Have  you  not  received  a  present  from  my  father  ?  I  have 
not  received  any  present  from  your  father.  2.  Have  you  known 
my  brother  Charles  ?  1  have  not  known  your  brother  Charles,  but 
I  have  known  your  brother  William.  3.  Have  you  lost  any 
money  ?  No,  sir,  I  have  not  lost  any  money.  4.  Have  you  not 
spoken  with  your  master  of  your  exercises  ?  Kot  yet,  sir.  5.  Has 
he  not  yet  sold  his  house?  No,  sir,  he  has  not  yet  sold  his 
house.  6.  Had  they  (masc.)  not  undertaken  a  very  diflicult  action  ? 
1'hat  action  was  not  very  difficult.  7.  Had  not  your  master 
beaten  that  lazy  pupil  ?  My  master  had  blamed,  but  had  not 
beaten,  the  lazy  pupil.  8.  Had  the  servant  (feni.)  re-lighted  the  fire 
in  my  room  at  ei^iht  o'clock  ?  No,  sir,  she  re-lighted  the  fire  at  three 
o'clock.  9.  We  have  not  spoken  to  your  father  to-day.  10.  Who 
is  fallen  in  the  stairs'?  Your  cousin  (masc.)  Charles.  11.  Has 
she  not  received  a  present  from  her  mother  ?  Yes,  sir  ;  and  she  has 
also  received  a  present  from  her  father.  12.  Would  you  not  sell 
this  house  if  you  had  no  money  ?  I  should  sell  the  house  if  1  had 
no  money. 


XVII. — Peculiarities  of  some  Verbs  of  the 
Third  Conjugation. 

1.  There  are  only  twelve  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjuga- 
tion, which  aie  Rey;iilar  in  all  their  terminations  like 
sentire,  to  feel  (^ee  pages  64—56)  :  these  are, 


Bollire, 

to  hoil. 

Sdrucire, 

to  rend. 

Cucire, 

to  8^W. 

Se<,'uire, 

to  follow. 

Durmire, 

to  sleep. 

Sen  tire, 

to  feel. 

Fugiiire, 

to  run  away. 

Servire, 

to  serve. 

Partire, 

to  depart. 

Soitire, 

to  qo  out 

Pentiibi,* 

to  repent  (oneself). 

Vestire, 

to  clothe. 

Of  the  above^  cucire  and  sdrucire  take  an  i  whenever  the 
e  preced  8  a  or  o;  as,  lo  cucio.  ch'io  ciicia,  lo  sliucio,  etc. 

2.  Other  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation,  most  of  them 
from  the  Latin  Verbs  in  scere,  have  tiie  thiee  Persons  of 


Pentirsi  is  conjugated  as  a  Pronominal  Verb :  see  pp.  101-108. 


66 


PECULIARITIES   OF   THIRD  CONJUGATION. 


the  Singular,  and  the  Third  Person  of  the  Plural  of  the 
Present  Tenses  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Moods, 
and  the  Imperative,  Inegular — the  irregulaiity  being  the 
same  for  all  of  them,  and  is  marked  in  black  type  in  the 
following 

Examples. 

impallidire,  to  become  pale. 
Indicative.  Subjunctive. 

Present. 


fiorire,  to  blossom 
Indicative.         Subjunctive. 
Present. 
ch'io  fiorisca. 


io  fioriECO. 
tu  fiorisci. 
egli  fiorisce. 
noi  Horiamo 
vol  fiorite. 
€ghno  tioris 
oono. 


che  tu  tiorisca. 
cli'  egli  fiorisca. 
che  noi  fioriamo. 
che  vol  fioriate. 
ch'e'glino   fioris- 
cano. 


io  impallidisco. 
tu  inipallid'sci. 
egli  iinp;illidi8ce. 
noi  impallidiaru  > 
vol  impallidite 
egliiio  impallidis- 
oono. 


ch'  io  impallidisca. 
die  tu  impallidisca. 
elj'e'gli  iinpnilidisoi. 
clie  noi  impallidiaino 
ch»;  \6i  impallidiatc. 
ch'  eglino  impallidis- 
cano. 


fiorisci. 

oh' egli  fiorisca. 


Imperative 
fioridmo. 
fiorfte. 
ch'  eglino  fioris- 


impallidisci. 
impallidisca. 


impallididmo. 

imp;dlidite. 

impaliidiiMsano. 


Such  are  avvizziie,  to  wither ;  aggvandiie,  to  increcLse ; 
affievolire,  to  weaken;  arriccliiie,  to  enrich;  impoven're, 
to  become  poor;  anossire,  to  blush;  svanire,  to  disappear; 
puniie,  to  punish,  and  many  others. 

3.  The  following  Verbs  have  both  (the  Pegular  and  Irre- 
gular) terminations  in  thoir  Present  Tenses  ;  partire  and 
sortire  changing  their  8ij2;nification,  according  to  their  ter- 
mination ;  as,  partisco,  I  divide ;  parto,  I  depart,  &c. 


Abom're, 

Applaudiri', 

Assorbir;? 

Avvertire, 

Conv»>rtire, 

Divertire, 

Feifre, 

Garrfre, 

Iughi.)ttire, 

Lainbire, 

Lansruire, 

Mentfro, 


to  abhor. 

to  applaud. 

to  ahsorb. 

to  advise. 

to  convert. 

to  divert. 

to  wound. 

to  sing  {of  birds 

to  strallow. 

to  I  ck. 

to  languish. 

to  lie. 


Muggire, 
Nut  11  re, 
Partire, 

Perire, 

Pervcrtire, 

Putire, 

Rugirire, 

Sortire, 

SovvjTtire, 
Tosare, 


fo),  to 
isco). 


to  belhtto. 
to  nourish, 
to  depart 

divide  ' 
to  perish, 
to  pervert, 
to  stink, 
to  roar, 
to  go    out   (o),   to 

assort  (iaco). 
fo  subvert, 
to  cough. 


exercises  on  third  conjugation.  67 

Exercises  on  the  Third  Conjugation. 

Exercise  XXV. 

Simple  Tenses. 

A. 

1.  L'  acqua  bolle,  signora.  2.  1  Jormiste  voi  molto  la  notte  scorsa  ? 
lo  dormii  sette  ore.  3.  Ferche  faggivate  nella  strada  ?  Perche 
aveva  paura  che  un  cane  mordesse  le  niie  gambe.  4.  A  che  era  parti- 
rete  oggi  ?  Alle  quattro,  od  alle  cinque.  5.  lo  sdrucii  il  mio  abito 
stamattina  nella  scuola.  6.  Questo  cagnolino  segue  senipre  mio 
fratello.  7.  Mia  sorella  parti  per  Londra  ieri  sera.  8.  Antonio 
serve  nostro  padre  da  venti  anni ;  egli  e  un  onestissimo  servo.  9.  lo 
non  mangerb  oggi,  mio  caro,  perche  sono  ammalato.  10.  I'erch^ 
arrossite,  giovinetto  V  lo  arrossisco  perche  il  maestro  non  ha 
lodato  il  mio  eseriizio.  11.  Un  soldato  non  fugge  i  nemici  del 
suo  paese.     1-.  fcervite  il  ^ignor  B.,  ed  egli  paghera. 

1.  I  shall  depart  this  evening.  2.  My  brother  sleeps  in  his 
room.  3.  He  ran  away  from  a  dog.  4.  He  blushed,  because  his 
master  blamed  his  exercise.  5.  Your  dog  bites.  6.  He-  will  uepart 
next  Monday  at  six  o'clock  with  my  cousin  (masc).  ,.  Ihat 
soldier  ran.  away  and  was  blamed  by  his  captain.  8.  I  slept 
eight  hours  last  night.  9.  1  tore  my  coat  yesterday.  10.  The 
water  does  not  yet  boil.  11.  We  shall  eat  at  eight  o'clock  this 
evening.     12.  The  hours  fly  and  do  not  return. 

Compound  Tenses, 


1.  Tuo  fratello  ba  battuto  il  suo  cane  per  aver  morso  il  cugino. 
2.  II  maestro  ha  punito  lo  scolare,  perche  egli  non  aveva  imparato 
la  iezione.  3.  Egli  ha  arricchito  tutti  i  suoi  amici  col  suo  danaro. 
4  l\oi  abbiamo  seguito  il  maestro  alia  passeggiata.  5.  I  nostri 
soldati  ban  no  ucciso  due  mila  nemici  in  battaglia.  6.  lo  ho 
inghiottito  un  osso,  ed  ora  sono  ammalato.  7.  Noi  abbiamo 
applaudito  gli  attori  al  teatro  del  re  ieri  sera.  8.  Un  leone  nel 
giardino  ha  ruggito  tutta  la  notte.  9.  Voi  avete  dormito  dieci  ore, 
signorino !  10.  Mia  sorella  ha  cucito  nuove  maniche  al  suo  abito 
vecchio.  11.  Egli  ha  mentito  nella  sua  lettera ;  io  non  ho  offeso 
suo  cugino.  12.  Noi  abbiamo  punito  il  servo,  perche  egli  era 
infingardo. 

1.  The  master  has  beaten  that  lazy  pupil.  2.  She  has  swallowed 
a  bone  and  is  now  ill.  3.  We  have  slept  nine  hours  last  night. 
4.  You  have  punished  my  brother  twice.     5.  He  has  enriched  bis 


68  COMPLEMENTS   OF   VERBS. 

cousins  (masc.)  with  his  money.  6.  Our  soldiers  have  killed  two 
thousand  five  hundred  and  sixty-five  enemies.  7.  My  mother  has 
sewn  new  sleeves  to  my  coat.  8.  They  {masc.)  have  applauded 
the  new  actress  at  the  king's  theatre  last  Saturday.  9.  I  should 
have  punished  you  if  you  had  not  learnt  your  lessons.  10.  We 
would  have  followed  your  father  if  we  had  had  the  time.  11.  The 
master  will  punish  all  the  lazy  pupils.  12.  He  has  enriched  all  my 
brothers. 

C. 
1.  II  maestro  non  ha  ancora  punito  quello  scolare  infingardo. 
2.  Ha  egli  sdrucito  il  suo  abito  nuovo  ?  Ko,  signore,  egli  ha  sdrucito 
il  suo  abito  veccliio.  3.  Non  dormiste  voi  nove  ore  la  notte 
scorsa?  No,  signore,  la  scorsa  notte  io  dormii  sei  ore  e  mezzo. 
4.  Non  ha  il  cane  morso  tuo  cugino  ?  11  cane  non  ha  morso  mio 
cugino,  ma  ha  morso  il  nostro  servo.  5.  Non  ha  Ella  lodato  il  mio 
esercizio  ?  No,  signore,  io  non  ho  lodato  il  vostro  esercizio,  perchfe 
non  d  buono.  6.  Non  avreste  voi  battuto  il  giovinetto  se  fosse  stato 
cattivo  ?  Io  non  batto  i  giovinetti,  ma  biasimo  la  loro  infingardag- 
gine.  7.  Avrebbe  Ella  applaudito  1'  attrice,  signor  Carlo  ?  Io  ap- 
plaudo  le  buone  attrici.  8.  Da  quanti  anni  Giovanni  serve  in  casa 
vostra  ?  Giovanni  ha  servito  mio  padre  venticinque  anni.  9.  I'erche 
non  avete  voi  seguito  i  miei  consigli?  Perche  i  vostri  consigli 
non  erano  buoni.  10.  Avrebbe  Ella  seguito  il  mio  consigUo,  se 
fosse  stato  buono  ?  Io  avrei  seguito  il  suo  consiglio.  11.  Chi 
ha  tossito  ?  II  Signor  B.  ha  tossito.  12.  Perche  impallidisce  ?  Io 
non  ho  impallidito. 

1.  Would  you  not  have  punished  my  lazy  brothers  ?  I  should 
not  have  punished  your  brothers.  2.  Have  you  not  praised  ray 
cousin's  (m  (sc.)  exercise  ?  I  have  praised  that  exercise.  3.  Have 
you  not  blamed  his  laziness  ?  I  shall  blame  and  punish  his  lazi- 
ness. 4.  Have  you  served  a  long  time  in  this  house,  John?  I 
have  served  in  this  house  fifteen  years.  5.  Would  you  not  have 
followed  my  brothers  to  the  concert,  if  you  had  had  time  ?  I 
should  not  have  followed  your  brothers.  6.  Has  not  your  dog 
bitten  my  father  ?  My  dog  has  not  bitten  your  father  ;  my  dog 
has  bitten  my  cousin  (masc).  7.  Have  the  soldiers  killed  the 
enemies  of  their  country  ?  The  soldiers  have  killed  all  the  enemies 
of  their  country.  8.  Did  you  not  become  pale  when  you  received 
his  letter  ?  No,  sir,  but  I  blushed.  9.  Has  he  run  away  from  the 
school  ?  No,  sir,  he  is  in  the  school.  10.  Why  has  Mr.  B.  en- 
riched his  brothers?  Because  he  loved  his  brothers.  11.  Will 
they  (masc.)  be  in  London  this  evening  ?  No,  sir,  they  (masc.) 
will  be  in  London  next  Wednesday.  12.  Would  your  sister  have 
sewn  your  coat?  She  would  have  sewn  my  coat  if  she  had 
the  time. 


COMPLEMENTS   OF  VERBS.  69 

XVIIL— Complements  of  Verbs. 

1.  The  Complement  of  a  Verb  is  a  word  wliich  completes 
the  sense  of  a  sentence:  as,  il  maestro  loda  lo  scoIslyg,  the 
master  praises  the  pupil,  the  pupil  is  called  the  Complement 
of  that  sentence. 

2.  There  are  two  kinds  of  Complements,  i.  e.,  • 
(a)  Tlie  Direct  Complement,  wliicii  is  put  in  the  acciisativo 

cas-e,  as  in  the  alove  example:  and, 

(6)  The  Indirect  Complement,  as,  io  ho  scritto  una  lettera 
a  laia  mad  re,  I  have  written  a  letter  to  my  mother,  to  my 
mother  being  here  the  Indirect  Complement  of  the  Verb 
scrivere.  to  write. 

3.  The  Direct  Complement  beinoj  the  same  in  Italian  as 
in  EnoLsh,  d«ies  not  require  further  explanations:  io  amo 
mi'o  padre;  I  love  my  father;  io  hevo  dcqua,  I  drink  water; 
io  le^go  un  libro,  J  read  a  hook,  etc. 

4.  The  Indirect  Complement  in  Italian  differs  greatly  from 
the  English,  an<l  recjuiies  further  explanations. 

(a)  In  the  sentence 

John  gives  Ms  brother  a  hat, 
the  Italians  invert  the  order  of  these  words, 

John  gives  a  hat  to  his  brother  ; 
translating 

•  Giovanni  dk  uno  cappello  a  suo  fratello. 

In  the  above  example  the  Direct  Complement  un  cappello 
comes  immediately  after  the  Aerb  da,  and  precedes  the 
Iiidiiect  Complement  suo  fratello. 

As  a  <2;eiieral  rule  the  Dir-  ct  Complement  is  put  in  the 
Accusative  Case,  and  the  Indiiect  ('omplenient  in  the 
Dative  Case  ;  as,  egli  mando  ndo  fratello  aila  posta,  he  sent 
my  brother  to  the  post-office ;  io  in^e^no  la  lin^ina  tetlesca  a 
mio  fratello,  I  teach  the  German  language  to  my  brother  ;  egli 
diede  un  libro  a  siio  padre,  he  gave  his  father  a  hook. 

(h)  If  the  Direct  Complement  is  a  Vei  b  in  the  Infinitive 
Mood,  it  is  generally  preceded  by  a,  or  da;  as. 

La  mddre  insegna  a  leggere  dlla  figlia. 
The  motlier  iea(hef>  reading  to  the  daughter. 
Da  a  niiingiare  agli  aifiiraati. 
Give  lo  cat  In  the  hungry. 
Da  a  liere  aj:li  a.<setati. 
Give  to  drink  to  the  thirsty. 

(c)  If  fdre,  to  do,  to  make,  and  lasciare,  to  let,  precede  a 


70  EXERCISE   ON   COMPLEMENTS   OF    VERBS. 

transitive  verb,  the  signification  of  the  sentence  changes 
with  the  position  of  the  Indirect  Comi)lement ;  as, 

lo  feci  scrivere  ua  i  lettera  a  mio  fratello. 
I  ordered  a  letter  to  be  wrdten  to  my  brother. 
lo  feci  sf-rivere  a  mio  fratello  una  lettera, 
I  ordered  my  brother  to  write  a  letter. 

Exercise  XXVI. 

1.  To  ho  dato  cinque  lire  al  calzolaio.  2.  11  maestro  ha  date  un 
anello  ed  una  collana  a  sua  moglie.  3.  Ha  Ella  dato  uno  scudo  a 
quel  povero  uomo  ?  lo  ho  dato  uno  scudo  a  quel  povero  uomo  e 
due  scudi  a  quella  povera  donna.  4.  Noi  abbiamo  ricevute  delle 
arance  da  vostra  zia.  5.  Ella  ricevera  la  mia  lettera  dalla  posta 
domani  sera.  6.  I  suoi  scolari,  signor  maestro,  hanno  ricevuto 
tutti  i  premi  dagli  esaminatori.  7.  lo  non  ho  ancora  ricevuto 
lettere  da  casa  mia.  8.  lo  ho  fatto  scrivere  un  esercizio  da  mio 
fratello.  9.  lo  ho  fatto  un  regalo  a  mia  sorella.  la  lo  ho  fatto 
scrivere  a  mio  fratello  due  lettere.  11.  Noi  abbiamo  dato  due 
arance  a  nostro  cugino.  12.  Avete  voi  ricevuto  la  mia  lettera  dalla 
posta  ?     lo  non  ho  ancora  ricevuta  la  vostra  lettera. 

1.  I  have  written  a  letter  to  my  brother.  2.  I  have  not  yet 
written  a  letter  to  my  cousin  (fern.)  ;  but  I  have  written  a  letter  to 
my  aunt.  3.  I  shall  receive  to-morrow  two  letters  from  my 
brothers.  4.  I  have  given  Charles  all  my  money.  5.  Would  you 
have  given  John  any  money,  if  he  had  been  a  good  servant  ?  I 
should  have  given  John  ten  dollars,  if  he  had  been  a  good  servant. 
6.  I  have  not  yet  given  my  sister  a  ring.  7.  He  has  not  received 
any  oranges  from  his  servant  (masc).  8.  I  have  made  John  write 
my  exercises.  9.  Has  he  given  the  man  a  glass  of  wine '?  Not 
yet,  sir.  10.  Did  he  give  some  bread  to  the  poor  man  ?  He  has 
given  the  poor  man  some  bread  and  also  some  beer.  11.  What 
language  are  you  teaching  your  pupils  (masc.)  ?  I  am  teaching  my 
pupils  (m'fsc.)  the  Italian  language.  12.  Was  he  blamed  by  his 
master  ?     No,  sir,  he  was  praised  by  his  master. 

There  are  in  Italian  many  verbs  which  require  a 
Complement  different  fioni  their  Enp:lish  equivilent. 

We  give  lists  of  .such  verbs,  according  to  the  Preposition 
that  follows  t  lem  and  the  cases  they  govern  in  their 
Indirect  Complument. 

A.  Verbs  governing  the  Genitive  Case. 

The  Preposition  di  is  the  most  generally  used  after  verbs 
as  an  Indirect  Complement ;  as  6gli  racconta  maraviglie 
di  tuo  zio,  he  relates  wonderful  things  of  thy  uncle. 

Most  of  these  verbs  are  Reflective,  or  Pronominal,  and 
their  Conjugation  is  j;iven  on  pp.  101    108. 


EXERCISES   ON   VERBS. 


71 


*Abbisognare, 
Abboadare, 
Abusare, 
Atcoigersi, 
Aimo.arsi, 
Appagarsi, 
Arroabire, 
Avvedersi, 
Burlarsi, 

*Cainbiare, 
Compiacersi, 
Coiiteutaisi, 

*  Con  venire, 
Deguarsi, 

*Di8c6rreie, 
Dubitare, 
Fidarsi, 
Giovarsi, 


to  want. 

to  abound. 

to  abuse. 

to  peneivt. 

to  be  annoyed. 

to  be  satisfied. 

to  blush. 

to  perceive. 

to  mock. 

to  change. 

to  be  pleased  with. 

to  be  satisfied. 

to  agree  on. 

to  condescend. 

to  talk  of. 

to  dovbt. 

to  trust. 

to  profit. 


Godere, 
Irnpadronirsi, 
Im-aricar^i, 
Informarsi, 
Lagnarsi,       \ 
Liiujentdrsi,  / 

*Maucaie, 
Mai-ivigliarsi, 
Morirt', 
Occuparsi, 

*  Pari  are, 
Pentirsi, 
Profit  I  are, 
liagionare, 
R.con'aisi, 
Ei|jentirsi, 

*Vivere, 


to  enjoy, 
to  take  posseisi: 
to  take  chargj. 
to  enquire, 

to  complain. 

to  toant 
to  marvel, 
to  die. 

to  be  occupied, 
to  speak, 
to  repent, 
to  profit. 
to  reason. 
to  remember, 
to  repent, 
to  live. 


Exercise  SKYII. 


1.  Egli  abusa  della  pazienza  mia  ed  abuserk  ancbe  della  tua 
confidenza.  2.  Quel  signore  ibbonda  di  risorse.  3.  Un  proverbio 
italiano :  "  Fidarsi  e  ben,  ma  non  fidarsi  b  meglio."  4.  ii  Yiczixo 
amico  B.  ha  cambiato  di  casa  ieri.  5.  La  prego  compiaccrci  di 
ascoltare  le  sue  richicste.  o.  Dubita  Ella  della  onestk  del  suo 
servo  Giovanni  ?  lo  nou  dubito  dell' onesta  di  diovanni.  7,  Ha 
egli  goduto  lungo  tempo  della  sua  buona  fortuna '?  Egli  ha  goduto 
della  sua  buona  fortuna  molti  anni.  8.  l)iscorrevate  voi  di  mio 
padre  ?  No,  signore,  noi  discorrevamo  del  nostro  nuovo  maestro, 
y.  Mori  egli  di  febbre,  o  di  mal  di  cuorc  ?  Egli  mori  di  febbre. 
10.  Profit  tarono  i  nostri  amici  dclia  buona  occasione '?  I  nostri 
amici  profittarono  di  una  taie  buona  occasione.  11.  Ha  Ella  paura 
di  cadere  per  le  scale?  No,  cignore,  io  non  ho  jaura  di  cadere. 
12.  Manca  Ella  di  pane  ?     Si,  io  manco  di  pane  e  di  butirro. 

1.  I  do  not  doubt  his  honesty,  he  is  an  old  servant  oi  my  father. 
2.  He  will  abuse  your  confidence.  3.  I  beg  you  to  be  pleased  to 
listen  to  my  complaints.  4.  Were  you  not  talking  of  our  friends 
yesterday  evening  ?  No,  sir,  we  were  talking  of  our  pupils  (masc). 
5.  Of  what  did  he  die  ?  He  died  of  fever.  6.  Will  you  profit  by 
this  good  chance  ?  I  shall  not  profit  by  that  chance.  7.  Are  you 
afraid  of  falling  ?  I  am  afraid.  8.  Are  you  in  want  of  some 
wine  ?  Yes,  sir,  and  1  want  also  some  water.  9.  Do  you  blush 
f  )r  this  exercise  ?  Yes,  sir,  because  this  exercise  is  not  good. 
10.  Has  he  changed  his  house?  Not  yet,  sir.  11.  We  shall 
change  house  to-morrow.  12.  1  shall  speak  of  your  laziness  to 
your  master. 


•  Thesa  verbs  govern  also  other 


72 


EXERCISES   ON  VERBS. 


B.  Verbs  governing  the  Dative  Case. 

The  following  Verbs  require  the  Preposition  a  after 
them  when  meaning : 


Acconsent're, 

to  consent. 

Imparare, 

to  learn. 

Accoatumarai, 

to  acru.>tom    one- 

Iiicitare, 

to  excite. 

self. 

Inclindre, 

to  incline. 

Adattarsi, 

to  accommodate 

Indiirre, 

to  induce. 

oiiexelf. 

Insej^ndre, 

to  teach. 

Arlempire, 

to  fulfil. 

Iiim'  ttre, 

to  insist. 

Artaticarsi, 

to  endeavour. 

Invitare, 

to  invite. 

Aiutare, 

to  help. 

Mettersi, 

to  begin. 

Appli  arsi, 

to  endeavour. 

Offrirsi, 

to  offer  oneself. 

Att  ndcrsi, 

to  expert. 

Persistefe, 

to  persist. 

Avvezzarsi, 

to  accustom  one- 

Per venire, 

to  get  to. 

self 

Piace'rai, 

to  please. 

Bastdre, 

to  be  sufficient. 

Provvedere, 

to  prov  de. 

Con  lannare, 

to  condemn. 

Re'g^ere, 

to  endure. 

Contribuire, 

to  contribute. 

Ridtttere, 

to  reflect. 

Cofetringere, 

to  oblige. 

Rinimziare, 

to  renounce. 

Ddre, 

to  give. 

RUdlversi, 

to  resolve. 

De^inaro, 

to  destine. 

Riuscire, 

to  succeed. 

Detenninarsi, 

to   determine    one- 

Soecoirere, 

to  assist. 

self 

Sopravvivere 

to  survive. 

Dispdrsi, 

to  prepare  oneself. 

Spronare, 

to  spur. 

Equ  vale're, 

to  be  equivalent. 

Stimolare, 

to  stimulate. 

Esitaiv, 

to  hesitate. 

Snppire, 
Taidare, 

to  suffice. 

Espordi, 

to   expose    one- 

io  long. 

self. 

Toccare, 

to  concern. 

Forzare,. 

to  force. 

Ubbtdire, 

to  obey. 

Exercise  XXVIII. 

1.  Venticinque  lire  italiane   equivalgono  ad  una  lira  sterlina. 

2.  Dieci  centesimi  italiani,  o  due  soldi,  equivalgono  ad  un  soldo 
inglese.  3.  L<na  lira  italiana  equivale  a  dieci  soldi  inglesi.  4.  Io 
insegno  a  mio  fratello  la  lingua  inglese  ed  a  mia  sorella  la  lingua 
francese.  5.  11  maestro  insegna  la  musica  ai  suoi  scolari.  6. 
Prowedete  ai  vostri  bisogni  quando  siete  giovani.  7.  Noi  abbiamo 
a  tutto  provveduto.  H.  Egli  sopravviverk  a  suo  fratello,  la  sua 
salute  e  ottima.  9.  Tocca  a  Guglielmo  il  provvedere  ai  nostri 
bisogni.  10.  Ubbidite  ai  vostri  genitori  ed  ai  vostri  maestri  e 
sarete  felici.  11.  11  maestro  ha  biasimato  Io  scolare,  perche  non 
aveva  ubbidito  ai  suoi  ordini.  12.  Noi  ubbidiremo,  ed  impareremo 
le  nostre  lezioni. 

1.  One  sovereign  is  worth  (is  equivalent  to)  twenty-five  Italian 
lire.    2.  An  English  penny  is  equivalent  to  ten  Italian  centesimi. 

3.  Are  you  teaching  yoiir  brother  the  Italian  language  ?  No,  sir  ; 
I  teach  my  brother  the  English  language.  4.  Our  master  teaches 
music  and  the  French  language  to  all  his  pupils  {masc).    6.  Woul(J 


EXERCISES   ON   VERBS. 


73 


you  teach  my  cousins  (masc.)  the  French  language?  I  should 
teach  your  cousins  (masc.)  the  French  language  if  1  had  the  time.  6. 
She  has  taught  my  sister  music  and  Italian.  7.  Our  father  provides 
for  all  our  wants.  8.  Will  he  survive  his  old  uncle?  He  will 
survive  his  uncle,  because  his  health  is  good.  9.  Mr.  B.  survived 
his  grandfather  thirty-two  years  seven  months  and  five  days.  10. 
Obey  your  masters  and  your  parents  and  you  will  be  praised.  1 1 .  A 
good  pupil  (masc)  obeys  his  master's  orders.  VA.  1  shall  teach 
Charles  music,  if  he  is  a  good  pupil. 

C.  Verbs  GOVERNING  the  Ablative  Case. 

The  following  Verbs  require  the  Prepositions  da,  in,  per, 
etc.,  after  them  when  meaning  : 


Allen  tanare, 

Astenersi, 

Cadere, 

*Cominciare, 
Derivare, 
Dipendere, 
Dispensare, 
Distiiiguere, 
Divide'e, 

*Guar(lare, 
Liberare, 


to  go  away, 
to  abstain, 
to  fall, 
to  begin, 
to  derive, 
to  depend, 
to  dspense. 
to  distinguish, 
to  separate, 
to  take  care, 
to  free. 


Nascere, 
♦Preservare, 
Piovtnire, 
Sbrigarisl, 
Scaceiare, 
Scoppiare, 
Smascellare, 

♦Tirare, 


to  take  origin. 

to  preserve. 

to  come  from. 

to  get  rid  of. 

to  turn  out. 

to  hurst. 

to  burst  {of  laugh- 
ing). 

to  blow  (of  the 
wind). 


Those  marked  *  may  also  govern  the  Accusative. 


Exercise  XXIX. 

1.  Egli  cadde  dal  terzo  piano  nella  strada.  2.  H  bicchiere  e 
caduto  dalla  tavola  sulla  tua  sedia.  3.  Comincia  la  tua  lezione 
dalla  pagina  terza.  4.  Questa  parola  deriva  dal  latino.  5.  Da  che 
lingua  deriva  questo  verbo  ?  Codesto  verbo  e  derivato  dal  greco. 
6.  Egli  non  distingue  il  bene  dal  male.  7.  I  buoni  scolari  sono 
divisi  dai  cattivi  scolari.  8.  11  Keno  nasce  nelle  montagne  della 
Svizzera.  9.  La  guerra  del  mille  ottocento  cinquantanove  libero 
la  Lombardia  dal  dominio  austriaco.  10.  Carlo  fii  scacciato  dalla 
scuola  perche  era  un  cattivo  ragazzo.  11.  Quando  mia  sorella 
parlb,  io  scoppiai  dal  pianto.  12.  11  vento  tira  dal  levante  questa 
sera. 

1.  Your  watch  is  fallen  from  the  table.  2.  Have  (are)  you 
fallen  on  the  stairs  ?  No,  sir,  1  have  (am)  not  fallen.  3.  All  my 
books  have  (are)  fallen  from  my  arms.  4.  These  two  words  are 
derived  from  the  Greek.  5.  From  what  language  is  this  verb 
derived  ?  That  verb  is  derived  from  the  Latin  language.  6.  Do 
you  distinguish  the  white  colour  from  the  black  ?  1  do  distinguish 
all  colours.     7.  What  wind  blows  this  evening?    The  wind  this 


74 


EXERCISES  ON   VERBS. 


evening  blows  from  the  east.  8.  Why  was  John  turned  out  of 
school  y  Because  he  did  not  learn  his  lessons.  9.  Jn  what  year 
was  Lombardy  freed  from  the  Austrian  domination?  In  the  year 
eighteen  hundred  and  fifty-nine.  lo.  Why  has  Charles  burst  out 
crying?  Because  his  sister  is  ill.  11.  W herefrom  does  our  lesson 
begin  ?  From  the  seventy-seventh  page.  12.  is  that  man  fallen 
in  the  street?     Yes,  sir. 


D.  Other  Verbs  with  more  than  one  Complement. 

The  following  Verbs  have  more  than  one  Complement, 
and  some  of  them  change  their  signification  with  the 
change  of  their  Complement : 

to  play  at. 
to  play  for. 
to  be  less, 
to  want, 
to  fail  in. 
to  thin?:  of. 
to  reflect, 
to  answer 
to    become 

surety  for. 
to  serve, 
to     be      used 

for. 
to  answer^  to 

content, 
to  satisfy. 
to  come  from, 
to  go  out  from. 


1.  Adempiste  vol  ai  voctr:  doveri  ?  lo  adempio  i  miei  doveri. 
2.  Noi  assistcmmo  aUa  rappresentazione  di  Hamlet  al  teatro 
del  re  lunedi  scorso.  3.  Ha  Ella  assistito  quol  povero  zoppo  ? 
Si,  signore,  io  ho  dato  alio  zoppo  cinque  lire.  4.  L'aspetto  di 
questa  citt^  ha  cambiato  negli  ultimi  cinque  anni.  ft.  Ha  Klla 
cambiato  di  cappello,  signor  mio?  Si,  io  ho  un  cappello  uuovo. 
6.  C>hi  cerca  Klla,  signore  ?  Io  corco  la  Signora  B.  7.  Che  cerca 
Ella  di  fare  aha  porta,?     Io  cerco  di  aprire  la  porta  per  entrare. 

8.  Crede   Klla  la    storia  del   soldato?    io  non   credo  al  soldato. 

9.  Carlo  crede  in  Dio  ed  all'  Kvangelo.  10.  lo  domando  arance. 
A  chi  domanda  Klla  delle  arance?  A  Giovanni.  11.  Di  chi 
domanda  Ella,  signore?  io  domando  del  signoro  Z.  12.  Gio- 
'cheremo  noi  agli  scacchi?    Si,  signore;   ma  di  cho  giocheremo? 

Giocheremo  d'  una  lira. 


Assistere  a. 

to  be  present. 

Giocare  a, 

Assiotere  (with  arc. 

,  to  help. 

Gif)oare  di, 

Caml.iare  (to.  <A  ace. 

)  to  altar. 

Maiioare  (ace.), 

Carabiare  di, 

to  change. 

Miincate  di. 

Cercdre  (ace), 

to  look  for. 

Man-  are  a 

Cercare  di, 

to  try. 

Penfaie  a, 

Convenire  di, 

to  agree. 

Pensdre  di, 

Convenire  a, 

to    be    becom- 

Ri&pdridere a. 

ing. 

Rispdndere  di. 

Credere  (ace.)  (of 

to  believe. 

things). 

Servire  (ace). 

Cre'dere  a. 

to  believe. 

Servire  di, 

Credere  in  (proper 

to  believe. 

noun). 

Soddisfdre  a, 

Dumundare  a  (per- 

to ask. 

son), 

ooddisfare  (ace), 

Domandaie  (occ), 

to  ask. 

Venire  di.  da, 

Douianddre  di. 

io    enquire 
after. 

Uscire  di,  da, 

Exercise  XXX. 

EXEliCISES   ON   VERBS.  76 

1.  We  fulfil  Dur  duties,  sir.  2.  Were  you  present  in  the  king's 
theatre  at  the  representation  of  Hamlot?  No,  sir,  I  was  not 
at  the  theatre  last  week.  3.  Has  our  master  helped  that  poor 
manV  Our  master  always  helps  the  poor.  4.  Have  you  altered 
the  appearance  of  your  house  ?  I  have  not  yet  altered  the  appear- 
ance of  my  house.  5.  Has  Charles  changed  his  coat  ?  Yes,  sir ; 
and  he  has  also  changed  his  hat.  6.  1  am  trying  to  open  the  door 
to  go  in.  7.  Do  you  believe  our  cousin  imasc.)  r  I  do  not  believe 
your  cousin's  (masc.)  story.  8.  Do  you  fjciievc  in  the  Gospel  ? 
Wo  believe  in  the  Gospel.  9.  What  do  you  ask,  sir  ?  I  ask  for  a 
bottle  of  wine  and  some  bread  and  cheese.  10.  Shall  we  play  at 
chess,  sir?  Yes,  sir,  but  not  for  money.  11.  Arc  you  thinking  of 
your  father  ?  I  am  not  thinking  of  .ny  father,  but  I  think  of 
vv^ritrng  a  letter  to  my  cousin  (fern.).  12.  Who  has  enquired  after 
my  brother?  Mr.  B.  has  enquired  of  your  brother  and  of  your 
father 


XIX. — The  Pronoun  [il  Pronome). 

The  Pronouns  (Pronomi)  are  used  to  avoid  the  repetition 
of  preceding  Nouns.  They  are  of  six  kinds  •  Personal 
(persondle).  Demonstrative  (dimostratwo)^  Possessive  {pos- 
sessivo),  Interrogative  (Jnterrogativo),  Kelative  {relativo)^ 
and  Indefinite  {indejinito). 

A.  Personal  Pronouns  {Pronomi  Persondli). 

There  are  two  kinds  of  Personal  Pronouns :  Absolute 
(a8i,J,uti).  and  Conjunctive  (congiunti).  The  difference 
between  these  two  kinds  of  Personal  Pronouns  is  shown  in 
the  following 

Examples. 

(hnjuncUve  Pronoun.  [  ^^'^  ^^  ^1  ""'r^'' 
''  \  Daterni  un  arancia 

Absolute  Pronoun,        [  gl^^  an  orange  to  me,  a,>d  not  to  my  brother. 
\  Date  un'  arancia  a  me,  c  nou  a  mio  trateilo. 

In  the  first  example  the  idea  convsyed  by  the  Verb 
date,  give,  bears  more  upon  arancia,  orange,  than  upon  mi, 
to  me:  in  tlie  seconu  example  the  contrary  takes  place,  and 
the  V^erb  lays  its  stress  on  ihe  Pronoun  a  me. 

The  Conjunctive  Pi()nonn  is  generally  joined  to  the 
Verb,  if  coming  after  the  Verb,  and  hence  its  name. 


76 


ABSOLUTE   i'ERSONAL   PKONUUNS. 


1.  Absolute  Personal  Pronouns  {Prondmi  Persondli  Aaaolutt) 


First  Person. 

Masculine  and  Feminine. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Norn 

.io. 

J. 

Nom.  n6i, 

we. 

Gen. 

dime, 

of  me. 

Gen.  dindi, 

of  us. 

Dai. 

a  me, 

to  me. 

Did.  andi. 

to  us. 

Ace. 

me, 

me. 

A^c.   ndi, 

us. 

Abl. 

dame, 

from  me. 

Abl.    da  ndi, 

from  us. 

con  me, 

with  me. 

con  ndi, 

with  tis. 

per  me, 

by  me. 

per  ndi. 

by  us. 

in  me. 

in  me. 

in  ndi, 

in  us. 

same. 

upon  me. 

sundi. 

upon  u$. 

Singular. 


Second  Person. 

Masculine  and  Femininf 


Plural. 


Nom 

.  tu,                     thou. 

Nom 

.vdi, 

you. 

Gen. 

di  te,                  of  thee. 

Gen. 

di  vdi, 

of  you. 

Dat. 

a  te,                   to  thee. 

Dat. 

a  vdi, 

to  you. 

Ace. 

te,                       thee. 

Ace. 

vdi, 

you 

Abl. 

da  te,                  from  thee. 

AU. 

da  vdi, 

from  you. 

con  te,                from  thee. 

con  vdi, 

with  you. 

per  te,                by  thee. 

per  vdi, 

by  you. 

in  te,                  in  thee. 

in  vdi. 

in  you. 

en  te,                 upon  thee. 

sa  vdi, 

upon  you. 

Third  Person. 

Maflculine. 

Feminine 

Singular. 

Nom. 

,  egli,  ei,  e',  esse,  he,  it. 

Nom 

.  ella,  la.  essa, 

she,  it 

Geii. 

di  lui,  di  esso,    of  him,  of  it. 

Gen. 

di  lei,  di  essa. 

of  her,  of  it. 

Dat. 

a  lui,  ad  esso,    to  Mm,  to  it. 

Dat. 

a  lei,  ad  essa, 

to  her,  to  it. 

Ace. 

lui,  esso,             him,  if. 

Ace. 

lei,  essa. 

her,  it. 

Abl. 

da  16i,  da  esso,  from  him, 
from  it. 

Abl. 

da  lei,  da  essa, 

from    her, 
from  it. 

oon  I^  con  esso,  with  him. 

oon    lei,    con 

with    her. 

with  it. 

essa. 

with  it. 

per  Itii,  per  esso,  by  him,  by  it. 

per    lei,     per 
essa, 

by  her,  by  it 

in  Itii,  in  esso,   in  him,  in  it. 

in  lei,  in  essa. 

in  her,  in  it 

BU  lui,  8U  esso,  upon    him. 

su  lei,  sa  essa, 

upon    her. 

upon  it. 

upon  it. 

Plural. 

Nom. 

eglino,  essi,        they. 

Nom. 

elleno,  esse. 

they. 

Gen. 

di  Idro,  di  eesi,  of  them. 

Gen. 

di  Idro,  di  esse, 

of  them. 

Dat. 

a  Idro,  ad  essi,    to  them. 

Dat. 

a  Idro,  ad  esse, 

to  them 

Aco. 

Idro,  essi,           them. 

Aco. 

Idro,  esse, 

them. 

Gen. 

di  se,* 

Dat 

ase, 

Ace. 

se, 

Ahl. 

dase, 

con  se, 

perse, 

inse. 

sopra  se, 

ABSOLUTE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS.        77 

Ahl.    da  16ro,  da  essi, /row  them.  Ahl.    da  Idro,  da  ease,  from  them. 

con    loro,    con  icith  them.  con    loro,   con  with  tUem. 

essi,  ess  3, 

perl6ro,peressi,6r/ ^ifiem.  per    loro,    -per  hy  them. 

esse, 

in  Idro,  in  essi,  in  them.  in  loro,  in  tsse,  in  them. 

sn  loro,  su  essi,  upon  them.  su  loro,  su  esse,  upon  them. 

Third  Person  for  both  Genders  and  Numbers. 

of  himself,  herself.  itneJf.  themselves. 
to  himself,  herself,  itself,  tliemselves. 
himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves, 
from  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves, 
icith  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves, 
hy  himsflf  herself,  itself,  tht-mselces. 
in  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves. 
upon  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves. 

Kkmarks 

1.  Ei,  e*,  are  contractions  of  §gli,  from  the  Latin  ille. 

2.  Egli  and  Ella  are  used  only  for  persons,  6sso,  ^ssa, 
being  used  for  things  and  persons  also. 

3.  The  English  it,  when  referring  neither  to  a  person 
nor  to  a  thing,  is  not  translated :  as,  it  is  true,  e  vero. 

4.  The  English  self,  selves,  own  self  ownselves,  are  rendered 
in  Italian  by  the  words  st^sso,  med^simo,  st^ssa,  med^sima, 
st^ssi,  med^simi,  st^sse,  med^sime. 

I  have  written  the  letter  myself 

lo  stesso  lio  Bcritto  la  leltera,  or,  lo  medesimo  ho  scritto  la  le'ttera. 

Mary  herself  has  asked  after  you. 

Maria  ella  stessa  (or  ella  medesiraaj  ha  domandato  di  voi. 

5.  Instead  of  con  me.  con  te.  con  se,  meco,  t§co,  S§co  are 
used  very  often :  and,  in  poetry  only,  nosco  and  vosco, 
instead  of  con  noi,  con  voi. 

Exercise  XXXI. 

1.  Chi  e  state  qui  ?  II  Signer  B.  e  state  qui  ed  ha  egli  stesso 
pertato  una  lettera  per  voi.  2.  Pensi  tu  a  me  ?  lo  non  penso  a  te, 
ma  penso  ad  esse.     3.  Manda  il  danaro  a  me  e  non  a  mio  fratello. 

4.  Perchfe  Ella  non  ascolta  me  ?     I'erche  non  ho  tempo  da  perdere. 

5.  Aprite  la  porta  per  me.  Perch^  non  aprite  voi  stesso  la  porta  ? 
Perche  le  mie  mani  sone  sndicie.  (>.  11  maestro  egli  stesso  ha  date 
a  tuo  fratello  un  bel  libro  ed  a  te  una  nueva  penna.     7.  lo  stesso  ho 


*  Se  takes  an  accent  when  it  cotild  be  mistaken  fur  te,  if. 


78  CONJUNCTIVE   PERSONAL  PRONOUNS. 

acritto  a  lui  una  lettera  ieri  sera.  8.  Chi  ha  firmate  le  cambiali  ? 
Ho  firmate  le  cambiali  io  stesso.  y.  Ho  dato  a  lei  un  cappello 
nuovo  ed  a  lui  un  nuovo  abitx3.  10.  Ho  ricevuto  da  lei  questa 
mattina  un  beLissimo  regalo,  ed  io  stesso  ho  scritto  a  lei  una 
lettera  di  ringraziamento.  11.  Giovanni,  portate  del  vino  per  questi 
signori.     12.  Egli  h  molto  superbo,  egli  e  pieno  di  sfe. 

1.  1  have  given  a  new  hat  to  him.  2.  JShe  has  been  here,  and  she 
herself  brought  two  books  for  you.  3.  ( )pen  the  box  for  me,  1  have 
no  time  to  lose.  4.  The  master  himself  has  given  a  new  book  tf> 
him,  and  he  has  also  given  an  exercise  to  us.  5.  Have  you  given 
to  them  my  letters  ?  1  have  given  them  your  letters  yesterday. 
6.  Have  you  yourself  signed  the  bills  of  exchange?  Yes,  sir,  I 
have  signed  the  bills  of  exchange  myself.  7.  To  whom  have  you 
given  my  pen  ?  To  him.  8.  Is  he  proud  ?  Yes,  sir,  he  is  (full  of 
himself)  very  proud.  9.  The  shoemaker  has  brought  the  boots 
himself.  10.  He  always  speaks  of  himself.  11.  I  have  been  with 
him  myself  all  the  evening.  12.  Have  you  been  with  them? 
Yes,  sir,  I  have  been  with  them  all  the  evening. 


2.  Coiyunctive  Personal  Pronouns  ( Pronomi  Persondli 
Congiunti). 

The  Conjunctive  Personal  Pronouns  have  only  the  Dative 
and  the  Accusative  cases. 

First  Person, 

Mascaline  and  Feminine. 
Singular.  Plural. 


Dot. 

Ace. 

mi, 
mi, 

me,  to  me. 
me. 

Dat. 
Ace. 

Second  Person 

ci, 
ci, 

t. 

ne,      U8,  to  U8. 
no,       us. 

Dat 
Ace. 

ti. 
ti, 

Masculine  and  Feminine. 
Singular. 

thee,  to  thee.                 Dat.       vi, 
thee.                             Ace.       vi, 

Plural. 

you,  to  you. 
you. 

Dat. 
Ace. 

e. 

Masculine. 

Mm,  to  him. 
him. 

Third  Person 

Singular. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

le, 
la, 

Feminiue. 

her,  to  her.      Le,  to  you. 
her.                La,  you. 

Dat. 
Ace. 

16ro, 

Plural. 
them,  to  them.              Dat. 
them.                           Ace. 

16ro,         th,em,  to  them. 
le,             them. 

Yhird  Person,  Masculine  and  Feminine,  Singular  and  Plural, 

Dal.         si,  to  him»elf,  to  herself,  to  itself,  to  thernselves. 

Ace,         8i|  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves- 


CONJUNCTIVE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS.  79 


Remarks. 

1.  The  Conjunctive  Personal  Pronouns  ^rececie  the  Verb 
in  the  Indicative,  Conditional,  and  Subjunctive  Moods. 
They  also  precede  tlie  Verb  iu  ti^e  Imperative  used 
negatively:  as, 

Non  mi  dare  delle  bastonate,  do  not  give  me  a  thrashing. 

Id  ti  do  uii'  arancia,  I  g,ve  you  an  orange. 

lo  vi  vedo,  I  see  you. 

Til  gli  (lai  UM  regalo.  thou  ghest  him  a  present. 

Ella  si  r  guar  la  nello  specchio,  shp.  loohs  at  herself  in  the  looking-glass 

Egii  mi  h»  flato  uti  t-Hppeilo,  he  has  given  me  a  Imt. 

Tu  le  hai  dato  lin  i  spil  a,  thou  had  given,  hp.r  a  pin, 

Nnn  mi  dare  1'  anelio  dra,  do  not  gve  me  the  ring  now. 

Cli'  egli  mi  ami,  tuat  he  may  love  me. 

2.  When  two  Conjunctive  Personal  Pronouns,  one  in  the 
dative  and  the  other  in  the  accusative,  are  in  the  same 
sentence,  they  both  prt  cede  the  Verb,  the  dative  before  the 
accusative;  the  i  of  m,  ti,  ci,  vi,  being  changed  into  e;  and 
gli  taking  an  e  before  tbe  accusative  with  which  it  is 
joined :  as, 

Egli  me  lo  disse,  he  said  it  to  me. 

lo  te  lo  (lissi,  I  said  it  to  thee. 

Eglino  ce  lo  dissero,  they  xaitl  it  to  us. 

Ella  ve  lo  dLse,  she  said  it  to  you. 

lo  glielo  diro,  I  »hall  tell  it  to  him. 

3.  Le,  to  her,  is  never  used  before  lo,  la,  li,  le,  ne;  gli 
taking  its  place  for  the  sake  of  euphony :  ihus, 

lo  glielo  do,        1  give  it  to  her.  lo  glielo  do,        I  give  it  to  you  ;  or, 

lo  lo  do  a  lei,      I  give  it  to  her.  lo  lo  do  a  Lei,    /  give  it  to  you. 

4.  The  Conjunctive  Personal  Pronouns  follow  the  Verb 
in  the  Imperative  (except  when  used  Negatively),  Infini- 
tive, Gerund,  and  Past  Particdple,  and  are  joined  to  the 
Verb,  the  infinitive  dropping  its  final  vowel:  thus, 

Xrao  Vf'dervi,  I  am  glad  to  see  you. 

Mostratemelo,  show  it  to  me 

Parlandomi  di  te,  speaking  to  me  of  thee. 

Vedutomi,  disse,  having  seen  me,  said. 

Datole  una  lettera,  disse,  having  given  her  a  letter,  said  .  .  . 

5.  When  the  Verb  is  a  monosyllable,  or  has  an  accent 
on  its  last  vowel,  these  pronouns  follow  the  verb  and  are 


80  CONJUNCTIVE   PERSONAL   PRONOUN 8. 

joined  to  it,  the  consonant  of  the  pronoun  being  doubled 
and  the  accent  dropped  (except  gli)  ;*  thus  we  any  : 

Lo  farb,  ajid  furollo,  I  »hall  do  it. 

Fai  dgiiela  le'ggere,    \  r  t,  7,  .        r .  j  .^ 

Gliela  faro  legg.  re.  |     ^  ^  ^'^^^  '»«^«  '^*"»  ^"^  «^ 

Dirovvelo,  and  ve  lo  diro,  I  shall  tell  you  it. 

L'  am 6,  or  an  1 611a,  he,  she  loved  her. 

Ci  dk,  or  ddooi,  ^e,  ^Ae  giveg  us. 

6.  Loro,  <o  them,  precedes  or  follcjws  the  verb ;  as, 

Egli  dis.«e  16ro,  he  said  to  them. 

Egli  loro  ha  dato,  he  has  given  to  them. 

7.  The  Dative  of  the  Personal  Pionouns  is  sometimes 
used  instead  of  the  Possessive  Adjective :  as, 

lo  gli  sono  araico,  )  7-        r  •   ^  •    j 

lo  sdno  8110  araico,  |  ^  "^  his  fnend. 

8.  In  speaking  of  parts  of  the  body,  or  dress,  the  Italians 
use  the  Dative  Pronoun  instead  of  the  Possessive  Adjective  : 
as, 

Mi  d  11  die  la  testa,  my  head  aches. 

Ti  si  ^  sdruc-ita  la  Scarpa,       thy  shoe  is  torn. 

Si  e  rdtta  la  gamba,  he  has  broken  his  leg. 

Exercise  XXXII. 


1.  To  glielo  dissi,  ed  egli  non  mi  credette.  2.  Ella  lo  crederk 
quaado  lo  vedrk.  3.  Ho  data  la  sua  lettera  alia  signorina  R,  ed 
ella  mi  disse  di  ringraziarla.  4.  Mi  duole  il  braccio,  V  ho  urtato 
suUa  tavola.  5.  (.'osa  vi  duole,  signorino?  Mi  duole  la  testa. 
6.  Gli  siete  voi  amico?  Nossignore,  io  non  gli  sono  amico.  7.  11 
maestro  biasimd  gli  scolari  e  loro  disse  di  imparare  le  lezioni. 
8.  Ha  Ella  detto  loro  di  venire  a  pranzo  da  Lei  questa  sera  ?  Si, 
signore.  9.  Che  cosa  Le  piacerebbe  avere  da  pranzo  ?  Datemi 
del  pesce  e  dell'arrosto.  10.  Io  ti  crederei  se  la  storia  fosse 
probabile.  11.  Io  glielo  avrei  detto,  se  lo  avessi  visto.  12.  Amerei 
vedervi  stassera  a  casa  mia,  e  pregovi  venirmi  a  trovare. 

1.  I  have  told  it  to  him,  but  he  did  not  say  anything.  2.  I 
should  believe  him  if  he  were  an  honest  man.  3.  He  was  speaking 
to  me  of  you  this  evening  in  his  house.  4.  I  shall  be  with  her 
to-morrow,  or  Saturday  next.  5.  Have  you  found  him  in  my  room 
yesterday  evening  ?  Yes,  sir,  he  was  looking  after  you.  6.  He 
(masc.)  said  it  to  us,  but  we  did  not  believe  him.  7.  Show  it  to 
me.  8.  1  have  given  her  two  hundred  lire  and  one  hundred 
and  fifty-five  needles    yesterday.     9.    My  arm  aches;    it  aches 

*  See  note,  p.  80. 


REMARKS   ON   PERSONAL    PRONOUNS.  81 

more  than   yesterday  evening.     10.  Would    you   speak  to  her? 

No,  sir.     11.  Did  the   master   speak   to    his    pupils?  He  told 

them   to  learn  their  lessons.     12.  Are  you  his  friend  ?  Yes,  sir, 
I  am  his  friend. 


R 

1.  Chi  ha  scritto  questo  esercizio  ?  lo,  signor  maestro.  2.  Chi 
ha  parlato  con  Lei  ?  11  servo  di  mio  padre  mi  ha  portato  una 
lettera.  3.  £  Ella  arrivata  sola  ?  Nossignore,  io  sono  arrivata  con 
la  zia  di  Carlo.  4.  Ascoltatemi,  ragazzi :  disse  il  maestro,  voi  avete 
a  impaiare  i  vostii  esercizi  voi  stessi.  5.  Ella  lo  dividerebbe,  se  lo 
avesse,  ma  ella  non  1'  ha.  (:•'.  Ov'  e  la  sua  penna  d'  acciaio,  signo- 
rino  I — lo  non  1' ho.  7.  Ragazzi,  accompagnatemi  alia  passeggiata 
quest' oggi.  8.  Cameriere,  portateci  da  mangiare.  9.  Jo  gli  parlerd 
di  Lei,  e  gliela  raccomandero.  10.  Kon  I'ho  ancora  pagato,  perche 
non  ho  danaro ;  ma  lo  pagherb  domani.  11.  Insegnategli  la  lingua 
francese,  perch4  egli  non  la  conosce.  12.  lo  gliela  insegnerei,  se  la 
conoscessi  io  stesso. 

1.  Children,  come  with  me  to  church  this  evening.  2.  J  shall 
myself  teach  her  the  Italian  language.  3.  Would  you  speak  to 
him  ?  Yes,  sir.  4.  If  1  knew  the  French  language,  1  should  teach 
it  to  you.  5.  I  shall  recommend  you  to  him,  if  I  see  him  this 
evening.  6.  Waiter,  bring  us  something  to  eat,  and  bring  us 
also  a  bottle  of  beer.  7.  V\'here  is  your  book,  sir?  8.  I  have 
myself  spoken  to  him  of  your  brother.  9.  He  has  brought  me  a 
letter  of  my  mother?  10.  We  shall  all  be  glad  to  talk  to  him 
of  you  and  of  your  brother.  11.  Would  you  accompany  me  to 
the  promenade  ?  Yes,  sir,  we  will  all  accompany  you.  12.  Does 
your  head  ache  ?  My  head  does  not  ache  this  morning,  but  my 
hand  aches. 

Further  Remarks  on  Personal  Pronouns. 

1.  When  the  Personal  Prononn  is  fbl lowed  by  che,  the 
Verb  agrees  with  the  Personal  Pionoun:  as, 

Tu  ohe  mi  ami,  thou  that  loved  we. 

Ndi  che  trovammo  la  strada,  we  f hat  found  the  way. 
V6i  che  foste  punito,  you  that  were  punished. 

2.  The  Pronouns  are  often  omitted,  when  the  sense  of 
the  sentence  is  not  obscured  :  as, 

Amo  mio  })adre,  I  love  my  father. 

Abbi  [)az  e'liza,  have  (thou  j  patience. 

£  tempo  perdiito,  it  is  a  loss  of  time. 

3.  If  the  Personal  Pronoun  refers  to  a  thing ^  a  verb  must 


82  REMARKS   ON   PEKSONAL  PRONOUNS. 

precede  it :  if  the  Pronoun  refere  to  a  person^  no  verb  is 
needed  before  it :  as, 

Cercdte  il  mio  capp^lo,  non  pdsso  uscire  s^nza  av^rlo. 
Look/or  my  hut ;  I  cannot  go  out  without  it  (having). 
Ceicate  niio  tiVi<>»  n<^>u  pdcfco  usiiru  senza  liii. 
Look  for  my  son  ;  I  cannot  go  out  without  him, 

4.  The  Conjunctive  Pronouns  ne,  of  it;  ci,  vi,  to  it,  are 
often  used  in  the  singular,  and  then  refer  only  to  thingg 
and  never  to  persons  :  as, 

Che  cdsa  ne  pensile  ?  what  do  you  think  of  il  f 

Che  cdsa  pensate  di  lui  ?  what  do  you  think  of  himi 

Cue  cdij,  ci  ave'te  a  far  vdi  ?  what  haoe  you  to  do  with  it  1 

5.  Ne  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  ci,  tw,  to  us :  as, 
Ne  dicono,  they  teU  us.  £gll  ne  ba  dafo,  he  has  given  us. 

But  this  form  of  speaking  is  to  be  avoided.    • 

6.  Before  lui,  l^i,  loro,  and  before  nouns,  6sso  is  used  to 
strengthen  the  expression  :  as, 

Aiidai  con  esso  lui  al  tf  dtro,  I  went  with  him  to  the  theatre. 

Quest' drdine  fu  riccvuto  da  esso      this  order  has  been  received  from  the 
ministero,  ministry. 

7.  Instead  of  the  accusative  masculine  lo,  il,  is  used  before 
words  beginninuj  with  a  consonant  (except  z  or  s  impura). 

When  preceded  by  mi,  ti,  si,  gli,  ci,  vi,  or  non,  the  i  of  il 
is  drop[ieil,  and  both  words  are  contracted  thus : 


me'  1,  or  mel  dice,  tells  it  to  me. 

te'  1,     or  tv\  dice,  tells  it  to  thee. 

glie*  1,  or  glu'l  dice,  tells  it  tn  him. 

ce'l,     or  eel  dice,  tells  it  tn  us. 


ve'  1,    or  vel  dice,     teVs  it  to  you. 
tie'  1,    or  sel  dice,      tells  it  to  him- 
self 
no'  1,    or  nol  dice,      does  not  tell  it 


8.  ronjunctive  Personal  Pronouns  in  the  accusative  are 
often  affixed  to  the  adverb  4cco,  here  it  is  :  as, 

Eccovi  veniito,  here  you  are  come.  Eccolo  qui !  here  he  is  I 

9.  In  answering  questions,  the  Italians  have  a  different 
form  from  the  English  Yes,  I  am  ;  Yes,  I  do,  &c. 

(a)  If  the  answer  refers  to  a  noun  with  the  definite 
article  or  a  demonstrative  adjective,  then  tlie  verl>  in  the 
answer  requires  a  personal  pronoun  agreeing  with  the  fore- 
going noun :  as, 

Sie'te  vdi  le  zie  di  qneVo  fanciiilln  ?    Si,  ndi  le  siimo. 
Are  you  the  <iunts  of  this  boy  f     Yes,  we  are. 
Sdno  quelli  i  vd^tii  Htivali  ?    Si,  li  ssdno. 
Are  those  your  boots  ?     Yes,  they  are. 


EXERCISES   ON    PERSONAL    PRONOUNS.  83 

(b)  If  the  answer  refers  to  an  adjective,  verb,  or  noun 
(without  definite  article  or  demonstrative  adjective),  the 
pronoun  lo  is  used :  as, 

il  Ella  ammalata  V     Si,  lo  sono.  Are  you  ill?     Yes,  I  am. 

Sduo  le  tue  sorelle  arrivate?     Si,  Are   your    sisters    arrived  f     Yes, 

lo  sdno.  they  are. 

Sono  Italian!  colore  ?     Si,  lo  sono.  Are  they  Italians  ?     Yes,  they  are. 

10.  When  referring  to  a  foregoing  nonn  substantive  in 
the  genitive  case,  the  -English  use  some,  or  any ;  when  they 
refer  to  the  dative,  they  u^e  there  ;  and  when  they  refer  to 
the  ablative  they  use  from  there,  thereby.  In  these  cases 
the  Italians  use  for  the  genitive  and  ablative  ne,  and  for  the 
dative  ci,  or  vi  (changed  into  ce  and  ve  when  preceding  lo, 
la,  U,  le,  ne) :  as, 

Ecco  del  vino ;  ne  vudle  Ella  ?  Here  is  some  wine ;  do  you  want 

any'? 

Ne  bevero  un  iMCchiere.  I  shall  drink  a  glass  (of  it). 

Va    Ella    a    Ldndra  ?      No,    ne  Are  you  going  to  Lon<ion  i    No,  1 

vengo.  come  from  there. 

E  mio  fratello  nel  giardino  ?     Si,  Is  my  brother  in  the  garden  ?    Yes, 

vi  h.  he  is  there. 


Exercise  XXXIII. 

A. 

1.  Egli  e  un  buon  ragazzo,  ama  i  suoi  genitori.  2.  Tu  sei 
mio  amico,  ti  accora[)agner6  a  casa  stassera.  3.  Ella  ^  tua 
sorella,  ti  ama,  e  scrive  i  tuoi  esercizi  per  te.  4.  Noi  gli 
siamo  amici,  lo  rimprovereremo  della  sua  infingardaggine.  5. 
Voi  siete  suo  nemico,  avete  a  perdonarlo.  6.  Eglino  sono  dot- 
tissimi,  mi  aiuteranno  a  scrivere  la  storia  del  re.  7.  Amano 
lo  studio  ed  amano  anche  il  divertimento.  8.  Dico  sempre  la 
verita  e  ne  sono  contento  e  felice.  9.  Avete  imparate  le  vostre 
lezioni  quest'  oggi  ?  Si,  signore,  le  abbiamo  imparate.  10.  Datemi 
un  ago,  ne  ho  gran  bisogno.  11.  Mangerete  voi  senza  di  me?  lo 
mangerb  solo  questa  sera.     12.  !fi  tempo  perduto  1'  ascoltarlo. 

1.  He  has  five  oranges,  will  he  eat  one  (of  them)?  2.  You 
are  his  friend,  talk  to  him.  3.  Did  you  write  this  exercise  for  him  ? 
Yes,  sir,  1  have  written  it  for  him,  he  had  no  time.  4.  Have  you 
found  my  fork  ?  I  shall  not  eat  without  it.  5.  Will  you  accom- 
pany your  brother  ?  1  shall  accomjiany  him.  6.  Will  she  accom- 
pany her  mother  ?  She  will  accompany  her.  7.  Have  you  for- 
given Charles?  I  have  forgiven  him.  8.  Will  you  Hsten  to 
me?  I  shall  not  listen  to  you  to-day,  because  1  have  no  time, 
but  I  shall  listen  to  you  to-morrow.   9,  We  have  all  learnt  our 


84  DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS. 

lessons  and  written  our  exercises.  10.  It  is  lost  time  to  listen  to 
her.  11.  Give  me  a  new  hat,  I  want  it  very  much.  12.  I  tell 
the  truth  and  I  am  happy. 


1.  Lo  credete,  signor  Carlo?  lo  non  lo  credo.  2.  Credete 
voi  la  sua  storia?  lo  non  ne  credo  una  parola.  3.  Lo 
credera  il  suoamico?  Egli  noii  lo  credera.  4.  Glielo  nascondera 
Ella?  Si,  signore,  io  glielo  nascoudero.  5.  Ella  non  ci  ha 
da  far  nulla,  non  e  aifar  suo.  6.  lo  non  ci  credo,  la  stoiia  non 
e  probabile.  7.  Ci  credereste,  se  la  storia  fosse  probabile  ?  Sissi- 
gnore,   ci   crederei.      8.  Ha    egli  parlato?     Egli   non  ha   parlato. 

9.  iiicevei   da  esso   Generale  un  ordine  quest' oggi,  e  1' ubbidiro. 

10.  Non  e  probabile  che  voi  gli  parliate  ora,  egli  e  occupatissimo. 

11.  Parlategli.     12.  Kccoci  tutti  arrivati,  poitateci  la  cena. 

I.  1  shall  speak  to  him  myself,  if  I  have  time.  2.  Do  you 
speak  of  my  exercises  ?  I  speak  of  them,  and  I  speak  also 
of  your  lesson.  3.  When  1  spoke  to  him  in  Paris,  he  was 
ill.  4.  1  never  sing  without  my  brother;  look  for  him.  5. 
Where  have  you  found  him?  1  found  him  in  your  room.  6. 
Have  you  seen  my  hat?  It  is  on  the  table  in  my  room.  7.  I 
have  been  punished,  and  thou  also  wilt  be  punished  if  thou  dost 
not  learn  thy  lesson  to-day.  8.  I  did  not  believe  his  story, 
because  it  was  not  probable.  9.  I  should  not  have  given  him 
my  book  if  1  had  known  that  he  was  a  lazy  boy.  10.  1  will 
speak  to  your  brother.  11.  I  have  not  spoken  to  her.  1*2.  Did 
you  speak  to  him  in  his  house  ?  I  spoke  to  his  mother  of  him 
and  of  you  also. 


B.  Demonstrative  Pronouns  (PronSmi  Dimostrativt). 

The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  point  out  the  person  or 
thing  spoken  of,  and  are  the  following  : — 

1.  The  Pronoun  pointing  out  the  Person,  or  Thing,  near 
the  person  that  speaks:  as,  questo  cappello,  this  hat  (near 
me),  quest'  uomo,  this  man  here. 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

Singular. 

Nom.  questa,  thif 


Nom.  questo,  this. 

Gen.   di  questo,  of  this. 

Dat.    a  questo,  to  this. 

Ace.    questo,  thin. 

All.    da  questo,  from  this. 


Gen.  di  questa,  of  this. 

Dat.  a  questa,  to  this. 

Ace.  questa,  thin. 

All.  da  questa,  from  thu. 


DEMONSTRATIVE    PRONOUNS. 


85 


Masculine. 


Nom.  questi, 
Gen.  di  questi, 
Dat.  a  questi, 
Ace.   questi, 
Ahl.    da  questi, 


these, 
of  these, 
to  these, 
these, 
from  these. 


Plural. 

j  Nom.  queste, 
'  Gen.  di  queste, 


Feminine. 


Dat. 

Arc. 

Ahl 


a  qucSte. 
queste, 
da  queste. 


these, 
of  these, 
to  these, 
these, 
from  these. 


Questi  is  also  used  in  the  Nominative  Singular  Masculine 
fur  Persons  only,  without  the  noun. 

2.  The  Pronoun  Deraonstrative  pointing  out  the  Person 
OT  Thing  near  the  person  spoken  to,  or  addressed  ;  as  cotesto 
cappello,  that  hat  {near  you)]  cotesto  uomo,  that  man  (near 
you). 


Masculine. 

Femiiiiiie. 

Singular. 

Nmi 

.  cotesto, 

that. 

Nom 

.  eotesta. 

that. 

Gen. 

di  cotesto, 

of  that. 

Gen. 

di  cotjsta, 

of  that. 

Dat. 

a  cotesto, 

to  that. 

Dat. 

a  eotesta, 

to  that. 

Ace. 

cotesto, 

that. 

Ace. 

eotesta, 

that. 

Abl. 

da  cotesto, 

from  that. 

Ahl. 

da  eotesta. 

from  that. 

Plural. 

Nom 

eotesti, 

those. 

i  Nom 

coteste. 

those. 

Gen. 

di  eotesti, 

of  those. 

'Gen. 

di  cotest3. 

of  those. 

Dat. 

a  eotesti, 

to  those. 

:  Dat. 

a  coteste. 

to  those. 

Ace. 

eotesti. 

those. 

\Acc. 

coteste, 

those. 

Abl. 

da  eotesti, 

from  those. 

Ahl. 

da  coteste, 

from  those 

Costui  or  cotestui  (m.),  costei  or  cotest^i  (/.),  and  plural 
for  both  genders  costoro  or  cotestoro,  are  used  only  of 
Persons,  without  the  noun,  are  declined  in  the  same  way, 
and  have  the  same  signification. 

3.  The  following  Demonstrative  Pronoun  points  out  a 
Person  or  Thing  far  aivay  from  the  Person  who  speaks  and 
the  Person  adlressed:  as,  quel  cappello,  that  hat  {there), 
queir  uomo,  that  man  (there). 


Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Singular. 

Nom.  quelle,*  or  quell',  quel,  that. 

Nom 

quella,          that. 

Gen.  di  quelle,      of  that. 

Gen. 

di  queUa,      of  thai. 

Dat.   a  quelle,        to  that. 

Dat. 

a  liUella,       1o  that. 

Ace.    qucUo,           that. 

Ace. 

quella,          that 

AU.    da  quelle,     fr(ym  that. 

Ahl. 

da  quella,     from  that 

*  When  before  a  consonant  (except  z,  or  s  impurd),  quello  becomes  qtid;  and  before 
^  vowel  it  becomes  qtieW. 


86  DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS. 


Masculine. 

Plural. 

Feminine. 

Norn,  qnelli,*         those. 

1  Nom. 

.  quelle,           those. 

Gen.  di  quelli,       of  those. 

,  Gen. 

di  quelle,      of  those. 

Did.   a  quelli,         to  those. 

1  Dal. 

a  quelle,        to  those. 

Ace.   qutflli,            thoxe. 

Ace. 

quelle,           those. 

Abl.   da  quelli,      from  those. 

1  Ahl. 

da  quelle,     from  those. 

Colui  (m.),  col^i  (/.),  and  colore,  ior  the  plural  of  both 
genders,  are  used  only  of  Persons,  without  the  noun,  are 
declined  in  the  same  way  and  have  the  s mie  signi- 
fication. 

Cio  means  that  in  a  general  sense :  as,  Chi  ha  fatto  cio  ? 
Who  has  done  this  ? 

Cio  che,  or  quel  che,  is  used  in  a  general  sens3  for  that 
which,  what ;  a<,  I  have  what  I  want,  io  ho  cio  che  voglio,  io 
ho  quel  che  voglio. 

Qu^gli,  that  one,  is  sometimes  used  in  the  Nominative 
Singular  Masculine  of  Persons  only. 

Exercise  XXXIV. 

1.  Questo  e  il  mio  cappello  e  quello  e  il  tuo.  2.  Questa  scatola 
non  d  mia,  essa  e  del  signor  B.  3.  Questi  Hbri  sono  essi  tuoi  ? 
No,  signore,  codesti  libri  sono  del  nostro  maestro.  4.  Queste  sedie 
sono  della  madre  di  Giovanni.  5.  Cotesto  e  un  bel  bastone ;  clii  te 
1'  ha  dato,  mio  caro  ?    11  mio  amico  B.  me  Io  ha  dato  il  mese  scorso. 

6.  Cotesta  penna  non  e  tua.     Mi  scusi,  signore,  questa  penna  e  mia. 

7.  Sono  costoro  i  vostri  amici  ?  Costui  h  mio  araico,  ma  quegli  non 
Io  h.  8.  1^  costei  la  tua  serva  ?  Nossignore,  questa  e  la  serva  di 
mio  zio.  9.  Sono  cotesti  i  libri  ricevuti  da  Londra  ?  Questi  libri 
arrivano  da  I'arioji.  10.  Quelle  donne  partirono  ieii  sera  per  la 
provincia.  11.  fi  colui  tuo  cugino?  hissignore,  e  colei  che  gU  6 
vicina  e  mia  zia.  12.  Chi  sono  coloro?  Questi  d  il  mio  amico 
Cailo,  e  que^^li  h  mio  cugino  Guglielrao. 

1.  This  is  my  book  and  that  is  the  book  of  Charles.  2.  This 
exercise  is  more  difficult  than  that.  3.  Those  houses  are  smaller 
than  these.  4.  These  books  are  my  books,  and  those  on  the  table 
are  thy  books.  5.  Is  this  man  thy  servant  {masc. )  ?  No,  sir,  he 
is  not  my  servant ;  but  he  is  the  servant  {mi,sc,)  of  our  Italian 
master.  (3.  Is  that  thy  cousin  (mnsc.)?  Yes,  sir,  that  is  my 
cousin.  7.  Who  is  that  lady?  She  is  my  aunt.  8.  Who  are 
those  men?  This  one  is  my  cousin  ('harles,  and  that  one  is  my 
friend  William.  9.  Are  those  your  friends?  Yes,  sir,  all  these 
gentlemen  are  my  friends.  10.  Who  is  that  man?  He  is  my 
frienA  John.  11.  Are  you  his  friend?  Yes,  sir,  I  am.  12.  Who 
is  that  lady  ?    Jihe  is  my  cousin  Mary. 

*  QueUi  is  changed  into  gue'  or  quei  before  a  consonant  (except «  or  s  impura). 


POSSESSIVE   PRONOUNS. 


87 


C.  Possessive  Pronouns  {Fronomi  Possessivi) 
The  Possessive  Pronouns  are  the  same  as  the  Possessive 
Adjectives  given  on  page  37.     They  are  never  used  with 
a  Substantive  :  they  are, 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

ilmio, 

la  mia, 

imiei, 

le  mie. 

mine. 

ilttio, 

la  tua, 

i  tudi, 

le  ttie. 

thine. 

Ustio, 

la  sua, 

i  sudi. 

le  stie. 

Ms,  hers. 

il  nostro, 

la  nostra, 

i  ndstri, 

le  ndstre, 

ours. 

il  vostro, 

la  vdstra, 

i  vdstri, 

le  vdstre. 

yours. 

il  Idro, 

la  Idro, 

i Idro, 

le  Idro, 

theirs. 

Exercise  XXXV. 

1.  Questi  libri  souo  i  raiei  e  quelle  penne  sono  le  tue.  2.  Quel  la 
casa  e  la  mia  e  questo  giardino  e  il  sue.  3.  Voi  guardate  nel  mio 
giardino  ed  io  guardo  nel  vostro.  4.  Fate  voi  il  vostro  dovere  ed  io 
faro  il  mio.  5.  8e  egli  ha  imparato  la  sua  lezione  noi  impareremo 
la  nostra.  6.  Se  essi  hauno  scritto  i  loro  esercizi,  noi  scriveremo  i 
nostri.  7.  Queste  arance.sono  esse  le  loro?  >>'ossignore,  codeste 
arance  sono  di  tua  sorella.  8.  Koi  fummo  con  i  suoi  amici  al 
teatro,  ed  Ella  ci  fu  co'  nostri.  9.  fi  questo  bastone  il  suo,  od  e 
quello  del  suo  amico  Guglielmo  ?  Codesto  bastone  e  il  mio.  10.  Gli 
parlerete  a  casa  vostra,  o  nella  sua  ?  Gli  parlero  in  sua  casa.  11.  Sono 
queste  le  mie  penne,  o  le  tue  ?  Esse  sono  le  tue.  12.  Hai  visto  i 
miti  IVatelli,  od  i  tuoi  nel  giardino  dello  zio  ?     Io  vidi  i  miei. 

1.  This  is  my  book,  and  that  is  yours.  2.  Have  you  not  had  my 
pen?  -No,  sir,  I  have  had  mine.  3.  Are  these  your  oranges,  or 
those  of  your  brother?  1'hose  oranges  are  mine.  4.  Have  you 
learnt  your  lesson  ?  Yes,  sir,  1  have  learnt  mine  ;  have  you  learnt 
yours  ?  5.  Were  you  at  the  theatre  with  your  friends  last  l<"riday  ? 
No,  sir,  I  was  with  yours.  G.  Have  they  (maac.)  written  their  exer- 
cises ?  They  (jmasc.)  have  written  theirs.  7.  This  garden  is  mine ; 
is  that  house  yours  ?  JS'o,  sir,  that  house  is  not  mine.  8.  Are  these 
your  pens  ?  Ko,  sir,  those  pens  are  not  mine.  9.  J s  this  your  sister's 
needle  ?  Yes,  sir,  that  needle  is  hers.  10.  Have  you  not  listened  to 
his  advice?  No,  sir,  I  have  not  Hstened  to  his  advice, but  to  yours. 
11.  Have  you  not  yet  found  my  stick  ?  Yes,  sir,  and  1  have  also 
found  mine.    12.  Is  this  your  umbrella  ?    Ko,  sir,  that  is  not  mine. 


D.  Interrogative  Pronouns  (Pronomi  Interrogativi). 

The  Interrogative  Pronouns  are — 

1.  Chi?  who?  is  used  only  of  Persons,  and  is  of  both 
genders  and  numbeis,  beirig  declined  only  with  the  Pre- 
position, without  the  Article :  as,  Chi  e  cestui  ?  Who  is 
this  man?  A  chi  hai  dato  il  mio  bastone?  To  whom  have 
you  given  my  stick  ? 


00  INTERROGATIVE    PRONOUNS. 

When  Chi  is  in  the  Genitive  with  the  verb  essere  it 
denotes  possession  :  as,  Di  clii  h  questo  Ifbro  ?  Whose  hook 
is  this  ? 

Chi  means  also  colui  il  quale,  as :  II  perder  tempo  a  chi 
pill  sa  pill  spiace,  to  lose  time  displeases  most  him  who 
knows  most. 

2.  Che  ?  what  f  is  used  only  of  things,  and  is  of  both 
jjjenders  and  numbers,  being  declined  without  the  article; 
as,  Di  che  paese  e  li^lla  ?     Of  what  country  are  you  f 

3.  Qudle,  which,  disi  riminates  between  several  things,  or 
persons  <>f  the  same  kind,  and  is  used  fur  both  genders, 
being  declined  withont  the  article  :  as,  Qudle  di  qu^ste 
arance  mangerete  ?     Which  of  these  oranges  will  you  eat  ? 


Masculine  and  Feminine. 

Singular  and  Plural. 

Nam.  oM  1 

whoi               : 

Nom.  che? 

whatf 

Gen. 

dicM? 

whone  ? 

Gen.  dichel 

of  what  f 

Bat. 

achil 

to  whom  ? 

Dat.   ache? 

to  what  f 

Ace. 

ohil 

whom  ? 

Ac.    che  ? 

what  1 

Ahl. 

daoMI 

from  whom  i 

Abl.    da  che? 

from  toJiat  f 

Masculine  and  Feminine. 

Singular. 

Plural 

Nom 

.  qu&le  1 

which  i                    1 

Nam.  quali  ? 

which  9 

Gen. 

di  quale  ? 

of  which  ? 

1  Gen.  di  quaU  ? 

of  which? 

Daf. 

a  quale  1 

to  which  i 

Dat.   a  quali? 

to  which  ? 

Ace. 

quale  1 

which 'i 

Arc.    quali? 

rchich  i 

Abl. 

da  quale  ? 

from  whic^i  i 

Ahl.    da  quali? 

from  whichi 

Exercise  XXXVJ. 

1.  Chi  sono  questi  signori  ?  Questi  signori  sono  miei  amici.  2. 
Chi  e  cestui?  Cestui  e  il  servo  del  medico.  3.  Chi  sono  colore? 
Colore  sono  i  corrieri  del  re.  4.  Chi  e  quella  signora?  Ouella 
signora  e  mia  zia.  5.  Di  chi  e  questo  giardino  ?  Questo  giardino 
e  il  mio.  6.  A  chi  hai  dato  il  mio  cappello  ?  Ho  dato  il  tuo  cap- 
pello  al  mio  servo.  7.  Da  chi  hai  ricevuta  cotesta  lettera?  lo  ho 
ricevuta  questa  lettera  da  mio  padre.  8.  Che  e  questo  ?  Questo  e 
un  fucile.  9.  Da  che  proviene  questa  malattia  ?  Questa  malattia 
proviene  da  un'  indigestione.  10.  Quale  di  questi  due  sigari  pren- 
deretu  ?  lo  prendero  questo.  11.  Quale  di  questi  quadri  compre- 
rete?  lo  comprer5  quelle.  12.  Quale  di  quests  penne  d  la  vostra  ? 
Questa  e  la  mia. 

1.  Who  are  those  ladies  ?  They  (fern.)  are  my  sisters.  2.  Who  is 
this  woman  ?  That  woman  is  the  servant  of  my  aunt.  3.  Whose 
is  this  gun?  That  gun  belongs  (is)  to  Charles.  4.  To  whom  have 
you  given  my  letter  ?  1  have  given  it  to  your  father.  5.  From 
whom  eomes  this  present  ?  It  comes  from  your  cousin  (masc)  6. 
Whose  house  is  this?    It  is  mine.     7.  Of  whom  are  you  thinking 


RELATIVE   PRONOUNS. 


89 


(daHve)?  I  am  thinking  of  (to)  my  sister.  8.  Is  he  ill?  He 
is  ill  with  .(of)  fever.  9.  Which  of  these  apples  will  you  eat? 
I  shall  eat  this.  10.  Which  of  these  books  is  yours?  That  is 
mine.  11.  From  what  country  do  you  come?  Irom  England. 
12.  In  what  country  have  you  been  last  year?  I  have  been  in 
France. 


E.  Relative  Pronouns  (Pronomi  Relativi). 
The  Relative  Pronouns  are  che, 


Interrogative 


and  il  quale,  (not  to  be 
PronounN).      They   are 


mistaken    for    the 
declined  thus: 

(a)  1.  Che,  who,  which,  for  Persons  only. 

Masculine  and  Feminine. 
Singular.  Plural. 

Nom.  che,  who,  which.  I  Nom.  che,  who,  which. 

Gen.  di  cui,  u-hose.  \  Gen.  di  cui,  whose,  of  which. 

Dat.   a  ctii,  to  ivhom.  \  Dat.   a  cui,  to  which. 

Ace.    che,  cui,         whom,  which.       '  Ace.    che,  cui,  which, 
Ahl.    da  cui,          from  whorn,from  I 

which.  I    . 

2.  Che,  what,  for  Things  only,  is  declined   thus  for 
both  genders : 


singular. 


Plural. 


Nom.  che. 

what 

Nom  che, 

which. 

Gen.  diche. 

ofwhat,whereof. 

Gen.  diche. 

of  which. 

]Jat.   ache, 

to  irhat. 

Dat.  ache. 

to  which. 

Ace.    che. 

what. 

Ace.   che. 

which. 

Ahl    da  che. 

from  what. 

Ahl.    da  che. 

from  which. 

(h)  II  quale,  that,  who,  which,  is  used  for  Persons   and 
Things,  and  declined  thus: 


Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Nom 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

il  quale, 
del  qual 
al  quale, 
il  quale, 
dal  quale. 

la  quale, 
della  quale, 
alia  quale, 
la  quale, 
dalla  quale. 

Nom 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl 

i  quaU, 
de'  quaU, 
a'quaU, 
i  quaU, 
da'  quali, 

le  quali, 
deUe  quali, 
ille  quali, 
le  quali, 
daUe  quaU, 

Singular. 


that,  who,  which. 

of  that,  whose,  of  which. 

to  that,  to  whom,  to  which. 

that,  whom,  which. 

from  that, from  whom,  from  which. 


Plural. 

that,  who,  which, 
of  that,  whose,  of  which, 
to  that,  to  iL'hom,  to  which, 
that,  whom,  which, 
from    that,    from    whom,    from 
which. 

*  Che  Is  a  conjunction  when  relating  to  a  verb,  or  adverb;  and  is  a  pronoun  when 
referring  to  a  ruyun,  or  another  proiwun. 


90  RELATIVE   PRONOUNS. 

K&MARKS. 

1.  Che  is  more  generally  used  than  il  quale. 

2.  II  che  is  used,  when  relating  to  the  whole  of  some 
preceding  sentence :  as, 

Egli  feri  Carlo,  11  che  mi  obbligo  ad  arrestailo. 
He  wounded  Charles,  which  obliged  me  to  arrest  him. 

3.  The  English  forms  whose  father,  whose  friend,  are 
lendeied  by  il  padre  di  cui,  1' amico  di  ciii,  or  by  il  cui 
padre,  il  ctii  amico,  the  expression  il  di  ciii  being 
erroneous. 

4.  The  Relative  Pronoun  must  always  be  translated  in 
Italian,  even  when  omitted  in  English  •  as, 

L*  uorao  che  avete  veduto.  The  man  you  have  seen. 

La  lezidue,  che  vdi  avete  imparata.   The  lesson  you  have  learnt. 

Exercise  XXXVII. 

1.  L'  amico,  che  tu  hai  visto,  e  mio  cugino.  2.  La  sigiiora,  che 
era  con  tua  madre,  e  mia  zia.  3.  La  persona,  della  quale  parli  non  e 
onesta.  4.  II  servo,  di  cui  parli  e  un  onestissimo  uomo.  5.  La 
donna,  a  cui  hai  dato  la  lettera  e  la  cameriera  di  mio  zio.  6. 
L'  uomo,  che  hai  visto  nella  strada,  ha  comprato  il  mio  giardino. 
7.  Colore  che  amano  lo  studio,  imparano  le  loro  lezioni.  8.  Di  che 
parlavate  stamattina  con  mio  padre  ?  lo  parlava  della  morte  del 
nostro  comune  amico  B.  9.  Maria,  la  quale  hai  visto  ieri  sera  in 
casa  deir  architetto,  e  mia  sorella.  10.  Le  allieve,  le  quali  hanno 
imparate  le  loro  lezioni,  avranno  un  reoalo.  11.  Gli  uomini,  i  quali 
amano  la  virtu,  sono  felici.  12.  I  maestri,  da'  quali  siete  educati, 
meritano  il  vostro  rispetto. 

1.  The  Italian  language,  which  you  are  learning,  is  not  difficult.  2. 
The  boy  who"  was  with  me  this  morning  is  my  cousin  (masc).  3. 
The  pupil  (fern.)  who  has  learnt  her  lesson  will  have  a  present.  4. 
The  man,  whom  you  have  seen  in  my  house,  is  our  servant  (masc). 
5.  Those  who  love  virtue  are  always  happy.  6.  The  young  man 
with  whom  1  was  speaking  is  the  brother  of  Charles.  7.  The  boy, 
whose  father  was  in  your  house  this  morning,  is  a  good  boy.  8.  The 
master,  who  teaches  you  the  Knglisli  language,  deserves  your  re- 
spect. 9.  The  house  of  which  you  speak  is  very  old.  10.  The 
pupil  (masc.)  to  whom  1  have  given  my  pen  is  a  bad  boy.  11.  The 
lady,  whom  you  have  seen  with  my  mother,  is  her  sister.  12.  l)f 
what  were  you  speaking  with  my  brother  ?  1  was  speaking  with 
him  of  his  exercise. 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS.  91 

F.  Indefinite  Pronouns  {Fronomi  Indefiniti). 
The  Indefinite  Pronouns  are  : 

(Altri  (m.),  another. 

Altriii,  (iio  nom.),  other's. 
Nit?a^'}  ''^^'"''*^  ^"^^^^  ^°^  ^^  following  a  verb). 

Sing.  L'  un  1'  altro,  1'  tina  1'  altra,  \         „««/j,^^ 

Plur.  GU  tini  gli  altri,  le  une  le  altre,  /  ^^  anomer. 

Entrambi  (indecl ), 
Sing.  L'uno  e  1'  altro,  1'  una  e  1'  altra,  \  both. 

Plur.  Gli  uni  e  gli  altri,  le  tine  e  le  altre, 


Sing.  Ttitto,  tiitta,  \     « 
Plur.  Ttitti,  tiitte,  /  ^' 


Altro,  a,  something  else,    j  Qualctino,  qualctina, 

Alctino,  a,  i,  e,         somebody,  ajew.  \  Qualchedtino,  qualche- 
Ognuno,  a,  every  one. 

Alquanto  (indecl.),  some,  a  little. 
Chitinque,  ) 


Chicchessia,         I 
Chicchesivoglia,  I    ^i.^.^^^ 
Chi  Che  si  sia,      ^   '^^t^osoever. 

Qualsisia, 
Qualsivdglia, 


diina, 

CerS,  certuna,  }  'o^'^^dy. 
Parecchi,  e  (pi.  only),  many  a. 
Quale — quale,  some  .  .  .  some. 

Tanto  .  .  .  quanto,    as  much  . . .  as. 
Tanti  .  .  .  quanti,     as  many  .  .  .as. 


Remarks. 

1.  Altri  .  .  .  altri,  quale  .  .  .  quale,  chi  .  .  .  chi,  qu§sti  .  .  . 
.  .  .  qu^gli,  mean  the  one  .  .  .  the  other,  and  are  used  only  of 
per.-ons,  as,  'Altri  piange  altri  ride,  quale  piaiige  quale  lide, 
chi  i>iange  chi  ride,  questi  piange  quegli  ride,  the  one  cries, 
the  other  laughs. 

2.  Altrui  has  no  nominative,  is  used  only  of  persons,  is 
declined  without  the  article,  and  sometimes  even  without 
the  preposition :  as 

Reatituisci  cio  che  de'vi  altrui,     Give  back  what  you  owe  to  others. 
L'  altrui  means  the  property  of  other  people,  and  is  regu- 
larly declined. 

3.  Nulla  and  ni^nte  are  sometimes  used  as  substantives ; 
as, 

Mille  scudi  sono  un  nulla  per  lui, 

A  thousand  dollars  are  a  nothing  for  him. 

4.  Alcuno,  with  a  negali  m,  means  nobody ;  as, 

Non  vidi  alcuno,     I  saw  nobody. 
6.  Qualsisia  and  qualsivoglia  make  in  the  plural  qualsi- 
siano,  qualsivogliano. 
5 


92  PASSIVE    VERBS. 

Exercise  XXXVIII. 

1.  Non  desiderare  V  altrui,  dice  il  Signore  Dio.  2.  Ogni  uomo  h 
mortale,  ed  ogni  persona  ha  i  suoi  difetti.  [].  Nulla  fa  paura  al- 
r  uomo  valoroso.  4.  Egli  stima  un  niente  lo  spendere  mille  lire. 
5.  Que'  due  fratelli  si  amano  1'  un  1'  altro.  6.  L'  uno  e  1'  altro  erano 
nella  scuola  questa  mattina,  io  li  vidi  entrambi.  7.  Gli  uni  e  gli 
altri  erano  col  maestro  alia  passeggiata.  8.  Alcuno  mi  lodava, 
ed  alcuno  mi  biasimava.  9.  Caro  padre,  datemi  alquanto  danaro, 
perch^  ne  ho  bisogno.  10.  C'hiunque  impara  la  sua  lezione 
e  un  buono  scolare.  11.  Qualsisiano  le  vostre  ragioni  io  non  vi 
permetto  di  essere  ozioso.     12.  Tante  teste  quanti  cervelli  (proverb). 

1.  As  many  opinions  as  there  are  heads.  2.  Whosoever  studies 
shall  have  a  |)resent.  3.  Whosoever  learns  his  lessons  will  have 
a  book  for  nothing.  4.  Every  one  was  at  his  house  last  even- 
ing. 5.  We  were  all  at  his  dinner  at  his  new  house  in  town.  6. 
Some  one  will  be  happy  to  eat  this  dinner  with  me.  7.  The  one 
likes  wine,  the  other  beer.  8.  Every  one  thinks  of  his  family 
on  this  day.  9.  We  shall  all  be  with  you  at  dinner  to- 
morrow evening.  10.  1  have  spoken  with  nobody  at  the 'theatre, 
there  was  nobody.  11.  He  has  as  many  houses  as  gardens  in  this 
town.  12.  Both  (masc.)  have  learnt  their  lessons,  and  both  {masc.) 
will  have  a  present  next  Thursday. 


XX. — Passive  Vekbs  {Verbi  Passivi). 

The  Passive  of  all  Transitive  Verbs  is  formed  bv  adding 
the  Past  Participle  of  that  Verb  to  the  Auxiliary'  essere,  to 
be. 

Tiie  Past  Participle  of  all  Verbs  conjugated  with  the 
verb  Essere,  must  agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the 
subject  of  this  verb ;  as, 

Luio^i  h  state.  Louts  has  been. 

Maria  h  stata,  Mary  has  been. 

I  udstri  fratelli  sdno  stdti,  our  brothers  have  been. 

Le  nddtre  surelle  sduo  state,  our  fisters  have  been. 

Essere  amato. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Mddo  Indicativo). 
Present  Tense  {Timpo  Presinte). 

Singular.  I'lural. 

io  sdno  amato,  a,    I  am  loi^ed. 
tu  sa  amato,  a,      thou  mi  loved. 


egli  e  amato, )        he  is  loved. 
ella  e  amata,/        she  is  loved. 


n6i  si&tno  am&ti,  e,  xce  are  loved. 
v6\  siete  amati,  e,  you  are  hived. 
egilno  ;  6no  amati,  \  ,,  ,       , 

eUenosdnoamate;?  ^^ey  are  loved. 


PASSIVE    VERBS. 


93 


io  era  amato,  a, 
tu  eri  amato,  a, 

egli  era  amato, 
ella  era  amata, 


Imperfect  Tense  (Imperf^tto). 
Siijgular.  Rural. 

/  was  loved.  ndi  eravamo  ama-  we  were  loved, 

thou    wast  ti,  e, 

loved.  v6i  eravate  ama-   you  were  loved, 

he  teas  loved.        I      ti,  e, 

she  was  loved.        eglino  erano  amati,  i   they    were 
I  elleno  erano  amate,  (       loved. 


io  fui  amato,  a, 
tn  fosti  amato,  a, 

egli  fa  amato,  I 
ella  fa  amata, ) 


Past  BEmKvrK  (Pai^sdto  JJefinito). 

I  was  loved.  ndi  fiimmo  ama-  we  were  loved, 

thou    wast  li,  6, 

loved.  1  vdi  fcste  amati,  e.  you  were  loved, 

he  was  loved.  eglino  fiirono  amati,  \   they    were 

she  was  loved.  |  elleno  furono  amate,  /      loved. 


Future  Tense  (Futiiro). 


he 


he 


io  saro  amato,  a,    1    shall 
loved. 

ta  sarai  amato,  a,  thou   wilt 
loved. 

egli  sara  amato,)  he  will  he  loved. 

eUa  sara  amata,/  she  wdl  he  loved. 


he 


ndi  saremo  ama-  we    shall 
ti,  e,  loved. 

v6i  sarete  amati,  e,  you  will  hp  loved. 

eglino     saranno  ]  they    icill    he 
amati,  I      loved. 

elleno     saranno  [  they    will    he 
amate,  I      loved. 


Past  Indefinite  Tense  (Passato  Indefinito). 


Masculine. 
io  s6no  stato  amato, 
ta  s'ti  stato  amato, 
egli  e  stato  amato, 
noi  siamo  stati  amati, 
vdi  siete  stati  amati, 
eglino  s6no  stati  amati, 


Heminine. 
io  s6no  stata  amata, 
tu  sei  stata  amata, 
ella  e  stata  amata, 
noi  siamo  state  amate, 
vdi  sicte  state  amate, 
elleno  sdno  state  amate. 


I  have  heen  loved, 
thou  hast  heen  loved, 
he,  she,  has  heen  loved, 
we  have  l>een  loved, 
you  have  heen  loved, 
they  have  heen  loved. 


Pluperfect  Tense  {Fiu  che  Perfetto). 

io  era  stato  amito,  io  era  stata  amata,  I  had  heen  loved. 

ta  eri  stato  amato,  ta  eri  stata  amata,  thou  hadst  heen  loved. 

egli  era  stato  amato,       ella  era  stata  amata,        he,  she  had  heen  loved. 
ndi  eravamo  stati  amati,  ndi  eravamo  state  amate,  we  had  heen  loved. 
vdi  eravate  stati  amati,  vdi  eravate  state  amat°,    you  had  heen  loved. 
eglino  erano  stati  amati,  elleno  erano  state  amate,  they  had  heen  loved- 

Past  Anterior  (Passdto  Rimdto). 


io  fui  stato  amato,  io  fui  stata  amata, 

ta  fdsti  stato  amato,  tu  fdsti  stata  amata, 

egli  fu  stato  amato,  ella  fu  stata  amata, 

ndi  ftiramo  stati  amati,  ndi  fummo  state  amate, 

vdi  fdste  stati  amati,  vdi  fdste  state  amate, 

eglino     ftirono     stati  elleno    furono    state 
am&ti,  amate, 


I  had  heen  loved, 
thou  hat  1st  heen  laved, 
he,  she  had  heen  loved 
we  had  heen  loved, 
you  had  heen  loved, 
they  had  heen  loved. 


94 


PASSIVE    VERBS. 


Masculine. 
io  sard  stat^  amato, 
tu  sarai  stato  amato 


Future  Anterior  (FuMto  Anteri&re). 

Feminine. 
io  saro  stata  amata, 


egli  sara  stato  amato, 
ndi  saremo  stati  amati, 

v6i  sarete  stati  amati, 
eglino  saranno  stati 
amati. 


ta  sarai  stata  amata, 

ella  sara  stata  amata, 
ndi  saremo  state  amate 

vdi  sarete  state  amate, 
elleno     saranno 
amate, 


[shall  have  been  loved 
thou    milt   have  f)€en 

loved.  [loved, 

he,  she,  icill  have  been 
we     shall    have    been 

loved.  [loved. 

you    loill     have    been 

state  tlif^y    will    have    been 

loved. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD  (Imperative). 


tH  am&to, 

oh'  tgli  sia  amato, 

ohe  n6i  siamo  amati, 

siate  voi  amati, 

oh'  egUno  siano  amati, 


sii  amata, 

ch'  ella  sia  amata. 

che  noi  siamo  amate, 

siate  vdi  amate, 

ch'  elleno  siano  amate, 


be  (thou)  loved. 

let  him,  her,  be  loved. 

let  us  be  loved. 

be  (ye)  loved. 

let  them  be  loved. 


io  sarei  amato, 
tu  saresti  amato, 
eg  i  sarebbe  amato, 
ndi  saremmo  amati, 
vdi  sarcste  amati. 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (C&ndiziondU). 
Present  Tense  (Pres^nfe). 

io  sarei  amata,  I  should  be  loved. 


tu  saresti  amata, 
ella  sarebbe  amata, 
ndi  saremmo  amate, 
vdi  sareste  amate. 


thou  wouldst  be  loved. 
he,  she,  would  be  loved 
we  should  he  loved, 
you  wi'uld  he  loved. 


eglino  sarebbero  amati,    elleno  sarebbero  amate,  they  would  be  loved. 
Past  Tense  (Passdto,. 
First  Form. 

io  sarei  stato  amato,         io  sarei  stata  amata,       I  should  have   been 

loved. 
tu  saresti  stato  amato,     tu  saresti  stata  amata,   thou    vouldst    have 

been  loved. 
egli  sarebbe  stato  amato,  ella  sarebbe  stata  amata, /i^,  she,  would  have 

been  hved. 
ndi  saremmo  stS,ti  amati,  ndisaremmostate  amate,  ire  should  have  been 

lived. 
vdi  sareste  state  am&te,  you  would  have  been 

loved. 
elleno    sarebbero   state  they  would  have  been 


vdi  sareste  stati  amati. 


eglino  sarebbero  stati 
amati, 


io  fdssi  st^to  am^to, 
tu  fdssi  stato  amato, 
egli  fdsse  st&to  am&to, 


amate, 
Second  Form. 
io  fdssi  stdta  am&ta, 

tu  fdssi  stata  am&ta, 


loved. 


I   should    have    been 

loved, 
thou  wouldst  have  been 
loved. 
egli  fdsse  stata  am&ta,    he,  she.    would   have 
been  loved. 


PASSIVE   VERBS.  05 


Second  Form. 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

n6i  fdssimo  stati  amati,    ndi  fdssimo  state  amate,  we  should  have  been 

loved. 
vdi  fdste  stati  amati,        vdi  fdste  state  amate,      you  would  have  been 

loved. 
eglino  fdssero  stati         elleno     fdssero      state  thfy  would  have  been 
amati,  amate,  loved. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Soggiuntivo). 
Present  Tense  (Pres^nte). 

ch'  io  sia  amato,  ch'  io  sia  amata,  that  I  may  be  loved. 

che  tu  sia  amato,  che  tu  sia  amata,  that    thou    mayst    be 

loved. 
oh'  egli  sia  amato,  ch'  ella  sia  amata,  that    he,  she  may  be 

loved. 
che  ndi  siamo  amati,        che  ndi  siamo  amate,       that  we  may  be  loved. 
che  vdi  siate  amati,  che  vdi  siate  amate,         that  yoti  may  be  loved. 

ch'  eglino  siano  amati,     ch'  elleno  siano  amate,     that     they    may     he 

loved. 

Imperfect  Tense  (Imperfd'tto). 

ch'  io  fdssi  amato,  ch'  io  fdssi  amata,  that      I     might     he 

loved. 
che  tu  fdssi  amato,  che  tu  fdssi  amata,  that  thou  mightst  be 

loved.  , 

ch'egli  fdsse  amato,  ch'ella  fdsse  amata,         ihat  he,  she,  might  be 

loved. 
che  ndi  fdssimo  amati,      che  ndi  fdssimo  amate,  that     we     might    he 

loved. 
che  vdi  fdste  amati,  che  vdi  fdste  amate,         that    you    might    be 

loved. 
oh'  eglino  fdssero  amati,  ch'  elleno  fdssero  amate,  that    they   might    he 

loved. 

Past  Tense  (Passdto). 

oh'  io  sia  stato  amato,       ch'  io  sia  stata  amata,     that  I  may  have  been 

loved. 
ohe  ta  sia  stato  amato,     che  tu  sia  stata  amata,    that  thou  mayst  have 

been  loved. 
oh'  egli  sia  stato  amato,    ch'  ella  sia  stata  amata,  that  he,  she.  may  have 

been  loved. 
che     ndi     siamo    stati  che    ndi     siamo    state  that  we  may  have  been 

amati,  amate,  loved. 

che  vdi  siate  stati  amati,  ohe  vdi  siate  state  amate,  thai    you    may    have 

been  loved. 
oh'  eglino    siano    stati    ch'  elleno     siano    state  that    they   may  have 
amati,  amate  been  loved. 


96  PASSIVE    VERBS. 

Pluperpect  Tensk  (Piu  che  Perfiito). 

Masculine.  Feminine. 

oh'  io  f6ssi  stato  amato,    ch'  io  fdssi  stata  amata,  that  I  might  have  been 

loved. 
che  tti  fdssi  stato  amato,  che  tu  fdssi  stata  amata,  that  thou  mightst  luive 

been  loved. 
eh'  egli  fosse  stato  amato,  oh'  ella  fosse  stata  amata,  that    he,    she,     might 

have  been  loved. 
che    n6i   fdssimo    stati    che   n6i  fdssimo   state  that    we    might   have 

amati,  amate,  been  loved. 

che  vdi  fdste  stati  amati,    che  vol  fdste  state  amate,  fTia^  you   inight  have 

been  loved. 
ch'  eglino  fdssero  stati    ch'  elleno  fdssero  state  that  they  might  have 
amati,  amate,  been  loved. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD  {Infinito). 
Present  Tense  (Presente). 

S.  essere  am&to,  S.  essere  amata,  to  be  loved- 

P.  essere  amati,  P.  essere  amate,  to  be  loved. 

Past  Tense  (Passdto). 

S.  essere  stato  amato,        S.  essere  stata  amata,     to  have  been  loved. 
P.  essere  stati  amati,        P.  essere  state  amate,     to  have  been  loved, 

GERUND  {Gerundio). 
Present  Tense  <  Presente). 

S.  essendo  amato,  S.  essendo  amata,  being  loved. 

*  I',  essendo  amati,  P.  essendo  amate,  heiri^  loved. 

Past  Tense  {Passdto). 
S.  essendo  stato  am&to,      S.  essendo  stata  amata,  having  been  loved. 
P.  essendo  stati  amati,      P.  essendo  state  amate,  having  been  loved. 

PARTICIPLES  (Participi). 
Past  Tense  (Passato). 

8.  stato  amato,  stata  amata,  been  loved. 

P.  stati  amati,  state  amate,  been  loved. 

Eemarks. 

1.  Present  Participles  (^Participi)  are  not  u»ed  in  the 
passive  form. 

2.  The  Passive  voice  of  the  tbir<i  ])erson  only  can  also  be 
expres^ed  in  Italian  with  the  Active  Form  accompanied  by 
the  pronoun  si ;  as, 

Come  e  pronnaoiata  Muesta  pardla?  |  ^       .^  ^,^^    ^  pronounced  f 
Come  si  pronfincia  questa  purola?      I  '^ 


PASSIVE   VERBS.  97 

The  Verb  is  thus  made  reflective  with  the  acetisative  si. 
Si  correfepunds  also  to  the  English  people,  they,  etc. ;  as, 

Si  (lice  che  il  re  e  morto.     It  is  said  that  the  king  is  dead. 
Si  mangia  qui  ?     JJo  people  eat  here  i  {Is  it  an  eating-house  ?) 

All  compound  tenses,  when  with  si,  must  be  formed 
with  the  verb  essere ;  as,  si  e  detto,  it  has  (is)  been  said. 

Exercise  XXX IX. 
A. 

1.  Lo  scolare  e  stato  lodato  dal  suo  maestro  e  la  scolara  e  stata 
biasimata.  2.  11  ladro  fu  arrestato  nella  strada.  3.  Eglino  eraiio 
arrivati  a  Londra  alio  stesso  albergo,  Del  quale  io  era  stato.  4.  Gli 
scolari  saranno  biasimati  se  non  imparaiio  le  loro  lezioni.  o.  Le 
allieve  furono  lodate  dal  loro  maestro  perche  impararono  tutte  le  loro 
lezioni.  6.  Ella  sarebbe  ancora  ammalata,  se  non  avesse  seguito 
gli  ordini  del  medico.  7.  Tutto  il  vino  e  stato  bevuto,  non  ne  e 
stato  lasciato  nulla.  H.  Egli  fu  liberato  dalla  prigione  perche  fu 
trovato  innocente  di  tale  delitto.  ^.  Koi  saremmo  rovinati  se 
queste  cambiali  non  fossero  pagate.  10.  Da  chi  fu  comprata  quella 
casa  ?  Quella  casa  e  quel  giardino  furono  comprati  dal  signor  B. 
11.  Quanti  soldati  furono  feriti  in  quella  battaglia?  Ne  furono 
feriti  due  mila  e  trecento.  12.  l)a  quanti  amici  fu  vostro  padre 
visitato  ieri  sera '?     Egli  fu  visitato  da  undici  amici. 

1.  By  whom  have  you  been  praised  ?  1  have  been  praised  by  my 
master.  2  Who  blamed  your  brother  ?  My  brother  was  blamed 
by  our  master.  3.  1  -y  whom  have  you  been  visited  yesterday '?  1 
have  been  visited  by  my  aunts.  4.  Have  you  been  ill?  Yes,  sir; 
1  have  been  ill  ten  days.  5.  By  whom  has  he  been  forgiven  ?  By 
the  king.  6.  Who  has  asked  for  these  newspapers?  Those  news- 
papers have  been  asked  for  by  your  uncle.  7.  This  book  has  been 
brought  by  your  cousin  Mary.  8.  Has  the  fire  been  lighted  again? 
Yes,  sir,  the  tire  has  been  lighted  again  by  the  servant  (fern.)  at  seven 
o'clock  this  morning.  9.  By  whom  has  this  letter  been  brought? 
That  letter  has  been  brought  by  the  servant  (masc.)  of  the  doctor. 
10.  Who  has  bought  that  picture?  That  picture  has  been  bought 
by  Mr.  B.  11.  Who  loves  you?  I  am  loved  by  my  father  and 
by  my  mother.  12.  From  whom  have  you  received  that  present? 
That  present  has  been  received  from  mj  mother. 

B. 

1.  Non  fu  Ella  visitata  dal  signor  zio  questa  mattina?  No, 
signore,  io  fui  visitato  da  mio  zio  ieri  sera.  2.  Non  furono  le  sue 
sorelle  biasimate  dal  luro  maestro?  Si,  sigmTe,'  elleno  furono 
biasimate  perche  non  avevano  imparato  le  lezioni.  3.  Da  chi 
Le  fu  mandato  questo  cappello  ?  Questo  cappello  mi  fu  mandate 
dal  cappellaio.  4.  1  )a  chi  fu  cantata  quella  nuova  canzone  ?  Essa 
fu.  cantata  da  mia  cugina.     5.  La  nuova  canzone  non  fu  cantata  da 


98 


NEUTER   VERBS. 


me,  ma  da  mio  fratello.  6.  Noi  non  siamo  stati  invitati  al  ballo 
della  signora  contessa.  7.  Fu  Ella  invitata  a  pranzo  dal  signer 
conte  ?  iSissignore,  io  fui  invitato  dal  conte  chie  volte.  8.  Furono 
le  sue  cugine  invitate  a  ballare  V  Elleno  furono  invitate  a  ballare 
cinque,  o  sei  volte.  9.  £  stata  ammalata  sua  madre?  Nossignore, 
mia  madre  non  6  stata  ammalata.  10.  baremo  noi  puniti  V  Voi 
sarete  puniti  so  non  avrete  imparato  le  vostre  lezioni.  11.  A  cheora 
c  Ella  arrivata  a  Parigi?  Jo  sono  arrivato  a  Parigi  ieri  sera  aile 
otto.  12.  Da  chi  fu  lasciato  questo  bigliettoV  Codesto  biglietto 
fu  lasciato  per  Lei  dal  servo  del  conte. 

1.  By  whom  has  this  Tjottle  of  wine  been  drunk  ?  It  has  been 
drunk  by  Mr.  Charles.  2.  Has  the  thief  been  arrested  ?  Yes,  sir, 
he  has  been  arrested.  3.  Did  you  arrive  this  morning  ?  No,  sir,  I 
have  arrived  yesterday  evoiiing.  4.  Who  has  found  my  stick? 
Your  stick  has  been  found  by  your  servant  (masc).  5.  Who  has 
sung  the  new  song  ?  The  new  song  has  been  sung  by  me.  6.  Have 
you  been  invited  to  dinner?  Yes,  sir,  1  have  been  invited  by  the 
countess.  7.  Who  has  brought  this  box?  That  box  has  been 
brought  for  you  by  the  hatter.  8.  Has  the  fire  been  lighted  again  ? 
The  inrehas  not  been  lighted  again.  9.  I  should  have  been  praised, 
if  1  had  learnt  my  lessons.  10.  He  would  have  learnt  his  lesson, 
if  he  AacZ  not  been  lazy.  11.  Charles  will  be  punished  this  mornmg 
for  his  laziness.   12.  Mr.  William  is  not  yet  returned  from  England. 


XXI. — Neuter  Verbs  (Verhi  Neutri). 

The  Neuter  Verbs  are  those  which  denote  either  a  state 
of  rest ;  as,  dormire,  to  sleep ;  or  an  intransitive  action,  an 
action  not  passing  Io  an  object:  as,  cad6re,  to  fall.  Some 
are  conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  ^ssere,  and  some  with 
the  auxiliary  av§re. 

1.  Some  Neuter  Verbs  used  with  the  auxiliary  av6re  :  a«, 

to  reside. 

io  bring  down. 

to  sleep. 

to  shun. 

to   freeze    'of   th« 

tceather). 
to  shout, 
to  add  together, 
to  rejoice, 
to  cure, 
to  turn  pale, 
to  meet, 
to  grow  dd. 
to  eat. 


aderire, 

to  adhere. 

dimorare, 

aspirdre, 

to  strive. 

tdisce'ndere. 

assistere, 

to  assist. 

dormire. 

ballare, 

to  dance. 

tfuggiie. 

camrainare, 

to  w(dk. 

tgelare, 

cedere. 

to  yield. 

ceuure, 

to  sup. 

gridare. 

cessare, 

to  cease. 

tgiu','nero, 

contravvenire, 

to  contravene. 

gode'rc. 

tci  in  venire, 

to  he  agreeable 

tguarire. 

■fcrescere, 

to  increase. 

impallidire. 

danzire, 

io  dance. 

incontrjire, 

de^enerAre, 

to  degenerate. 

inveecliiure, 

desiudre, 

to  dine. 

manglaru, 

NEUTER   VERBS, 


99 


marciare, 

to  march. 

tsah're, 

to    get  up  (some- 

mentire, 

to  lie. 

thing). 

tmonre, 

to  kill 

sbadigliare, 

to  yawn. 

naufragare, 

to  shipwreck. 

tscendere, 

to  get  down  {some- 

nidiHcare, 

to  build  a  nest. 

thing). 

nuotdre, 

to  swim. 

fscdrrere, 

to  peruse. 

t  passare, 

to  pass. 

seguire, 

to  follow. 

passetr^iare, 

to  take  a  walk. 

sognare, 

to  dream. 

tpartire, 

to  divide. 

sonnacchiare, 
soTineggiart;,   ' 

to  slumber. 

peccare, 

to  sin. 

t  piacere, 

to  please. 

sorrid.  re, 

to  smile. 

piangere, 

to  cry. 

spiacere, 

to  displease. 

pranzare, 

to  dine. 

sternutare, 

to  sneeze. 

regiiare, 

to  reign. 

fsuonare. 

to  play  '  an  instru- 

ridire, 

to  tay  again. 

ment). 

ridere, 

to  laugh. 

tace're, 

to  be  silent. 

trisanare, 

to  cure. 

tardare, 

to  tarry. 

tritornare, 

to    return     (some- 

vegliare, 

to  watch. 

riposare, 

to  rest.         [thing). 

viaggiare, 

to  travel. 

2.  Some  Neuter  Verbs  used  with  the  -^ 
as. 

luxiliary  6ssere : 

acoorrere, 

to  rw.i  to. 

perire, 

to  perish. 

andare, 

to  go. 

pervenire. 

to  arrive. 

approdare, 

to  go  ashore. 

t  piacere. 

to  be  pleased. 

arrivare, 

to  arrive. 

procedere, 

to  proceed. 

av  venire, 

to  happen. 

prorompere, 

to  burst  forth. 

cadere, 

to  fall. 

rimanere, 

to  remain. 

companre. 

to  appear. 

trisanare, 

to  become  healihy 

tconvenire, 

to  agree. 

again. 

correre. 

to  run. 

tritornare. 

to  return. 

tcrescere, 

to  grow. 

riuscire. 

to  succeed. 

tdiscendere, 

to  go  down. 

rivenire. 

to  come  back. 

divenirc, 

to  become. 

tsalire, 

to  go  up. 

entrare, 

to  enter. 

saltare. 

to  jump. 

tfuggire, 

to  run  away. 

scadere. 

to  expire  {of  a  hilT). 

tgelare, 

to  freeze. 

seappare. 

to  run  away. 

giacere, 

to  lie  down. 

tscendere, 

to  go  down. 

tgiugnere, 

to  arrive. 

scoppiare, 

to  burst. 

tguarire, 

to  heal. 

tscdrrere, 

to  elapse. 

intervenire, 

to  intervene. 

soggiocere. 

to  be  subdued. 

ire, 

to  go. 

spiacere. 

to  be  displeased. 

marcire, 

to  rot. 

spirare. 

io  die. 

tmorire 

to  die. 

tsuonare, 

to  strike  (of  docks 

nascere, 

to  he  born. 

and  bells). 

)ar^re, 

to  seem. 

uscire, 

to  go  out. 

•  -passare, 

to  pass. 

venire. 

to  come. 

tpartire. 

to  start. 

vivere. 

to  live. 

Eemarks. 
1.  Several  of  the  aoove  Verbs  are  conjugated  with  both 
auxiliaiies,  changing  their  signification  with  the  change  o^ 
the  auxiliary  verb.     They  are  marked  thus  "f. 
5* 


100  NEUTER   VERBS. 

2.  If  any  Neuter  Verb  can  have  a  Passive  Voice,  it  takes 
tlie  Auxiliary  mere,  as ;  lo  iui  asfcisiito  da  te,  I  was  helped 
by  thee. 

Exercise  XL. 

A. 

1.  Noi  abbiamo  assist! to  alia  rappresentazione  della  nuova  com- 
inedia  del  signer  li.  2.  Le  nostre  sorelle  hanno  ballato  tutta  la 
notte  al  palazzo  del  conte.  3.  Egli  ha  camminato  dieci  miglia  in 
due  ore.  4.  A  vete  voi  cenato  ?  Noi  non  abbiamo  ancora  cenato, 
ma  ceneremo  alle  undici.  3.  Ha  Ella  danzato  ?  Sissignore,  io  ho 
danzato  due  volte  con  mia  cugina.  6.  Egli  ha  degenerato  dai  suoi 
antenati.  7.  Ha  egli  diraorato  in  questa  strada?  JS'ossignore,  egli 
ha  dimorato  nella  strada  vicina.  8.  Ha  il  servo  disceso  le  mie 
scatole  ?  Egli  non  le  ha  ancora  discese.  9.  Perche  ha  Ella  fuggito 
la  sua  compagnia?  Perche  essa  era  disonorevole.  10.  II  tempo  e 
stato  cattivissimo  la  notte  scorsa.  Ha  gelato.  11.  Chi  ha  gridato  ? 
11  ragazzo  ha  gridato,  perche  ha  avuto  paura.  12.  1  soldati  hanno 
marciato  venticinque  miglia  in  un  giomo. 

1.  Have  you  assisted  at  the  representation  of  the  new  comedy  ? 
Yes,  Sir.  2.  Have  you  walked  seven  miles?  No,  sir,  I  have 
walked  six  miles,  3.  Have  you  danced  with  my  cousin  (fern.)? 
Yes,  sir,  I  have  danced  with  her  three  times.  4.  Have  you  danced  ? 
I  have  not  yet  danced.  5.  Where  did  you  live  last  year  ?  Last 
year  I  lived  in  I'aris.  6,  Has  the  servant  (m  isc.)  brought  down 
my  hat  ?  He  has  not  brought  down  your  hat,  but  he  has  brought 
down  your  stick.  7.  Has  it  frozen  last  night  ?  Yes,  sir,  last 
night  it  has  frozen.  8.  The  friend  of  Charles  has  walked  twenty 
miles  in  four  hours.  9.  My  little  brother  has  shouted,  because  he 
was  afraid.  10.  We  have  all  danced  last  night  at  the  house  of  your 
cousin  (fern.).  11.  What  have  you  brought  down?  1  have 
brought  down  all  your  books  and  newspapers.  12.  Shall  you 
dance  this  evening  ?     No,  sir,  I  shall  not  dance  this  evening. 

B. 

1.  Io  sono  accorso  a  Iui,  quando  egli  gridava.  2.  To  sono  andato 
con  tuo  fratello  alia  posta  a  cercare  le  nostre  lettere.  3.  I  marinari 
sono  approdati  alia  costa  italiana,  perche  il  tempo  era  cattivo. 
4.  Noi  siamo  arrivati  alle  cinque  e  siamo  partiti  alle  nove  da 
Parigi.  5.  II  tuo  amico  e  caduto  jxjr  le  scale.  6.  Noi  siamo  discesi 
per  incontrarti.  7.  Egli  e  entrato  nella  nostra  camera  questa  mat- 
tina  per  portarci  la  colazione.  8.  Perche  siete  voi  fuggito  ?  Perche 
aveva  paura  di  essere  bastonato.  9.  Siete  voi  guarito,  amico  mio? 
Io  sono  guarito  da  due  giorni.  10.  Chi  e  ammalato?  11  medico  d 
arnmalato.  1 1.  ( "hi  6  passato  per  la  strada  ?  I  soldati  sono  passati  per 
la  strada.     12.  Che  ora  e  siionata?     £  suonata  la  mezzanotte. 

1.  1  have  gone  with  your  father  to  the  promenade.  2.  Who  has 
come  ashore  V    The  sailors  have  come  ashore.    3.  They  (masc.)  have 


REFLECTIVE    VERBS.  101 

come  down  to  have  their  lessons.  4.  I  have  arrived  at  seven  o'clock 
with  all  your  friends.  5.  Have  you  not  yet  recovered  from  your  ill- 
ness? 1  recovered  from  my  illness  yesterday.  6.  Why  have  they 
(masc.)  run  away?  They  {masc.}  have  run  away  because  they 
were  afraid  of  your  dog.  7.  is  he  ill?  No,  sir,  he  is  not  ill. 
H.  Were  you  passing  in  this  street  at  ten  o'clock  this  morning? 
No,  sir;  1  have  passed  through  this  street  at  eleven  o'clock.  9. 
Have  my  sisters  run  to  her?  Yes,  sir,  and  they  (fern.)  found  hei 
ill.  10.  We  shall  not  depart  this  evening,  but  to-morrow  morning. 
11.  Who  has  entered  your  room?  My  friend  Charles  has  entered 
my  room  with  his  dog.  12.  Has  she  fallen  ?  Yes,  sir,  she  has 
fallen  od  the  staircase. 


XXII. — Keflective  Verbs  ( VerU  Fronomindli). 

All  Reflective  Verbs  are  conjugated  with  a  second  Pro- 
noun (besides  the  subject),  which  is  put  in  the  accusative, 
and  sometimes  in  the  dative;  the  action  of  the  subject 
being  reflected  or  returning:;  upon  itiself    as, 

lo  mi  sdno  ingnnnato,     I  have  been  mistaken. 

Elleno  si  scrivono,  they  {Jem.)  write  to  each  other. 

Many  EngHsh  Neuter  Verbs  are  rendered  in  Italian  with 
a  Reflective  Verb  :  thus, 

io  mi  rallegro,     I  rejoice  (myself). 

When  the  Keflective  Pronoun  is  in  the  accusative  the 
Compound  Tenses  of  the  li'eflective  Verbs  are  conjugated 
with  the  auxiliary  §ssere,  and  the  Past  Participle  agrees 
with  the  r.ibject ;  as, 

tu  ti  sei  aramalato,     thou  hast  fallen  ill. 

When  the  lieflective  Pionoun  is  in  the  Dative,  the  Ke- 
flective Verbs  take  either  av^re,  or  6ssere,  and  the  Past 
Particifde  remains  unchanged  ;  as, 
Elleno  si  hanno  inviato  de'  regali,      They  (J.)  sent  presents  to  each  other. 


Conjugation  of  the  Keflective  Verb  Levdrsi  (to  rise). 
INDICATIVE  MOOD  (Indicativo). 
Present  Tense  (Vresente). 
Io  mi  levo,  /  rise  (myself). 

tu  ti  Uvi,  thou  risest  (thyself). 

egli  si  Ifcva,  he  rises  (himself). 

ndi  ci  leviamo,  we  rise  (ourselves). 

v6i  vi  levate,  you  rise  (youraelres). 

eglino  si  levand,  they  rise  (themselves). 


102 


REFLECTIVE   VERBS. 


Imperfect  (Imperfetto). 


io  mi  lev&va, 
tn  ti  levavi, 
egli  si  levava, 
n6i  ci  levavamo, 
v6i  vi  levavate, 
eglino  si  levavano, 


/  rose  (myself). 

thou  didst  rise  (thyafifpy, 

he  rose  {himself). 

we  rose  (jmrselves). 

you  rose  {yourselves). 

they  rose  {themselves). 


Past  Definite  {Passdto  Definito). 


io  mi  levai, 
tn  ti  levasti, 
egli  si  levo, 
ndi  ci  levammo, 
v6i  vilevaste, 
eglino  si  levarono, 


I  rose  (myself), 
thou  didst  rise  ( thysel/). 
he  rose  {himself), 
we  rose  ( ourselves), 
you  rose  (yourselves), 
they  rose  (themselves). 


io  mi  levero, 
tn  ti  leverai, 
egli  si  levera, 
ndi  ci  leveremo, 
v6i  vi  leverete, 
eglino  si  leveranno, 


Future  (Futuro). 


I  shall  rise  (myself), 
thou  wilt  rixe  ( thyself), 
he  will  rise  (himself), 
ice  shall  rise  {ourselve.s). 
you  will  rise  ^y ourselves j. 
they  will  rise  {themselves). 


Past  Indefinite  (Passdto  Indejinito). 


io  mi  s6no  levato,  a, 
tn  ti  sei  levato,  a, 
egli  si  e  levato,  a, 
noi  ci  siamo  levati,  e, 
v6i  vi  siete  levati,  e, 
eglino  si  s6no  levati,  e. 


I  have  risen  (myself), 
thou  hast  risen  'thyself), 
he  has  risen  (himself), 
we  have  risen  (ourselves), 
you  have  risen  (yourselves) 
they  have  risen  (ihemsdveJ', 


Pluperfect  (Piu  che  Perfetto\ 


io  mi  era  levato,  a, 
tn  ti  eri  levato,  a, 
egli  si  era  levato,  a, 
n6i  oi  eravamo  levati,  e, 
v6i  vi  eravate  levati,  e, 
eglino  si  erano  levati,  e. 


I  had  risen  (myself), 
thou  hadst  risen  (thyself), 
he  had  risen  (himself), 
ice  had  risen  (ourselves), 
you  hiid  risen  (yourselves), 
they  had  risen  (themselves). 


Past  Anterior  (Passdto  RimSto). 


Io  mi  ffii  levato,  a, 
tn  ti  fdsti  levato,  a, 
6gli  si  fu  levato,  a, 
n6i  ci  fnmmo  levati,  e, 
v6i  vi  fdste  levati,  e, 
Eglino  si  ftirono  levati,  e, 


J  had  risen  (myself), 
thou  hadst  risen  (thyself), 
he  had  risen  (himself), 
we  had  rixen  (ourseives). 
you  had  risen  (yourselves), 
they  had  risen  (themselves). 


REFLECTIVE   VERBS.  103 

Future  Anterior  (Futuro  Anteridre). 

io  mi  saro  levato,  a,  I  shall  have  risen  (myself). 

tu  ti  sarai  levato,  a,  thou  wdt  have  nsen  (thyself). 

egli  si  sara  levato,  a,  he  will  have  riaen  {himself). 

ndi  ci  saremo  levati,  e,  we  shall  have  risen  (ourselves). 

vdi  vi  sarete  levati,  e,  you  will  have  risen  (yourselves'), 

eglino  si  saranno  levati,  e,  they  will  have  risen  {themselves). 

IMPERATIVP:  mood  (Imperativo). 

levati,  rise  (thou^  (thyself). 

ch'  egli  si  levi,  let  (him)  rise  (himself). 

leviamoci,  let  (us)  rise  '  our'^elves). 

levatevi,  rise  (ye)  (y"urseJves\ 

oh'  eglino  si  levino,  let  (tkem)  rise  (themselvesy. 

CONDITIONAL  MOOD  (Condiziondle). 

Present  Tense  {Pres^nte). 

io  mi  leverei,  I  shouH  rise  (myself). 

tu  ti  levnresti,  thou  woul  ist  rise  (thyself). 

egli  si  leverebbe,  he  would  rise  (himself). 

ndi  ci  leveremmo,  we  should  rise  (ourselves). 

v6i  vi  levereste,  you  would  rise  (yourselves). 

eglino  si  leverebbero,  they  would  rise  (themselves). 

Past  Tense  (Passdto). 

First  Form. 

io  mi  sarei  levato,  a,  1  should  have  risen  ^myself). 

tu  ti  saresti  levato,  a,  thou  wouldst  have  risen  (thyself). 

egli  si  sartbbe  levato,  a,  he  wotdd  have  risen  <  himself). 

noi  ci  saremmo  levati,  e,  we  should  have  risen  oursAves). 

voi  vi  sareste  levati,  e,  you  would  have  risen  ( yourselnes). 

eglino  si  sarebbero  levati,  e,  they  would  have  risen  (themselves) 

Second  Form. 

io  mi  fdssi  levato,  a,  I  should  have  risen  (myself). 

tu  ti  fdssi  levato,  a,  thou  wouldst  hare  risen  (thyself). 

egli  si  fdsse  levato,  a,  he  would  have  risen  (himself). 

ndi  ci  fdssimo  levati,  e,  we  should  have  ris^n  (ourselves). 

vdi  vi  fdste  levati,  e,  you  would,  have  risen  (yourselves). 

eglino  si  fdssero  levati,  e,  they  would  have  risen  (themselves). 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  (Soggiuntivo). 

Present  Tense  (Presente). 

ch'  io  mi  levi,  that  I  may  rise  (myself). 

che  tu  ti  levi,  that  thou  mayst  rise  {thyself). 

ch'  egli  si  levi,  that  he  may  rise   himself). 

che  ndi  ci  leviamo,  that  we  may  rise  ( ourselves). 

che  vdi  vi  leviate,  that  you  may  rise  (yourselves). 

oh'  eglino  si  levino,  that  they  may  rise  (themselves). 


104 


REFLECTIVE  VERBS. 


oh'  io  mi  levassi, 
ohe  tu  ti  levassi, 
oh'  tgli  si  levaBse, 
ohe  ndi  ci  levassimo, 
che  vdi  vi  levaste, 


Impebfect  (ImperfStto). 

that  I  might  rise  (mynelf). 
that  thou  mightst  rine  {thyself;, 
that  he  might  rise  (himself), 
that  we  might  ri>^e  (ourselvt^s). 
that  you  might  risf  (ijourselves). 


ch'  eglino  si  levassero, 


that  ttiey  might  rise  (themselves). 


Past  Tense  (Passato 


oh'  io  mi  sia  levato,  a, 
ohe  tu  ti  sia  levato,  a, 
ch'  egli  si  sia.  levato,  a, 
che  n6i  ol  siamo  levati,  e, 
che  v6i  vi  slate  levati,  e, 
ch'  eglino  si  siano  levati,  e. 


that  I  mxiy  have  risen  (myself) 
that  thou  mayst  have  risen  (thyself  . 
that  he  may  have  risen  (himself), 
that  we  may  have  nsen   ourselves  . 
that  you  may  have  risen  (yours  Ives), 
that  they  may  have  risen  (themselves). 


Pluperfect  (Piu  che  Perfdto 


ch'  io  mi  fdssi  levato,  a, 
che  tu  ti  fdssi  levato,  a, 
ch'  egli  si  fdsse  levato,  a, 
che  noi  ci  fossimo  levati,  e, 
che  v6i  vi  fdste  levati,  e, 
oh'  eglino  si  fdssero  levati,  e. 


that  J  might  1  ave  risen  (myself), 
that  thou  mightst  have  risen  (thyndf). 
tiiat  lie  might  have  ri^eu  (hims  If), 
that  we  might  have'risen  (ourselves  . 
that  you  might  have  risen   yourselves), 
that   they   might  have    risen  '^thtmr 
selves). 


INFINITIVE  MOOD  (Infinito). 
Present  (Presente). 
ley&rsi,  to  rise  (oneself). 

Past  (Passdto). 


essersi  levato 
essersi  levata 
Essersi  levati 
essersi  levate 


levandomi, 

levandoti, 

levandosi, 

levandooi, 

levandovi, 

levandosi, 


essendomi  lev&to,  a, 
essendoti  levato,  a, 
essendosi  levato,  a, 
essendcoi  levati,  e, 
essendovi  levati,  e, 
essendosi  levati,  e, 


to  have  risen  (oneself ^  ihemselves). 


GERUND  (Geriindio). 
Present  (Presente). 


rising  (myself), 
risng  (thyself), 
risviq  (himself  herself). 
risinij  (our self es). 
rising  (uourselves). 
rising  (themselves). 

Past  (Passato). 

having  risen  (myself), 
having  risen  (thyelf). 
having  risen  (himself,  herself), 
having  risen  {ourselres). 
having  risen  (your sel res), 
having  risen  (themselves). 


REFLECTIVE    VEHBS. 


105 


PARTICIPLES  (Participi). 

Present  {Fresente). 

(not  used.) 

Past  (Passdto). 


Singular.    . 
Mas.  levatosi,  \ 
Fern,  levatasi,  / 

Plural. 

Mas.  levatisi,   j 


Fern,  levatesi, 


risen  (himself,  herselfy. 


rUen  (themselves). 


Eemarks. 


1.  When  the  Reflective  Verb  is  conjugated  negatively, 
the  Negative  is  always  placed  before  the  Reflective  Pio- 
noun.  Thus,  in  Railegrarsi,  to  rejoice,  the  Inaicative 
Present  is  as  follows  : 


io  non  mi  rallegro, 
tu  non  ti  rallcgri, 
egli  non  si  ralltg^ra, 
noi  non  ci  rallegriimo, 
voi  noa  vi  rallegrats, 
eglino  non  si  rallegrano, 


/  do  not  rejoice  (myself  . 
thou  dost  not  rejoice  (thyself), 
he  does  not  rejoice  (himself), 
ice  do  not  rejoice  (ourselves), 
you  do  not  rejo  ce  (i/ourselves). 
they  do  not  rejoice  (themselves). 


2.  The   Reflective  Verb  is  conjugated  Interrogatively^ 
as  follows : 


mi  rallegro  io  t 
ti  rallcgri  tu  1 
si  ralldgra  egli  1 
ci  rallegriamo  noi  1 
vi  ralleg  ate  voi  1 
si  ralldgrano  eglino  1 


do  I  rejoice  (myself)  f 
dod  thou  rfjoice  (thyself)  f 
does  he  rejoice  (himself)  i 
do  we  rejoi  e  (ourselves) '/ 
do  you  rejoice  (yourselves)  ? 
do  they  rejoice  (titemseloes)  ? 


3.  The   Reflective  Verb    used    Interrogatively   with 
Negative,  is  conjugated  as  follows  : 


non  mi  rallegro  io  ? 
non  ti  rallegri  tu  ? 
non  si  ralleg  *a  egli  ? 
non  ci  rallugriamo  noi  ? 
non  vi  rallegrate  vdi? 
non  si  rallegrano  eglino  ? 


do  T  not  rejoice  (myself)  f 
dost  thou  not  rejoice  ( thyself)  ? 
does  he  not  rejoice  (himself)  i 
do  we  not  rejoice  (ourselves)  ? 
do  you  not  rejoice  {yourselves)  ? 
do  they  not  rejoice  \  themselves)  1 


4.  Many  Verbs,    which    in  Italian    are 
Intranstive  in  Eno;lL>h: 


Reflective,  are 


Aocdrff:^rsi,     )   . 
Avvedersi,       }  ^o  perceive. 
Ad  lormentarsi,  to  fall  asleep. 
Affrettar^di,         to  hasten. 


Alz^r.«i,  to  rise. 

Ammo^lidrsi,  to  take  a  vrlfe. 

Annoiarsi,  to  get  tired. 

Appoggidrsi,  to  lean. 


106 


REFLECTIVE  VERBS. 


Approssira^rsi, 

Aceostarsi, 

Avvicinarsi, 

Arrendersi, 

ABtenersi, 

Attiiatarsi, 

Avanzarsi, 

Avviarsi, 

Bagnarsi, 

CornpiacfTsi, 

Contentarsi, 

Crucciarsi, 

Adirarsi, 

Arrabbiarai, 

Dilettarni, 

Dimenticarsi, 

Dolerrfi, 

Fidarsi, 

Imbarcarsi, 

Impadronirsi, 

Iiifastidiriii, 


to  approach. 

to  surrender, 
to  abstain, 
to  become  sad. 
to  advance, 
to  start, 
to  bathe, 
to  be  pleased, 
to  be  satisfied. 

\to  get  angry. 

to  delight. 

to  forget. 

to  grieve. 

to  trust. 

to  embark. 

to  take  possession. 

to  get  weary. 


Ingegnarsi, 

Inuamorarsi, 

Lamentarsi, 

Levarsi, 

Maravigliarsi, 

Maritdrsi, 

Oflfendersi* 

Oppdryi, 

Peptirsi, 

Querelarsi, 

Rallegrarsi, 

Ricordarsi, 

Riposarsi, 

Rdmpersi, 

Sbrigarsi, 

Sentirsi, 

Scorddrsi, 

Spicciarsi, 

Svegliarei, 

Vantarsi, 

Vergognarsi, 


(o  endeavour. 

to  fall  in  love. 

to  complain. 

to  rise. 

to  marvel. 

to  get  a  husband 

to  take  offence. 

to  oppose. 

to  repent. 

to  complain. 

to  rejoice. 

to  remember. 

to  rest. 

to  break. 

to  make  hade. 

to  fed. 

to  forget. 

to  hasten. 

to  awake. 

to  ioast. 

to  be  ashamed. 


Exercise  XLI. 
A. 

1.  lo  mi  rallegro  con  te  della  tua  buona  fortuna.  2.  Grazie  mille, 
mio  caro,  te  ne  sono  obbligatissimo.  3.  Egli  non  si  accorgeva  che 
noi  non  avevamo  sedie.  4.  Noi  ci  siamo  avveduti  della  perdita  che 
abbiamo  subita !  5.  A  che  ora  ti  addormentasti  la  notte  scorsa  ? 
lo  mi  addormentai  a  mezzanotte.  6.  Giovanni,  affrettati  a  portarmi 
il  cappello,  perch^  io  ho  da  sortire.  7.  Quando  io  entrai  nella 
camera,  tutti  si  alzarono  e  mi  salutarono.  8.  Si  h  Carlo  ammo- 
gliato  ?  Nossignore,  Carlo  non  si  h  ancora  ammogliato,  ma  Emma 
si  e  maritata.  9.  Si  e  Ella  annoiata  questa  sera,  signor  mio? 
]o  non  mi  annoio  in  sua  compagnia.  10.  Su  che  si  appoggia 
quel  povero  vecchierello  ?  Egli  si  appoggia  sul  bastone  per  non 
cadere.  11.  Approssimatevi,  ragazzi,  ed  io  vi  detterb  le  vostre 
lezioni.  12.  Egli  mi  si  accostb  per  domandarmi  che  cosa  io  ne 
pensava. 

1.  Why  do  you  rejoice,  boys?    Because  we  shall  have  a  present. 

2.  Did  your  sister  rejoice  to  receive  a  present  ?   Yes,  sir,  she  rejoiced. 

3.  We  should  all  rejoice  if  we  had  a  present.  4.  Do  you  prceive 
that  you  are  wrong  ?  No,  sir,  I  do  not  perceive  it ;  but  I  think  that 
I  am  right.  5  Did  they  (masc.)  jxirceive  their  loss  last  night  ? 
No,  sir;  they  (masc.)  perceived  their  loss  this  morning.  6.  At 
what  time  {hour)  did  your  little  brother  fall  asleep?  He  fell  asleep 
at  half-past  ei.iht  o'clock.  7.  l>id  the  hatter  make  haste  to  bring 
you  your  hat?  Yes,  sir,  the  hatter  brought  it  to  me  this  morning. 
8.  Will  you  go  out  to-day  ?  Yes,  sir,  I  shall  go  out,  but  I  shall  not 
make  haste.  9.  Why  did  you  get  up  (have  you  risen)!  To  salute 
you,  sir.     10.  On  what  day  will  he  be  married  ?    He  will  be  mar- 


REFLECTIVE    VERBS.  107 

ried  next  Saturday.  11.  "Will  your  cousin  Mary  also  get  married  on 
that  day?  No,  sir,  she  will  get  married  on  the  fifth  of  May. 
1'^.  Why  do  you  come  near  me  {approach)  ?  To  ask  you  what  you 
think  of  it. 

B. 
1.  Perche  vi  astenete  dal  vino  ?  Perche  questo  vino  e  cattivo : 
io  non  me  ne  asterrei  se  fosse  buono.  2.  Perche  si  sono  attristate 
le  tue  sorelle  ?  Perche  elleno  furono  biasimate  dal  loro  maestro  di 
musica.  3.  L'esercito  nemico  si  e  avanzato  ed  i  nostri  soldati 
furono  obbligati  di  arrendersi.  4.  Io  fui  obbligato  ad  avanzarmi  per 
parlargli.  5.  !Si  avvio  Ella  alle  cinque,  od  alle  st-i  ?  Io  mi  avviai 
alle  cinque  e  mezzo.  6.  II  mio  maestro  non  si  contento  del  mio 
esercizio,  e  me  ne  ha  dettato  un  altro.  7.  Perche  ti  sei  tu  adirato 
col  servo?  Perche  egli  non  ha  portato  le  mie  lettere  alia  posta. 
8.  II  padre  era  crucciato  col  figlio,  perche  questi  era  infingardo.  9. 
Non  si  e  suo  fratello  arrabbiato  ?  Nossignore,  mio  fratello  non  s'  e 
arrabbiato.  10.  Io  mi  diletto  a  suonare  il  pianoforte — e  ne  ho  uno 
bellissimo.  11.  La  tua  canzone  ci  diletto  tutti.  12.  Avete  im- 
parato  la  vostra  lezione  ?  Me  la  imparai  ieri  sera,  signer  maestro ; 
ma  ora  me  ne  sono  dimenticato. 

1.  Have  you  forgotten  your  lesson?  No,  sir,  I  have  learnt  it, 
and  I  remember  it.  2.  Why  do  you  abstain  from  this  beer?  Be- 
cause it  is  not  good.  3.  Has  the  army  advanced?  Yes,  sir,  our 
army  has  advanced.  4.  At  what  hour  did  your  sisters  start  for  the 
promenade  ?  They  (/em.)  started  at  three  o'clock.  5.  Was  your 
father  angry  with  you  ?  No,  sir,  my  father  was  not  angry  with  me, 
but  was  angry  with  my  little  brother.  6.  We  were  all  angry  with  our 
servant  {fern)  because  our  coffee  was  cold.  7.  Would  you  be  angry 
with  the  hatter  if  he  were  not  to  bring  you  your  hat  this  evening  ? 
I  should  not  be  angry  with  him.  8.  In  what  do  you  take  pleasure  ? 
We  all  take  pleasure  in  playing  {to  play)  the  piano.  9.  Has  she 
forgotten  to  speak  Italian  ?  She  has  not  forgotten  to  speak  Italian, 
but  she  has  forgotten  to  speak  French.  10.  Will  you  forget  this 
lesson?  I  shall  not  forget  this  lesson,  sir.  11.  On  what  did  you 
lean  ?  I  supported  myself  on  this  stick.  12.  Will  you  forget  my 
advice  ?    No,  sir,  I  shall  remember  it. 


dice,  sayg. 
1.  Vi  fidate  voi  del  vostro  servo  ?  Io  non  me  ne  fido.  2.  Di 
chi  ti  fidi  tu  ?  Di  nessuno.  3.  Un  proverbio  italiano  dice  "  Fi- 
darsi  e  ben,  ma  non  fidarsi  e  meglio."  4.  Noi  c'  imbarcammo 
per  r  America  il  venti  giugno  e  vi  arrivammo  il  ventotto  a  mezzo- 
giorno.  5.  Egli  si  e  imbarcato  in  una  difficilissima  intrapresa. 
6.  Su  che  nave  s'  imbarcherk  Ella  ?  Io  m'  imbarchero  sul  battello  a 
vapore  "  II  Colombo."  7.  Que'  ragazzi  si  sono  impadroniti  de'  miei 
libri.  8.  Noi  ci  siamo  infastiditi  di  avere  I'arrosto  ogni  giorno. 
9.  Pagazzi,  riposatevi  se  siete  stanchi.  10.  Noi  non  ci  riposiamo, 
perchd  non  siamo  stanchi.     11.  Vi  sentite  voi  male  ?     Nossignore, 


108 


IMPERSONAL    VEHBS. 


io  mi  sento    bene.      12.  Perche  vi   vantate  d'  una   tale  azione  ? 
Vergognatevene. 

1.  Have  you  forgotten  my  advice?  No,  sir,  we  have  not  for- 
gotten your  advice.  2.  Does  she  trust  her  servants  {fern.)  ?  Yes, 
sir,  she  trusts  her  servants  (Jem.),  and  everybody.  3.  Why  do  you 
trust  him?  Because  he  is  an  honest  man.  4.  Would  you  trust 
him  if  he  were  a  thief?  No,  sir,  I  should  not  trust  him  if  he  were 
a  thief.  5.  Why  did  you  embark  in  such  a  difiBcult  undertaking? 
This  undertaking  is  not  difficult.  6.  On  what  ship  will  they 
(masc.)  embark  ?  They  (jnasc.)  will  embark  on  "  The  Columbus." 
7.  Shall  we  take  possession  of  his  money  ?  No,  sir ;  we  should  be 
wrong.  8.  Why  do  you  not  rest  ?  Because  I  am  not  tired.  9. 
V\  ould  you  rest,  if  you  were  tired  ?  Yes,  sir,  I  should  rest  if  1  were 
tired.  10.  Of  what  do  you  boast?  I  do  not  boast,  sir.  11.  Are 
you  ashamed  of  not  having  {not  to  have)  learnt  your  lesson  ?  Yes, 
sir,  I  am  ashamed  of  it.  12.  Do  you  feel  well  ?  No,  sir,  1  do  not 
feel  well ;  I  feel  ill. 


XXIII. — Impersonal  Verbs  {Verhi  Impersondli). 

Impersonal  Verbs  are  either  really  impersonal,  i.  e.,  they 
have  no  other  form  but  the  third  person,  or  they  are  used 
as  Impersonal,  although  they  may  be  conjugated  like  other 
Verbs. 

1.  Impersonal  Verbs,  really  so,  are  :  — 

aooade, 
avvilne, 


didiacoia,  j 


dimdia, 

gala, 

gixiaooia, 


it  happens, 
it  thaws, 
it  freezes. 


grandina, 

it  haiU. 

lampeggia, 

it  lightens. 

nevioa, 

it  snows. 

pidve, 

it  rains. 

ta6na, 

it  thunders. 

are: 

p&re, 

it  seems. 

place, 

it  pleads. 

Bembra, 

it  seems. 

s'  intende, 

it  is  understood. 

dudle, 

it  is  painJuL. 

2.  Verbs  used  impersonally  are 

bista,  it  is  enowjh. 

bisogna,  it  is  necessary. 

convicne,  it  is  proper. 

rinoresce,  it  pains. 

ooodrre,  it  is  wanted. 

Besides  these,  many  other  Verbs  are  formed  impersonally 
with  the  third  person  singular  of  fdre,  6ssere,  and  av^re: 
thus, 

fa  bel  tempo,       it  is  fine  weather. 

fa  cattivo  uempo,  it  is  bad  weather. 

fa  oaldo,  it  is  hot. 

fa ohiaro  diltina, ?7  is  mnnnlight. 

fa  freddo,  it  is  cold. 

fa  pdlvere,  it  is  dusty. 


fa  sdle. 

it  is  sunny. 

fa  vtnto, 

it  is  windy. 

fa  imido, 

it  is  (lamp. 

d  tempo. 

it  is  time. 

e  meglio, 

it  w  better. 

V'  ha  tempo, 

tliere  is  time,  etc 

IMPERSONAL   VERBS. 


109 


The  irregular  Verb  dov^re  (see  p.  14n)  is  ii^ed  for  the 
Enj^lish  must,  to  he  obliged:  the  following  verb  being  put 
in  ihe  infinitive  without  a  preposition,  as  :  lo  devo  sciivere, 
/  must  write ;  tu  devi  veniie,  thou  shalt  he  obliged  to  come. 

Bisogna  is  often  used  instead  of  dov^re  and  does  not  take 
a  preposition  before  the  Infinitive,  if  used  in  a  genei  al  sense, 
as :  bisogna  vivere,  one  must  live.  If  however  there  is  a 
noun  or  pronoun  subject  of  the  sentence,  the  verb  follow- 
ing bisogna  must  be  put  in  the  Subjunctive,  as  :  bi>6gna  che 
noi  viviamo.  we  must  livf.  Avere  da  is  used  also  for  must, 
as  :  ho  da  dargli  uno  sctido,  I  must  give  him  a  dollar. 

Bisognare  means  to  want  if  ccnjugated  as  a  iironouiinal 
verb,  as  :  mi  bisogna  un  cappello  nuovo,  I  want  a  new  hat. 

3.  The  Tonipound  Tenses  of  the  Impersonal  Verbs  take 
the  Auxiliary  av^re  when  the  verb  is  transitive,  as: 
ha  snonato  niezzanotte,  it  has  struck  midnight  ;  and  the 
Auxiliary  ^ssere  or  av^re  wlien  the  verb  is  really  imper- 
sonal, as;  e  pioviito  la  notte  scorsa.  it  has  rained  last 
night ;  ha  nevicato  oggi,  it  has  snowed  to-day. 

4.  There  is.  there  are,  there  will  he,  etc.,  are  rendered  with 
ci  or  vi  e,  vi  sono,  vi  sara,  etc. 

5.  All  Impersonal  Veibs  are  used  only  in  the  third  per- 
son: thus, 

*  Pi6vere,  to  rain. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


Present 

pidve, 

it  rains. 

Im'porf. 

piovfcva, 

it  was  raining. 

Past  Def. 

pidvve, 

it  did  rain. 

Future 

plovera, 

it  wU  rain. 

Pant  Indef. 

e  piovuto, 

it  has  rained. 

Pluperf. 

era  piovuto, 

it  had  been  raining. 

Past  Ant. 

fu  piovlto, 

it  hud  raineil. 

Fut.  Ant. 

sara  piovuto, 

it  will  have  rained. 

CONDITIONAL  MOOD. 

Present  pioverebbe,  it  would  rain. 

Past  \st  Form        sartbbe  piovuto,         it  would  have  rained. 

Past  2nd  Form       fdsse  piovuto,  it  would  have  rained 

(No  Imperative.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

Present  ch'  egli  piova,  that  it  may  rain. 

Imperfect  ch*  egli  piovesse,  that  it  might  rain. 

Past  eh'  tgli  sia  piovuto,  that  it  may  have  rained. 

Pluperject  ch'  egli  fosse  piovuto,  that  it  might  have  rained. 


110 


IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 
Present  pidvere,        to  rain.      \  Past  essere  piovdto,  to  have  rained. 

GERUND. 
piovendo,  raining. 


Present 
Past 


essendo  piovdto,  having  rained, 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present  (Not  used.) 

Masc.  Fem. 

Past,  Sing.       piovtito,         piovnta 
Plur.       piovuti,         piovute, 


rained, 
rained. 


Bisognare,  to  he  necessary. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD. 


Present 
Imperfect 
Past  Def. 
Future 
Pa^t  Indef. 
Pluperfect 
Past  Ant. 
Fut.  Ant. 


Present 

Past  Ist  Form 

Past  2nd  Form 


it  is  necessary, 
it  was  necessary, 
it  was  necessary, 
it  will  be  necessary, 
it  has  been  necessary, 
it  had  been  necessary 
it  had  been  necessary, 
it  will  have  been  """'" 


bisdgna, 
bisognava, 
bisogno, 
bisognera, 
e  bisognato, 
era  bisognato, 
fu  bisognato, 
sara  bisognato, 


CONDITIONAL  MOOD, 
bisognerebbe,  it  would  he  necessary. 


sarebbe  bisognato, 
fosse  bisognato, 


it  would  have  been  necessary, 
it  would  have  been  necessary. 


{No  Imperative  by  itself) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MO(JD. 

Presertt  ch'  egli  bisogni,  that  it  may  be  necessary. 

Imperf  ch'  egli  bisognasse,  that  it  might  be  necessary. 

Past  ch'  egli  sia  bisognato,  that  it  may  have  been  necessary. 

Pluperf  ch'  egli  fosse  bisognato,  that  it  might  have  been  necessary. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 


Present 
Past 


Present 
Past 


bisognare, 
essere  bisognato, 


to  be  necessary. 

to  have  been  necessary. 


GERUND. 


bisognfindo, 
essbndo  bisognato, 


being  necessary, 
having  been  necessary. 


PARTICIPLES. 
Present  (Not  used.) 

Masc.  Fem. 

Past         Sing,  bisognato,        bisognata, 
Pltir.  bisognati,        bisognate. 


been  necessary. 
been  necessary. 


IMPERSONAL   VERBS.  Ill 

Exercise  XLII. 
A. 

1.  Piove?  Nossignore,  non  piove.  2.  Ha  piovuto  ieri  sera  a 
Londra?  Jeri  sera  non  ha  piovuto  in  Londra,  ma  ha  piovuto  a 
Parigi.  3.  Che  e  accaduto  ?  Nulla,  signore.  4.  Ha  gelato  la  notte 
scorsa?  ISissignore,  la  scorsa  notte  ha  gelato.  5.  Questa  mattina 
gela.  6.  Grandina?  Non  grandina,  ma  nevica.  7.  Lampeggia? 
Oggi  non  lampeggia,  ma  lampeggio  ieri.  8.  Ha  nevicato  tutta 
la  notte.  9.  Jil  egli  piovuto  ?  is  ossignore,  non  ha  piovuto.  10.  1^ 
tuonato  e  lampeggiato  tutto  il  giorno.  11.  La  neve  e  didiacciata. 
12.  Tuona,  ma  non  lampeggia. 

1.  What  has  happened?  The  boy  has  fallen.  2.  Does  it  rain?  It 
does  not  rain,  sir.  3.  Did  it  rain  this  morning?  Yes,  sir,  this 
morning  it  did  ra^n.  4.  Is  it  freezing?  it  does  not  freeze.  5. 
Did  it  freeze  this  morning  ?  This  morning  it  did  freeze.  6.  Did  it 
hail?     Yes,   sir.      7.    Is  it  hailing?     No,   sir,  it  does  not  hail. 

8.  Has  it  been  snowing  ?    Yes,  sir,  it  has  snowed,  and  it  is  freezing. 

9.  Does  it  thunder  ?  It  thunders  and  lightens.  10.  Is  the  snow 
melted?  The  snow  is  not  melted;  it  is  frozen.  11.  What  will 
happen  ?  Nothing  will  happen.  12.  \V hat  has  happened  yester- 
day ?     I  have  been  punished  by  my  father. 


1.  Basta,  basta,  non  pariate  piu,  capisco.  2.  Vi  basta  una  tazza 
di  caffe  ?  !Si,  una  tazza  mi  basta.  3.  Che  cosa  vi  bisogna  ?  Mi 
bisognano  danari.  4.  Le  bisogna  un'  ombrello  ?  Nossignore,  mi 
bisogna  un  bastone.  5.  A  me  non  bisogna  nulla.  6.  Se  Ella 
parte  per  Parigi,  Le  bisognera  un  abito  nuovo.  7.  Cio  non  mi  con- 
viene.  8.  La  sua  malattia  mi  rincresce.  9.  Che  cosa  Le  occorre  ? 
Mi  bisogna  un  bicchier  d'  acqua.  10.  Che  cosa  Le  pare  di  questa 
casa?  Mi  pare  ch' essa  sia  umida.  11.  Le  place  avere  un'arancia? 
A  me  non  place  aver  un'  arancia ;  ma  mi  piacerebbe  avere  una 
tazza  di  te.     12.  A  me  sembra  ch'  egli  abbia  ragione. 

1.  What  do  you  want?  I  want  a  new  hat.  2.  What  does  she 
want?  She  wants  an  umbrella.  3.  W  hat  did  they  (masc.)  want? 
Two  bottles  of  wine.  4.  Will  you  want  anything  ?  No,  sir,  thanks ; 
I  shall  not  want  anything.  5.  Does  his  misfortune  pain  you?  Yes, 
sir,  it  pains  me.  6. 'The  illness  of  my  cousin  (/em.)  pains  me.  7.  Is 
this  sufficient?  Yes,  this  is  sufficient.  8.  It  seems  that^  this  coat 
is  not  new.  9.  It  seems  to  me  that  she  is  wrong.  10.  This  is  not 
proper.  11.  One  cup  of  tea  is  sufficient  for  me.  12.  Is  one  bottle 
of  wine  sufficient  for  you  ?     Y^'es,  sir,  thanks. 


1.  Fa  caldo  questa  mattina.  2.  Oggi  fa  fi-eddo.  3.  Nel  giardino 
a  mezzanotte  fa  chiaro  di  luna.  4.  Nella  strada  fa  polvere.  5. 
Fa  caldo  perche   fa  sole.      6.  lo  non   passeggero  oggi   perchd  fe 


112  ADVERBS. 

vento.  7.  Fa  umido  questa  sera  ?  Nossignore,  non  ra  umido,  h  bel 
tempo,  e  una  notte  stellata.  8.  £  meglio  studiare  che  divertirsi. 
9.  V'ha  tempo  a  tutto.  10.  Bel  proverbio  italiano  equesto:  Uhi 
ha  tempo  non  aspetti  tempo.  11.  A  mo  passeggiare  al  chiaro  di 
Imia,  non  fa  freddo.  12.  Pare  che  geler^.  Nossignore,  a  me  paie 
che  pioverii. 

1.  Is  it  cold?  iVo,  sir,  it  is  hot.  2.  It  is  moonlight;  I  shall 
take  a  walk.  3.  I  shall  not  take  a  walk ;  it  is  dusty.  4.  Why  is 
it  hot?  Because  the  sun  shines.  5.  Is  it  damp?  No,  sir,  it  is  fine 
weather.  6.  1 1  is  better  to  learn  your  lesson  than  to  play.  7.  This 
starry  night  is  beautiful;  I  shall  take  a  walk.  8.  Is  there  time? 
There  is  no  time.  9.  It  seems  that  it  will  rain.  10.  Do  you  want 
a  bottle  of  wine,  or  a  cup  of  coffee?  1  want  a  cup  of  tea.  11.  It 
seems  that  this  room  is  damp.  12.  A  cup  of  coffee  and  some  bread 
and  butter  will  be  sufficient  for  me. 


XXIV. — Adverbs  (Avverbi). 

The  Adverbs  are  used  to  modify  verbs,  adjectives,  or 
other  adverbs,  and  are  invaii  ible. 

There  are  eight  dirlerent  kinds  of  Adverbs  in  Italian ; 
they  are : 

(a.)  Adverbs  of  time,  avverbi  di  tempo. 

(6.)  Adverbs  of  place,  avverbi  di  ludgo. 

(c.)  Adverbs  of  manner,  avverbi  di  mddo. 

(d.)  Adverbs  of  quantify,  avverbi  di  quantita. 

(e.)  Adverbs  of  affirmation,  avverhi  affermativi. 

(/.)  A<lv«'rbs  of  negation,  avverhi  negntivi. 

{g.)  Adverbs  of  .loubt,  avverbi  di  dubbio. 

(Ji.)  Adverbial  expressions,  mddi  awerbidli. 

The  Adverbs  are  either  naturally  so,  as:  6ra,  now; 
B^mpre,  always:  or  are  formed  from  adjectives  or  parti- 
ciples, is  facilm^nte,  easily ;  passionatamlnte,  passionately ; 
pidno,  quietly,  etc. 

Remarks. 

1.  Adverbs  are  formed  from  Adjectives  ending  in  e  (not 
preceded  by  1  or  r)  by  adding  m^nte :  as 

Adjectives.  Adverbs. 

oost&nte, 

felloe, 

dfiloe^ 


congtant. 

costantemente, 

c&nstantty. 

happy. 

felicemente, 

happily. 

mut. 

doloemente, 

»%Joutly. 

ADVERBS. 


113 


*2.  Afljectives  ending  in   e  preceded  by  1  or  r  drop  the 
final  e  and  take  mente  to  become  Adverbs  :  as. 


Adjectives. 

Adverbs. 

facile,                     easy. 
ditfioile,                difficult. 
particolare,            particular. 
esteridre,                external. 

facilmente,             easily. 
difficilmente,          with  difficulty 
particolariDente,    particularly. 
esteriormente,        exttrnally. 

3.  Adjectives  ending  in  o  are  changed  into  Adverbs  by 
adding  mente  to  their  feminine  singular:  as, 


A 

DJKCTIVES. 

Adverbs. 

pigro, 

modesto, 

saggio, 

lazy. 

modest. 

wise. 

pigraillente,           lazily. 
modestamente,       modestly 
saggiamente,         wisely. 

4.  Some  masculine  Adjectfves  ai  e  also  used  as  Adver  b 
without  undergoing  any  modification  :  as,  pr6sto,  quickly ; 
fisso,  fixedly,  etc. 

5.  Only  the  first  and  second  of  the  Ordinal  Numbers 
can    become   adverbs  :    as,    primieram^nte,   first ;    secon- 
dariam^nte,  secondly.     Thirdly,   fourthly,  etc.,  are  trans 
lated .  in  t§rzo  luogo,  in  quarto  luogo,  etc. 

6.  Adverbs  form  their  Comparatives  and  Superlatives 
like  the  Adjectives,  the  adverbial  ending  m6nte  being 
added ;  as, 


Positive. 

felioemente, 
fiEioilmente, 


Comparative. 

pid  felicemente, 
piu  faoilmente, 


Superlative  Relative. 

il  p  d  felicemente, 
11  piu  facilmente, 


Superlative  Absolute 

feliolssimamente. 
facilisaimambnta . 


7.  The  following  rear  Adverbs  form  their  Comparatives 
and  Superlatives  irregularly. 

Comparative, 
meglio,  hetter. 


Positive. 
bene,  well, 
male,  hadly. 


Relative, 
U  meglio,  best 


very 
well. 


peggio,  worse,    il  pe^o,  worst. 


mdlto,  very, 
pdco,  little, 


pid,  more, 
mtno,  less. 


il  pid,  most. 
il  meno,  least 


Superlative. 

Absolute. 

benissimo,        \ 
ottimamente,   / 
malissimo,        1  very 
pessimamente,  /  hadly, 
moltissimo,  verymwh. 
pocMssimo,  very  little. 


8.  B§ne,  mdle  and  poco  sometimes  take  the  augmentative 
and  diminutive  terminations  one  and  ino  :  as  malone,  very 
hadly;  henino, pretty  well;  pochino,  very  little. 

9p  Adverbs  may  be  repeated  in  order  to  increase  their 


114 


ADVERBS. 


meaning-:  as,  or  6T&,Ju8t  presently,  etc.,  or  be  made  super- 
lative a  second  time,  even  when  they  are  already  reall/ 
superlative :  as,  ass^,  very ;  assaissimo,  very  much. 

10.  Adjectives  are  used  adverbially  when  they  modify 
the  subject  rather  than  the  verb:  as,  egli  era  fibso  a  guj^i 
ddrlo,  he  was  looking  at  him  fixedly. 

A.  Adverbs  of  Time  (Avverbi  di  Tempo), 


Quando, 

when. 

tardi, 

late. 

da  quando, 
sempre, 

since  when, 
ahcays. 

gia, 
digia, 

\  already. 

mai, 
giamm&i, 

«'**^  \  never, 
a  neg.  f 

taldra, 
talvolta, 

\  sometimes. 

dggi,  . 

to-day. 

pdco  dopo, 

a     Utile     after- 

domani. 

to-morrow.                ; 

wards. 

ormai, 

now.                         I 

pdco  fa. 

oramai 

pdco  prima. 

spasso 

'    often. 

pdco  avanti, 

a  little  while  ago. 

sovente 

pocanzi, 

prima, 

before. 

pocdra, 

dopo, 

afterwards. 

flndra, 

until  now. 

allora, 

then. 

sindra, 

po'i, 
pdscia, 

\  afterwards. 

qnaldra, 
di  budn'  dra, 

whenever, 
early. 

posdomani, 

the   day  after   to- 

per dra. 

for  the  present. 

morrow. 

teste, 

lately. 

ieri, 

ieri  1'  altro, 

I'altrieri, 

yesterday. 

1   the  day  before  yes- 
1       terday. 

d'  alldra  in  pdi,  from  that  time. 

avantieri, 

'  d'  dra  in  dra, 

from  hour  to  hour 

presto, 

soon,  quick. 

non  pid, 

no  longer. 

tdsto, 
adesso, 

soon. 
>  nouo. 

appena, 
come  prima. 

as  soon  a«. 

dra, 

non  prima, 

7iot  before. 

or  dra, 
s6bito, 

presently, 
immediately. 

s^bito  che, 
tdsto  che, 

\ 

as  soon  cw. 

avanti, 

before. 

di  rado. 

seldom. 

Gia  often  means  of  course:  as,  Gia,  Ella  ml  vede,  o/cottr«e, 
you  see  me. 

Gia  with  a  negative  means  rather  not:  as,  lo  non  cr6dc 
gik  tutto  cio  ch'egli  dice,  I  do  not  believe  all  that  he  says. 

Gia,  when  precedinir  a  noun,  means /ormer  ;  as,  il  gik  re 
di  N^poli,  the  former  King  of  Naples, 


Exercise  XLIII. 

1.  Quando  e  Ella  arrivata  a  Londra?    lo  arrival  a  Londra  ieri 
I*  altro.     2.  Avantieri  io  era  a  Parigi,  oggi  sono  a  Londra  e  domani 


ADVERBS 


115 


saro  a  Manchester.      3.    !fi  ormai  terapo  di  cominciare  la  lezione. 

4.  lo  sono  spesso  con  tuo  fratelio ;   egli  e  sovente  al  mio  negozio. 

5.  II  dottore  prima  lo  credeva  seriamente  ammalato;  e  dopo  non 
crede  seria  la  sua  malattia.  6.  Bisogna  far  presto,  perch e  ho  fretta. 
7.  lo  saro  tosto  con  Lei.  8.  Desidera  Klla  essere  subito  servita? 
Servitemi  appena  avrete  finite  di  servire  quel  signorc.  9.  E  ormai 
tardi,  bisognerk  partire  subito.  10.  D'  ora  in  poi  io  >ar6  studiosissimo. 
11.  Ella  e  arrivata  poco  dopo  noi.  12.  Noi  eravamo  teste  con  la 
madre  e  le  sorelle  di  Guglielmo. 

1.  I  have  often  been  with  Mr.  S.  2.  When  did  you  arrive? 
We  arrived  yesterday.  3.  You  are  late.  Yes,  sir  ;  I  am  late. 
4.  Is  sht!  in  a  hurry  ?  Yes,  madam,  she  is  in  a  hurry,  because  she 
has  to  go  out  at  once.  5.  We  shall  play  after  we  shall  have  had 
our  lessons.  6.  1  shall  come  as  soon  as  I  shall  have  finished  my 
exercise.  7.  Were  you  in  London  yesterday  ?  I  was  in  London  the 
day  before  yesterday ;  and  yesterday  1  was  at  Brighton.  8.  Hence- 
forth 1  shall  always  learn  my  lessons.  9.  He  is  now  a  very 
studious  young  man.  10.  He  is  often  with  my  cousin  Charles. 
11.  You  were  not  at  the  school  yesterday.  No,  sir;  I  was  in 
Brighton.     12.  You  should  learn  your  lessons  first,  and  then  play. 


B.  Adverbs  of  Place  {Avverbi  di  luogo). 


Dve,          ) 

where. 

dentro, 

inside. 

dove,        J 

fudri. 

out>ide. 

6nde,         ( 

ddnde, 

qui, 

qua, 

ia. 

whence. 

here. 

there. 

indietro, 
la  su,         \ 
lassii, 

li  gid,       \ 
laggiii,      j 

behind, 
up  there. 

down  there. 

cola, 

da  per  ttitto, 

everywhere. 

qua  e  la. 

to  and  fro. 

altrdve, 

elsewhere. 

vi,  ivi, 

'>        here. 

innanzi. 

before. 

c:. 

abbasso, 

down. 

s  pra, 
su, 

upon. 

costi,         \ 
oosta,        / 

there. 

giii. 

helow. 

quindi, 

thence. 

qux-ici, 

hence. 

quassli, 

above  here. 

:ie:;ro, 

behind. 

quagglli, 

down  here. 

8Jt:;o, 

underneath. 

su  e  giii. 

up  and  down 

d.vanti, 

before. 

di  dove. 

whence. 

Note.— Davanti  is  only  used  of  place,  avanti  is  only  used  of  time, 
:cept  when  meaning /ortoard,  along^  when  it  is  an  interjection. 


Exercise  XLIV. 

1.  Dove  siete.  Carlo?     lo  son  qui.     2.  Chi  e  la?     Tuo  cugino  e 
]k  con  sue  fratelio.     3.  Io  sono  stato  qu^  tutta  la  mattina  ad  aspet- 
6 


116  ADVERBS. 

tarvi.  4.  Noi  siamo  stati  quk  e  li  a  cercarlo.  5.  Portate  su  i  libri 
che  son  giu  nella  libreria.  H.  lo  sono  stato  molte  volte  su  e  giu  per 
le  scale  e  sono  stanco.  7.  Che  cosa  c'  e  dentro  questa  scatola  ?  0*d 
un  cappello  nuovo  per  mia  sorella  Kosina.  8.  Andate  abbasso 
nella  cucina  a  chiamare  la  serva.  9.  Sarete  quassu  domattina? 
Nossignore,  domattina  noi  saremo  altrove.  10.  Donde  arrivate? 
lo  arrivo  da  Parigi.  11.  11  suo  canino  e  sotto  la  tavola.  12.  Da 
per  tutto  si  trovano  buoni  e  cattivi  ragazzi. 

1.  Where  were  you  this  morning  ?  I  was  down  in  the  library. 
2.  Who  was  here  an  hour  ago  ?  Mr.  S.  was  here  with  his  servant 
(masc).  3.  Who  is  waiting  there?  The  servant  {masc.)  of  the 
doctor.  4.  We  have  been  looking  for  you  everywhere.  5.  Have 
you  been  up  there  ?  Not  yet,  sir.  6.  What  is  inside  that  box  ? 
There  is  a  present  for  my  father.  7.  What  is  underneath  my  chair  ? 
My  dog  is  under  your  chair.  8.  Have  you  been  downstairs  ?  Yes, 
sir,  to  call  the  servant  (masc).  9.  Have  you  been  at  the  theatre 
last  evening  ?  No,  sir ;  we  have  been  elsewhere.  10.  Whence  does 
she  arrive?  She  arrives  from  London.  11.  Call  your  dog  from 
under  the  table.     12.  I  shall  wait  for  the  doctor  here,  in  his  library. 

C.  Adverbs  of  Manner  (^Avverhi  di  modo). 


o6me, 

how. 

ptire, 

yet,  also. 

gia,* 

indeed. 

f6r88, 

perl'aps. 

si,              1 

80,  thus. 

Peggio, 

worse. 

oosi,          j 

1  volentieri, 

tvillingly. 

psrche, 

why. 

quasi, 

almost. 

bene, 

weU. 

i  meglio, 

better. 

male. 

badly. 

EXERCIS 

a  malinoudre, 
IE  XLV. 

unwittingly. 

1.  Come  si  pronuncia  questa  parola,  signor  maestro  ?  Essa  si 
pronuncia  cosi.  2.  Come  si  chiama  suo  fratello  ?  Mio  fratello  si 
chiama  Francesco.  3.  Questo  esercizio  non  d  cos!  buono  come 
quello  di  ieri :  e  perche  ?  Perche  non  ho  avuto  molto  tempo  a  scri- 
verlo.  4.  Perch^  non  avete  imparata  la  lezione?  Perche  sono 
stato  al  teatro  ieri  sera.  5.  Non  e  bene  andare  al  teatro  prima  di 
imparare  la  lezione.  6.  Dov'e  sua  cugina?  Ella  e  forse  a  Milano 
oggi.  7.  Noi  impariamo  volentieri  la  musica  e  la  lingua  italiana. 
8.  Mia  sorella  impara  a  malincuore  il  disegno.  9.  lo  passeggeri 
volentieri  con  Lei,  se  Ella  mi  permetter^  di  accompagnarla. 
10.  Dopo  tutto  questo,  che  cosa  ne  pensate?  lo  ne  penso  male, 
mio  caro.     11.  lo  pure  lo  credo  onesto.     12.  Egli  e  quasi  rovinato. 

1.  Do  you  learn  willingly  the  French  lansruafje  ?  No,  sir,  T  learn 
it  unwillingly.     2.  What  do  you  learn  willingly?     The  Italian 


Sm  remaiki  on  page  114, 


ADVERBS. 


117 


language.  3.  He  is  not  as  studious  as  his  brother.  4.  Why  were 
you  not  here  this  morning?  I  was  elsewhere  with  niy  lathn. 
5.  Allow  me  to  come  wifh  you,  sir.  Willingly.  6.  He  has  had 
almost  a  whole  bottle  of  wine,  and  now  he  is  ill.  7.  Is  this  well? 
No,  sir,  that  is  bad.  8.  How  is  that  la<1y  called?  8he  is  called 
Mrs.  Large.  9.  How  do  >ou  pronounce  these  words?  These  words 
are  pronounced  so.     10.  1  go  with  him  willingly.     11.  1  always 


learn  my  lessons  willingly, 
all  his  friends. 


12.  He  will  be  here  this  evening  with 


D.  Adverbs  of  Quantity  (^Avverhi  di  quantita), 
tanto  .  .  quanto,  as  much  .  .  as. 


in61to, 

much. 

pdoo, 

little. 

meno, 

less. 

troppo, 

too  much. 

tanto, 

so  much. 

abbastanza, 

enough. 

piii, 

more. 

quanto, 

how  much 

ancora, 
a  pdco  a  poco, 
a  sufficienza, 
via  p-u,      I 
vie  piii,     / 
a  bizzcffe, 
assai, 


stilly  more, 
litle  hy  little. 
i<ufficiently. 

much  more. 

plenty, 
much,  many. 


Assdi  means  many  when  followed  by  di :  as, 

assai  di  belle  canzoni  ha  tiio  cugino, 

thy  cousin  has  many  beautiful  songs.  * 

It  means  much,  very  when  used  without  the  preposition  : 


as. 


belle  canzoni  ha  tuo  cugino, 
very  beautiful  songs  has  thy  cousin. 


Exercise  XLVI. 

1.  Quanto  costaquesto  libro?  Esso  costa  due  scellini.  2.  Quanto 
Le  costarono  i  suoi  cavalli  ?  Essi  nu  costarono  duecento  cinquanta 
lire  sterline.  3.  Questa  casa  costa  meno  di  quella.  4.  Non  com- 
prero  quest' abito,  perche  costa  trop]io.  5.  Quattro  lire  st  iline  per 
un  bell'abito  non  sono  troppo.  6.  £  tanto  tempo  da  cbe  ho  avute 
tue  nuove  che  mi  era  dimenticato  dove  abitavi.  7.  Tanto  costa 
quest' abito  quanto  quell' alt ro.  8.  Ne  avete  abba.Ntanza?  Si, 
signore.  9.  Ha  Ella  vino  a  sufficienza?  Si,  grazie,  ne  ho  abbas- 
tanza. 10.  Hanno  que'signori  di  assai  bei  cavalli?  Quel  signori 
hanno  cavalli  assai,  ma  non  assai  belli.  11.  In  quella  tua  lettera  ci 
erano  errori  a  bizzeffe.  1'2.  Poco  a  poco  imparero  a  scnvere  e 
leggere  bene. 

1.  How  much  does  this  looking-glass  cost  ?  Twenty-five  poimds. 
2.  That  one  costs  less  than  this  one.  3.  Thes'-  cost  as  much  as 
those.  4.  Would  they  cost  less  it  they  (masc.)  were  old?  'Ihey 
(masc.)  wotild  cost  much  less.  5.  Have  you  forgotten  where  I  live? 
Yes,  sir,  because  it  is  a  very  long  time  since  I  had  news  of  you, 


118  ADVERBS. 

6.  Have  you  enough  wine?  Yes,  sir,  thanks;  I  have  enough.  7. 
I  shall  learn  the  Italian  language  well,  but  little  by  little.  8.  This 
is  too  much  ;  that  is  sufficient.  9.  Can  he  write  Italian  well  ?  Not 
very  well.  10.  How  much  have  you  paid  for  this  horse?  I  paid 
ninety-five  pounds  and  ten  shillings.  11.  That  was  too  much. 
12.  It  was  as  much  as  you  have  paid  tor  your  old  horse. 

E.  Adverbs  of  Affirmation  {Avverhi  d'  affermaziSne). 

gi,  yes.  dawero,  truly. 

infatti,  in  fact.  appunto,  )        ^^ 

oerto,  di  oerto,  )  per  1'  appunto,  j  ^    ' 

certamente,       >  certainly.  gia,  of  course. 

siouramente,     )  mai  si,  certainly,  yes. 

Exercise  XL VII. 

1.  Egli  lo  avrebbe  certamente  aiutato,  ma  non  ne  aveva  i  mezzi. 
2.  Crede  Ella  tutto  cio-che  ej?li  narra?  Jo  lo  credo  di  certo.  3.  II 
hallo  air ambasciata  di  Spagna  lu  dawero  magnifico.  4.  Ci  era 
Ella,  signor  Conte?  Si,  signore.  5.  Gi^  s'iutende  Ella  h  da  per 
tutto.  6.  Ella  s'  inganiia  dawero,  mio  caro,  se  crede  tali  storielle. 
7.  fe  stata  Ella  dal  Signor  B.  ?  Per  T  appunto,  e  1'  ho  trovato  a  casa 
col  maestro  di  musica.  8.  lo  saro  felicissimo  di  essere  al  suo  pranzo 
domani  sera  di  certo.  9.  lo  appunto  La  cercava.  10.  Ella  gik 
mi  cercasempre.  11.  In  fatti  h  cosl.  12.  Ella  si  trova  a  casa  di 
rado.     Per  l'  appunto. 

1.  It  is  of  course  understood  that  I  shall  be  at  your  house  at  eight 
o'clock  this  evening.  2.  We  shall  certainly  be  there  with  all  our 
friends  (masc).  3.  Will  you  be  there  also?  Yes,  sir.  4.  Will 
your  friend  (fern.)  be  at  the  theatre  to-morrow  niiht?  Certainly 
she  will  be  there.  5.  Is  Mr.  S.  very  rich  ?  Yes,  sir,  he  is  extremely 
rich.  6.  Has  he  related  to  you  his  new  fib?  Yes,  sir.  7.  Do  you 
believe  his  story?  Certainly,  I  do.  8.  Of  course  you  believe  every- 
thing. 9.  Have  you  already  had  your  dinner?  Yes,  sir.  10.  Have 
they  (wasc.)  been  with  our  friends  (masc.)  at  the  concert?  Yes, 
madam.  11.  is  he  mistaken?  Certainly.  12.  Would  you  be  happy 
if  you  were  now  with  your  parents  ?    Certainly. 

F.  Adveres  of  Negation  (AvvSrbt  di  negaztSne). 

.  either. 


no, 

no. 

nemmeno, 

non, 

not. 

ne  manco, 

non  .  .  m&i, 

never. 

ne  .  .  nd, 

non  .  .  gia, 

scarcely. 

non  mica, 

non  .  .  pid, 

no  more. 

neppure. 

noanche. 

not  even. 

non  ano6ra, 

non  ,  .  pfinto. 

not  at  all. 

I 


neither, 
not  at  all. 
not  even, 
not  yeU 


ADVEliBS.  119 

Bemarks. 

1.  Non  precedes  the  verb  in  Italian  (see  p.  56)  :  as, 

lo  non  amo,        I  do  not  love.  \  lo  non  vdglio,        I  will  not,  &c. 

2.  Non  is  strengthened  by  the  addition  of  mica,  punto, 
which  f(How  the  verb,  whilst  non  precedes  the  verb  :  as, 

non  amo  punto  il  vino,      I  do  not  like  wine  at  all. 
non  lo  credo  mica,  I  do  not  believe  it  at  all. 

3.  After  verbs  conveying  ideas  of  negation,  or  hindrance, 
non  is  used  in  the  accessory  sentence ;  as  the  consequence 
is  just  what  is  denied  or  hindered  from  taking  place  :  thus, 

EgU  nega  che  la  donna  non  sia  mdrta. 
He  denies  that  the  woman  is  (not)  dead. 
Proibiro  cht-  Carlo  non  gli  cada  vittiraa. 
I  shall  forbid  Charles  to  jail  his  victim. 

4.  When  a  negative  verb  is  u.^ed  with  non,  this  must  be 
repeated  in  the  accessory  tent^nce  :  as, 

Non  nego  ch*  egli  non  m'  dmi. 

I  do  not  deny  tit  at  he  does  (not)  love  me. 

6.  After  a  verb  expressing  doubt,  non  is  required. 

(a)  If  the  accessory  sentence  is  not  in  the  negative,  the 
second  verb  is  put  in  the  subjunctive  with  non  :  as, 

Temo  che  non  mudia,        I  fear  he  may  die. 
Diibito  che  non  v^nga,      I  fear  he  might  come. 

(b)  If  the  accessory  sentence  is  used  negatively,  then  the 
second  verb  must  be  used  in  the  future  with  non  :  as, 

Temo  che  non  morrk,        I  fear  he  will  not  die. 
Diibito  clie  non  verm,       I  fear  he  might  not  come, 

6.  Ne  .  .  .  ne  require  non  before  the  verb  which  precedes 
them  :  as, 

Egli  non  be ve  ne  acqua  ne  v  ino,     He  drinks  neither  water  nor  wine. 

7.  If  the  first  part  of  the  sentence  includes  a  comparative 
of  augmentation  or  diminution,  without  a  nejjjative,  then 
the  non  m  ly  be  used  in  the  second  part  of  that  sentence, 
the  verb  being  changed  from  the  Subjunctive  to  the 
Indicative  Mood  :  as, 

Egli  h  pill  ricco  cne  ndi  pensassimo. 
Egli  h  pill  ricco  che  ndi  non  pensavamo. 
He  i»  richer  than  we  thotight. 


120  ADVERBS. 


Exercise  XLVIII. 

1.  lo  non  ho  ancoraveduto  tuo  zio;  malo  visiter^oggi,  odomanL 
2.  Siete  voi  statu  dal  do'. tore?  Non  ancora.  3.  lo  non  sono  raai 
statu  A  teatro.  4.  io  non  gli  prestur^  nemmeno  un  soldo;  e^li  non 
nie  lo  rendercbbe  mai.  5.  Io  lioa  lo  credo  mica  cattivo,  cgli  ha 
buon  cuoie.  6.  Gli  crede  Ella?  Io  non  gli  credo  piinto.  7.  Egli 
mi  ha  molto  offcso,  io  non  lo  ricnver6  a  casa  mia.  8.  II  maestro 
piiniia  lo  scolare,  non  gi^  ch'egli  non  I'ami,  nia  soltanto  per  c^rreg- 
gerlo.  9.  lo  <liibito  molto  che  le  tue  sorelle  non  arrivino.  10.  Egli 
non  ha  n^  modestia  ne  bontk.  11.  Quell'  uorao  h  piu  povero  che  io 
non  credeva.     12.   lo  non  credeva  ch'  egli  mi  ainasae  tanto. 

1.  Have  you  been  at  the  house  of  Mr.  S.  ?  Not  yet,  sir.  2.  Do 
yon  lx?lieve  him?  No,  sir.  3.  Why  do  y«m  not  believe  him? 
Because  he  is  a  bad  boy.  4.  Have  you  seen  Mr.  B.  ?  I  have  never 
seen  him.     5.  Has  she  seen  Mrs.  B.?     She  has  not  yet  seen  her. 

6.  Is   he   a   good    boy  ?     He  has  neither  modesty   nor  goodness. 

7,  Do  you  like  wine?  I  like  neither  wine  n<)r  beer.  8.  Do  you 
love  him?  1  do  not  love  him  at  all.  9.  Do  you  doubt  of  his 
goodness?  I  do  not  doubt  of  his  gix)dness  lor  me.  10.  Will  you 
lend  him  some  money?  I  shall  not  lend  him  anythintr,  not  even  a 
penny.  11.  Would  you  lend  liim  money  if  he  were  an  honest  man? 
J  never  lend  money.  12.  Has  he  offended  you?  He  has  not 
offended  me  at  all. 

G.  Adverbs  of  Doubt  {Avverhi  di  duhhio). 


fdrse, 

perhaps.               i 

pure, 

but  yet. 

probabllmente, 

prnbahly.                \ 

quisi. 

nearly. 

possibilmente, 

possibly. 

se, 

if- 

quasi  quasi, 

very  nearly.          \ 

Exercise  XLIX. 

1.  Sareste  voi  contento  se  aveste  un  regalo?    Forse  lo  sarei  e  forse 
no.     2.  Sarete  voi  invitati  al  i^anzo  del  duca?     Probabilmente. 

3.  Noi  saremo  prohabilmente  al  teatro  della  reuina  domani  sera. 

4.  Se  io  avessi  danaro  abbastanza  cmprerei  quel  j:iardino.  5.  Ella 
avrebbe  un  re^ialo  da  sua  madre,  se  fosse  una  stndiosa  giovinetta. 

6.  Klleno  imparerebbero  subito  la  lin-iua  italiana,  se  la  studiassero. 

7.  Io  mi  era  quasi  quasi  ammalato  per  aver  mangiati  troppo  mac- 
cheroni.  8.  Carlo  ha  ora  quasi  diciassett**  nnni.  9.  Eijli  racconta 
molte  stone,  e  pure  io  non  gli  credo.  10.  S'  Ella  fosse  mia  arnica,  io 
La  consiulierei  di  imparar  bene  le  sue  lezinni.  11.  Possibilmente 
noi  ci  saremo  tutti.  12.  Se  ci6  fosse  probabile,  io  crederei  che  fosse 
accaduto. 

1.  Were  yon  invited  to  the  ball  of  the  earl  ?    We  were  not  in- 
vited to  his  ball ;  but  perhaps  we  shall  be  invited  at  his  dinner  next 


ADVERBIAL   EXPKESSIONS. 


121 


week.  2.  Will  you  be,  next  Friday,  at  the  Queen's  Theatre  ?  I 
shall  probably  be  there.  3.  You  would  learn  much,  if  you  studied 
much.  4.  She  is  nearly  eighteen  years  old.  5.  She  is  very  nearly 
as  old  as  my  sister  Rosiiia.  6.  He  would  be  a  good  boy  if  he  learnt 
his  exercises  well.  7.  1  should  pay  this  bill  of  exchange  if  I  had 
the  money.  8.  If  we  had  money,  we  should  buy  all  those  houses. 
9.  She  is  nearly  fifteen  years  old,  yet  she  is  not  so  tall  as  my  cousin 
Emma.  10.  If  he  had  money  he  would  eat  maccaroni  at  each  one 
of  ills  dinners.  11.  This  would  certainly  happen,  if  you  were  a  bad 
boy.     12.  Probably  it  is  so. 


H.  Adverbial  Expressions  {Modi  avverhidli). 

Adverbial  expressions  are  formed  with  the  help  of  some 
preposition. 

The  terminations  one  and  oni  added  to  a  few  substan- 
tives, without  an  augmentative  signification,  fonn  also  ad- 
verbial expressions. 

Some  adverbial  expressions  in  the  different  classes  of 
adverbs  are  given  above  ;  we  subjoin  some  others  most 
commonly  used  : 


bocconi,  \ 

boccdne,  / 

cavalcioni, 
ciondoloni, 
carpone, 

rotoldni, 
tastone, 
a  mente,  j 

a  memdria,     / 
a  voce,  "i 

a  viva  voce,    / 
a  bello  stiidio,  j 
a  pasta, 
a  bella  pdsta, 
a  caso.  ) 

per  caso,  ) 

ad  alta  voce, 
a  destra,         1 
a  diritta,        j 
a  sinistra,       \ 
a  manoa,         ' 
in  breve, 
alia  rinftisa, 
a  proposito, 
a  gara, 
appnnto, 
faor  di  misura, 


procumbent. 

astride, 
hanging  down, 
creeping  on  all 

four, 
rolling  about, 
groping  about. 

by  heart. 

by    word    of 
mouth. 

purposely. 

by  chance. 

aloud. 

on  the  right. 

on  the  left. 

in  short, 
mixedly. 
by  the  by. 
in  emulation, 
exartly. 
extremely. 


a  budn  meroato, 
daoapo, 

aboooa, 


cheaply, 
from  the  begti 

ning. 
by    word    of 
mouth. 
per  sdlito,  usually. 

da  senno,  in  earnest. 

di  tempo  in  tempo,  | 
di     quando      iulnow  and  then. 

quando,  ) 

fino  a  quando,       until  when. 
a  beir  agio,  ) 

con  comodo,         j 
ad  onta, 

afSdrnod'6ggi,h^"'-«-^«2/«' 
all'  incirca, 


>at  leisure, 
in  spite  of. 


>about. 


a  un  dipresso, 

al  pill  al  pid, 

a  soqquadro, 

ad  un  tratto, 

oioe, 

vale  a  dire, 

da  bauda, 

in  disparte, 

da  banda  a  banda,  Wi  rough     and 

da  parte  a  parte,  /    through. 


at  the  utmod. 
confusedly, 
all  at  once. 

\that  is  to  say. 
\aside. 


122 


ADVERBIAL   EXPRESSIONS. 


da  b61o  a  s61o, 
a  quattr'  dcchi, 
di  mala  v6^1ia, 
malvolentieri, 
di  buon  grado, 
di  budna  vdglia, 
di  mano  in  mano, 
di  nuovo, 
di  nascdsto, 
di  soppiatto, 
in  avvenire, 
in  Hne, 
in  Bomma, 
in  un  batter  d'do- 

chio, 
in  on  attimo, 


\  tete-a-tete. 
\unwiUzngly. 

I  willingly. 

gradually, 
again. 

hy  stealth. 

for  the  future. 

\in  short. 

in  a  moment. 


in  vece, 

6gm  qual  vdlta, 
per  esempio, 
per  ischerzo, 
per  r  appnnto, 
per  lo  piii, 
par  tempo, 
il  pid  presto 
posBibile, 
in  mddo  che, 
su  due  piedi, 
tanto  pid, 

tra  pdco,         \ 
a  momenti,     / 


instead, 
whenever, 
for  instance, 
in  jest, 
exactly, 
mostly. 

early,  in  time, 
as  soon  as  pos- 
sible, 
in  fuch  a  way. 
at  once, 
so     7nuch     the 


As  we  said  in  Remark  4,  p.  113,  some  Adjectives  are  also 
used  as  Adverbs,  thus  • 


piano, 
fdrte, 
oaro, 
budno, 

trovar  budno, 


slowly,  quietly. 

loudly,  drongly. 

dear  (of  value). 

agreeably  (of 
taste). 

to  find  conve- 
nient. 


oantar  falBO, 
veder  chia:  o, 
tene  si  diritto, 
scriver  diritto, 
Bentir  budno, 
sentir  cattivo, 


to  sing  badly, 
to  see  clear, 
to  stand  upright, 
to  write  straight, 
to  smell  nicely, 
to  smell  badly. 


Exercise  L. 

1.  Noi  eravamo  a  cavalcioni  1'  iino  suU'  altro.  2.  Ejili  era  carpone 
per  trovare  una  spilla.  3.  ('arlo  mando  tuo  fratello  rotoloni  ctm  un 
pugno  al  petto.  4.  Era  cosi  scuro,  che  noi  camminavamo  a  taafone. 
5.  lo  ho  la  niia  lezione  a  menioria.  6.  Ella  imparo  a  mente  tutto 
un  sahiio.  7.  Voi  reciterete  la  lezione  a  viva  voce,  ajipena  I'avrete 
imparata.  8.  Noi  lo  insuliammo  a  hello  siudio.  9.  A  proposito, 
cameriere,  a  che  ora  si  pranza  qui?  Per  solito  qu\  si  raaiigia  alle 
sei,  signore.  10.  lo  ho  da  parlarvi  a  quattr'  orchi.  11.  lo  vi 
nbbid.ro  di  buon  grado.  12.  lo  lo  incoutro  ogni  qual  volta  passo 
per  quella  strada. 

1.  He  was  sent  sprawlins  with  a  blow  on  bis  chest.  2.  It  is  so 
dark  that  we  must  grope  about.  3.  I  have  learnt  it  by  heart.  4. 
We  have  all  learnt  it  by  heart.  5.  Have  you  learnt  this  psalm  ? 
Yes,  sir,  I  have  learnt  it  by  heart.  6.  We  meet  you  whenever  we 
pass  throngh  this  street.  7.  Hesouoiht  him  on  purpose.  8.  I  shall 
willingly  oi)ey  my  master.  9.  By  the  by,  give  me  a  cup  of  coffee 
and  some  bread  and  butter.  10.  He  wants  to  speak  to  you  pri- 
vately. 11.  1  met  him  as  soon  as  I  went  out.  12.  We  dine  her* 
generally  at  five  o'clock. 


PREPOSITIONS. 


123 


XXV. — Prepositions  (Preposizidnt). 

In  Italian  thei'e^re  two  kinds  of  Prepositions  ;  1.  Simple 
and  real  Pref»ositions  governing  the  noun  directly :  as,  io 
vengo  da  Londra,  I  come  from  London;  2.  Compound 
Prepositions,  that  is,  Adverbs  used  as  Prepo>itions,  and 
usually  followed  by  one  ot  the  real  PrepositioTis. 

The  real  Pj  epositions  are  : 

di,  of.  da, 

a,  ad,  at,  to  per, 

con,  with.  in. 


of.  from,  by. 
for,  hp,  through 
in,  within, 
on,  upon. 


A.  Prepositions  governing  the  Genitive. 

The  following  prepositions  govern  the  Genitive   case, 
and  are  followed  hy  the  preposition  di. 


fudri, 
al  di  li, 
al  di  qua, 
a  forza, 
per  mezzo, 
a  causa, 
a  motivo, 
a  ragidne, 
in  ludgo,    \ 
in  vece,     / 
davanti, 
dentro,* 


outside, 
beyond, 
this  side, 
by  much, 
by  means. 

on  account. 


instead. 

before, 
inside. 


senza,* 

verso,* 

apple, 

a  dispetto, 

ad  onta, 

a  favdre, 

cdntro,* 

dietro,* 

ddpo,* 

presso,* 

sdtto,* 


without, 
towards, 
at  the  foot. 

notwithstanding. 

in  fanour. 

against. 

behind. 

after. 

near. 

underneath. 


Exercise  LI. 


1.  Fuori  di  questa  cittgl  ci  ^  un  gran  parco.  2.  11  castello  del 
conte  L.  e  al  di  la  del  finme  Arno.  3.  A  forza  di  studiare  s'  impara. 
4.  Egli  era  davanti  di  questa  tavola,  iin'ora  fa.  5.  Egli  e  state 
norainato  goverriatore  per  mezzo  della  mia  raccomandazione  al 
ministro.  6.  lo  fui  piinito  a  causa  di  lui.  7.  Egli  estate  piinito  in 
luogo  di  me.  8.  La  sorella  fu  lodata  invece  del  fratello.  9.  II 
finme  scorre  appie  del  monte.  10.  Ad  onta  de'  niiei  buoni«consigli, 
egli  si  e  rovinato.  11.  Chi  e  dietro  di  me?  Nessuno.  12.  Ho 
spedita  una  lettera  di  cambio  a  favore<ii  Carlo. 

1.  My  house  is  outside  the  town.  2.  We  were  'walking  this 
morning  on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  when  we  met  your  two 
brothers.  3.  By  much  study  you  will  become  learned.  4.  He  has 
been  named  captain  by  means  of  my  recommendation.  5.  We 
have  all  heen  punished  on  account  of  his  little  brother.  6.  The 
river  runs  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain.     7.  He  was  near  me  this 


*  Oon+n,  die'ro   dopo,  presso,  sotto,  senza,  verso,  dentro,  take  dl  only 
before  a  Personal  I*ronoun. 

6* 


124 


PKEPOSITIONS. 


morning  when  vre  had  our  Italian  lesson.  8.  In  whose  favour  is 
this  bill  of  exchange?  It  is  in  favour  of  Mr.  13.  9.  You  will  be 
punished  instead  of  me.  10.  iShe  did  not  learn  her  lesson,  in  spite 
of  the  jiood  advice  of  her  auut.  11.  He  will  not  have  any  dinner 
on  account  of  his  illness.    12.  His  castle  is  on  this  side  of  the  river. 


B.  Prepositions  governing  the  Dative. 

The  following  prepositions  are  followed  by  the  preposi- 
tion a. 


fino,            1 

till. 

tfltre, 

besides. 

slno,            J 

innanzi,        i 

dirimpetto, 

1 

dinanzi,        [ 
davanti,       | 

before. 

in  odntro, 

opposite. 

in  faooia, 

1 

in  rispetto,  | 

in  oiroa, 
circa, 

[      about 

in  nguardo,  > 
in  quanto,    ) 

concerning. 

in  mezzo, 

amidst. 

dietro, 

behind. 

a  mezzo, 

vioino, 

near. 

dentro. 

inside. 

adddsso, 

upon. 

attomo, 

around. 

confdrme, 

conformably. 

accanto, 

circa. 

about. 

allato. 

contro, 

against. 

accosto, 

near. 

dattdmo. 

around. 

preaso, 

davanti, 

before. 

appreaso,      , 

entro, 
Exercise  LII. 

mlhin. 

1.  Fino  a  che  ora  mi  aspetterete  ?  Fino  alle  sei.  2.  Egli  abita 
dirinifjetto  all'ospedale.  3.  La  sua  casa  era  in  faccia  alia  mia.  4. 
Egli  obli6  i  suoi  doveri  in  mezzo  a  tante  delizie.  5.  Cercate  il  mio 
cap[)ello  dentro  a  quell'  altia  camera.  6.  Gli  adulatori  t>ono  sempre 
attorno  agli  uomini  ricchi.  7.  Oltre  a  queste  due  case,  egli  ha 
grandi  propriety  in  provincia.  8.  In  rispetto  a  qiiesto  affare, 
bisogner^  pensarci.  9.  Ej,li  si  gitto  addosso  a  me  come  un  cane 
arrabbiato.  10.  Aspettate  sino  a  doniani,  e  sarete  pagato.  11.  lo 
non  aspettero  neanche  sino  a  stassera,  io  ho  bisogno  di  danaro  imme- 
diatamente.     12.  C  erano  al  teatro  oltre  a  mille  persone. 

1.  Up  to  what  time  did  she  wait  for  me?  She  waited  for  you 
till  four  o'clock.  2.  We  live  opposite  the  new  church.  3.  He 
lived  opposite  our  house  last;  year.  4.  He  has  always  around  him 
many  Hatterers.  5.  Inside  this  box  there  is  a  new  hat  for  you. 
6.  I  thank  you  very  much  for  your  goodness  to  me.  7.  Besides 
that  hat,  1  have  brought  you  a  ring  and  a  watch.  8.  As  for  this 
aftjiir,  I  have  to  speak  about  it  with  my  friends.  9.  The  dog  went 
at  him  like  a  mad  one.    10.  I  shail  wait  lor  him  until  seven  o'clock. 

11.  We  shall  not  wait  h»-re,  but  at  our  house,  until  three  o'clock. 

12.  There  were  there  over  three  thousand  people. 


PREPOSITIONS. 


125 


C.  Prepositions  governing  the  Accusative. 

The  fallowing  prepositions  govern  the  Aecnsative,  as  well 
as  other  ca:bes,  if  included  in  the  other  lists  of  pp.  123-124. 


avanti, 

oiroa, 

cdntro,     1 

contra,    j 

ddpo, 

glusta, 

innanzi, 

saJvo. 

ecoetto, 

dentro, 

mediante, 


before, 
about. 


lungo, 

along. 

presso, 

secondo, 

senza, 

near. 

agreeably. 

without. 

sopra, 
sotto^ 

upon, 
underneath. 

verso, 

towards. 

durante, 

malgrado, 

61tre, 

during. 

notiriihstanding. 

besides. 

dietro. 

behind. 

against. 

after. 

according. 

before. 

except. 

inside. 

by  means  of. 

All  Adjectives  and  Participles  used  as  Pjepositions 
govern  the  Accusative  case  :  as,  ras^nte,  along ;  sdlvo, 
accept ;  nonostante,  notwithstanding ;  mediante,  hy  means ; 
etc. 

Exercise  Llll. 

1.  Non  si  combatte  contro  il  fato.  2.  Eg1i  e  offeso  contro  me  e 
contro  mio  padre  senza  ragione.  3.  Mediante  lemieracomandazicni 
egli  m  nominato  a  quel  posto  lucrative.  4.  Noi  posstdiamo  oltre 
mdle  lire  di  rendita.  5.  Durante  la  ternpesta  il  vascello  s'aflfondo. 
6.  Tutti  si  affogarono,  senza  eccezioiie.  7.  Egli  nsci  di  casa  mal- 
grado i  miei  ordini.  8.  Noi  camminammo  lungo  il  fiiime  tutta  la 
mattina.  9.  La  sua  casa  e  situata  presso  la  mia.  10.  Noi  fumnio 
tntti  a  pranzo  dal  signer  Gnglielmo,  eccetto  te  e  tua  sorella.  11. 
Giusta  la  reUzione  del  giornale,  sembra  che  la  guerra  sia  finita.  12. 
La  sua  carrozza  passo  rasente  la  nostra. 

1.  He  fought  against  us  in  the  war  of  eighteen  hundred  and 
seventy.  2.  They  (masc.)  are  without  money  now.  3.  She  was 
near  nie  at  dinner,  and  we  talked  of  you.  4.  He  has  many  other 
houses  besides  this  one.  5.  Where  were  >ou  just  now?  I  was 
amongst  the  trees  in  your  garden.  6.  He  talked  during  the  concert ; 
the  music  did  not  please  him.  7.  We  went  along  the  river  for  a 
long  walk.  8.  Notwithstanding  his  illness,  he  is  still  very  strong. 
9.  'i  hey  (masc.)  will  dine  without  us,  because  we  shall  not.  be  there 
in  time.  10.  A^^reeably  to  his  letter,  I  shall  lend  him  a  lew 
pounds.  11.  She  has  been  for  a  walk,  in  spite  of  the  orders  of  her 
mother.     12.  We  shall  not  go  for  a  walk  ai^aiiist  your  orders. 

D.  Prepositions  governing  the  Ablative. 

Very  fev^r  prepositions  govern  the  Ablative  and  are  fol- 
lowed by  da.  These  are  fine  da,  since;  Itingi,  discosto  da, /ar 
from. 


126 


CONJUNCTIONS. 


Inftl6ri,  except,  is  &lwa.y8  preceded  by  the  word  it  governs : 

thus, 

Da  me  infudri  non  c'  era  nessiino. 
Except  me,  there  was  nobody. 

Note. — The  preposition  is  sometimes  omitted  in  Italian  in  the 
following  cases  : — 

(a)  When  words  are  joined  together  :  as,  caposcuola,  capocdccia, 
capo[)arte,  instead  of  capo  della  scuola,  head  or  founder  of  the  school 
(of  arts) ;  capo  della  caccia,  head  of  the  hunt ;  capo  della  parte, 
leader  of  the  party.  In  the  plural,  only  tho  first  word  is  modified: 
capiscuola,  capicaceia,  capiparte. 

(6)  In  easa  Strozzi,  in  the  house  of  Strozzi ;  vengo  da  cdsa  Palmieri, 
I  come  from  the  house  of  Palmieri,  &c. 

(c)  The  preposilion  a  is  omitted  in  the  dative  of  the  personal 
pronouns  mi,  ti,  ci,  vi,  le,  gli,  Idro,  si  (see  p.  78). 

(d)  The  preposition  in  is  often  omitted  in  ablatives  referrinsr  to 
time  :  as,  lo  vidi  la  state  scdrsa,  I  saw  him  lant  summer  ;  egli  arrivo  a 
Pescia  dal  Signer  Fidri  il  ciiiqne  acosto,  he  arrived  at  Pescia  at 
Mr.  Fiori's,  August  5th  :  instead  of  nella  state,  vel  quinio  gidriio,  &c. 


XXVI.— Conjunctions  {Congiunzioni). 

Conjunctions  are  of  two  kinds  in  Italian,  i.  e.,  copulative 
when  used  to  join  words  or  sentences,  and  disjunctive  when 
employed  to  separate  them. 


A.  Copulative 

Conjunctions. 

tperchg, 
poiche, 

so  that,  because. 

&r"'   }••"-*'«»«-• 

pacche, 

since 

Sck   }  ^^- 

posciAohe, 

tse, 

if- 

tprima  che,            somer. 

tohe, 

that. 

tquand'  anche,       though. 

•f 

and. 

tse  anche,               even  if. 

e  .  .  .  e, 

as  well  as. 

di  maniera  che,  \  „^  .i. 
dim6doche,       ]  '^^'^' 

o6me, 

as. 

finche. 

till. 

dtinque,                  so,  therefore. 

appena, 
a  pen  a, 

scarcely. 

non  .  .  .  se  non,  except. 
pero,                        though. 

tsappostoohe. 

provided. 

qulndi,                    therefore. 

^nche, 

also. 

dacche,                   because,  since. 

oosicche, 

so  that. 

mentre  che,            whilst. 

fconoiossiaohe. 

in  case  that. 
}  before. 

tfino  a  tanto  che,  until. 

tawegnache, 
tanzi  che, 

SSll^iu,       }  »-''*^- 

tavinti  che. 

Beo6ndo  ohe,           according  as. 

dnde, 

so  that. 

oio^,                        that  isy  i.e. 

■LOOhg, 

so  that. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 


127 


B.  Disjunctive  Conjunctions. 


neppdre, 

nemmeno, 

senza  che, 

nuiladimeno, 

nullameno, 

niente  di  meno 

ma, 

eziandio,  1 

ma  anco,  / 

fnonostante  che, 

tper  quanto  che, 

peroio, 

altresi, 

per  altro, 


0, 

or. 

0   ...   0, 

either  .  .  .  or. 

se, 

whether. 

owero, 

ossia, 

>  or. 

oppure, 

tbenche,             ] 

tabbenche, 

fsebbene, 

'  although. 

tancorche, 

tquantunque, 

tpurche, 

provided. 

ne  .  .  .  ne, 

neither  .  .  .  nor. 

anzi  pure, 

even.                    \ 

not  even, 
without  that. 

nevertheless. 

but. 

hut  also. 

notwithstanding, 

houcever. 

nevertheless. 

besides. 

however. 


All  those  marked  with  \  require  the  following  verb  in 
the  subjunctive. 

Pure,  yet,  is  used  to  mean  also  hoicever,  even ;  pur  troppo, 
means  only  too :  a^, 

^gli  e  pur  troppo  vero,  it  is  only  too  true. 

Perche  means  why  and  because,  and  it  is  not  to  be  mistaken 
for  per  .  .  .  che,  which  means  however. 


Exercise  LIV. 

Copulative  Conjunctions. 

A. 

1.  Egli  e  un  cittadino  ricco  e  possente.  2.  Giacch^  Ella  fe  cosi 
buona,  La  prego  prestarmi  il  sue  libro.  3.  lo  Le  prestero  volentieri 
e  i  miei  libri  e  quanto  altro  Ella  desidera.  4.  Tuo  padre  non  solo 
mi  prest6  un  libro,  ma  prestommi  anche  delle  pittnre  perch^  le 
copiassi.  5.  Bisogna  ch'  egli  studii  se  desidera  essere  premiata. 
6.  Noi  eravamo  appena  usciti  di  casa  che  lo  incontrammo  con  le 
sue  sorelle.  7.  To  non  lo  visiterei,  qnand'  anche  fossi  invitato  a  casa 
sna.  8.  Ragazzi,  non  siate  cattivi,  se  non  volete  essere  puniti.  9. 
Se  anche  egli  fosse  tanto  ricco  quanto  Creso,  io  lion  lo  crederei  uomo 
onesto.  10.  Poiclie  Ella  e  qui,  giuocliiamo  una  partita  alle  carte. 
11.  Io  sono  pero  sicuro  di  perdere.  12.  Egli  mi  saluto  appena  io 
antral  nella  sua  camera. 

1.  He  "was  in  my  room  whilst  we  were  speaking  of  you.  2.  Pro- 
vided yon  are  a  good  boy,  you  will  be  praised.  3.  We  had  scarcely 
begun  our  dinner,  when  he  came  in  with  all  his  friends  (wa.sc.). 

4.  I  shall  be  with  you  as  soon  as  1  shall  have  finished  this  letter. 

5.  He  is  a  studious  boy  as  well  as  an  obedient  one.     6.  He  was  idle, 


128  INTERJECTIONS. 

therefore  he  was  punished  by  his  father.  7.  She  is  now  eighteen 
years  old,  and  she  is  also  the  tallest  of  all  my  sisters.  8.  We  met 
him  as  we  were  comino;  out  of  the  concert.  9.  Sooner  tiian  be  idle, 
I  would  study  and  learn  sometlnng.  10.  Whilst  yuu  are  here,  1 
shall  speak  to  you  about  that  affair.  11.  He  ran  away  in  ord»  r  that 
his  master  might  not  punish  him.  12.  He  is  a  tall  and  a  strong 
man. 

Disjunctive  Conjunctions. 

B. 

1.  Desidera  della  came  o  del  pesce  ?  Datemi  o  came  o  pesce,  h 
lo  stesso  per  me.  2.  Sono  questi  soldati  inj;lesi,  o  fraucesi  ?  Essi 
non  sono  n^  inglesi  ne  francesi,  ma  sono  ilaliani.  3.  Desiderano 
quel  signori  della  birra  oppure  del  vino?  Quel  signori  desiderano 
e  birra  e  vino.  4.  Purch^  impariate  le  vostre  lezioni,  avrere  oggi 
una  bella  arancia  ciascuno.  5.  Non  lo  crederei  neppure  se  lo  ve- 
(lessi  con  gli  occhi  miei.  6.  lo  lo  consigliai  di  finirla,  nondimeno 
egli  continue  a  lamentarsi.  7.  Per  quanto  ch'egli  ami  me,  egli  non 
mi  amer^  mai  quanto  io  lo  amo.  8.  Egli  era  airabbiatissimo,  senza 
che  egli  avrebbe  seguito  il  mio  censigiio.  9.  Carlo  6  molto  povero, 
egli  non  ha  nerameno  uno  scellino.  10.  O  nii  uhbidite,  o  vi 
8caccer5  di  casa  mia.  11.  Giovanni  era  non  solo  stupido,  ma 
ariche  ostinato.  12.  Sebbene  tuo  zio  sia  vecchissimo,  egli  ha  ottioaa 
salute. 

1.  Although  ihe  is  very  young,  she  is  a  very  good  and  sttidious 
girl.  2.  [)o  }oa  want  this  book  or  that?  Give  me  either  this  one 
or  that  one.  3.  Although  I  advised  him  well,  he  would  not  follow 
my  advice.  4.  Provided  you  are  diligent  you  will  have  a  present. 
5.  This  story  is  only  too  true,  although  so  difficult  to  believe.  6. 
Whether  true  or  not,  it  is  a  nice  story.  7.  Do  you  want  tea  or 
coffee?  I  want  neither  tea  nor  coffee,  but  I  want  some  wine.  8. 
Why  have  you  been  punished?  Because  I  have  not  learnt  my 
French  lesson.  9.  However  old  he  may  be,  he  is  not  yet  a  hundred 
years  old.  10.  I  want  not  only  books,  but  also  pen  and  ink.  11.  I 
am  not  very  well,  hut  nevertheless  1  shall  be  at  your  liall  next 
week.  12.  He  would  have  a  prize  if  he  were  studious,  but  he  is 
very  idle. 


XXVII. — Interjections  {Inter iezioni). 

ah  I  ah  I  oibo!  jie. 

fthi  I  alas !  possibile !  good  gracious ! 

eh!  \  1,^77-1  avanti!  forward! 


\  hallo 


>  hurrah! 


m\  r""^'  evYiva! 

oTiime !  woe  is  me  I  viva !  f 

Ola!  oh!  iitto!  hush! 

oniil  courage!  inirno!  courage! 


INTERJECTIONS.  129 


bene! 

weU! 

f 

benone ! 

very  weU  I 

aidto! 

help ! 

bravo  ! 

well  done  I 

aU'erta! 

up  I 

affe! 

indeed ! 

susu! 

come,  come ! 

obi  va  la ! 

who  goes  there  ! 

Remarks. 

gn&i !  woe  I 

?&po1u°Bicoo!}  S"^  *«<"'«»' ^ 

li'.  )  »*' 

deb !  alas ! 
fadri !  begone  1 

via !  away ! 


1.  Bravo  and  zitto  agree,  like  adjectives,  in  gender  and 
number  with  the  person  spoken  to  :  as, 

Bravo  1   Carlo,  hai  oantato  benissimo. 
Well  done.  Charles,  thou  hast  sung  very  well. 
Brava!  signoia  l^iuma,  ;£lla  balla  a  maraviglia, 
Well  done !  Madam  Emma,  you  dance  beautifully. 
Zitti !  lagazzi,  non  late  ruraore, 
Hush!  children,  do  not  make  any  noise. 
Siguoiiue,  ]!er  carita  btatevi  zitti- ! 
Young  ladies,  for  heaven's  i^ahe,  keep  quiet. 

2.  In  interjeotive  sentences  the  adjective  must  precede 
the  personal  pronoun,  wLich  is  put  in  the  accusative  :  thus, 

Ahi  !  mispra  te !  Oh  !  povcri  lore  ! 

Oh  !  wretch  that  thou  art  I  Alas !  poor  people  ! 

3.  When  an  adjective  is  with  a  name,  this  is  preceded  by 
di;  the  adjective  coming  first :  as. 

Oh,  quelle  zdtico  di  Cdrlo !  Oh,  qiieila  scidcca  di  Maria ! 

Oh,  that  hoor  Charles  !  Oh,  that  foolish  Mary! 

4.  When  an  appellative  noun  is  used  with  the  name  of 
a  person,  the  foi  mer  is  }>recefled  bv  di  with  the  article  :  as. 

Quel  caro  vecchio  del  signor  Raffaellel 
That  dear  old  man.  Mr.  Raphael ! 
Quell  I  buona  donna  della  bigndia  B. ! 
That  good  woman,  Mrs.  B. ! 

5.  Gudi !  woe !  takes  a  dative :  as, 

Gudi  a  te,  se  noti  mi  ubbidisci ! 
Wop  to  thee,  if  thou  dost  not  obey  me! 
Guai  ai  codardi! 
Woe  to  the  cowards ! 

6.  After  interjections  expt-epsing  grief,  the  pronoun  may 
also  be  put  in  the  dative,  the  adjective  precediiig  it :  as, 

Oh  !  pdvero  a  me,  qiiaito  sono  infelicel 
Oh!  poor  me,  how  unhappy  I  ami 


130  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


EXEBCISK   LV. 


1.  Oh,  che  bella  maschera,  ma  non  ha  cervello !  2.  Oh,  che  belle 
pitture  !  3.  Ehi,  fern)ati,  ti  ho  da  parlare.  4.  Ehi,ehi,dove  corri? 
Corro  dal  medico,  5.  Zitto,  non  far  rumore,  che  il  bambino  non  si 
svegli.  6.  ]fc  egli  possibile !  Cosi  e  pur  tropjK)!  7.  Avanti,  avHnti, 
ho  bisogno  di  voi.  8.  Viva  1' Italia,  viva  la  liberty !  9.  Animo 
dunque,  soldati,  e  battete  il  nemico !  10.  Guai  a  quel  sohlato  che 
volger^  le  spaile  al  nemico.  11.  Corpo  di  Bacco!  questa  si  che  6 
bella !     12.  All'  erta,  sentinella !  All'  erta  sto ! 

1.  Oh,  poor  me,  I  am  ruined!  2.  Oh,  what  a  beautiful  picture! 
3.  Hallo,  stop,  I  have  to  speak  to  you.  4.  Is  this  {X)ssible?  Y(-t, 
it  is  so.  5.  Enuland  for  ever!  6.  Hurrah  for  the  Queen  !  7.  Woe 
to  those  who  shall  run  away!  8.  Courage,  soldiers,  let  us  beat  our 
enemies !  9.  Make  haste,  Charles,  I  have  need  of  you.  10.  Woe  to 
you,  if  you  are  a  bad  boy!  11.  Hush,  baby,  hush  !  12.  Oh,  what 
a  tall  man ! 


XXVI II. — Irregular  Verbs  (  Verbi  Irregoldri). 

Irregular  Verbs  may  be  divided  into  three  classes. 
They  follow  in  most,  though  not  in  all,  cases  the  Perfects 
and  Supines  of  the  Latin  verbs  from  which  they  are 
derived. 

The  Fiasr  Class  includes  all  those  verbs  which  have 
their  irregularities  in  common  with  other  verbs,  so  that 
they  can  be  classed  together  in  diffeient  groups,  according 
to  their  irregularities.  In  each  group  we  give  only  the 
iiTcgularities  of  one  Verb,  the  other  Verbs  of  the  same 
group  being  understood  to  be  conjugated  in  the  same 
way. 

The  StcoND  Class  includes  all  those  Verbs,  the  irregu- 
larities of  which  cannot  be  subjected  to  any  rule.  This 
Class  also  includes  Verbs  which  have  only  the  Past 
Participle  irregular. 

The  Third  Class  contains  all  the  Defective  Verbs. 

The  First  Class. 

The  following  Verbs,  almost  all  belonging  to  the  Second 
Conjugation,  have  the  first  and  third  persons  of  the  Sin- 
gular, and  the  third  person  of  the  Plural  ii regular  in  the 
Past  Delinite  and  also  an  irregular  Past  Participle. 


lEREGULAK   VEUBS. 


131 


Verbs  irregular  in  thk  Past  Definite  and  Past 
Participle. 


1.  Past  Def.  in  si.     Past  Part,  in  SSO. 
M6ttere,  to  put*  {Lat,  mitto,  misi,  missum). 


Past  Definite. 


io  misi. 
tumettesti. 
egli  mise. 


noi  metteinmo. 
voi  metteste. 
eglin©  misero. 


So  also  the  compounds  : 


commettere, 
omettere, 
amraeitere, 
permettere, 
pr  omettere, 


to  commit, 
to  omit, 
to  admit, 
to  permit 
to  promise. 


compromettere,      to  compromise. 


Past  Pauticiple. 

Masc.  Fern, 

messo.  messa. 

m«ssi.  mease. 


rime'ttere, 

diiuettere, 

scommettere, 

aottome'ttere, 

sommettere. 


to  remit, 
to  dismiss, 
to  bet. 

submit. 


}. 


Exercise  LVI. 

1.  Ella  mise  il  tuo  cappello  invece  del  suo  nella  scatola.  2. 
Dove  hai  tu  niessi  i  miei  libii ?  Io  li  ho  messi  nella  libreria.  3. 
Eglino  misero  tiitti  i  loro  abiti  nelle  loro  camere.  4.  II  giudice 
ammise  1' innocenza  del  prigiouiero  e  Io  libera  6.  Egli  hacommesso 
de' gravi  errori.  6.  Quell' uomo  ha  commessi  moiti  delitti.  7  Mio 
padre  uon  mi  permise  di  visitarlo.  8.  Io  gli  promisi  un  bel  regale, 
86  egli  mi  avesse  aiutato.  9.  Ella  si  e  compromessa  seriamente  col 
governo  per  i  suoi  errori  politici.  10.  Io  Le  ho  sottomesse  tutte  le 
mie  raiiioni.  11.  La  porta  della  mia  camera  e  chiusa.  12.  Che 
cosa  ha  Ella  scommesso?     Io  non  ho  scommesso  nulla. 

1.  He  promised  me  that  he  wouhl  pay  this  bill  of  exchange  next 
week.  2.  He  compromised  himself  with  his  government.  3.  Did 
you  bet  anything?  I  never  bet.  4.  I  put  my  hat  on  that  chair, 
when  1  came  in.  5.  "Where  has  she  put  my  books?  She  has  put 
ycmr  books  on  rhe  taV»le.  6.  Has  he  submitted  to  you  his  reasons? 
Not  yet.  7.  Has  the  judge  admitted  his  innocence?  Yes,  and  he 
has  set  him  at  liberty.  8.  Charles  has  committed  a  very  serious 
mistake,  and  he  will  be  punished  for  it.  9.  We  shall  submit  our 
reasons  to  the  jud<ie,  and  he  will  set  us  at  liberty.  10.  Why  did 
you  compromise  yourselves?  We  have  not  compromised  ourselves. 
11.  Would  you  allow  me  to  go  out?  Not  belore  you  have  had 
your  lesson.     12.  His  mother  did  not  permit  him  to  visit  us. 


All  the  Tenses  are  omitted  In  which  the  Verb  follows  the  Regular  Conjugation. 


132 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


2.  Past  Def.  in  si.     Past  Part,  in  to. 
V61gere,  to  turn  (Lat.  volvo,  volvi,  volutum). 


Past  Definite. 


Past  Pabticiple. 


io  ydlsi. 
tu  volgeati. 
4g]i  vdlseu 

So  also : 

accdrgersi, 

aggiuagere, 

assdrgere, 

as8uinere,t 

attingere, 

cfngere,*       ] 

cfgiiere,         J 

corapiingere, 

compiiiigere, 

congiiiiigere, 

consiimt;re,t 

contdrcere, 

convincere, 

desiiinere.t 

dUgiiingere, 

distinguere, 

distdroere, 

dive'Uere, 

divdlgere,     ) 

disvdlgere,    J 

em^rgere, 

estinguere, 

e»tdllere, 

fiiigere, 

frangere,*     ] 

frd-giiere,       J 

giiiogere,*    \ 

g'iUgnere,      j 

immergere, 

indiilgere, 

iiifrdngere, 

infrfng^re, 

insdrgero, 

intfngere, 

invdlgcre, 

milugere, 


ndi  volgeramo. 
vdi  volg^ste. 
€gliao  vdlaero. 


to  perceive, 
to  adjoin, 
to  rise, 
to  asmme. 
to  attain. 

to  gird. 

to  pity, 
to  afflict, 
to  join, 
to  consume, 
to  contort, 
to  convince, 
to  assume, 
to  (Hsjoin. 
to  distinguish, 
to  distort, 
to  uproot. 

to  unfold. 

to  emerge. 
to  extinguish, 
to  extol, 
to  feign. 

to  break. 

to  arrive. 

to  immerse, 
to  indulge, 
to  brfak. 
to  infringe, 
to  revolt, 
to  dip. 

to  complicate, 
to  milk. 


Masc. 
vdlto. 
vdltL 


pifingere, 

pfn^ere,         \ 

dipmgere,     / 

porgere, 

pre8iiraere,t 

piingere, 

raggiiiiigere, 

rfepingere, 

ria.ssilmere,t 

rifrdngere, 

risdrgere, 

ritiiigere, 

ritdrcere, 

sciugere, 

sconvdlgere, 

scdrgere, 

fmiingere, 

soggiungere, 

Bommergere, 

sdrgere, 

sospingere, 

spiugere, 

stingere,*      ) 

stfgnere,       j 

Btdrcere, 

svellere, 

svdlgere, 

tingere,*       | 

tignere,         i 

tdrcere, 

traydlgere,    1 

stravdlgere,  J 

lingere, 

vfiicere, 

vdlgere, 


Fern. 
Tdlto. 
Tdlta. 


to  weep. 

to  paint. 

to  offer. 

to  presume. 

to  prick. 

to  rejoin. 

to  push  ha^k. 

to  reassume. 

to  refract. 

to  rine  again. 

to  dye  again. 

to  turn  again. 

to  untie. 

to  turn  round. 

to  perceive. 

to  dry  up. 

to  add. 

to  submerge. 

to  rise. 

to  push  forward. 

to  push. 

to  discolour. 

to  distort, 
to  root  up. 
to  untwist. 

to  colour. 

to  tunst. 

io  turn  over. 

to  anoint, 
to  urin. 
to  turn. 


Presumere  has  also  the  Fast  Definite  in  presom^L 


*  The  Tenses  of  these  V^rbs  are  formed  from  this  TnflDltiTe  only. 
t  The  m  is  changed  into  n  ia  the  irregular  terminations. 


lEBEGULAK   VERBS. 


133 


Exercise  LVII. 

1,  Io  gli  risposi  che  sarei  stato  felicissimo  di  riceverlo  a  casa  mia 
2.  11  generale  cinse  la  spada  e  monto  a  cavallo.  3.  !Mia  sorella 
giunse  <la  Milano  ieri  sera.  4.  Perclieha  tuofiatello  pianto?  Egli 
ha  pianto  perclife  il  maestro  Io  ha  biasimato.  5.  Koi  Io  abbiamo 
ragjLunto  prima  che  egli  I'osse  entiato  al  ttairo.  6.  Dopo  aver  tanto 
parlato,  egli  soggiunse  aDche  quests  yarole.  7.  Egli  fu  com- 
pianto  da  tiitti  uella  sua  disgrazia.  8.  ^iuo  fratello  finge  di  non 
capire.  9.  Chi  ha  dipiuto  questo  bel  quadro?  II  nostro  amico  P. 
io  ha  dipiuto  pochi  anni  fa.  10.  Le  mie  mani  sono  unte  d'olio. 
II.  Egli  si  e  molto  distinto  agli  esami.  12.  Egli  ha  risoluto  di 
tnigliorursi. 

1.  We  replied  to  him  that  we  had  no  morey.  2.  "Where  did  you 
rejoin  him?  We  rejoined  him  near  his  house.  3.  What  did  he 
say  neat  (soggiungere)  ?  He  next  swid  that  he  was  right.  4.  With 
what  have  they  (ftm.)  anointed  their  hands?  They  (f^m.)  have 
anointed  their  hands  wiih  oil.  5.  He  feigns  to  be  asUep.  6.  He 
greatly  di.-tiiiguished  himself  at  his  last  examination.  7.  The  king 
distinguished  ihat  captain  amongst  all  others.  8.  He  has  resolved 
to  Lam  the  Frercli  language  as  soon  as  pcssiMe.  9.  He  painted 
that  picture  when  he  was  twenty-seven  years  old.  10.  By  whom 
has  this  btautilul  picture  been  painttd  ?  By  my  fiirnd  P.  11.  All 
my  friends  pitied  me  in  my  mislortune.  12.  The  babv  has  cried 
all  night. 

3.  Past  Bef.  in  ssi.     Pad  Part,  in  sso. 
Deprimere,  to  depress  (Lat.  deprimo,  depressi,  depressum), 


Past 

Definite. 

Past  Participle. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

io  depressi. 
til  deprime'sti. 
egli  depresse. 

noi  deprimemmo. 
voi  depriine'ste. 
eglino    depre's- 
sero. 

depre'sso. 
depressi. 

depressa. 
depresse. 

So  also : 

concedere, 
supce'dere, 

to  concede 
to  succeed. 

impnmere,* 
oppiimtre,* 

to  impress, 
to  oppress. 

affigtrere, 

to  affix. 

sconne'ttere, 

to  disjoin. 

orociliirgtre, 
deprimere,* 

to  cru'ify. 
to  depress. 

soppiimere,* 
pi  rcuotere, 

to  suppress 
to  heat. 

espn'mere,* 

to  express. 

hcuotere, 

to  shake. 

comprimere,* 

to  compress. 

iuciitere, 

to  inspire. 

*  The  i  is  changed  iuto  e  in  the  Irregular  terminations. 


134 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


di8c6tere. 

to  discuss. 

rimuovere, 

to  remove. 

riscudtere, 

to  collect  money. 

smudvere, 

to  move. 

anne'ttere. 

to  annex. 

nettere, 

to  join. 

conn^ttere, 

to  connect. 

piomudvere, 

to  promote. 

ritiettere, 

to  refract. 

repnraere,* 

to  repress. 

mudvere, 

to  move. 

flettere, 

to  bend. 

commuovere, 

to  Umch. 

I  prefiggere, 

to  jirefix. 

Conc^dere  and  succ^dere  have  also  the  regular  forms. 
Verbs  ending  in  uotere  and  uovere  drop  the  u  in  their  Past 
Definite  and  Past  Participle  :  as,  io  perc6ssi,  mosso,  etc. 
Rifl^ttere  is  regular  when  meaning  to  reflect. 

Exercise  LVIII. 

1.  II  re  ha  concesso  al  generale  la  grazia  del  soldato  condannato 
amorfe.  2.  Le  leggi  in  Roma  erano  affisse  al  Campidoglio.  3.  Cristo 
fu  crocifisso  pe'  nostri  peccati.  4.  Chi  ha  crocifisso  Nostro  Signore  ? 
I  Giudei  Lo  crocifissero.  5.  Come  esprimere  la  nda  gioia  a  tal 
nuova  ?  G.  i  popoli  opj)ressi  un  Hi  o  1'  altro  si  vendicano  de"  loro 
oppressori.  7.  Egli  fu  percosso  |)er  di  dietro  da  un  assassino.  8. 
Io  non  ho  ancora  riscosso  la  rendita  di  queste  case.  9.  La  sua  im- 
magine  e  riflessa  ndlo  specchio.  10.  Io  non  ho  ancora  rifltttuto 
abhastanza  alia  tua  offerta.  11.  11  suo  eloquente  discorso  ci  ha 
tutti  commossi.  12.  Io  fui  promosso  ca^itano  sul  campo  di  bat- 
tagUa  pel  niio  valore. 

1.  That  captain  was  promoted  on  the  batth  field.  2.  The  king 
granted  a  Tree  pardon  to  the  prisoner.  3.  He  was  struck  by  a  man 
in  the  street.  4.  That  law  was  affixed  to  the  Capitol.  5.  That 
people  was  oppressed  by  a  ba  1  king.  6.  He  was  crucified  for  our 
sins.  7.  He  expressed  ids  joy  with  a  loud  voice.  8.  Have  they 
(masc.)  collected  the  rent  of  your  house  and  of  the  house  of  your 
cousin  (masc.)?  Not  yet,  sir.  9.  1  was  moved  by  his  eloquent 
speech.  l'>.  Have  you  reflected  sufficiently  about  it?  Yes,  sir, 
and  I  sl»all  follow  your  advice.  11.  "What  is  reflected  by  that 
looking-glass?  My  own  image.  12.  He  has  struck  my  little 
brother  with  bis  stick. 


4.  Past  Def.  in  ssi.     Past  Part,  in  tto. 

Scrivere,  to  write  (Lat.  scribo,  scripsi,  scriptum). 
Past  Depintte. 


Io  scrtsBi. 
tu  scrivesti. 
^gli  sciisse. 


ndi  sorivemmo. 
vdi  scriveste. 
^glino  Si-riBsero. 


Fast  Participle. 

Masc.  Fem. 

scrltto.  BcKtta. 

scritti  scrltte. 


IKREGULAR   VERBS. 


135 


So  also : 


cuocere,t 

to  cook. 

ergere, 

to  erect. 

ricuocere.t 

to  cook  again. 

erigere, 

to  erect. 

costruire, 

to  construct. 

friggere, 

to  fry. 

scnvere, 

to  write. 

leggere, 

to  read. 

affliggere, 

to  afflict. 

negligere,t 

to  neglect. 

infliggere. 

to  inflict. 

reggere, 

to  govern. 

instruire, 

to  instruct 

struggere, 

to  dissolve. 

correggere. 

to  correct. 

\  di struggere, 

to  destroy. 

dirigere,* 

to  direct. 

1  traf  ggere, 

to  transfix. 

tradiirre. 

to  translate. 

i  stitiggersi, 

4o  long. 

condiirre, 

to  conduct. 

inuurre, 

to  induce. 

condursi. 

to  behave. 

i  addiitre, 

to  bring. 

produ'rre, 

to  produce. 

ridiirre, 

to  reduce. 

figgere, 

to  fix. 

sediirrc, 

to  seduce. 

configgere, 

to  nail  down. 

dediirre, 

to  deduct. 

eleggere, 

to  elect. 

prote'ggere, 

to  protect. 

Ergere  has  the  Past  Definite  and  Past  Participle  from 
er^ggere. 

Addurre,  indurre,  tradurre,  sedtirre,  dedurre,  condurre, 
ridtirre,  and  prodtirre  foim  iheii-  Regular  Tenses  from  their 
old  infinitives,  in  cere,  adducere,  inducere,  seducere,  tradu- 
cere.  rondHcere,  etc.,  of  which  tliey  are  a  contraction ,  thus, 
io  adduco,  egli  seduce,  che  eglino  conducano,  etc. 

The  Past  Participle  of  verbs  ending  in  cere  or  urre 
ends  in  otto,  as  tradotto,  cotto,  ridotto,  indotto. 

Exercise  LIX. 

1.  II  maestro  ha  corretti  i  nostri  esercizi.  2.  Egli  e  ridotto  alia 
miseria.  3.  lo  addussi  tutte  le  mie  ragioni,  ed  egli  atFernio  che  io 
aveva  torto.  4.  Noi  fummo  protetti  da  lui.  6.  Chi  ti  protesse  ? 
Mio  cugino.  6.  La  cittk  intera  fu  distrutta  dai  nemici.  7.  Avete 
voi  neglerto  i  vostri  doveri?  Nossignore,  noi  non  11  negligiamo 
mai.  8.  Tuo  cugino  si  e  condotto  niolto  male  in  questo  afifare. 
9.  Molte  statue  furono  erette  al  primo  re  d' Italia  in  diverse  citta 
della  penisola.  10.  Gli  eressero  una  statua  perche  fu  grande  oratore. 
11.  Chi  Le  ha  scritto?  11  libraio  mi  ha  scritto  e  mi  lia  inamlato  il 
suo  conto.  12.  ]&  fritto  il  pesce?  11  pesce  non  e  ancora  Iritto, 
signore;  bisognera  aspettare  ancora  un  poco. 

1.  Who  has  corrected  this  exercise?  The  master  has  corrected 
it.  2.  To  what  has  he  been  reduced  by  his  laziness !  3.  I  brought 
before  him  many  good  reasons,  and  he  affirmed  that  I  was  wrong. 
4.  We  were  protected  by  the  general.    5.  Who  protected  you?    My 


*  The  i  is  changed  into  e  in  the  Irregular  terminations. 
f  The  u  is  omitted  in  the  Irregular  terminations. 


136 


IRREGULAR   VEBBS. 


brother  protected  me.  6.  What  did  the  enomies  destroy?  They 
destroyed  the  whole  town.  7.  Why  do  you  neglect  your  lessons? 
I  have  never  neglected  them.  8.  How  <iid  he  behave  himseli  ?  He 
behaved  himseli  very  well.  9.  Why  «lid  they  erect  a  statue  lo  him? 
Because  lie  had  been  a  great  man.  10.  Have  they  erected  a  statue 
to  the  king?  They  have  erected  him  many  statues.  11.  Who  has 
written  this  letter?  That  letter  has  been  written  by  my  cousin 
(/em.).     12.  I  wrote  my  lesson  last  evening. 

5.  Past  Def.  in  bbi.     Past  Part,  in  iuto. 
Cr^scere,  to  grow  (Lai.  crescere). 


io  cr^bi 
tu  rres'-^sti. 
€gli  cr^be. 

Past  Definite. 

ndi  cresc^mmo. 
vdi  creseeste. 
€glmo  cre'bbero. 

Past  Participle. 

Masc.                          Fem. 
crescifito.            crescifita. 
crescilti.            crescifite. 

So  also : 

condscere, 

decrescere, 
ricondjcere, 
sconddcere, 

to  know  (physical 

hniiwledge). 
to  deireaxe. 
to  recognise. 
to  mistake. 

EXERCI 

rincr^scere 
iucr^scere, 
accre'scere, 

SE  LX. 

to  regret, 
to  regret. 

to  augment,  to  in- 
crease. 

1.  Conosce  Ella  il  signor  B.  ?  Sissignore,  io  1*  ho  conosciuto  molti 
anni  fa  a  casa  di  tua  zia.  2.  Io  conobbi  tuo  fratello  per  mezzo  della 
signora  B.  3.  Ella  e  cresciuta  multo  dall'anno  scorso.  4.  Ella 
crehbe  poco  Tanno  passato.  5.  Quel  ragazzo  non  cresce  molto  presto. 
6.  lo  non  lo  riconobbi,  perchd  egli  era  mntato  moltissimo.  7.  Mi 
rincresCH  molto  non  aver  danari  per  aiiitarlo.  8.  tili  rincrebbe  di 
ritornare  alia  scuola.  9.  lo  1' ho  riconosciuto  appena  egli  entr6  nella 
camera.  10.  L*  avaro  accrebbe  le  sue  ricchezze  con  I'usura.  11.  La 
sua  paga  lu  accresciuta  di  cento  lire  all' anno.  12.  A  tutti  quanti 
rincrebbe  tale  nuova. 

1.  I  do  not  know  Mr.  B.,  but  ray  brother  has  known  him  a 
long  time.  2.  1  knew  that  gentleman  in  Paris,  «  hen  T  was  there  with 
my  father.  3.  We  all  knew  him  when  he  lived  in  the  house  oppo- 
site.   4.  They  (ma^'c.)  recognised  me  as  soon  as  I  entered  ilie  room. 

5.  I  did  not  recognise  your  sister,  because  slie  had  grown  very  much. 

6.  She  recognised  me  at  once,  however,  and  asked  m<'  for  news  of  my 
family.  7.  I  regret  very  much  not  to  have  anything,  or  I  should 
help  you  willingly.  8.  She  regretted  to  go  to  school  again.  9.  You 
have  grown  very  little  since  last  year.  10.  My  sister  has  not  grown 
at  all  the  last  month.  11.  My  father  has  increased  his  money,  and 
is  very  happy.  12.  He  is  a  miser,  he  increases  his  wealth  through 
usury. 


IBREGULAK   VERBS.  137 

6.  Past  Def.  in  ulsi.     Past  Part  in  ulso. 

Esp611ere,  to  expel  (Lat.  expello,  expuli,  expulsum). 
Past  Definite.  Past  Participle. 

Masc.  Fem. 


esptilso.  espllsa. 

espulse. 


io  espfilsi.  noi  espellemmo. 

tu  espellesti.       voi  espelleste. 
egli  espulse.       eglino  espulsero. 

So  also : 

impellere,  to  excite.  I  ripellere,  to  repel. 

repeilere,  to  repel.  \  espellere,  to  expel. 

Exercise  LXI. 

1.  Egli  fu  espulso  perche  era  un  allievo  disobbefliente  ed  ozioso. 
2.  Io  lo  espulsi  di  casa  mia,  perche  era  uno  stupido  servitore.  3.  La 
tempesta  di  ieri  sera  ha  (iivelto  molti  alberi  nel  nostro  giaidino. 
4.  Egli  fu  irresistibilmente  impulse  a  yartire  pel  campo  di  battaglia 
e  diieiider^  il  sno  ]taese.  5.  I  nostri  soldati  repulsero  il  nemico  e  lo 
sconfissero  completaraente.  6.  La  sua  petizione  fu  ripulsa  dal  re. 
7.  Voi  sarete  tutti  espulsi  da  quet-ta  scuola  se  non  sarete  buoni 
ragazzi.  8.  Carlo  fu  espulso  senza  colpa  sua ;  la  colpa  era  tutta  di 
Enrico.  9.  Amor  di  i  a'.ria  lo  impulse  a  tale  azione  valorosa.  10. 
Un  ignobile  motive  11  imptlleva,  quando  commisero  tale  delitto. 

11.  11  generale   ripulse   con   sdegno  la  proposta  di  arrendersi  al 
nemico.     li.  lo  mi  lascero  impellere  soltanto  da  nobili  molivi. 

1.  He  was  expelled  from  school  this  morning.  2.  You  will  also 
be  expelled,  if  yon  are  disobedient.  3.  They  (wiasc)  will  not  expel 
us  from  our  house.  4.  Who  expelled  thy  brother  from  school? 
The  master  expelled  him.  5.  Has  he  been  expelled  from  his 
scliool?  No,  sir,  he  has  not  been  expelled.  6.  Will  they  (masc.) 
be  expelled  ?  They  (masc.)  will  be  expelled  if  they  (masc.)  are  lazy 
and  disobedient.  7.  By  whom  will  they  (masc.)  be  expelled  ?  By 
their  master.  8.  Who  repulsed  the  enemies  ?  Our  soldiers  repulsed 
the  enemies  and  b(  at  them.  9.  What  incited  him  to  so  noble  a 
deed  ?  Love  of  hisconntrv.  10.  My  petition  has  been  repulsed  by 
tlie  king.     11.  The  wind  has  uprooted  several  trees  in  their  garden. 

12.  That  tree  has  be  en  uprooted  last  night. 

7.  Past  Def.  in  ppi.     Past  Part,  in  tto. 
Rompere,  to  break  (Lat.  rumpo,  rupi,  ruptum). 
Past  DErmiTE.  Past  Participle. 


Masc. 

Fem. 

io  rtippi. 

not  rompemmo. 

rdtto. 

rdtta. 

tu  rompesti. 

voi  rompeste. 

rotti.       • 

rdtte. 

€gli  ruppe. 

eglino  ruppero. 

138 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


So  also  the  compounds : 


corrompere, 
dirdmpere, 


to  corrupt, 
to  ruth  out. 


I  pronSmpere,        to  hurst  forth. 


Exercise  LXII. 

1.  La  serva  ha  rotto  iin  bicchiere.  2.  Che  cosa  ha  Ella  rotto  ?  lo 
non  ho- rot  to  nulla.  3.  Jo  ruppi  il  rnio  bastone  coiitro  un  sasso. 
4.  Dopo  cena,  eglino  ruppero  tutti  i  bicchieri  e  tutti  i  piatti,  essendosi 
ubbriacHti.  5.  Questo  vetro  e  rotto,  bisogner^  metteme  uuo  iiuovo. 
6.  Egli  si  corruppe  in  compagniadi  quel  cattivaccio.  7.  Se  foste  suo 
amico,  euli  vi  corromijerebbe.  8.  Egli  si  e  rotta  la  gamba  utllo 
scendere  le  S'jale.  9.  Da  chi  fu  rotta  questa  bottiglia  ?  Essa  fu 
rotta  da  Carlo.  10.  Egli  proruppe  in  insulti  coutro  di  me.  11. 
Piove  a]la  dirotta !     12.  Chi  rompe,  paga. 

1.  He  broke  a  glass  and  two  cups.  2.  She  has  broken  that  look- 
ing-glass last  evening.  3.  Who  breaks  has  to  pay.  4.  I  have 
never  broken  anything.  5.  They  {masc.)  broke  all  the  glasses  alter 
dinner,  tliey  were  drunk.  6.  Why  did  }ou  break  this  plate?  I 
did  not  break  it,  Charles  has  broken  it.  7.  Is  my  stick  broken  ? 
Yes,  sir,  it  lias  been  bn^ken  by  your  brother.  8.  He  was  dmnk 
and  burst  forth  in  insufts  against  me  and  against  everybody. 
9.  Why  do  you  pay  t'ds  money  to  me?  Because  I  have  broken 
your  umbrella.  10.  Who  broke  the  glass  in  that  windo^v?  I 
broke  it,  and  I  shall  pay  for  a  new  one.  11.  How  did  you  break  it? 
With  a  stone.  12.  Why  did  that  man  break  all  the  glasses  in  the 
windows  of  that  house?  He  broke  them  without  any  reason,  but 
only  because  he  was  drunk. 


8.  Past  Def.  in  si.     Fast  Part,  in  sto. 
Chi^dere,  to  oak  (Lat.  quaero,  quae^ivi,  quaesitum). 


Past  Definite. 


Past  Participle. 


io  chi^ri. 
tu  ohiede'sti. 
^gli  chie'se. 

So  also : 

richie'dere, 
nascdadere, 


ndi  cliiedemmo. 
vdi  chiede'ste. 
eglino  chiesero. 


to  ask  again, 
to  hide. 


Masc. 

chie'sto. 
chi^stL 


Fem. 

chiesta. 
ohi^ste. 


I  rispdndere,         to  reply. 

I  corrispdndere,    to  correspond. 


Exercise  LXIII. 


1.  Io  chiesi  al  maestro  della  carta  per  scriverci  i  miei  esercizL 
2.  Ella  Le  chiese  il  suo  parere.  o.  ('he  cosa  Le  hanno  chiesto  i  suoi 
amici?  Eglino  mi  chiesero  di  accompagnarli  al  teatro.  4.  Io  non 
Le  chiederei  mai  c\b  che  Ella  non  ha.     5.  Io  ho  richiesto  Carlo  di 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


139 


portarmi  questa  lettera  alia  i)osta.  6.  Che  cosa  le  hanno  richiesto 
quel  forestieri  ?  Essi  mi  chiesero  di  indirizzarli  al  migliore  albergo 
della  cittk.  7.  lo  domandai  ad  Enrico  di  darmi  un  libro  da  leggere, 
ed  egli  mi  rispose  che  non  ne  aveva.  8.  lo  nou  ho  ancora  risposto 
alia  sua  lettera,  e  spero  che  mi  scuserk  del  ritardo.  9.  lo  ho  corris- 
posto  con  un  negoziante  a  Venezia  per  la  compra  di  alcuni  specchi. 
10.  Che  cosa  Le  ha  egli  risposto  ?  Egli  mi  ha  risposto  che  non  ne 
aveva  da  vendere.  11.  Perche  si  uascondono  que'ragazzi  ?  Essi  si 
nascondono  per  non  essere  puniti.  12.  Tuo  fratello  si  e  nascosto 
dietro  la  porta. 

1.  What  did  you  ask  that  man  ?  I  asked  him  to  show  me  the 
way  (indirizzarmi)  to  the  house  of  Mr.  B.  2.  Have  you  answered 
the  letter  of  your  cousin  {fern.)  ?  I  have  not  yet  answered  it,  hut 
I  shall  answer  it  to-morrow.  3.  1  have  written  to  the  merchant  in 
Paris  in  order  to  buy  some  looking-glasses,  and  he  has  not  yet 
answered  me.  4.  I  did  correspond  with  him  last  month  ;  but  now 
I  no  longer  answer  his  letters.  5.  Have  you  read  this  letter? 
Yes,  and  I  have  also  answered  it.  6.  Who  is  hidden  behind  the 
door  ?  Nobody  is  hidden  there.  7.  Where  is  your  brother  hidden  ? 
He  is  hidden  under  the  table.  8.  Why  does  he  hide  himself? 
Because  he  is  afraid  of  being  punished.  9.  With  whom  are  you 
corresponding  ?  1  am  corresponding  with  one  of  my  friends  (masc.) 
in  America.  10.  What  did  they  (masc.)  ask  you  ?  They  asked  me 
to  accompany  them  to  the  house  of  their  lather.  11.  Who  asked  you 
for  a  book  ?  The  new  pupil  (masc.)  asked  me  for  a  book.  12.  I 
shall  not  reply  to  this  letter. 


The  Second  Class. 
A.  Verbs  irregular  in  the  Past  Participle  only. 


Infinitive 

;. 

Past  Participle. 

Assistere, 

to  assist. 

assistito. 

persistere, 

to  persist. 

persistito. 

insistere, 

to  insist, 

insislito. 

resistere, 

to  resist. 

resistito. 

aspolvere,* 

to  absolve. 

assolto. 

risolvere, 

to  resolve. 

ri  solute. 

fendere,* 

to  split, 

fesso. 

sussistere, 

to  subsist, 

susbistito. 

esistere, 

to  exist, 

esistito. 

esaurire,* 

to  exhaust, 

esdusto. 

aprire, 

to  open, 

ape'rto. 

concepire,* 

to  conceive. 

conce'tto. 

coprire, 

to  cover. 

coperto. 

contessere, 

to  weave, 

cont^sto. 

*  These  Verbs  have  also  a  regular  Past  Participle.    Assoluto 
and  assolto,  absolved. 


abtohOe, 


140 


IKREGULAR   VERBS. 


cdmpiere,* 

to  finish. 

compfto. 

dvs  stere. 

to  dedsty 

deBistfto. 

infl^ttere. 

to  bend. 

intlesso. 

esfgere, 

to  exact, 

esdtto. 

sciiidere, 

to  separate. 

sci'sso. 

appaiire, 

to  appear. 

appdrso. 

sea  lire. 

to  scratch. 

scaifitto. 

eeppellire,* 

to  bury. 

sepdlto. 

ottVire, 

to  offer, 

oflerto. 

soffrire. 

to  suffer. 

sofferto. 

solvere, 

to  solve. 

soliito. 

Bpdndere,* 

to  spread. 

spdnto. 

redimere, 

to  redeem. 

rede  ito. 

8ii;igere, 

to  suck. 

succhidto. 

tosare,* 

to  shear. 

tdso. 

vfvere,t 

to  live. 

vissuto. 

rescLiidere, 

to  cat  off. 
Exercise  LXIV. 

rescisso. 

1.  Le  pecorelle  furonp  tutte  tosate  lo  scorso  maggio.  2.  II  suo 
amico  ha  succhiata  la  ferita  e  cosi  lo  ha  salvato.  3.  Noi  abbinmo 
sotferto  molto  durante  il  nostro  viaggio  a  causa  delle  continue  tem- 
peste.  4.  Ella  mi  ha  offerto  la  sua  casa ;  ma  io  preferisco  vivere 
all'albergo.  5.  Euli  fu  sepolto  ieii  al  cimitero  del  nord.  6.  Egli 
ha  mesciiito  1'  acq  via  ed  il  vino.  7.  Alia  fine  e<^li  ha  desistito  dall'  au- 
noiarmi.  8.  Chi  mi  ha  aperta  la  porta?  Io  ve  I'ho  aperta,  signor 
maestro.  9.  Quell' ospedale  ha  esistito  da  piii  fli  tre  secoli  e  mezzo. 
10.  N^oi  abbiamo  risoluto  di  essere  buoni  e  studiosi  fanciulli  per  il 
fiitnro.  11.  II  prete  lo  ha  assolto  di  tutti  i  suoi  ptccati.  12.  Noi 
lo  abbiamo  tutti  assistito  co'  nostri  consigli  e  col  nostro  danaro. 

1.  Have  the  sheep  been  sheared  this  year?  They  have  not  yet 
been  sheared.  2.  Who  sucked  his  wound  ?  His  brother ;  and  thus 
he  saved  his  life.  3.  Have  you  suffered  much  during  the  winter? 
Ye<,  I  suffered  very  mucli  through  the  great  cold.  4.  What  did  he 
offer  you  ?  He  offered  me  his  house ;  but  I  })referred  to  live  at  the 
hotel.  5.  Did  you  offer  him  any  money?  Yes,  sir,  and  he  would 
not  take  it.  6.  Where  has  he  been  buried?  He  has  been  buried  in 
the  northern  cemetery.  7.  What  has  she  poured  here?  She  has 
poured  water  and  wine.  8.  What  have  you  poured  into  my  glass? 
Only  some  wine.  9.  Have  you  ot^ened  tlie  door?  Yes,  sir,  and  Mr. 
B.  wants  to  speak  to  yon.  10.  What  lias  she  resolved  ?  She  has 
resolved  to  study  the  Italian  language.     11.  I  have  assisted  him 


•  These  Verbs  hare  alno  a  regular  Past  Partidple. 

t  VJvere  has,  b^sidee  its  regular  forni8,  hii  irrenular  Past  Definite,  like 
p.  134,  4,  and  an  Irregular  Kutur<'.  like  cadire,  p.  H2,  3. 


IRREGULAK   VERBS.  141 

with  my  advice  and  with  my  money.     12.  She  has  at  last  desisted 
from  anuo}  iug  her. 


Note. — We  give  in  full  all  Persons  or  Tenses  which  are 
Irregular,  the  Kegular  Persons  and  Tenses  bein_^  omitted. 

1 .  Andare,  to  go  (^Lat.  vadere). 

Present  Indicative.  Subjunctive  Present. 

iu  vado,  or  vo.    ej;li  va.  I  cli'io  vada.        cli'egli  vada. 

tu  vai.  eglino  vanno.  |  che  tu  vada.       cli'  e'glino  vadano. 

Future.  Conditional. 


io  andro.  noi  andremo. 

tu  andrai.  voi  aiidrdte. 

egii  andra.  eghuo  audranuo. 


io  andrei.  noi  audremmo, 

tu  audresti.        vol  aiulrtste. 
egii  andrebbe.    eglino  andrebbero. 


Imperative. 
va,  go. 

All  the  compounds  of  andare  are  conjugated  in  the  Fame 
way,  except  riandare,  when  meaning  to  examine,  which  is 
regular. 

Exercise  LXV. 

1.  Io  vado  al  concerto.  2.  Tu  vai  allascuo.a.  3.  Ella  va  a  casa 
di  sua  zia.  4.  Noi  andiamo  alia  stazione  della  ferrovia.  5.  Noi 
andavamo  dal  dottore,  quando  Io  incontrammo.  6.  Eglino  andarono 
a  i^arigi  col  signor  B.  7.  Noi  andiemo  al  teatro  domani  sera. 
8.  Io  andri  i  con  lui  alia  passeo;giata  se  avessi  tempo.  9.  Egii  e 
andato  a  Milano  con  suo  pa<lre.  10.  Vattene,  io  non  ho 
nulla  per  te.  11.  Noi  saremfno  andati  insieme,  se  Io  avessi 
trovato  a  casa  quando  Io  cercava.  12.  II  maestro  gli  permise  di 
andarsene. 

1.  Go  away,  I  have  nothing  for  you.  2.  I  am  goinsc  to 
church.  3.  Where  are  you  going  ?  I  am  going  to  the  house  of  the 
doctor.  4.  Did  she  go  to  the  concert  ?  She  did  not  go  there,  because 
she  had  no  time.  5.  We  shall  <iO  to  the  concert  lo-night.  6.  1 
should  have  gone  with  him  if  I  had  found  him  at  his  house.  7.  He 
will  go  to  London  next  Saturday.  8.  She  is  gone  to  the  house  of 
her  aunt.  9.  W^here  are  they  (ma^^c.)  sjone?  They  (masc.)  are  all 
gone  to  school.  10.  I  shull  not  go  with  him.  11.  Shall  you  go  to 
the  railway  station  ?  I  shall  go  there  at  five  o'clock.  12.  They 
(7nasc.)  are  now  going  away. 

2.  B^vere  or  b6re,  to  drink  (Lat.  bibere). 

This  verb  forms  its  tenses  regularly  from  b^vere,  but  it 
has  also  the  following  irregular  forms  : 


142 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


Past  Definite. 
io  b^vvi.  e'glino  be'wero. 

^gli  bevve. 


io  berei. 
tu  beresti. 


Conditional.* 

iioi  bLrenuno. 
voi  bereste. 


Future.* 
io  bero.  ndi  beremo. 

tu  berai.  voi  berete. 

egli  bera.  egiino  ber&nno. 


be6to. 


Past  Participle.* 
•  be6ta. 


^gli  bt$rebbe.      e'glino  berebbero.       beuti. 


beute. 


Exercise  LXVJ. 


1.  Io  bevo  il  vino  e  la  birra.  2.  Tu  bevi  1'  acqua.  3.  Egli  beve 
liquori.  4.  Noi  non  beviamo  che  acqua.  5.  Che  cosa  bevete  voi  ? 
Io  bevo  birra.  6.  Eglino  bevono  acquavite.  7.  Io  bevvi  birra  a 
colazione.  8.  Egli  bevve  acqua  perclie  aveva  sete.  9.  Io  beverei  di 
quel  vino,  se  me  Io  p(.Tmetteste.  10.  Noi  beveremo  tutti  alia  tua 
salute.  11.  Egli  ha  bevuto  molto,  e  tempo  che  finisca.  12.  Io  non 
bo  mai  bevuto  acquavite. 

1.  Give  me  some  water  to  drink,  I  am  thirsty.  2.  I  drink  water. 
3.  Do  you  drink  wine?  No,  sir,  I  always  drink  water.  4.  Are 
you  thiisty?  Yes,  sir,  give  me  a  glass  of  wine  to  drink.  5.  What 
will  you  drink  at  luncheon  ?  I  shall  drink  a  bottle  of  wine.  6. 
ThVy  drank  his  health.  7.  We  shall  not  drink  anytliing  now,  we 
are  not  thirsty.  8.  Do  you  drink  brandy?  I  never  drink  brandy, 
I  only  drink  water.  9.  What  will  she  drink  ?  She  will  drink  a 
glass  of  water.  10.  Will  you  drink  a  glass  of  liquor?  Certainly 
not.  thanks.  11.  She  has  never  drunk  wine.  12.  We  shall  all  drink 
your  health,  sir. 

3.  Cad6re,  to  fall  (Lat.  cadere). 

This  verb  and  its  compounds  have  the  following  irre- 
gular forms. 


Past  Definite. 

Conditional. 

io  odddi.             eglino  caddero. 
e'gli  cddde. 

Future. 
io  cadro.             ndi  cadremo. 
tu  cadrai.           voi  cadrete. 
e'gli  cadri.         e'glino  cadranno. 

io  cadrei.            noi  cadremmo. 
tu  cadresti.        voi  cadreste. 
^gli  cadrebbe.    e'glino  cadrebbero. 

Exercise  LXVII. 

1.  Io  non  sono  mai  caduto.  2.  Egli  ^  caduto  per  le  scale.  3.  Ella 
cadde  sul  ghiaccio.  4.  Egli  cadde  nella  strada.  5.  i,  Ella  mai 
caduta?  Nossignore,  io  non  sono  mai  caduto.  6.  Tu  cadrai  se 
andrai  in  fretta.  7.  Non  bisoc^na  correre  per  non  cadere.  8.  Egli 
correva  tanto  che  alia  fine  egli  cadde.  9.  io  non  correr6  perche  ho 
paura  di  cadere.     10.  11  falegname  cadde  dalla  finestra  del  terzo 


*  These  irregular  formB  are  mostly  used  m  poetry. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  143 

piano.     11.  Se  noi  non  avessimo  corso  noi  non  saremmo  cadut'. 
12.  11  bicchiere  cad(le  e  si  ruppe. 

1.  He  tVU  in  the  street.  2.  You  will  fall  if  you  run  so  much. 
3.  1  never  tell  down  these  stairs.  4.  They  all  fell  on  the  ice.  5.  l^he 
tell  because  she  ran  too  much.  6.  You  will  tall  if  you  go  on  the 
ice.  7.  She  will  not  go  on  the  ice,  because  she  is  afraid  of  falling. 
8.  The  joiner  fell  from  the  window  of  the  first  floor.  9.  I  am  not 
afraid  of  falling.  10.  They  (masc.)  fell  at  the  same  time.  11. 
Several  houses  tell  yesterday  in  the  next  street.  12.  That  house  is 
too  old,  it  will  certainly  fall. 

4.  Cogliere,  contr.  corre,  to  gather  (Lat.  colligo,  collegi, 
collectum). 
Indicative  Present.  Past  Definite. 

io  cdlgo.  eglino  colgono.  io  cdlsi,  eglino  cdlsero 

e'gli  colse. 

Future.  Subjunctive  Present. 

(Also  formed  regularly.)  ^h'  io  oolga.        ch'  ^gli  colga. 

che  tu  colga.      ch    eglino    col- 
gano. 

Conditional. 
(Also  formed  regularly.; 


lo  corro.  noi  corremo. 

tu  corral  vdi  correte. 

egli  corra.  eglino  corranno 


Past  Parttciplf  ^®  ^^"^!^'  .  "?'  corremmo 

rAST  rARTiciPLE.  ^^  correstl,         voi  correste. 

cdlto.  cdlta  ''  egli  correbbe.      eglino     correb- 

colti.  cdlte.  bero. 

So  are  also  conjugated  sc6gliere  or  sc6rre,  to  choose;  racco- 
gliere,  to  reap ;  disciogliere  or  disciorre,  to  untie ;  sciogliere 
or  sciorre,  to  untie ;  togliere  or  torre,  to  take  off;  distogliere 
or  distorre,  to  distract. 

Exercise  LXVIII. 

1.  Io  ho  colto  i  fiori,  che  erano  nel  giardino  e  li  ho  messi  suUa 
tavola.  2.  Ella  ando  nel  prato  a  cogliere  le  margheritine.  3.  Io 
corro  quella  rosa  per  Emma.  4.  Io  correi  quel  garofano,  se  me 
lo  permetteste.  5.  Noi  non  abbiamo  ancora  raccolto  il  grano 
quest' anno.  6.  Egli  raccolse  le  frutta  nell'orto.  7.  Luisa  ha  scelto 
questo  car)pello  per  regalarlo  a  sua  cugina.  8.  Io  sciogliero  facil- 
mente  codesto  nodo.  9.  Questo  e  un  nodo  molto  difficile  a  scio- 
gliere. 10.  Quel  ra^azzi  mi  distolsero  dalla  lettura  di  questo  libro. 
11.  Io  non  mi  distolgo  cosi  lacilmente  dallo  studio.  12.  Quale  di 
questi  orologi  sceglieresti  tu  ?     Io  scerrei  quello. 

1.  Which  of  these  books  will  you  choose  ?  I  shall  choose  this 
one.  2.  Untie  this  knot.  3.  1  have  gathered  some  beautitul  flowers 
in  my  garden.  4.  Go,  and  gather  a  few  flowers  for  me.  5.  The 
wheat  has  not  yet  been  gathered.  6.  The  wheat  will  be  gathered 
next  month.     7.  Do  not  talk  so  much,  you  distract  me  from  my 


144  IBREGULAU    VERBS. 

lessons.  8.  I  have  chosen  this  dress  amongst  many  others.  9.  1 
would  not  have  chosen  that  colour,  I  do  not  like  it.  10.  What 
colour  would  you  have  chosen  V  The  black  colour.  11.  Will  you 
gather  that  rose  for  my  sister?  Certainly,  sir.  12.  You  have 
chosen  a  very  good  book. 

5.  Ddre,  to  give  {Lat.  do,  dedi,  datum). 
Indicative  Present.  Scbjunctive  Present. 

io  do.      .  ndi  didmo.  ch'io  dia.  che  iidi  <iiamo. 

tu  dai  voi  date.  che  tu  dia.         che  vdi  didte. 

egli  dk.  egliuo  ddnno.  ch'egUdia.        cli' eglinu  diano. 

Past  Definite.                           Subjunctive  Imperfect. 
io diedi, or (letti. ndi  demmo.  i.,      j'    •  i       '    i-  »i 

eglidette,  or    eglino  dettero,  or    «^^t" '•??"'       ^ 'V^^' '*'^^„_ 
diede,  die.  diedero.  «^  ^^^'  ^^"«-     ^^  ^»^"'^  ^^*«®^°- 

Future.  Conditional. 

io  daro.  ndi  daremo.  io  darei.  ndi  daremmo. 

tu  darai  vdi  darete.  tu  daresti.  vdi  dareste. 

egli  dari.  egliuo  daranno.  egli  darebbe.       e'gliuo  darebbero. 

All  compounds  of  dixe  with  more  than  three  syllables  are 
regular,  aa  circonddre,  to  surround,  etc. 

Compounds  of  dare  of  three  syllables,  like  rid^e,  to  give 
bach,  take  an  accent  on  the  final  vowel  of  those  persons 
which  have  only  two  syilibles  :  as,  io  rido,  I  give  back ; 
egli  rida,  he  gives  back,  etc. 

The  irregularities  (tf  dare  are  originated  by  the  old  form 
of  its  Infinitive,  which  was  ddere  (now  obsolete).  Thuft 
this  verb  is  conjugated  rather  like  tlie  second  C'njngation 
in  ere,  to  which  it  formerly  belonged,  than  like  the  first 
conjugation  in  are. 

Exercise  LXIX. 

1.  Io  do  un  libro  alio  scolare.  2.  Tu  mi  d^i  un  Hcchiere.  3. 
Ella  mi  dk  un  anello.  4. .  Noi  diamo  del  danaro  al  servo.  5.  Voi 
date  delle  lezioni  d'italiano  agli  allievi.  6.  Eglino  danno  delle 
frutta  ai  loro  amici.  7.  Dammi  qu-  llo  zucchero,  perch^  non  ne  ho 
nel  mio  te.  8.  Mi  darete  una  lezione  oggi,  siiinor  maestro?  Cer- 
tamente,  con  gran  piaccre.  9.  Che  cosa  Le  hanno  dato  quel  viag- 
giatori?  Eglino  mi  hanno  dato  delle  vedute  del  Lago  di  Come. 
10.  Che  cosa  ha  Ella  dato  a  quel  corriere?  Io  gli  ho  dato  un 
dispaccio  pel  generale  B.  11.  Mi  daresti  tu  del  danaro?  To  te  ne 
darei  molto  volentieri  se  ne  avessi.  12.  Io  gli  dar6  un  bell'  oroloi^io 
domattina. 

1.  I  shall  give  him  a  watch,  if  he  is  a  good  boy.  2.  Will  he 
give  us  our  lesson  now?    He  will  give  us  our  lesson  to-morrow 


IRREGULAR  VERBS.  145 

morning.  3.  What  have  you  given  him  ?  Nothing,  sir.  4,  What 
will  you  give  nie?  1  shall  give  you  a  very  good  book.  5.  Give 
me  some  water,  I  am  thirsty.     6.  He  gave  his  son  souie  money. 

7.  1  should  not  have  given  him  this  book  if  he  had  heeii  a  lazy  boy. 

8.  I  shall  give  my  courier  a  letter  ibr  Mr.  B.  9.  'J  he  traveller  gave 
some  money  to  ttie  servants  (masc.)  of  the  hotel.  10.  I  have  given 
all  my  books  to  our  master.  11.  Slie  gave  her  music  to  her  cousin 
(fern.).  12.  They  (masc.)  have  promised  to  give  us  a  very  good 
dinner. 

6.  Dire,  to  say  {Lat.  dico,  dixi,  dictum). 

The  following  irregularities  arise  from  the  verb  being 
conjugated  from  its  old  infinitive  dicere  (now  obsolete). 

Present  Indicative.  j  Subjunctive  Present. 

io  dico.  110!  diciamo.  ^ji'  io  dioa.         ch.-  noi  diciamo. 

tu  dici.  vdi  dite.  ^  \e  tu  dica.        che  voi  diciate. 

egli  dice.  eglino  dicono.  ""^  ^S^^  ^^^^a.      cb  eglino  dioano. 

Imperfect. 
Imperfect.  cli'io  diceesi.      clie  ndi  dicesr'sio. 

,     ..  ,  ,.  ,.      ,  che  tu  (iiceshi.    clie  voi  cliccste. 

10  diceva.  DO.  dicevamo.  ^^,  ^^  j-  ^-^.^ggg  ^^^      j^^^     ^j^..^ 

tu  dictvi.  vol  dicevate. ,  °  ggj.® 

e'gli  dicfcva.        eglino  dictvano. 

Gerund. 

Past  Definite.  dicendo,  saying. 

io  dissi.  iidi  dicemmo.  Past  Participle. 

tu  (licesti.  vol  diceste.  detto.  detta. 

e'gli  disse.  eglino  dissero.  detti.  dette. 

In  the  same  way  are  conjugated  maledire,  to  curse; 
contradire,  to  contradict;  benedire,  to  hless ;  predire,  tojpredict; 
and  other  compounds  of  dire. 

Exercise  LXX. 

1.  Io  dico  sempre  la  verity  e  tu  dici  delle  bugie.  2.  Che  cosa 
dici?  Jo  dico  che  non  e  vero.  3.  Egli  dice  che  non  capisce  questa 
parola.  4.  Io  gli  dissi  che  sarei  andato  a  visitarlo  questa  sera.  5. 
¥j<j\\  ci  disse  che  suo  padre  era  andato  a  Londra.  6.  Io  gli  dir6 
cib  che  penso  della  sua  condotta.  7.  Se  egli  dicesse  la  verity  noi 
tutti  gli  crederenimo.  8.  Luisa  ha  detto  clie  non  desiderava  nulla 
quest' oggi.  9.  Dicendo  tali  parole,  egli  se  ne  ando.  10.  11  dottore 
disse  che  non  c'era  jtericolo.  11.  Io  gli  aveva  ben  detto  che 
sarebbe  andato  cosi!     12.  Io  ciedo  tutto  cio  ch'egli  mi  dice. 

1.  I  said  to  him  that  I  should  visit  him  this  evening.  2.  He  says 
that  this  is  not  true.  3.  He  always  tells  the  truth.  4.  He  said 
that  there  was  great  danger..  5.  Did  he  say  the  truth?  No,  sir,  he 
always  tells  lies.  6.  Do  you  believe  what  she  says?  I  always  be- 
lieve what  she  says.     7.  I  have  told  him  that  before.     8.  1  should 


# 


146  IRREGULAR    VERBS. 

not  say  this,  if  it  were  not  true.  9.  I  wish  to  tell  him  that  his  be- 
haviour is  Dot  good.  10.  What  did  she  tell  you  ?  She  told  me  that 
her  mother  was  ill.  11.  Whatwill  you  tell  your  Mends(masc.)?  That 
I  wish  to  have  them  at  dinner  with  me  next  Friday.  12.  Do  you  wish 
to  tell  me  anything?     No,  sir,  1  do  not  wish  to  tell  you  anything. 

7.  Dol6re,  to  pain ;  and  dolersi,  to  ache,  to  complain  * 

(Lat.  doleo,  dolui,  dolitum). 

Indicative  Present.  Subjunctive  Present. 

io  rai  ddlgo.       noi  Gi  dogliamo.        eh'  io  mi  dolga,     che  noi  ci    do- 

tu  ti  dudli.  or  ddglia,  gliamo. 

egli  si  dudle.      eglino    si    dol-        che  tu  ti  dolga,    che  voi  vi   do- 

gono.  or  ddglia.  gliate. 

Past  Definite  ^^^'  ^^l'^  si  ddlga,    ch'  eglino  si  dol- 

J^AST  LFEFINITE.  or  doglia.                gano,  or   dd- 

10  mi  ddlsi.        cgh  si  ddlse.  gliano. 
egliuo  si  ddl- 

gero.  Future. 

^            ,  1     e        J         ,  ,  .       io  mi  dorro.       ndi  ci  dorremo. 
Gerund  (also  formed  regularly),     ^u  ti  dorrai.       vdi  vi  dorrete. 

dogliendo.  egli  si  dorra.      e'glino  si  dorranno. 

Exercise  LXXI. 

1.  Mi  duole  la  testa.  2.  Mi  dolgono  le  orecchie.  3.  Questa 
mattina  mi  dolevauo  tutte  le  ossa.  4.  Che  cosa  ti  duole?  Mi 
duole  il  dito  rni<j;nolo.  5.  Mi  dolsero  i  denti  tutta  U  notte.  6.  Le 
duole  la  mascella.  7.  Gli  dolevano  gli  occhi.  8.  E^li  cammino 
tanto  che  i  piedi  gli  dolevano.  9.  Non  mi  duole  nulla.  10.  Mi  ha 
doluto  il  capo.  11.  Non  mi  dolgo  di  nulla.  12.  Tuo  fratello  si 
duole  sempre  di  qualche  cosa. 

1.  My  head  aches.  2.  My  eyes  ache.  3.  My  feet  ache  because 
I  walked  too  much.  4.  Your  feet  will  ache  if  you  walk  so  much. 
5.  She  complains  of  me.     6.  She  complained  of  her  servants  (fern.). 

7.  I  complain  of  nothing.  8.  What  does  she  complain  of?  She 
complains  'of  her  long  lesson.  9.  I  shall  complain  of  you  to  our 
master.  10.  I  would  not  complain  for  such  a  little  thing.  11.  They 
(masc.)  always  complain  of  your  behaviour  at  school.  12.  My  little 
finger  aches  very  much. 

8.  Dov6re,  to  he  obliged^  to  owe,  must  (Lai.  debeo,   debui, 

debitum). 
Indicative  Present.  Subjunctive  Present. 

io  devo,  dfcbbo.  or  deggio.  ch'  io  debba,  or  deva. 

tu  devi,  or  dei.  che  tu  debba,  or  deva. 

egli  deve,  or  dee.  ch'  e^li  debba,  or  deva. 

ndi  dobbiamo.  che  ndi  dobbiamo. 

Egliuo  devono,  or  debbono.    -  che  \6\  dubbiate. 

Uh'  e'glmo  debbano. 

*  Dolere  Is  only  used  as  an  Impersooal  verb.    See  p.  108. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


147 


Past  Definite. 
has  the  douoie  form  like  temere, 
see  p.  61,  I. 

Future. 
io  dovr6.  ndi  dovremo. 

tu  dovrai .  vdi  dovrete. 

egli  dovra.         e'glino  dovranno. 


Conditional. 


io  dovrei. 
tu  dovresti. 
egli  dovrebbe. 


noi  dovremmo. 
vdi  (lovreste. 
eglino    dovreb- 
bero. 


Exercise  LXXII. 

1.  Io  devo  visitare  mia  zia  questa  sera.  2.  Io  gli  devo  cento 
franchi.  3.  Tu  mi  devi  due  lire.  4.  Egli  mi  deve  una  lira  st<  r- 
lina.  5.  Quauto  ti  devo?  Tu  mi  devi  cinquecento  lire.  6.  Ella 
non  mi  deve  nulla.  7.  Tu  dovresti  essermi  obbligatissimo  pel 
danaro  che  ti  ho  prestato.  8.  To  non  devo  nulla  a  nessuno.  9.  Egli 
deve  mold  danari,  egli  ha  molti  debiti.  10.  Tu  devi  andar  subito 
dal  medico  per  dir«;li  che  I'ammalato  ha  ]ieggiorato.  11.  Quel 
signore  mi  deve  centuc  in  quanta  lire,  12.  Kon  dovresti  essere  tanto 
poltrone. 

1.  What  do  I  owe  you?  You  owe  me  sixty-five  francs,  2.  She 
owes  me  nothing;  she  ])aid  her  debt  yesterday.  3.  When  you 
will  have  paid  me  this  debt,  you  will  owe  me  nothing.  4.  He  owed 
me  a  few  francs  for  a  very  long  tin)e.  5.  You  must  go  at  once  to 
the  school.  6.  1  must  write  a  letter  to  my  brother  at  once.  7.  You 
still  owe  me  two  francs.  8.  1  did  not  owe  him  anything.  9.  What 
does  she  owe  you  ?  She  owes  me  nothing.  10.  We  must  all  study 
in  order  to  learn.  11.  She  must  go  to  her  aunt,  who  is  seriously  ill. 
12.  I  must  write  my  exercis^e  now,  or  1  shall  not  have  any  time  this 
evening. 

9.  Fdre,  to  do,  to  make  (Lat.  facio,  feci,  factum). 

This  verb  is  a  contraction  of  the  old  Infinitive  fdcere,  to 
which  its  irregularities  are  mostly  due. 

Indicative  Present. 

io  faccio,  or  fo.  ndi  facciamo. 
tH  fai.  eglino  fanno. 


Imperfect. 


io  faceva. 
tu  facevi. 
egli  faceva. 


ndi  facevamo. 
vdi  facevate. 
e'glino  facevano. 


Past  Definite. 


Subjunctive  Present. 
eh'  io  faccia.       che  ndi  facciamo. 
che  tu  faccia.     che  vdi  facciate. 
ch'  egli  faccia.    ch'  egliuo  facciano, 

Imperfect. 
ch'  io  facessi.      che  ndi  fa«essinio. 
che  tu  facessi.    che  vdi  faceste. 
ch'e'gli      fa-      ch' e'glino    faces- 
sero. 

Gerund. 


facendo. 


io  feci, 
tu  faoesti. 
^gli  fece. 


ndi  facemmo. 
vdi  faceste. 
e'glino  fecero. 

7* 


fatto. 
fatti. 


Past  Participlb. 
fatta. 
fitte. 


148  IRKEGULAR   VERBS. 

All  the  compounds  of  fdre,  as  rifdre,  to  make  again;  61s- 
fdre,  to  undo ;  contraffdre,  to  imitate,  etc.,  have  the  bame  irre- 
gularities. 

Exercise  LXXIII. 

1.  Che  cosa  fai?  lo  non  fo  nulla.  2.  Hai  tu  fatto  ci5  che  ti  ho 
detto?  Nun  ancora,  signore;  lo  faio  or  ora.  3.  Che  cosa  li  hanno 
fatto?  Essi  mi  hanno  battuto.  4.  Non  biso^^na  mai  fare  una  cat- 
tiva  azione.  5.  Noi  facciamo  sempre  del  bene  agli  infelici.  6.  Ella 
ha  fatto  molto  male  a  non  ubbidirnji.  7.  Che  cosa  bisogner^  lare 
in  till  caso?  ISari  necessario  rioorrere  al  giiulice.  8.  lo  non  Le  ho 
tatto  nulla.  9.  Noi  siamo  tiitii  })ronti  a  fare  il  nostro  dovere.  10. 
lo  non  ho  fatt*>  niente  tutto  il  giorno,  perche  mi  sentiva  ammalato. 

11.  Fatemi  il  piacere  di  accompagnanni  alia  passeggiata,  perche  Le 
ho  a  parlare  <li  cose  importanti.  12.  Fai  il  sordo,  perche  non  hai 
voglia  di  ascoltare. 

1.  What  were  you  doing  when  I  entered  the  room?  I  was 
doing  nothing,  sir.  2.  Do  this  at  once.  3.  I  shall  do  it  presently, 
I  have  no  time  now.  4.  What  did  he  do  to  youV  Me  has  beaten 
me.  5.  Why  did  he  beat  you?  Because  I  did  not  do  my  exercise. 
6.  What  must  1  do  now?  You  must  write  two  letters  for  me.  7. 
Will  you  do  this  for  me?  1  will  do  it,  if  you  make  me  a  present. 
8.  Who  has  done  that?  Charles  did  it  an  hour  ago.  9.  Will  you 
do  me  the  favour  of  accompanying  me  to  the  house  of  Mr.  B.  ?  Yes, 
sir,  willingly.  10.  What  have  you  done  this  morning?  I  have 
written  several  letters  to  my  friends.    11.  Children,  do  your  duties ! 

12.  We  always  do  good  and  we  never  do  evil  to  anybody. 

10.  Morire,  to  die,  and  morirsi,  to  he  dying  (Lat.  morior, 
murtuus  buni,  JDep.). 

Indicative  Present.  |  Subjunctive  P*re8Ent. 


lo  inu6io,  or  e'gli  mu6re. 

indro.  eglino  inudiono, 

tu  mudri.  or  mudrono. 


Future. 

(Regular  also.) 

io  morrd.  noi  morremo. 

tu  raorrai.  voi  niorrete. 

egli  morra.  e'glino  morran- 

no. 

Imperative. 
mndri. 


ch'  I'o  mudia,  or  or  mudra. 

mudra.  ch'  ojjlino  mud- 

che  tu  madia,  or  iano,  or  mud- 

mudra.  rano. 
oh'  egli  muoia 

Conditional. 
(Regular  aho.) 
io  morrei.  luii  raorremmo. 

tu  nu»rre8ti.  vdi  morreste. 

6gli  morrebbe.        e'glino     niorreb- 
bero. 
Past  Participle. 
mdrto.  mdrta. 

nidrti.  mdrte. 


Exercise  LXXIV. 
1.  Noi  tutti  moriremo  quando  piacera  a  Dio.     2.  11  mio  amico 
Enrico  mori  ieri  sera.    3.  (..hi  h  morto  in  quella  casa?    Una  bam- 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  149 

bina  di  pochi  mesi.  4.  A  che  ora  e  essa  raorta  ?  Essa  mori  alle 
cinque  e  un  quarto.  5.  lo  mi  niuoio  dalla  noia  non  avendo  a  far 
nulla.  6.  E^li  si  muore  dalla  voglia  di  andare  n  Parigi.  7.  Tu 
morrai  d' un"  indigestioue  se  maiigi  tanto.  8.  Egli  crede  che  npn 
monk  mai.  9.  Piii  di  raille  soLlati  morirono  in  quella  battaglia. 
10.  In  iiueir  incendio  mod  un  fanciuUo.  11.  11  mio  povero  cane  k 
mono  avveleuato.  12.  Di  clie  malattia  mori  vostro  nonno?  Egli 
mori  di  podagra. 

I.  He  died  of  gout  at  ninety  years  of  age.  2.  She  is  too  ill,  she 
will  soon  die.  ii.  Who  died  in  that  house  this  morning?  A  poor 
old  man.  4.  When  did  your  grandfather  die?  He  died  last  year. 
5.  is  your  granduiother  dead?  No,  sir,  she  is  not  dead,  she  is  in 
good  health.  6.  All  our  Iriends  dit^d  very  young.  7.  My  brother 
died  at  the  battle  of  Mentana.  8.  How  many  men  died  at  that 
battle?  More  than  a  thousand  men.  9.  He  died  for  his  country 
very  young.  10.  Huw  old  was  he  when  he  died?  He  was  twenty- 
three  years  old.  11.  Of  what  illness  did  she  die?  She  died  of 
fever.     12.  Several  men  died  in  that  fire. 

II.  Par^re,  to  seem,  to  look  (Lat.  pareo,  parui,  pari  turn). 
Indicative  Present. 


io  p^io. 

eglino  paiono,  or  parono. 


Past  Definite. 

io  pdrvi. 
ejjli  parve. 
eglino  parvero. 


Future. 

io  parro.  ndi  parremo. 

tu  parrai.  vol  parrcte. 

e'gli  parra.  eglino  parranno. 


Subjunctive  Present. 
ch'  io  paia.  ch'  eglino    paia- 

che  tu  paia.  no. 

ch'  egli  paia. 

Conditional. 

io  parrel.  ndi  paiTemmo. 

tu  parresti.  vol  parreste. 

e'gli  parrebbe.         e'gliuo     parreb- 
bero. 

Past  Participle. 
(Regular  also.) 
parso.  parsa. 

parsi.  parse. 


This  verb  must  not  be  used  when  it  might  be  mistaken 
for  the  verb  parare,  to  adorn  :  as,  noi  pariamo,  we  seem  and 
we  adorn;  in  huch  case  the  verb  sembiare,  to  seem,  should 
be  used. 

Exercise  LXXV. 

1.  Io  paio  ammalato,  ma  ho  buona  salute.  2.  Tu  pari  essere  un 
giovine  forte,  ma  in  latti  sei  piu  debnle  di  me.  3.  Quelle  signore 
paiou'*  iriglesi.  4.  Eglino  ])aiono  francesi,  ma  sono  italiani.  5.  Mi 
pa,re  ormai  temfto  che  voi  cominciaste  a  studiare.  6.  Che  cosa  Le 
pare  di  quest'  aMto?  Esso  mi  pare  molto  hello.  7.  Pareva  amma- 
lato, ma  il  medico  disse  ch'  egli  aveva  buona  salute.     8.  Voi  sem- 


150 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


brate  piti  ricco  di  quel  che  siete.  9.  11  -tempo  pareva  cattivo  questa 
mattina,  ma  ora  h  molto  bello.  10.  Mi  |«are  di  cono-scere  quella 
Biunora.  11.  Non  Le  pare  ch'.io  ablda  ra-ione?  Nossi;^nore,  io 
credo  ch'  Ella  abbia  torto.  12.  Ei  pareva  die  molti  sarebbero 
andati  al  suo  concerto,  ma  poi  non  ci  fu  nessuno. 

1.  You  look  very  ill.  2.  I  look  ill,  but  1  am  quite  well.  3.  It 
Stems  that  I  know  that  gentleman.  4.  He  seems  to  be  a  very  rich 
man.  5.  She  seems  to  be  a  poor  woman.  6.  '1  he  weather  seems 
l^eiutiful.  7.  He  looked  a  very  lazy  boy,  but  he  was  very  studious. 
8.  It  seems  to  me  that  she  should  go  to  school.  9.  This  room 
seems  very  coM.  10.  He  looks  like  a  soldier.  11.  You  do  not  look 
in  good  health.     12.  She  seems  a  very  good  girl. 

12.  Porre,  to  put  {Lat.  pono,  posui,  posituna). 

This  verb  forms  its  irregularities  mostly  from  the  old 
infinitive  ponere. 

Subjunctive  Present. 

ch'ioponga.  cljendiponiamo. 

che  tu  ponga.        che  \  di  poniate. 

eh'  e'gli  pdnga.       ch'  dj<lino    pdn- 

gano. 

Imperfect. 
ch*  io  ponessi.     che  ndi  ponessimo 
che  tu  ponessi.  el'o  vdi  poneste. 
ch'  e'gli  ponesse.  ch'eglino  ponei- 
sero. 


Indicative  Present. 


10  pongo. 
tu  ponL 
6gli  pdne. 


noi  pomamo. 
vdi  pontste. 
^glino  pongono. 


Imperfect. 


io  poneva. 
tu  ponevi. 
e'gli  poneva. 


noi  ponevamo. 
vdi  ponevate. 
eglino    poneva- 
no. 


Past  Definite. 
io  pdsi. 
tu  ponesti 
^gli  pose. 


noi  ponemmo. 
vdi  pen  late, 
eglino.  pdsero. 


ponendo. 


Gerund. 


pdni 


Imperative. 
ponete. 


pdsto. 
pdoti. 


Past  Participle. 
pdsta. 
pdste. 


The  compounds  disporre,  to  dispose ;  supporre,  to  suppose ; 
sottopporre,  to  put  under ;  comporrej  to  compose ;  deporre,  to 
depose ;  frapporre,  to  put  between ;  sovrapporre,  or  soprap- 
porre,  to  put  upon;  imp6rre,  to  impose^  etc.,  have  all  the 
same  irregularities. 

Exercise  LXXVI. 

1.  Dove  hai  posto  le  mie  lettere?  To  le  ho  poste  sulla  tavola 
nella  libreria.  2.  Chi  ha  josto  questa  sedia  qui?  La  serva.  3.  Io 
posi  il  mio  bastone  diotro  la  porta  qnando  entrai,  ed  ora  non  Io 
trovo.  4.  Poiii  quest' abito  nella  mia  camera  da  letto.  5.  Dove 
bisognera  porre  queste  merci  ?  Ponetcle  nel  magazzino.  6.  Io  non 
dispongo  di  nulla  in  questa  casa,  perch^  io  non  ne  sono  il  padrone. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  151 

7.  Egli  suppone  che  noi  siamo  fuori  di  citta,  e  percio  non  ci  ha 
visitato  da  Inngo  tempo.  8.  Che  cosa  ha  Ella  composto?  lo  ho 
coii:posto  la  musica  d'  uua  nuova  canzone.  9.  Quel  re  tu  deposto  dal 
tronu  dai  suoi  sudditi  ribellati.  lU.  Perche  frapponi  ostacoli  alle  sue 
intraprese?  Al  contrnrio  io  cerco  di  aiutarlo.  11.  11  nemico  impose 
un  gran  tributo  a  quella  nazione  dopo  averla  soggiogata.  12.  Ti 
prego  disporre  di  me  a  tuo  piacere. 

1.  I  have  put  your  stick  behind  the  door.  2.  Where  have  you 
put  my  hat?  In  your  room,  sir.  3.  1  put  the  letter  inside  that 
box.  4.  I'hey  (masc.)  put  their  coats  in  that  room  when  they 
(ma.sc.)  came  in.  5.  He  composed  a  new  song  for  bis  sister.  6. 
They  (muse.)  deposed  their  king,  because  he  wms  bad.  7.  The  sub- 
jects ot  that  king  have  rebelled  and  will  dt  pose  him.  8.  A  very 
heavy  tribute  was  im[)0^ed  by  the  enemy.  9.  Have  you  composed 
anything?  Yes,  sir,  1  have  composed  some  new  music,  lo.  The 
music  composed  by  him  is  always  very  nice.  11.  1  beg  yon  to  dispose 
of  me  as  you  like.  12.  Put  those  bottles  upon  that  table  and  go 
away. 

13.  Pot^re,  to  he  able  {Lat.  possum,  potui,  fut.  potero). 

Indicative  Present.  ;  Subjunctive  Present. 

io  posso.  noi  possiamo.       jch'iopdssa.       che  noi  D'^cciamo. 


tu  pudi.  eglino  possono. 

eglipu6,orpudte. 


Future. 


che  tu  pdssa.      che  vol  possiate. 
eh*  egli  pdssa.     ch '  egl  ino  pdssano. 


Conditional. 
io  potrei.  noi  potremmo. 

io  potro.  noi  potremo.        j  tu  potresti.  voi  potreste. 

tu  potrai.  voi  potrete.  '  e'gli  potrebbe.        e'glino     potreb- 

e'gli  potra.  eghno  potranno.  bero. 

The  Past  Definite  has  both  the  regular  forms,  like 
tem6re,  p.  61, 1. 

Exercise  LXXVII. 

1.  Io  non  posso  spendere  tanto  danaro,  perche  non  ne  ho.  2. 
Puoi  prestrtrmi  quel  libro  ?  Io  non  posso  prestartelo,  perche  non  h 
il  mio.  3.  Puo  Ella  accompagnarmi  alia  passeggiata?  Io  non 
posso,  perche  devo  andare  altrove.  4.  Noi  non  possiamo  sofifrire  la 
sua  arroganza.  5.  Sarei  felice  di  poter  accettare  il  suo  invito,  ma 
sono  invitato  di  gi^  ad  un  altro  ballo.  6.  Potrebbe  Ella  darmi 
quella  statuetta?  Mi  displace  che  non  posso,  essa  non  e  mia. 
7.  Cosa  potreste  voi  farmi  se  vi  disubbidissi  ?  Io  vi  punirei  severa- 
mente.  8.  Puo  Ella  essere  a  casa  niia  alle  cinque  ?  lo  ci  potro 
essere  verso  le  sei.  9.  A  che  ora  potro  avere  il  piacere  della  sua 
compagnia  ?  Io  saro  da  Lei  alle  otto.  10.  Come  si  puo  tradurre 
questa  parola?  Essa  si  pu6  tradurre  in  due  modi.  11.  L'olioe 
I'acqua  non  si  possono  mischiare.  12.  Puo  Ella  farmi  questo 
favore  ?    Mi  e  assolutamente  impossibile. 

1.  Can  you  give  me  that  book  ?    I  cannot  give  it  to  you  because 


152  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

it  is  not  mine.  2.  Can  you  be  at  dinner  with  us  this  evening? 
No,  sir,  thanks ;  1  am  already  invited  elsewhere.  3.  I  shall  not  be 
able  to  go  to  the  theatre  to-morrow;  I  must  go  to  the  concert. 
4.  Will  you  be  able  to  go  to  Italy  this  year?  No,  sir,  but  1  shall 
go  to  France.  5.  What  could  you  do?  I  could  punish  you  moat 
severely.  6.  You  cannot  bent  me.  7.  Can  you  sing  this  song? 
No,  sir,  I  cannot.  8,  Can  she  sing?  Yes,  sir,  she  sings  very  well. 
9.  Could  yon  karn  this  song  in  an  hour?  1  can  learn  it  in  half  an 
hour.  10.  Can  they  (masc.)  speak  French?  Yes,  sir,  and  they 
can  speak  Italian  also.  11.  \Vhat  languages  can  you  speak?  I 
can  speak  English  and  Italian.  12.  How  many  languages  can  you 
speak  ?     I  can  speak  several  languages. 

14.  Riman6re,  to  remain^  to  stop  (Lat.  remaneo,  remansi). 

Indicative  Pkesent.  i  Subjunctive  Present. 

iorimjlngo.         eglino  rimangono.    cli'io  rimanga.       eh'    4glmo     ri- 

clie  tu  rimanga.  mangano 

Past  Definite.  ch  egli  rimanga. 

io  rimasL  e'glino  rimaaero.  |  Conditional. 

egli  rim^se  i  j^  rimarrei.  ndi  riinarremmo. 

i  tu  rimarresti  voi  rimarreste. 

Future.  egli  rimarrebbe.     e'glino  rimarreb* 

io  rimarrd.  ndi  riraarremo.  ^®'0' 

tu  riraarrii.  vdi  riraarrete. 

€gli  rimarra.  e'glino      rimar-  Past  Participle. 

ranno.  rim&sto. 

Exercise  LXXVllI. 

1.  Dove  rimarrete  voi  ad  aspettarmi  mentre  io  corro  alia  posta  & 
cercar  le  mie  lettvre?  Io  limarro  qui.  2.  Io  rimasi  tiitto  il  giomo 
a  casa,  perche  aveva  male  alia  gola.  3.  Quando  noi  partimmo,  egli 
rimase  solo.  4.  Noi  riinarremmo  per  farle  piacere,  ma  non  possiamo 
perche  nostro  padre  ci  aspetta.  5.  Egli  rimase  senza  danari,  aven- 
doli  tntti  sciupati  qnand'era  giovane.  6.  Che  co?a  ti  e  rimasto? 
Non  mi  h  limasto  nulla.  7.  Ditt-gli  che  rimanga  qui  sino  al  mio 
ritomo.  8.  Egli  rimase  in  letto,  essendo  amm;dato.  9.  I)i  tanto 
vino  che  avevamo  nella  nostra  cantina  non  ci  rimane  che  una  sola 
bottiglia  di  vino  di  Cliianti.  10.  Io  ho  regalati  quasi  tutti  i  miei  lihn  ; 
me  ne  rimangono  ora  ben  pochi.  1 1.  Ella  rimase  di  sasvso  a  tale  nuova. 
12.  Noi  rimarremo  a  casa  quest' oggi  perche  piove  alia  diri)tta. 

1.  Remain  where  you  are  till  I  return  from  the  post-office.  2. 
We  all  remained  astonished  (di  sasso)  at  snch  new.s.  3.  He  says 
that  he  will  remain  at  home  (at  home)  because  he  is  ill.  4.  I 
did  not  stop  lonir  in  London.  5.  I  remained  in  Rome  three  weeks 
only.  6.  She  remained  with  my  mother,  to  talk  to  her  about  you. 
7.  What  did  remain  to  you?  Nothing,  sir.  8.  How  much  wine 
remained  after  dinner?  No  wine  remained  after  dinner,  they 
{masc.)  drank  it  all.    9,  The  captain  remained  alone,  because  all 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  153 

his  soldiers  ran  away.  10.  We  shall  remain  here  to  wait  for  him. 
1 1.  1  shall  remain  alone  in  this  liouse,  when  all  my  pupils  will  have 
gone  away.     IjJ.  I  should  not  like  to  renia  n  all  aione. 

15.  Salire,  to  ascend  (Lat.  salire,  "to  leap"). 

Whenever  a  form  of  salire  could  be  mistaken  for  a  form 
of  salare,  to  salt,  it  takes  a  g  before  the  1 :  as  noi  saliamo, 
we  salt;  noi  sagliamo,  we  ascend,  etc. 

Indicative  Present. 
io  sa1s:o,  or  salisco. 
tu  sali,  or  salisoi. 
egli  sale,  or  salisce. 
noi  SHgliamo. 
egiinu  salgono. 


Subjunctive  Present. 
ch'io  saljra,  or  !>alit«ca. 
che  tu  saiga,  or  ball  sea. 
cli'  e^li  saiga,  or  salisca. 
che  noi  sagliamo. 
che  vol  sagliate. 
ch'  eglino  salgano,  or  saliscano. 


Exercise  LXXIX. 

1.  Io  saliva  le  scale  quando  tu  le  scendevi.  2.  To  salii  sul  Monte 
Bianco  il  sette  agosto  del  mille  ottocento  settantotto.  3.  Io  non 
saliio   certo   a   quell'  altezza.      4.    Egli  sail  nieco  il  Monte  Rosa. 

5.  Puoi  tu  salire  su  qnel-muro?     No,  esso  e  tioppo  alto  per  nie. 

6.  Quella  tone  e  tan  to  alta  che  si  spende  mezz'  oia  a  salirla.  7.  Ho 
salita  una  lunghissima  scalmata  per  trovarti.  8.  Dove  salisti  poco 
fa?  Io  salii  su  queir  albero  per  cogliere  ciriege.  9.  Salire  e  fticile, 
ma  discendere  e  difficile.  10.  Io  non  saliro  mai  piia  fin  qui,  ci  perdo 
il  fiato.     11.  Non  salire  cosi  di  Iretta.     12.  Dante  disse: 

"  Quanto  e  duro  calle 
Lo  scendere  e  '1  salir  per  1'  altrui  scale.** 

1.  We  shall  ascend  presently.  2.  Have  you  ascended  any  moun- 
tain? Yes,  sir,  I  have  ascended  Mont  Blanc.  3.  With  whom  did 
you  ascend  Mont  Blanc?  With  some  Engli>hmen.  4.  Who  is 
gone  up  that  tree?  Ci  arles,  sir.  5.  Why  has  he  gone  up  that 
tree?  To  gather  cherries.  6.  It  will  be  for  him  moro  difficult  to 
come  down  than  to  go  up.  7.  Can  you  ascend  that  wall  ?  No,  sir, 
it  is  too  high  lor  me.  8.  I  am  out  of  breath,  1  have  ascended  too 
many  stairs.  9.  Come  upstairs  (salire)  with  me.  10.  I  caim(»t 
ascend  any  more  stairs  to-night,  I  have  had  enough  of  it.  11.  Have 
you  ever  ascended  that  tower?  Yes,  sir,  and  I  spent  half  an  hour 
in  ascending  it.  12.  I  should  like  to  visit  him  if  1  were  not  obliged 
to  ascend  so  many  stairs  to  find  him. 

16.    Sap^re,  to   hnow  Tof  intellectual  knovsrledge).     (Lat. 
sapio,  sapivi,  or  sapii.) 


Indicative  Present. 
io  so.  noi  i^appiamo. 

tu  sai  eglino  sanuo. 

^glisa. 


Subjunctive  Present. 

ch'  io  sappia.       che  noi  sappiamo. 

che  tu  sappia.      che  vdi  sappiate. 

ch'  e'gli  sappia.    ch     Eglino     sap- 

I  piano. 


154 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


Past  Definite. 
10  seppi.  eglino  seppero. 


egli  seppe. 


10  sapro. 
til  saprai. 
egli  sapri. 


sappi. 


Imperative. 

sappiite. 


Conditional, 


Future. 


noi  sapremo. 
voi  saprete. 
eglino  sapranno. 


io  sapreL 
tu  sapresti. 
egli  saprebbe. 


noi  ijapremmo. 
vdi  sapreste. 
eglino     sapreb- 
bero. 


Exercise  LXXX. 

1.  Io  noa  so  nulla  di  quest' affare.  2.  Sai  tu  che  la  signora  B. 
e  partita  per  Milano?  3.  Ella  sa  bene  che  io  non  posso  accettare 
codesta  proposta.  4.  Io  seppi  questa  notizia  prima  di  te.  5.  E^jli 
Ba  molte  lingua,  ma  non  ie  conosce  abbastanza  jier  parlarle.  6.  Io 
sapio  subito  se  cio  e  veio  o  falso.  7.  Sappi  che  tu  hai  torto.  8.  Tu 
sapresti  le  tne  lezioni  se  le  avessi  studiate.  9.  Era  poco  saprete 
tutto.  10.  Io  non  mi  euro  di  saperlo.  11.  Sapete  voi  la  ragione 
del  suo  procedere  ?  Io  non  la  so,  signore.  12.  Io  non  ho  saputo  la 
mia  lezione  quest' oggi  ed  il  maestro  mi  ha  binsiraato. 

1.  Do  you  know  the  Italian  languaae?  I  do  not  "know  it  yet, but 
I  am  studying  it.  2.  Do  you  know  (conoscere)  that  gentleman  ? 
Yes,  sir,  he  is  my  uncle,  Mr.  B.  3.  Did  she  know  her  lessons? 
No,  sir,  and  she  was  blamed  by  her  music-master.  4.  I  do  not  care 
to  know  anything  about  that  affair.  5.  What  do  you  know  of  it? 
I  know  nothing  of  it.  6.  Do  you  know  his  proposal?  Yes,  sir, 
and  I  shall  accept  it.  7.  Do  you  know  it  this  is  true?  I  do  not 
know  if  that  is  true  or  not.  8.  Do  you  know  my  brother  John  ? 
Yes,  sir,  he  was  at  school  with  me  some  years  ago.  9.  I  did  not 
know  whose  stick  this  was.  10.  I  knew  him  very  well  when  he 
was  in  Milan  last  year.  11.  Do  you  know  your  duties?  Yes,  sir, 
I  know  them.     12.  I  know  nothing  of  it. 

17.  Sed^re,  to  sit  down  {Lat.  sedeo,  sedi,  sessum). 
Possed6re,  to  possess  {Lat,  possideo,  possedi,  possessum). 

Indicative  Present. 
io  siedo,  seggo,  or  seggio. 
tu  ^ie'di. 
e'gli  sie'de. 

noi  sediarao,  or  seggiarao. 
eglino  siedouu,  or  seggono 


Past  Definite 

(has  the  two  forms  of  the  regular 

conjugation,  see  p.  61,  I.). 

Subjunctive  Present. 
eh'  io  sieda,  jse^ga,  or  ^e^gia. 
che  tu  sieda,  segga,  or  se^gia. 
eh'  egli  bieda,  segga,  or  seggia. 


che  noi  scdiamo,  or  seggiamo. 
die  voi  sediate,  or  seggiate. 
ch'  eglino  siedano,  or  seggano. 


sl^di. 


segg^ndo. 


Imperative. 

Gerund. 
(Regular  alio,') 


IKREGULAR   VERBS. 


155 


Exercise  LXXXI. 

1.  lo  siedo  sul  letto.  2.  D<)ve  siedi  tu?  lo  siedo  sulla  tavola 
per  ora,  giaccbe  non  ci  sono  piu  sedie  vuote.  3.  lo  sedero  c«>n  te 
al  concerto.  4.  'I'ua  sorella  sedctte  viciiio  alia  mia  in  chiesa 
quest' oggi.  5.  Noi  sederemo  tutti  da  questa  parte,  per  veder 
meglio  gli  attori.  6.  Dove  desidera  Ella  sedere,  signor  zio?  lo 
sedero  accanto  a  te.  7.  Egli  era  sediito  dietro  di  me.  8.  lo  non 
desidero  sedermi  perche  non  sono  stanco.  9.  lo  mi  sederei  se  Ibssi 
molto  stauco.  10.  Sedetevi  tiitti,  V  opera  e  sul  pimto  di  comin- 
ciare.  11.  lo  non  mi  sono  seduto,  peichfe  devo  andar  via  immtdia- 
tamente.     12.  Si  sieda,  signur  cavaliere,  e  mi  dia  nuove  d'  Jtalia. 

1.  I  sat  down  all  the  evening.  2.  Where  will  you  sit?  1  shall 
sit  on  that  side.  3.  Will  she  sit  near  me?  No,  madam,  she  will 
sit  near  her  mother.  4.  We  sat  near  him  at  the  concert.  5.  He 
sat  near  me  at  church.  6.  They  (masc.)  sat  behind  us  at  the 
theatre.  7,  I  shall  not  sit  down,  1  am  not  tired.  8.  1  prefer  not 
to  sit  down,  when  I  am  not  much  tired.  9.  Let  him  sit  down  on 
that  chair.  10.  There  is  not  one  chair  empty,  I  must  sit  on  the 
table  fur  the  present.  11.  Sit  down  to  eat  your  dinner.  12.  You 
must  eat  your  dinner  sitting. 

18.  Stare,  to  stand  {Lat.  sto,  steti,  statum). 
Indicative  Present.  Svbjunctive  Present. 


tu  stai. 


egliiio  stanno. 


eh'  io  stia. 
che  tu  stia. 


ch'  egli  stia. 
ch'  egliuo  btiano. 


Past  Definite. 


io  stetti. 
tu  stesti. 
egli  btett». 


iidi  stemmo. 
vdi  steste. 
e'glino  stettero. 


Future. 


Subjunctive  Imperfect. 
ch'  io  stessi.  che  noi  stessimo. 

che  tu  stessi.  che  voi  steste. 

ch'  egli  stesse.        ch'  eglino  stes- 
sero. 


Conditional. 
io  starei.  voi  stareste. 

tu  staresti.  eglino      stareb- 

e'gli  stare  bbe.  hero, 

noi  staremmo. 


io  staro.  noi  staremo. 

tu  starai.  voi  starete. 

egli  stark.  egliuo  starauuo. 

Soprastare  or  sovrastare,  to  he  above,  and  sottostdre,  to 
he  under,  have  the  same  irregularities.  All  other  compounds 
of  stare,  and  all  other  verbs  endins^  in  stare,  are  regular. 

Stare  is  very  genet  ally  used  in  reference  to  one's  health, 
and  means  then  to  feel,  to  he :  as,  come  state  ?  how  do  you 
do?  io  sto  bene,  I  am  well,  etc..  When  an  action  is  going 
on  J  stare  is  used  instead  of  essere. 

Exercise  LXXXII. 
1.  Io  sto  qui  ad  aspettarlo.     2.  Che  cosa  stai  a  fare  qui?     lo  sto 
aspettando  il  mio  maestro  di  musica.     3.  Come  stai  questa  mat- 


156  IRREGULAlt    VERBS. 

tina?  To  sto  bene,  grazie.  4.  Dove  siete  stato  Taltra  sera?  lo 
sono  stato  alia  casa  del  medico.  5.  Che  cosa  stavauo  facendo  gli 
scolari  quando  il  maestro  arriv6?  Eglino  stavaao  imparando  le  loro 
lezioni.  6.  Egli  stette  ammalato  circa  due  mesi.  7.  Come  sta  tuo 
padre,  CaiHo?  Mio  padre  sta  benoae,  e  vi  saluta.  8.  8e  io  stessi 
male  manderei  a  chiamare  il  me<lico.  9.  Dove  sta  il  mio  cappelloV 
II  suo  cappello  sta  suila  sua  sedia.  10.  Dove  stava  vostro  fratello 
ieri?  Egli  stava  a  Londra;  ma  oggi  egli  sta  a  Parigi.  11.  Noi 
stiamo  aspettando  ramico  B.  per  coininciare  il  nostro  pranzo.  12. 
Ragazzi,  state  attenti  a  quello  die  il  maestro  vi  dice. 

1.  How  do  you  do,  sir?  I  am  quite  well,  thanks.  2.  Where 
were  {stare)  you  when  1  entered  the  room  ?  1  was  writing  a  letter 
in  the  next  room.  3.  I  am  (stare)  writing  a  book.  4.  Where  is 
your  brother?  He  is  doing  his  exercise.  5.  I  feel  very  ill  to-day,  I 
have  eaten  too  much.     6.  How  is  your  brother?     He  is  very  well. 

7.  What  are  they  (mane.)  doing?     They  (masc.)  are  doing  nothing. 

8.  Why  are  you  there?     I  am  here  waiting  lor  my  friends  (ttiosc). 

9.  Have  you  been  ill?     No,  sir,  1  have  always   been   very  well. 

10.  Be  attentive,  boys,  this  lesson  must  be  learned  well.  11.  Why 
are  you  not  attentive?  I  am  not  well.  12.  Stay  here  a  few 
minutes,  I  shall  soon  return. 

19.    Sp^gnere,   to  extinguish,  to  put  out  (Lat.  exstinguo, 
exstinxi,  exstinctuin). 

Indicative  Present.  |  Subjunctive  Present. 

{Regular  also.)  I  {Regular  also.) 


io  spe'ngo.  e'glino    sp^ngo- 

ndi  spenghiamo.         no. 


Past  Definite. 

io  ep^nsL  eglino  spenssro. 

^gli  spense. 


ch'  io  spenga.        che  n6i  spenghi- 
che  tu  spe'nga.  amo. 

oh'  ^gli  spe'aga.     ch'  e's^lino  spen- 
gano. 

Past  Participle. 
spento.  spenta. 

spenti.  speute. 


Exercise  LXXXIII. 

1.  To  spengo  il  lume.  2.  Tu  spogni  la  candela.  3.  Ella  spogne 
la  lampada.  4.  Voi  spcjnete  il  luoco.  5.  Noi  non  si)egniamo  la 
lanteina.  6.  Eglino  sjiengono  il  gas.  7.  Avete  S|)enta  la  candtla? 
Kon  ancora.  8.  Ha  ella  spento  la  lanterna?  Sissignore.  9.  II 
fuoco  h  spento.  10.  Chi  ha  sjjento  il  lume  ?  Carlo  lo  ha  s|iento. 
11.  Spegnete  tutte  le  candele.  12.  Noi  non  spegneremo  il  gas 
prima  di  mczzanotte. 

1.  Have  you  put  out  the  fire?  Yes,  sir.  2.  Extinguish  all  those 
candles.  3.  Who  put  out  th<'  fire?  The  servant  (fern.)  put  it  out. 
4.  iShe  has  not  yet  put  out  the  fire.  5.  We  will  put  out  the  fire 
before  going  to  bed.    6.  You  must  put  out  that  light.    7.  They 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


157 


(masc.)  must  put  out  their  candles  when  tliey  (masc.j  go  to  bed. 
8.  Do  not  extinguish  that  fiie,  because  1  fei-l  cold.  9.  He  jmt  out 
the  .uas,  before  ten  o'clock.  10.  Why  have  you  put  out  the  gas? 
Because  it  is  midnight.  11.  1  sliall  put  out  my  candle.  12.  Put 
out  all  the  tires  in  the  house. 

20.  Tenure,  to  hold  {Lat.  teneo,  teiiui,  tentum). 
Indicative  Present. 


io  ten  go. 
tu  t*.e'ni. 


egli  li^ne. 
e'glino  tcngono. 


Past  Definite. 

io  te'nni.  eglino  tennero. 

egli  te'nne. 

Future. 
io  terro.  not  tcrremo. 

tu  teirai  vdi  terrete. 

egli  terra.  egliuo  terranno. 


Si  BJUNCTivE  Mood. 
ch'  io  te'nga.        che    ndi   tenghia- 

mo,  or  teniamo. 
che  tu  te'nga       che  vdi  tenghiate, 

or  tenicitf. 
ch'  egli  teuga.     ch 'e'glino  te'ngano. 

Conditional. 
io  terrei.  ndi  terre'mmo. 

tu  ttrresti.  vdi  ttrreste. 

egli  terrebbe.      e'glino  terrebbero. 


Imperativf^ 


tie'ni. 


So  also  the  compounds  apparten6re,  to  belong ;  conten^re, 
to  contain ;  sosten^re,  to  uphold ;  otten^re,  to  obtain. 

Tenure  is  conimonly  used  instead  of  av^re,  when  this  is 
not  used  as  an  auxiliaiy. 


Exercise  LXXXIV. 

1.  Io  tengo  due  lire  in  saccoccia.  2.  Che  cosa  tieni  in  tasca?  Io 
non  tengo  nulla  in  tasca.  3.  A  chi  aipartiene  quel  giardino?  Et^so 
ap]  artiene  a  mio  zio.     4.  Bisogna  tener  ctnto  di  quHuto  si  spende. 

5.  11  signer  zio  mi  ha  tenuto  a  battesimo.  6.  Da  chi  tiene  Ella 
questo  bel  quadro?  Esso  mi  fu  regalato  dal  duca  di  B.  7.  Kon 
mi  tenua  a  bada  piu  lungHmente,  io  non  ho  tempo  da  perdere.  8.  Noi 
tutti  Io  tenevamo  ]  er  un  galantuomo,  i  rima  di  sapere  le  sue  cattive 
azioni.  9.  Io  ti  turd  mano  a  sharazzare  la  tavola.  10.  Egli  non 
ter.eva  conto  del  suo  danaro,  essendo  molto  ricco.  11.  Chi  tiene 
molto  danaro  deve  aiuiare  i  povereUi.  12.  Tieniti  dall'  altra  parte, 
pel  che  qui  non  c'  e  posto. 

1.  What  have  you  in  your  pocket?     I  have  only  a  few  shillings. 

2.  You  must  value  the  money,  which  your  fathei  has  given  you. 

3.  Do  you  kc'p  an  account  of  the  money  you  spend?     Yes,  sir. 

4.  We  will  all  htlp  you  to  clear  the  table.     5.  Help  me  to  do  this 

6.  In  what  can  I  help  you?  You  can  help  me  in  carrying  this 
yicture  into  the  other  room.  7.  He  was  my  god-f'ath^r  (he  held  me  at 
haptism)  8.  From  whom  do  you  hold  this  present?  Fiom  my 
cousin  (fern.).     9.  I  always  thought  (held)  him  a  gentleman.     10. 


158 


IKBEGULAR  VERBS. 


We  bold  him  for  a  very  studious  pupil  (jnasc).  11.  He  is  thought 
{Held)  by  everybody  a  very  lazy  boy.  12.  We  shall  keep  an  account 
of  this. 

21.    Trdrre  (contraction  of  trdere),  to  draw,  to  pull  {Lai. 
traho,  traxi,  tractum). 

Subjunctive  Present. 

eh'  io  tragga.  die  iioi  traiatuo. 

che  tu  tra;<ga.        olie  vdi  traiate. 

oh' e'gli  tragga.       cli'egiino    tiag- 

gano. 


Indicattve  Present. 
io  traggo.  iidi  traiamo. 


tu  trai. 
Cijli  trae. 


voi  tiaetii. 
e'glino  traggono. 


Imperfect. 
io  traeva.  noi  traevamo. 

tu  traevi.  vdi  traevate. 

e'gli  traeva.         e'glino  traevano. 

Past  Definite. 
io  trassi.  noi  traemmo. 

tu  truest!.  vd  traeste. 

egli  trasse.  e'glino  trassero. 


Imperfect. 
oh'  io  traesbi.      che  ndi  traessimo. 
che  tu  traessi.    clie  \6i  traeste. 
ch'  e'gli  traesse.  eh'  e'glino      traea- 


eg 
sero. 


traendo. 


Gerund. 


trii. 


Imperative. 
trae'te. 


tratto. 
tratti. 


Past  Partioiplk. 
tratta. 
tratte. 


So  also  the  compounds  attrdrre,  to  attract ;  contrdrre,  to 
contract ;  sottrdrre,  to  subtract ;  detrdrre,  to  detract,  etc. 


Exercise  LXXXV. 

1.  Io  estrasgo  il  sugo  da  quest' arancia.  2.  Tu  trai  gran  profitto 
dalla  tua  proiessione.  3.  Ella  trae  una  bella  rendita  da  codeste  case. 
4.  Che  profitto  trasse  il  tuo  amico  dal  suo  ultimo  viaggio?  Fgli 
guadaiiuo  circa  mille  lire.  5.  Che  parti  to  ne  trasse?  Egli  ne  trasse 
tutto  11  vantaggio  possibile.  6.  Traetevi  di  la  che  m'impeditedi 
Ittsisiere.  7.  11  gas  si  estrae  dal  carhone.  8.  Io  rstrassi  un  ago  dal 
piede  del  tuo  cane.  9.  Non  mi  distrarre,  ptrchfe  lio  da  lavorare. 
10.  Egli  attraxse  tutta  la  mia  attenzione.  11  La  calamita  attrae  il 
ferro.     12.  Ella  estrasse  tutto  il  sugo  da  quelle  arance. 

1.  By  what  is  iron  attracted  ?  By  loadstone.  2.  What  profit 
do  you  derive  from  your  profession  ?  Nearly  a  thousand  a  year. 
3.  We  shall  draw  all  possil'le  advantages  from  it.  4.  Gas  is  ex- 
tracted from  coal.  5.  I  shall  extract  the  juice  out  of  this  orange. 
6.  He  is  a  great  orator,  he  always  attracts  our  attention.  7.  Extract 
this  pin  from  my  finger.  8.  He  derives  a  good  rent  from  those 
gardens.  9.  Tnke  (draw)  yourself  away  from  tliat  place,  you  dis- 
traot  me.  10.  You  must  iiot  distract  me,  I  have  to  work.  11.  He 
will  distract  his  brothers  from  learning  their  lessons.  12.  We  shall 
not  d  aw  great  profit  from  that. 


IKKEGULAR    VERBS.  159 

22.  Udire,  to  hear  (Lat.  audio,  audivi,  auditum). 

Indicative  Present.  Subjunctive  Present. 

io  odo.  egli  ode.  ch'  io  oda.  ch'  e>li  oda. 

tu  odi.  egliiio  ddono.  che  tu  dda.         oh'  e'glino  ddano. 

Future. 
(Regular  also.)  Conditional. 

io  udro.  11 6i  udremo.  (Regular  also.) 

tuudrai.  •  vdiudrete  io  udrei.  noi  udremmo. 

egh  udra.  egliuo  udraimo.        ^^^  ^^^^^^-  ^.^j  ^^^^^^^^^ 

Imperative.  egli  udre'bbe.      eglino    udreb- 

6dL  bero. 

Exercise  LXXXVI. 

1.  Io  r  odo  can  tare  con  gran  piacere.  2.  Mioditu?  Sissignore, 
io  vi  odo  distintamente.  3.  Ella  e  sorda,  ella  non  mi  ode.  4.  Se 
ella  e  sorda,  ella  non  piio  udirti.  5.  I'dite  voi  quella  bella  musica? 
Sissignore,  noi  la  udiamo.  6.  Quel  ragazzi  sono  molto  lontani, 
eglino  non  vi  odono.  7.  Io  Io  udio  can  tare  stassera  al  teatro.  8. 
Farlate  im  po'  piii  forte,  (d  egli  vi  udra.  9.  Non  la  udimmo  a 
quel  concerto,  perche  non  ci  eravamo.  10.  Udiste  voi  la  S.  cantare 
air  Opera?  Nossignoie,  io  non  c'era.  11.  ]o  andro  ad  udire  quel 
tenore  domani  sera  al  concerto  di  B.  12.  Io  feci  mostra  di  non 
udirlo. 

1.  Do  you  hear  him  ?  Yes,  sir.  2.  I  have  not  yet  heard  him 
sing.  3.  We  shall  hear  her  sing  at  the  concert  to-night.  4.  1 
could  not  hear  him,  I  was  too  far.  5.  I  should  hear  her,  if  I  was 
not  so  far.  6.  He  has  heard  me.  7.  Will  you  go  to  hear  him 
sing  in  the  new  opera  to-night  ?  I  cannot,  1  must  go  elsewhere. 
8.  They  (masc.)  all  went  to  hear  her  sing.  9.  They  (fem.)  heard 
her  very  well.  10.  She  made  believe  (mostra)  that  she  did  not  hear 
me.  11.  The  boys  are  too  far  to  hear  you.  12.  We  shall  all  go  to 
hear  that  great  orator  speak. 

23.  Uscire,  to  go  out  ^Lat.  exeo,  exii,  exitum). 

Subjunctive  Prbsent. 


Indicative  Present. 
io  esco.  egli  esce. 

tu  esci.  eglino  escono. 

Imperative. 


ch'  io  esca.  ch'  egli  esca. 

che  tu  esca.        ch'  eglino     es- 


oano. 


This  verb  owes  its  irregularities  to  the  old  infinitive 
escire. 

Riuscire,  to  go  out  again,  to  succeed^  has  the  same  irregu- 
larities. 


160 


lEEEGULAR   VERBS. 


Exercise  LXXXVII. 

1.  lo  esco  per  fore  una  passeggiata.  2.  Perch^  non  esci  ?  Perch^ 
non  mi  sento  molto  bene.  3,  Egli  esce  troppo  spesso.  4.  Quei 
ragazzi  non  escono  mai  senza  il  loro  maestro.  5.  IJitegli  che  pud 
uscire,  se  gli  piace.  6.  Noi  usciremo  insieme,  se  Le  aggrada.  7.  lo 
non  posso  uscire  ora  perch^  ho  da  lavorare.  8.  A  che  ora  uscirete 
quest'  oggiV  lo  uscird  verso  le  cinque.  9.  Non  uscire  di  qu^  senza 
il  mio  permesso.  10.  Egli  e  cosi  smemorato  che  spesso  esce  senza 
cappello.  11.  Noi  uscimmo  di  casa  a  buon'  ora,  erano  eppena  le 
nove.     12.  11  padrone  k  uscito. 

1.  He  often  goes  out  with  his  brothers.  2.  Is  your  master  gone 
out?  Yes,  sir.  3.  At  what  o'clock  did  he  ^o  out?  He  went 
out  at  two  o'clock.  4.  Who  went  out  with  him?  He  went  out 
alone.  5.  We  shall  go  out  together,  if  you  please.  6.  1  cannot  go 
out  with  you,  my  father  has  not  given  me  leave  to  go  out.  7.  Will 
you  go  out  with  me  ?  Not  now,  sir,  but  I  shall  be  able  to  go  out 
with  you  at  six  o'clock.  8.  They  (masc.)  went  out  without  leave. 
9.  I  should  never  go  out  without  leave.  10.  Is  she  gone  out?  No, 
sir,  she  is  with  her  mother  in  her  room.  11.  You  ^ro  out  too  often, 
you  must  not  go  out  now.  12.  Tell  your  brothers  that  they  can  go 
out  together  with  you. 

24.  Valere,  to  he  worth  {Lat.  valeo,  valui,  valitum). 


Indicative  Present. 
io  v61go,  e'glino    valgono, 

ndi  vagliamo.  or  vagliono. 

Past  Definite. 
io  vulsi.  ^gliuo  valsero. 

egli  valse. 

Future. 
{Begular  also.) 
io  vurro.  iidi  varremo. 

tu  varrai.  vdi  varrete. 

egli  varrk.  ^glino  varranno. 


Sttbjunctive  Prksent. 
ch'io  valga,  or  vajjlia. 
che  tu  valjj;a,  or  vaglia. 
ch'  egli  vdljra,  or  vaglia. 
che  iidi  vajriiamo. 
che  vol  vagliate. 
ch'eglino  vagliano,  or  valgano. 

Conditional. 

(Regular  aho.) 
io  varrei.  noi  varremmo. 

tu  varrcsti.  vdi  varreste. 

egli  vanebbe.      e'glino  varrebbero. 


Past  Participle. 

(Regular  aho.) 

vilso.  vdlsa. 

vahd.  vdlse. 


So  also  preval^re,  to  prevail. 


Exercise  LXXXVIII. 

1.  Questo  anello  vale  cinquanta  franchi.  2.  La  tua  casa  vale  due 
mila  Ifre  sterline.  3.  Quanto  vale  il  suo  caval  o?  11  mio  cavallo 
vale  duecento  Dre  sterline.    4.  Quell' abi to  non  vale  molto.    5.  11  mio 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


161 


pianoforte  valeva  oento  lire  sterline  quandd  era  nuoro,  ora  ne  vale 
3oltanto  settanta.  6.  Qn:mto  hai  pagato  quella  carrozza?  lo 
r  ho  pagato  cento  lire  sterline.  L'hai  pagata  piii  ch'tssa  valga. 
7.  Quest' orolor;io  valerebbe  molto  piu  se  iosse  d'oro.  8.  La  tua 
casa  vale  piu  della  mia.  9.  Quella  casa  non  vale  tan  to  quanto  la 
tua.  10.  Quel  cavallo  vank  molto  fra  due  anni.  11.  lo  non  so 
quanto  valga.     12.  lo  credo  che  quel  cavallo  valga  molto. 

1.  How  much  is  your  carriage  worth  ?  It  is  worth  a  hundred 
pounds.  2.  It  is  worth  more  than  mine.  3.  That  house  is  not 
worth  so  much  as  yours.  4.  My  house  is  worth  less  than  his.  5. 
How  much  do  you  think  that  jiarden  may  be  worth?  I  do  not 
know  how  much  it  may  be  worth.  6.  Do  you  believe  that  it  is 
worth  as  much  as  this  ?  I  do  not  think  so.  7.  I  have  pai<l  (for)  this 
watch  more  than  it  is  worth.  8.  You  must  not  pay  anything  mere 
than  it  is  worth.  9.  Your  house  will  be  worth  more  in  a  few  years. 
10.  That  ring  would  be  worth  more  if  it  were  gold.  11.  This  is 
not  worth  much.  12.  That  house  is  worth  many  thousand  pounds 
sterling. 


25.  Ved§re,  to  see  {Lat  video,  vidi,  visum). 

Indicative  Present. 
( Regular  also. , 


lo  veggo,  or  veggio. 

tu  ve'. 

ndi  veggiamo. 

eglino  veggono,  or  veggiono. 


io  vidi. 
egli  vide. 


Past  Definite. 

egliuo  videro. 


io  vedro. 
tu  vedrai. 
egli  vedra. 


Future. 

noi  vedremo. 
v6i  vedrete. 
earliuo  vedrdnno. 


Impekative. 


Subjunctive  Present. 

(Regular  also.) 

cb"  io  veVga,  or  veggia. 

che  tu  vegga,  or  veggia. 

eh'  eVli  vegga,  or  veggia. 

che  ndi  veggiamo, 

che  vdi  veggiate. 

ch'  eglino  veggano  or  veggiano. 

Conditional. 

io  vedrai.  ndi  vedremmo. 

tu  vedr^sti.         vdi  vedreate. 

egli  vedreTibe.    eglino  vedrebbero. 

Gerund. 
(Regular  also.) 


v4d\,  or  ve'.  >  vegg^ndo. 

Past  Participle, 
( Regular  also. ) 
vfsto,  vista. 

9  vfsti.  viste. 

So  also  the  compounds  preved^re,  to  foresee ;  rived^re,  to 
see  again,  etc. 

Exercise  LXXXIX. 

1.  Io  ti  veg2o,  ma  tu  non  mi  vedi.     2.  Egli  non  mi  vede.    3.  Noi 
ti  vediamo  \k  dietro.    4.  Quel  signori  non  possono  vedere  noi  altri 


162 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


qui  dietro.  5.  Dove  lo  vedeste  ?  lo  lo  vidi  a  Parigi.  6.  lo  lo 
vedeva  dalla  mia  finestra  tutte  le  volte  cli'egli  passava  \>er  la  stiada. 
7.  lo  lion  I' ho  ancora  visto  oggi.  8.  lo  lo  vedro  domani  dal  mio 
avvocato.  9.  lo  non  poteva  jrevedere  die  cio  sarelibe  accaduto. 
10,  lo  lo  vedrei  voleiitieri  s'e^li  mi  visitasse.  11.  Eila  mi  ha  visto 
con  te  a  casa  di  i|uel  signore  tedesco.  12.  Dove  lo  hai  tu  visto? 
Jo  I'iio  visto  dal  direttore  della  compa^nia  d'assicurazioni. 

1.  I  have  not  yet  seen  thy  sister  to-day.  2.  You  will  soon  see 
her,  she  is  going  out  with  my  aunt.  3.  Where  shall  I  see  you  this 
evening?  I  shall  be  at  the  house  of  your  lawyer.  4.  Have  you 
seen  the  new  house?  Not  yet,  sir.  5.  I  shall  go  to  see  it  to- 
morrow. 6.  Do  yon  see  that  man?  Yes,  sir.  7.  He  owes  me 
some  money.  8.  Will  you  s^-e  him  to-morrow  ?  No,  sir,  1  am 
going  to  see  him  now.  9.  Have  you  seen  my  hat?  Yes,  sir,  it 
is  on  the  table  in  the  next  room.  10.  Go  and  see  if  you  can  find 
the  doctor.  11.  They  (masc.)  cannot  see  us.  they  (mane.)  are  too 
far.     12.  We  saw  you  from  our  window  this  morning. 

26.  Venire,  to  come  (Lat.  venio,  veni,  ventum). 


Indicative  Present. 

Subjunctive  Present. 

io  ve'ngo. 

e'^'li  vie'ne. 

ch' io  ve'ngfa.       cli'egli  venga. 

tu  vieni. 

6glino  vengono. 

che  tu  venga.     ch'e'^liuo    ven- 
gano. 

Past  Definite. 

io  ve'nni. 

e'gli  no  vennero. 

Imperative. 

e'gli  venne. 

vie'ni. 

Conditional. 

FlTlRE. 

io  verrei.            roi  verre'mmo. 

io  verro. 

noi  verre'mo. 

tu  verresti.          voi  verreste. 

tu  vcrijii. 

vol  verie'te. 

egli  verre'bbe.    e'glino  verrebbero. 

^gli  verrk. 

e'glino  verranno. 

Past  Participle. 

Present  Participle. 

ventito.               veniita. 

vegn^nte. 

ventfti.               veniite. 

So  also  the  compounds  sowenire,  to  help;  divenire,  to 
become ;  sowenirsi,  to  remember ;  pervenire,  to  succeed ;  con- 
venire,  to  be  convenient^  to  agree ;  svenire,  to  swoon. 

Exercise  XC. 

1.  Io  vengo  dalla  fabbrica  di  zolfanelli.  2.  Da  dove  vieni?  Io 
vengo  dalla  iHbbrica  di  seta.  3.  Donde  viene  quel  signore?  Euli 
viene  dalla  Borsa.  4.  Noi  lo  udivamo  venire  flail' altra  camera. 
5.  Io  verr6  teco  alia  passejigiata.  6.  PtTch^  non  vcnite  a  trovarmi  ? 
Temeva  non  trovarvi  a  cai^a.  7.  Vcnite  a  ]iranzo  con  me,  avremo 
del  buon  vino.  8.  Non  |k)8so  Venire  perch^  devo  aspt'ttar  qui  mio 
zio.  9.  Convenite  meco  che  voi  avete  torto.  10.  Non  mi  conviene 
accettare  tt^le  proposta.     11.    Dante  dice  che  h  gran    doloro  i| 


IBHECxULAR   VERBS. 


li>3 


sowenirsi  de' tempi    felici  nella  miseria.      12.  Ci   sono  alia  fino 
perveniito. 

1.  Come  with  me,  let  us  go  to  dinner.  2.  I  cannot  come  with 
you,  somebody  is  waiting  lor  me  in  my  b-use.  3.  Will  you  ct^me 
with  me  to-morrow?  To-moirow  yes, and  thanks.  4.  With  wh^na 
have  you  come?  1  came  with  all  my  friends  (masc).  5.  Whence 
does  he  come?  He  comes  Irom  his  match  factory.  6.  Did  they 
(masc.)  come  from  our  silk  manufi^ctory  ?  No,  sir,  they  came  from 
the  Stock  Exchange.  7.  We  shall  all  come  together  this  evening. 
8.  Whence  do  you  come?  I  come  from  the  concert.  9.  We  come 
from  the  house  of  your  lawyer,  10.  1  came  yesterday  from  the 
country.  11.  They  (fern.)  came  from  school  at  live  o'clock.  12.  He 
agrees  with  me  that  I  am  right. 

27.  Vol^re,  to  he  willing  (Lat.  volo,  vohii). 

SUBJINCTIVE  PkESENT. 


ch'  io  vdglia.       ehe  ndi  voglia- 

mo. 
che  tu  vdglia.     che  vdi  vogliate. 
ch'egli  vdglia.   ch'e'Kiiuo  vdglia- 

no. 


Conditional. 


10  vorrei.  noi  vorremmo. 


Indicativk  Present. 
io  voglio,  or  vo'  noi  vogliamo. 
tu  vudi.  egliuo  vdgliono. 

egli  vuole. 

Past  Definite. 
io  vdlli.  egliuo  vdllero. 

egli  vdlle. 

No  Imperative. 
Future. 

io  vorro.  ndi  vorremo.  \  tu  vorr('sti.  vdi  von-o'ste. 

tu  vorrai.  vdi  vorrete.  i  e'gli  vorrehbe.     e'glino    vorreb- 

egli  vorrk.  egliuo  vorranno  bero. 

Exercise  XOl. 

1.  Io  voglio  studiar  bene  questa  lezione.  2.  Vuoi  tu  venir  meuo 
dl  concerto  ?  Io  non  posso  venir  teco,  io  devo  andare  con  Guglielmo 
dal  libraio.  3.  Che  cosa  vuole?  Io  non  vo-lio  nulla.  4.  Noi 
vogliamo  pranzare,  cameriere.  Dateci  tutto  cio  che  avete  di  buono. 
5.  Che  cosa  vogliono?  Noi  abbiamo  del  buon  arrosto  e  de^  gnlli- 
naccio  stufato.  6.  I^ateci  Tuno  e  Taltro,  e  portateci  anche  due 
bottiglie  di  vin  rosso,  del  migliore.  7.  Voletebere?  Nossi^nore, 
grazie,  io  non  ho  sete.  8.  Io  non  volli  ricevere  la  sua  visita  ]  erche 
io  non  desidero  la  sua  amicizia.  9.  Koi  non  volevamo  andare  al 
teatro,  ma  nostro  cugino  ci  prego  tanto  che  alia  fine  noi  acconsen- 
timmo.  10.  Tu  Thai  voluto  cosi,  ora  h  inutile  il  pentirsi.  11.  Se 
tu  volessi  ascoltarmi  faresti  molto  bene.  12.  Se  tu  avessi  voluto 
seguire  il  mio  <!cnsiglio,  non  ti  saresti  trovato  in  imbarazzo. 

1.  Will  you  ccme  to  London  with  me?     I  cannot  come  with  you, 

sir,  because  I  have  to  go  with  my  aunt.     2.  Who  has  come?     The 

music  master  rnme  to  oive  yon  your  lesson.     3.  I  will  not  have  any 

more  lessons  from  that  music  master.   4.  From  whom  will  you  now 

8 


164  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

take  your  music  lessons  ?  From  that  Italian  music  master.  5.  Will 
vou  pay  me  now?  I  cannot  pay  you  now,  but  I  will  pay  you  next 
wei-k.  6.  Will  they  (masc.)  have  some  wine  to  drink?  No,  sir, 
they  (masc.)  will  not  have  anything  to  drink,  they  (masc.)  are  not 
thirsty.  7.  Will  she  sing  to-night  ?  She  will  not  sing,  because  she 
does  not  feel  well.  8.  Will  you  go  into  the  other  room  to  tell  my 
fiiend  (masc.)  to  come  here?  Yes,  sir,  I  will  go  there  and  tell  him 
(it).  9.  Would  you  lend  me  those  new  books,  which  you  have 
bought  to-day  at  (/row)  the  bookseller's?  I  cannot  lend  them  to 
you  now,  I  want  to  read  them  first  myself.  10.  She  would  not 
follow  my  advice,  and  now  she  regrets  it.  11.  Whom  will  you 
invite  to  dinner  ?  I  shall  invite  all  my  friends  (masc).  12.  How 
much  would  you  pay  for  this  ring?  I  would  pay  what  it  is 
woith. 

Thk  Third  Class. 
Defective  Verbs  (Verhi  Difettivi). 

The  following  verbs  are  called  defective  because  they 
have  not  all  the  tenses  or  persons  of  the  regular  verbs. 
They  should  not  be  mistaken  for  the  impersonal  verbs, 
for  which  see  Chap.  XXIII.,  pp.  108-1 12. 

Most  of  the  following  forms  are  obsolete  (marked  thus  *) 
and  are  to  be  avoided  ;  but  we  give  them  in  order  to  facili- 
tate the  reading  of  the  old  Italian  classics. 

Forms  used  only  in  poetr}'-  will  be  marked  (p.). 

Forms  not  given  below  do  not  exist. 

Infinitive.  Only  Forms  in  Use. 

1.  ♦Algere,  to  freeze. 

Past  DEFmrrE.  Participle  Present. 

io*  dlsi.  ♦algente. 

e'gli*  alse. 

2.  *Ancidere,  to  kill. 

,  Past  Participle. 

Anciso  (p.). 

3.  *Angere,  to  torment. 

Indicative  Present. 
egli  ♦ange. 

4.  *Arr6gere,  to  add. 

Indicative  Present.  Past  Definite. 

e'gli*  arroge.  io  ♦arrdsi. 

Gerund.  ^gli  *arr68e. 

♦arrogendo,  «g'»"<^  *arro3ero. 

Imperative.  Past  Partioiplb. 

*arrdgi.  *&Tr6ao. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


165 


Past  Participle. 
*aviil80. 

Subjunctive  Present. 
mi  *caglia. 


Infinitive.  Only  Forms  in  Use. 

6.  *Av^llere,  to  draw  out. 
Past  Definite. 
io  *avulsi. 

6.  *Cal6re,  to  be  important. 

Indicative  Present. 
mi  *cale. 

Imperfect.  Imperfect. 

mi  *caleva.  ,  mi  *calease. 

Past  Definite.  Conditional. 

mi  *calse.  mi  *carrebbe. 

Future.  Past  Participle. 

mi  *calera,  or  *carra.  *caliito. 

7.  *Coiificere,  to  consecrate. 

Past  Participle. 
♦confetto. 

8.  *Circonflettere,  to  bend  round. 

Past  Participle. 
ciiconfiesso. 

9.  *Conquidere  (p.),  to  conquer. 

Past  Participle. 
conquiso  (p.). 

10.  *Cap6re,  to  hold. 

Indicative  Present. 
*cape. 

11.  *Col6re,  to  worship. 

Indicative  Present. 


Subjunctive  Present. 
*cdppia. 


12. 
13. 


14. 


io  *odlo. 
egli  *cdle. 

*Fulgere,  to  shine.     See  Rifulgere,  No.  24,  p.  167. 
*Genufl§ttere.  to  kneel. 
Past  Participle. 
genuflesso. 

Gire  (p.),  to  go. 

Indicative  Present. 
voi  gite  (p.). 
Imperfect. 

io  giva,  gia  (p.). 

tu  givi  (p.). 

egli  giva  (p.). 

noi  givarai)  (p.). 

voi  givate  (p.). 

eglino  gi'vano.  or  giano  (p.). 


Imperative. 
gite  (p.)  (voi). 

Conditional. 
io  giiei  (p.). 

Imperf.  Subjunctive. 
cli'io  gis>i  (p.). 
die  t(i  gissi  (p.). 
ch'egli  gisse  (p.). 


166 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


Infinitive. 


Only  Forms  in  Use. 


Past  Definite. 
tu  gisti  (p.). 
egli  gi,  gi'o  (p.). 
ndi  giiiuno  '  p.). 
voi  giste  (p.). 
dglino  giioiio  (p.). 

Past  Participle. 
^to  (p.). 


15.  *Inficere,  to  infect. 

Past  Participle. 
*infdito. 

16.  Ire  (p.),  to  go. 

Indicative  Present. 
voi  ite  (p.). 

Imperfect. 
^li  iva  (p.). 
eglino  ivano  (p.). 

Past  Participle. 
ito. 


Imperf.  Slbjunctivb. 
che  udi  gis.^imo  (p.). 
che  voi  gist*  (p.). 
ch'  egliiio  gisaero  (p.). 

FlTDBE. 

io  giro   p. ,. 
egli  girk   p.). 
ndi  gireino  (p.). 
vdi  girete  (p.). 
eglino  giranno  (p.) 


Impebattvb. 
fte  (p.)  (vdi). 


Future. 

ndi  iremo  fp.). 
vdi  iretei  (p.). 
eglino  irdnno  (p.). 


Only  the  following  three  comf)Oiinds  of  ire  have  the 
same  forms,  i.e.,  adire  (p.),  to  inherit;  circuire  (p.),  to  go 
about  something;  and  *contraire,  to  oppose.  The  "'tlicr 
compounds  are  conjugated  regularly,  like  fiorire.  See 
p.  QQ. 


17.  Ledere,  to  hurt. 

Past  Definite. 

18.  *Licere,  to  he  allowed. 

Indicative  Present. 
lice  (p.). 


Past  Participli. 
le'sa 


Past  Participle. 
le'cito, 
licito  (p.). 


19.  *Lticere,  to  shine,  has  no  Past  Prtrticiple.  It  is  con- 
jugated regularly  in  all  its  other  Tenses,  except  the  Past 
Definite,  thus : 

Past  Definite. 
io  liissi,  ndi  Incc'mmo, 

tu  luce'sti,  vdi  lucewte, 

^11  liisse,  eglino  liissero. 


IRREGULAR    VERBS.  .     167 

Infinitive.  Only  Forms  in  Use. 

20.  *M6rgere,  to  dip. 

Past  Definite. 
io*  mersi. 

21.  *01ire,  to  smell. 

Indicative  Imperfect. 
io  oliva  (p.).       egli  oliva  (p.). 
tu  oli'vi  (p.).       egliuo  olivano  (p.). 

22.  *Pandere,  to  manifest,  to  show. 

Indicative  Present.  Subjunctive  Present. 

tu  *pandi.  egli  *panda. 

egli  *pande. 

23.  Redire  (p.)     I  ,,  ,,,^,„. 

24.  Ri^dere  (p.),  f 

Indicative  Present.  Subjunctive  Present. 

io  riedo  (p.).  '       egli  rieda  (p.). 
tu  rie'di  (p.).  eglino  rie'dano  (p.). 

egli  riede  (p.). 

25.  Rifulgere,  to  sparkle,  has  no  Past  Participle.  All  its 
other  Tenses  are  regular,  except  the 

Past  Definite. 
io  rifiilsi.  noi  rifulgemmo. 

tu  rifulgesti.  voi  rifulije'ste. 

e'gli  rilulse.  e'g'.ino  rifiilsero. 

26.  Rilucere,  to  shine,  is  conjugated  like  lucere.  See 
above,  No.  19. 

27.  *Serpere,  to  wind,  has  only  the  Present  and  Imperfect 
Tenses  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Moods,  and  the 
Gerund,  all  formed  regulaily.  It  is  obsolete.  Serpeggiare 
is  now  used  in  its  stead. 

28.  Sol^re,  to  he  accustomed. 

Indicative  Present.  Subjunctive  Present. 

io  sdglio.  ch'  io  sdglia. 

tu  sudli.  che  tu  tedglia. 

egli  suole.  eh'  egli  suglia. 

i)6i  sogiiamo.  che  iidi  so;.diamo. 

vdi  sole'te.  che  vdi  sogliate. 

e'glino  sdgliono.  ch'  eglino  fcdgliuno. 

The  Imperfect  of  both  Moods  is  conjugated  regularly : 
io  soleva,  io  sole^si,  etc. 

Past  Participle.  Gerund. 

sdlito.  solendo. 


168  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

EXEBCIME  XCII. 

1.  lo  soglio  vederlo  a  casa  dell'  ingegnere.  2.  Dove  sei  tu  solito 
parlaFiili  ?  losoii  solito  parlai^ili  alia  |  asscL'giata.  3.  "  Lucevan  gli 
occhi  suoi  p.u  ti'una  Stella."  4.  Come  riluce  quell' armadio!  h  stato 
ri|»ulitoda  poco.  5.  Quell' anello  riluce  perchfe  e  dWo.  6.  Non  mi 
caly  punto  .s'egli  non  studia,  sara  peggio  per  lui.  7.  Non  te  nedeve 
calere,  non  e  affar  tuo.  8.  Questo  non  e  lecito.  9.  Arrugi  anche 
quest")  ai  tuoi  errori.     10.  Noi  eravamo  tuiti  genuflessi  in  chiesa. 

11.  Egli  e  ito  a  trovarlo  questa  mattina.     12.  Le  stelle  rilucevano 
d'  uno  splendore  inusato. 

1.  I  used  to  see  him  every  morning  at  school.  2.  He  used  to 
come  to  dinner  with  us  every  day.  3.  Where  are  you  accus- 
tomed to  "o  to  pass  the  evening?  I  am  accustomed  to  jiass  the 
evening  at  honie.  4.  He  is  accustomed  to  see  me  every  morning  at 
the  promenade.  5.  That  star  shines  very  much  to-night.  6.  I 
Ike  to  see  tlie  stars  shine  at  night.  7.  What  does  it  matter  to  you 
if  he  is  gone  away  ?  It  matters  to  me  more  than  you  think.  8. 
They  (fern.)  were  all  knqeling  down  in  church.  9.  Where  are  you 
going?  I  am  going  to  see  my  IViends  (masc).  10.  That  ling  shines, 
but  It  is  not  gold.     11.  It  is  not  always  gold  that  which  shinet. 

12.  Such  a  thing  is  not  allowed  in  this  country. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


169 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  lEREGULAR  VERBS. 

From  the  following  list  are  excluded  all  those  so-called 
Irregular  Verbs  whose  irregularities  have  been  explained 
on  pp.  61-63. 

Those  marked  thus  *  have  also  the  regular  forms. 

Those  marked  thus  f  are  Impersonal. 

Those  marked  thus  j  are  Defective. 


Infinitive.                  Present. 

Definite. 

Future. 

Past  Part. 

fAcoadere,  to  hap-  accade 

acc^dde 

accadrk 

accaduto. 

pen 

Accdrgeibi,  to  per-   reg. 

m'  accdrsi 

reg. 

accdrto. 

ceive 

Acci  escere,  to  in-     reg. 

accre'bbi 

reg. 

accresoiiito. 

crease 

Addilrre,  to  bring     adduce 

addiissi 

reg. 

adddtto. 

AflFiyjgere,  to  affix     reg. 

aflissi 

reg. 

affi.vso 

AflSigi^ere,  fo  afflict  reg. 

affli^jsi 

leg. 

afflitto. 

Aggiungeie,  to  add  reg. 

aggiunsi 

reg. 

aggiiinto. 

jAlgere,  to  freeze      

alsi,  alse 
jammisi, 

1  Part  Pres. 
\  algente. 

Ammettere,  to  admit  reg. 

|ainmessi, 
( ammettei 

reg. 

ammesso. 

JAncidere,  to  kill     

anciso. 

Andare,  to  go            vo,  vado 

reg. 

andrb 

reg. 

JAiigere,  to  torment  &nge 

Annettere,  to  annex  reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

anne'sso. 

*Apparire,  to  ap-     apparisco 

pear 
Appartenere,     to     appartengc 

apparvi 

reg. 

apparso. 

1   i  apparte'uni, 

apparterrb 

reg. 

belong 

1  appartene'i 

Apri're,  to  open         reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

aperto. 

JArro^ere,  to  add     arrdge 

arrdsi 

arrdso. 

A^salire,  to  attack    assalgo 

assaisi,  assaliireg. 

reg. 

As.'istere,  to  assist    reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

assistito. 

Assdlvere,  to  ah-       reg. 
solve 

reg. 

reg. 

assdlto. 

As-drgere,  to  rise      reg. 

assdrsi 

reg. 

assdrto. 

Assiiratre,  to  assume  reg. 

asbunsi 

reg. 

assuuto. 

Asternersi,  to  ah-      m  asteiigo 

•  ra'  astenni 
1  in'  astene'i 

m'  asteno 

asttniito. 

stain 

Astringere,     to        reg. 

astrinsi 

reg. 

astre'tto. 

compel 

Atti  igere,  to  attain  reg. 

attuisi 

reg. 

attinto. 

Attrdrre,  to  attract  attraggo 

attrassi 

attrarro 

attrdtto. 

JAvellere,  to  draw 

out 
Avere,  to  have          ho,  6 

avtUsi 

aviilso. 

e-bbi 

avrb 

aviito. 

170 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


Infinitive.  }*re8pnt.  Definite.  Future.  Past  Part 

Avvedersi,   io    he-  reg,  •   m'  avvidi         m'  avvedro  reg. 


come  aware 


Benedire,  to  hJess 
l^evere,  to  drink 
Be're,  to  drink 

Cadere,  to  fall 
JtCalere,  to  be  im- 
portant 
jCapere,  to  hold 

Chiedere,  to  ask 


ben  dico 

reg. 

beo 


reg. 
cale 


benedissi  reg. 
bevvi,  bevei  reg. 
bevvi  reg. 


cdddi 
cilse 


chiesi 


Cignere,  to  gird 
Cingere,  to  gird 
JCirconfle'ttire,    to 

bend  round 
Cdgliere,  to  gather  cdlgo 


cape 

fchiedo, 

\chie'ggo 

reg.  cinsi 

reg.  cinsi 


!Cole're,  to  worship 

Commettere,  to 
commit 

Commudvere,  to 
move 

Comparfre,  to  ap- 
pear 

Compiangere,  to 
pity 

*Cdinpiere,  to  finish 

Compdrre,   to  com- 
pose 

Comprimpre,     to 
compress 

Compromettere,  to 
compromise 

Compiingere,  to 
regret 

*Coiice'dere,  to  grant 

Conccpire,  to  con- 
ceive 


Condurre,  to  lead 
JConficere,   to  con- 
secrate 
Coiifiggcre.  to  nail 
Congiuiigere,  to  jo/« 
Coune'ttere,  to  con- 
nect 
*Coiid3oere,  to  know 
JConqiiidere,  tocvn- 
qtter 


cdio,  cole 
reg. 

reg. 


cdlsi 


commisi, 

commtttei 
commdjjsi 


comparisco  comparvi, 

comparii 
reg.  compicinsi 

reg,  reg. 

compdngo    compdsi 


reg. 
reg. 


bonede'tto. 

leg. 

beiito. 


cadrd 

calera,  car- 
ra 


reg. 
reg. 


coglierd, 
corro 

reg. 

reg. 


reg. 
reg. 


reg. 
comporrd 


compressi        reg. 


compromisi, 
compromettei 


compunsi 
conce.>»8i 


reg. 
reg. 
H'oiicepi'sco, 
concepisce, 

Hrd  p.      reg. 
oncepe, 

:Srd  p. 
pondiico       condiissi 


ng. 
reg. 
reg. 

reg. 


conft-«i 

congiiinsi 

cuDned»i 

condbbi 


reg. 

reg. 
reg. 


reg. 


reg. 
reg. 
reg. 


reg. 
reg. 

chidsto. 

ointo. 
c:nto. 
circonflesso. 

culto. 

commesso. 

commdsQO 

comparso, 
coa>jmrito. 
compianto. 

compito. 
compdsto. 

compresso. 


compromesao. 

eompifnto. 
concesso. 


eoncdtto,  eon- 
cepito. 

conddtto. 
confetto. 

confitto. 

congiiinto. 

conne-iso. 

conosciiito. 
oonqufso. 


IRHEGULAR   VERBS. 


171 


Infinitive.               Present. 

Definite. 

Future. 

Past  Part 

Consiimere,  to  con-ieg. 

consunsi. 

reg. 

cons^ta 

same 

Coiitenerc,  to  con-    contengo 

contenni 

conterro 

reg. 

tain 

Coutessere,  to  weave  reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

contesto. 

Coutdrcere,  to  twist  reg. 

coutdrsi 

reg. 

contdrto. 

Contiadiie,  to  con-  contradico 

eontradissi 

reg. 

coutradetto. 

tradict 

Contrailistinofuere,   reg. 

contradistinsi  reg. 

coutvadistin- 

to  (Usfinyuish 

to. 

Oontraflfare,  to  *m-contraffac- 

contraffe'ci 

contraflfaro  contraffatto. 

tate                             cio 

Contrarre,    to   con-  contraggo 

contras^i 

reg. 

contratto. 

tract 

Convenire,  to  agfree  convengo 

conve  Mii 

coiiverro 

convenuto. 

Convincere,  <o;)er-    reg. 

conviuhi 

reg. 

convinto. 

sutide 

Copriie,  to  cover       reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

coperto. 

Corre'ggtre,  to  cor-  reg. 

corressi 

reg. 

corre'tto. 

rect 

Corrispdndere,     to  reg. 

corrispdsi 

reg. 

corrispdsto. 

correspond 

Corrd  npere,  to  cor-  reg. 

corriippi 

reg. 

corrdtto. 

rupt 

Costringere,  to  cam-  reg. 

costrinsi 

reg. 

costretto. 

."''  . 

Costruire,   to    con-  costruisco 

costriissi 

1  costrurro,  costrutto. 

struct 

1  costruird 

Crescere,  to  grow      reg. 

cre'bbi 

reg. 

cresciuto. 

CrocifiggLTe,  to  cru-  reg. 

crocifissi 

reg, 

crocifisso, 
crocifitto. 

ci^y 

Cudcere,  to  cook       reg. 

cdssi 

eoceid, 
cuocero 

cdtto. 

Dare,  to  give             do. 

diedi 

daro 

reg. 

Decadere,  to  decay  reg. 

decaddi 

decadro 

reg. 

Decrescere,  to  de-    reg. 

decrebbi 

reg. 

decresciiito. 

crease 

Dediirre,  to  deduct   dediico 

dediissi 

reg. 

deddtto. 

D.  pdrre,  to  depose    depdngo 

depdsi 

reg. 

depdsto. 

Dtpriinere,  to  de-     reg. 

depress! 

reg. 

depresso. 

press 

De-istere,  to  desist   reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

desistito. 

Desumere,    to    as-  reg. 

desunsi 

reg. 

desiinto. 

sume,  to  conclude 

Detrarre,  to  detract  detraggo 

detrassi 

reg. 

detratto. 

DirmMtere,  to    dis-  reg. 

diiuisi 

reg. 

dinieBSO. 

m  ss 

Dipingere,  to  paint  reg. 

dipitisi 

reg. 

dipinto. 

Dire,  to  say               dico 

dl^8i 

reg. 

detto. 

1  >iri.ij;ert',  to  direct    reg. 

di.essi 

reg. 

diretto. 

Dirdmpere,  to  rush  reg. 

dinippi 

reg. 

dirdtto. 

8* 


172 


IKREGULAU   VERBS. 


Infinitive.               Preaent. 

Definite. 

Future. 

Past  Part. 

Discidglieie,  to  mw- diaciolgo 

discidlsi 

di»cii>rro, 

discidlto. 

tie 

disctio- 
ghero 

Disciitere,  to   dis-  reg. 

disciissi 

reg. 

discusso. 

CUM 

Disfare,  to  undo       disfaccio 

d^sfe'ci 

disfaro 

disfatto. 

Disgiungere,  to  dis-  leg. 

disgiiiasi 

reg. 

disgiunto. 

jom 
Disporrp,  to  dixpose  diapongo 

dispdii 

reg. 

dispdsto. 

Distiaj^uere,  to  dis-  leg. 

dibtiiisi 

reg. 

distiiito. 

timjuish 

Distogliere,  to  dw-distdlgo 

distdlsi 

distogliere 

>,  diatdlto. 

tract 

diatOlTO 

Disturcere,  to  twist, leg. 

distdrsi 

reg. 

distdrto. 

to  distort 

Distrarre,   to    dis-  distraggo 

distrassi 

reg. 

dititr^tto. 

tract 

Distriiggere,  to  de-  reg. 

stroy 
Disvolgere,    divdl-  reg. 

distrussi 

reg. 

distnitto. 

disvdlai 

reg. 

disvdlto. 

gere,  to  unfold 

Dive'llere,  to  root  up 

divelsi 

divelto. 

Divenire,  to  become  divengo 

divenui 

diverro 

divLUuto 

Dolere,  to  ache          ddlico 

ddlsi 

dorro 

reg. 

^"Jp'-^^-^ftu'tdovei.dovetUaovro 

reg. 

Eleggere,  to  elect      rei,'. 

elessi 

reg. 

ele'tto. 

Erigere,  eigfie,  to  erigo,  ergo 

erddsi,  erai 

erigero,  er- 

erect,  to  set  up 

gero 

eretto. 

Esaurire,  to  exhaust  esaunaco 

reg. 

reg. 

esauiito, 
esaiisto. 

Ksigere,  to  exact      reg. 

esigoi,e8ige'ttireg. 

esatto. 

Esistere,  to  exist      reg. 

esistei,     esis- 

tetti 

reg. 

esistito. 

Espellere,  to  expel   reg. 

espiilsi 

reg. 

espiilao. 

Espriineie,  to  ex-     reg. 

esprcdsi 

reg. 

espre'sso. 

,  pross 

Essere,  to  he             sdno 

fai 

saro 

8t£to. 

Efttiiij^iiere,  io  ex- 

tinguish                reg. 

estfnsi 

reg. 

estinto. 

Estdl.ere,  to  extol     e»tdlgo 

eatdlsi 

reg. 

ectdlto. 

Ebtrirre,  to  extract  eaitiggo 

edtrdssi 

reg. 

estritto. 

Fare,  to  do,  to  make  fo,  f  accio 

feci 

faro 

fatto. 

♦Fe'ndeif,  to  split    reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

fesso. 

Figgere,  to  fix          reg. 

iisai 

reg. 

fi'sso,  fftta 

Fiiigere,  to/et^>i      reg. 

finsi 

reg. 

fintu. 

Fie  cere,  to  hend      reg. 

flessi 

reg. 

He'sso. 

Fraug  re,  to  break    leg. 

fr^nsi 

ng. 

frd  .to. 

Frappdrre,  to  put     frappdngo 

frappdsi 

reg. 

frappdata 

between 

IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


173 


Infinitive.              Present. 

Definite. 

Future. 

Past  Part. 

Friggere,  to  fry        reg. 

frissi     . 

reg. 

frltto. 

jFuigcie,  to  shine     reg. 

fulsi 

reg. 

JGenufleltere,      to  

genufle'sso. 

kneel  down 

G  aceie,  to  lie  down  giaccio 

giacqui 

reg. 

giaciuto. 

Jdire  to  go              gite 

giBti.  gi 

g.io 

gito. 

Giugnere^  to  join     reg. 

g  unsi 

reg. 

giiinto. 

G.ui.gere,  to  arrive  reg. 

giiiusi 

reg. 

giiinto. 

Imrae'rgere,  to  Im-  reg. 

imme'rsi 

reg. 

imme'rso. 

merse,  to  plunge 

Impel  1  ere.  to  excite  reg. 

impulsi 

reg. 

impulse. 

Im{,6rre,  to  impoee   impdngo 

ini|)djii 

reg. 

impdsto. 

Iii.piiiuere,  to  im-  reg. 

impress! 

reg. 

impresso. 

prhd 

Iiicieocere,  to    in-  reg. 

inerebbi 

reg. 

incresciuto. 

crease 

IiK  liiere,  to  imtil     reg. 

incussi 

reg. 

ii>cus?o. 

Indicere,  to  intimate  reg. 

indiVi 

indiro 

inde'tto. 

Iiidu  gere,   to    in-  reg. 

indulHi* 

reg. 

induito. 

duhje 

Indurre,  to  induce    indiico 

indussi 

reg. 

inddtto. 

Jln'i'-ere,  to  infect    

infeito. 

Infiggere,  to  affix     reg. 

infissi 

reg. 

infitto. 

liifle'itere,  to  bend     reg. 

r<g- 

reg. 

inflesso. 

Infliggere,   to    in-   reg. 

iuflissi 

reg. 

inflitto. 

flict 

In  f ran  gere,  to  break  reg. 

infransi 

reg. 

infranto. 

Infri  igere,   to    in-  reg. 

infiiusi 

reg. 

infiinto. 

fringe 

Insistere,  to  insist     reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

ins'stito. 

lusdrguie,  <orei;o/f   reg. 

ihsorsi 

reg. 

in.-drto. 

Instruire,  to  instruct  xw^ixwUco 

instnissi 

reg. 

instinito, 
instriitto. 

Intingere,  to  dip      reg. 

intinsi 

reg. 

intinto. 

Iiivdljiere,    to    in-  reg. 

invdlsi 

reg. 

invdito. 

,  volve 

JIre,  to  go  He  (2  per.  pi) 

Ltruire,  to  instruct  istruisco       istriissi 


iremo  (jpl.  only)  ito. 
reg.  istru.to,  is- 

trutto. 


JLedere,  to  hurt 
Leggere,  to  read 
JLicere,  to  he  al- 
lowed 
jLiicere,  to  shine 


reg. 
lice 

reg. 


lesi 
lessi 


Iilssi 


Maledire,  to  curse  maledico  maledissi 

JMergere,  to  dip  mersi 

Mettere,  to  put  reg.  misi 

Morire,  to  die  mudio  reg. 


reg. 

reg. 
reg. 


le'so. 

letto. 

lecito. 


maled^tto. 


reg.  messo. 

moriro,        mdrto. 
moriQ 


174 


IBREGULAR   VERBS. 


Inflnltiv*'.  PrcBent.  Definite.  Future.  Past  Part. 

Miingere,  to  milk     reg.  miinsi  reg.  miinto. 

Muovere,  to  move     reg.  mossi  reg.  moiao. 


nascdsi  reg. 

neglessi  reg. 


Nascdndere,  to  hide  reg. 

Negligere,  toneglect  reg. 
Ne'ttere,  to  join        reg. 

OfFerire,  to  offer  offen'sco  reg.  reg. 

Offriro',  to  offer  reg,  reg.  reg. 

JOli'ie,  to  smell  the  Imperfect  Tense  only  (regular). 

Omettere,  to  omit  reg.  ornisi  reg. 

Oppurre,  to  oppose  oppongo  opposi  opporro 

Oppn'mere,  to  op-  reg.  oppress!  re  g. 

press 

Otteue're,  to  obtain  ottengo  ottdnni  otterro 


imscOiK),    nas* 

costo. 
negletto. 
iiesso. 

offerto. 
olierto. 

omesso. 
oppifeto. 
oppresso. 

reg. 


JPandere,  to  show     pandi,  pdnde.  panda  3  per.  Present  Subjunctive. 


Pare  I  e,  to  seem  paio 
Percudtere,  to  strike  reg. 
Tenneitere.toallow  reg. 
Persfstere,  to  per-  reg. 

sist 
Pervenire,  to  sue-  j)ervdngo 

ceed 
Piangere,  to  cry 
Pitigere,  to  paint 
tlPiovere,  to  rain 
Porgere,  to  hand 
Pdrre,  to  put 


parvi 
percdsai 
permisi 
reg. 


parro 
reg. 
reg. 
reg. 


pariito,  parsa 
percdss<». 
permesso. 
persisti'to. 


pervenni  perverro      perveniitu 


reg.  piansi 

reg.  piiisi 

reg.  pidvve 

reg.  pdrsi 

1  dngo  pdsi 

Posyedere,  to  pos-  tposseggo     ( 
sess  ipossie.io      (possedetti 

Potere,  to  be  able      |  dsso 

Predire,  to  foretell    predico 

Prefiggere,  topi'efixieg. 

Presiimere,  to  pre-  reg. 
sume 

Prevalere,  to  prevail  pvevalgo 


reg. 
reg. 
reg. 
rpg. 
porro 


pidnto. 

p^nto. 

reg. 

pdrto. 

pdsto. 


pote'i,  poteiti   potio 

preiiissi 

prefissi 

jpresiiiisi, 

tpresumei 

prevalsi 


|pos8eder6,  poeeeduto 
tpo^sedro 


♦Prevedere,  to /ore- preveggo     previdi 

set" 
Prod u ire,    to   pro    [)roduco       produssi 

diice 
Prome'ttere,  to  pro-   reg.  promisi 

viise 
Promudvere,  to  pro-  reg.  promdssi 

mote 
Proi  dtn  pire,  to  burst  reg.  proriippi 

forth 
Prot^ggere,  to  pro- reg.  protdssi 

tect 
Piingere,  to  prick     reg.  pilnsii 


reg. 
reg. 
reg. 

prevarro 

prevedro 

reg 


reg 
reg, 

K'g 

reg 
feg. 


reg. 

pred^tto, 
prefi'sso. 
presuntc. 

prevalso,  pre- 

valiito. 
previst(  1. 

prodotU).  ^ 

promes^o. 

promdsso. 

prordtto. 

prote'tto. 

ptintow 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


175 


vedrb. 
res:. 


redento. 


Infinitive.  Present.  Definite.  Future.  Past  Part. 

Raccdgliere,  to  pick  raccolgo       raccolsi  ( raccogliero,  raccdlto. 

up  \  raccori  6 

Raggiungere,      to  reg.  raggiiinsi         reg.  raggiunto. 

overtake 

♦Ravvede'rsi,  to  re-  |mi     rav-   mi  ravvidi       mi  rav-        ravvisto. 

pent  \     veggo 

Redimere,    to    re-  reg.  redensi 

deem 

tR^'d^^    no  return  riedo  Sing,  only,  and  rie'da,  riedano  Fr.  Subj. 
Reggere,  to  hold,  to  reg.  ressi  reg.  retto. 

rule 
Repellere,  to  repel   reg. 
Reprimere,  to   re-  reg. 

press 
Restindere,  to  cut  reg. 

off,  to  rescind 
Resistere,  to  resist   reg. 
Resjtingere,  to  push  reg. 

hack 
Restn'ngere,  to  re- reg. 

strain 
Ria.-Jt'umere,  to  take  reg. 

up  again. 
Richiedere,  to  re-    reg. 

qufst 
Ricoiioscere,  to  re-    reg. 

cognise 
Ricuocere,  to  cook  reg. 

over  again 
Ridiiire,  to  reduce    riduco 
Rifare,     to    ntake  rifaecio 

again 

*Riflettere,   to  re- 
flect, to  refract         ^' 

Rifrangere,  to  re-  reg. 

frad 
JRifiiltfore,  to  reg. 

sparkle 
JRducere,  to  shine   reg. 
Rimauere,   to    re-  rimango 

main 
Rimettere,  to  put  reg. 

hack,  to  replace 
Ririiuovere,  to  re-  reg. 

move 
t  Ri  11  crescere,  to  re-  reg. 

gret 
Risalire,  to  ascend  risalgo 

(tgain,  to  remount 


repiilsi 
repressi, 

reg. 
reg. 

repulso. 
represso. 

reg. 

reg. 

rescisso. 

reg. 
respinsi 

reg. 
reg. 

resistito. 
respinto. 

restrmsi 

reg. 

ristr^tto. 

riassiinsi 

reg. 

riassunto. 

richie'si 

reg. 

riehi^to 

riconobbi 

reg. 

riconosciiito. 

ricdssi 

reg. 

ricdtto. 

ridussi 
rifeci 

ridurrb 
rifaro 

riddtto. 
rifatto. 

riflettei  (re- 

1   verherated) 
rifransi           reg. 

riflettuto(r«- 

fleeted) 
'  rifieVso,  (re- 

verherated.] 
rifranto. 

rifiilsi 

reg. 

rilussi 
ritnasi 

reg. 
rimarro 

rimdsto. 

rimisi 

reg. 

rimesso. 

rimdssi 

reg. 

rimdsso. 

rincr^bi 

reg. 

rincresciiito. 

reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

176 


lEREGtJLAR  VERBS. 


Infinitive.  Present. 

Ri8cu6tere,  to  exact  reg. 

payment 
*Ri>6lvere,   to  re-  reg. 

solve 
Ri.orgcre,  to   rise  reg. 

again 
Bispoiidere,  to  an-  reg. 

Sirer 
Ristnni^ere,  to  re-  reg. 

strain 
Ritiiigere,<o  coZottr  reg. 

again 
Ritdrcere,  to  twist  reg. 

a'jain 
RiUfCire,    to    sue-  ri^sco 

ct-ed 
Rivede're,    to    see  riv^ggo 

again 
Roujpere,  to  break    reg. 

Salire,  to  ascend      s^lgo,  sail-  reg. 

SCO 

Sap^rc,  to  Icnoio        so 
Scalfriu   to  scratch   scalfiseo 

Scegliere,  to  choose  sc^lgo 

Scignero,   8eiiigere,reg. 

to  ungird 
Scidglitre,  to  untie  scidlgo 

Sconimetteie,  to  hetieg. 
Scontiggere,  to  de-reg. 

feat 
Scr)n  1 1  ettere,  to  dis-  reg. 

join 
Scondscere,   to    he   reg. 

ungrateful 
Sconvdljjere,  to  sub-  reg. 

vtrt 
Srdi  gt  re,  to  perceive  reg. 
Scn'veie,  to  wr.te     reg. 
Scudtere,  to  shake    reg. 

St-de'r<-,  to  sit  down  \^^^^ 

Seduire,  to  sedure    sedifco 

*S  ppellire,  <o  fcMrj/reg. 

JSei  pi  r<',  to  creep  se'rpe,  3  p.   serpa,  3  per,  Pr.  Subj. 

along 
Siniingerc,  Smii-      smilngo        smiinsi  reg. 

giier. .  to  st^weze 
Smudv  re,  to  move  reg.  smdasi  reg. 

with  difficulty 


Definite, 
riscdssi 

Future, 
reg. 

Past  Part 
riscdjiso. 

reg. 

reg. 

risolilto. 

risdrsi 

reg. 

risdrto. 

rispddi 

reg. 

rispdeto. 

ristrfnsi 

reg. 

ristre'tto. 

rititisi 

reg. 

ritfnto. 

ritdrsi 

reg. 

ritdrto. 

reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

rivi'di 
ruppi 

rivedrd 
reg. 

rivisto,  rive 

duto. 
rdtto. 

■reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

seppi 
reg. 

sapro 
reg. 

reg. 
scalfitto. 

scdlsi 
scmsi 

scpgliero, 
scerro 
reg. 

sc^lto. 
sciiito. 

sciolsi 

scomraisi 
sconli'ssi 

sciogliero, 

sciorrb 
reg. 
reg. 

Bcidlto. 

scoram6jso. 
sconlitto. 

sconndHsi 

reg. 

Bconnesso. 

scondbbi 

reg. 

aconosciiito 

sconvdlsi 

reg. 

sconvdito. 

scdrsi 

scn'ssi 

scdssi 

/Ledei, 

\.seddtti 

sediissi 

reg. 

reg. 
reg. 
reg. 

reg. 

reg. 
reg. 

scdrto. 
scrftto. 
ecdsso. 

reg. 

seddtto. 
sepdlto. 

smilnto. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


177 


Infinitive.  Present. 

Soflferire,  1o  suffer    soflerisco 
Sotfnre,  to  suffer      reg. 
Soggiiingere,  to  add  reg. 
JSolere,  to  be  accus- soglio 

tomed 
Solvere,  to  dissolve  reg. 
Sommettere,  to  sub-  reg. 

mit 
^opprimere,  to  sup-  reg. 

press 
Sopraggiun^ere,  to  reg. 

overtake 
Sopiapitdrre,  to  put  soprappon- 

upon  go 

Sopiastare,  to  stand  leg. 

over 
Sorgere,  to  rise         reg. 
Sospingere,  to  push  reg. 
Sostene're,   to   sus-  sostengo 

turn 
Sottomettere,  to  sub-  reg. 

mit 
Sottofidrre,  to  put  sottopdngo 

under 
Sottosfare,    to    be   reg. 

under 
Sottrarre,   to   sub-   sottraggo 

tract 
Sovrappdrre,  to  put  sovrappdii- 

upon  go 

Sovrastare,  to  stand  reg. 

over 
Sovvenire,  to  help    sovvengo 
Sovveiiirsi,  to   re-   mi   sovveii- 

member  go 

Spandere,  to  spread  rt  g. 
Spegnere,  to  extin-  syengo 

guish 
Spingere,  to  push     reg. 
Stare,  to  stand         sto 
Stingere,  to  take  off  reg. 

the  colour 
Stdrcere,  to  distort   reg. 
Stiavdluere. /o  dis-  reg. 

tort  violently 
StriDKere,  to  press    reg. 
Strilggere,  to  melt    reg. 
Strilvger.si,    to    die  reg. 

away,  to  fade 
♦Succedeie,  to  sue-  reg, 

ceed 
Sug;;ere,  to  suck       reg. 
Suppdrre,  to  suppose  suppdngo 


Definite, 
reg. 
reg. 
soggiiinsi 

Future, 
reg. 
reg. 
leg. 

Past  Part, 
sofferto. 
sotie'rto. 
soggiunto. 
sd.ito. 

reg. 
sommisi 

reg. 
leg. 

soliito. 
sommesso. 

soppressi 

reg. 

soppresso. 

sopraggiunsi 

reg. 

sopraggiiinto. 

soprappdsi 

reg. 

soprappdsto. 

sopraste'tti 

reg. 

reg. 

sdrsi 

suspiusi 

sostenni 

reg. 
reg. 
sosterro 

sdrto. 

sospinto. 

reg. 

sottomisi 

reg. 

sottome'sso. 

sottopdsi 

reg. 

sottopdsto. 

sottostetti 

sottostaro 

reg. 

sottrassi 

reg. 

sottratto. 

sovrappdsi 

reg. 

sovrappdsto. 

sovu-astetti 

reg. 

reg. 

sovvenni 
•mi  sovvenni 

reg. 
spensi 

sovverrd 
mi  sower 

rd 
reg. 
reg. 

sovveniito. 
•  sovvenutosi. 

span  to. 
spento. 

spinsi 
stetti 
stinsi 

reg. 

staro 

reg. 

spin  to. 

stato. 

stinto. 

stdrsi 
stravdlsi 

reg. 
r(.g. 

stdrta 
stravdlto. 

stn'nsi 
striis-si 
mi  btrussi 

reg. 
reg. 
reg. 

stretto. 
strutto. 
stiuttosi. 

successi 

reg. 

successo. 

reg. 
suppdsi 

reg. 
reg. 

succhiato. 
suppdeto. 

178 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


InfinlUve.              Present. 

Definite. 

Futur.-. 

PastPMt 

Sussfatere,  to  sub-  reg. 

sussisie'i, 

8U8-  reg. 

suBsistfta 

»ut 

siste'tti 

Svellere,  to  uproot   reg. 

sveLi 

svellero, 
sverro 

bvelto. 

Svenire,  to  swoon     svengo 

svenni 

reg. 

sveniito. 

Svdlgeie,  to  unfold  reg. 

svoIhi 

reg. 

svdlto. 

Tenere,  to  hold         tengo 

te'nni 

terro 

reg. 

Tingere,  to  colour    reg. 

ti.isi 

reg. 

tl'utO. 

Tdgliere,  to  take  o/t61go 

tdlsi 

torro,     to- 
gliero 

tdito. 

Torcerc,  to  twist      reg. 

torsi 

re^. 

tdrto. 

*Tosare,  to  shear      reg. 

reg. 

reg. 

toso. 

Tradiirre,  to  trans-  tradiico 

tradiissi 

reg. 

traddtto. 

late 

Triif  iggere,  to  tram-  reg. 

trafissi 

reg. 

trafitto. 

fix 

Trarie,  to  draw        traggo 

trassi 

trarro 

tratfo. 

Travolgere,   to  up- reg. 

travdldi 

reg. 

travdlto. 

set,  to  turn  topsy- 

turvy 

Udire,  to  hear          odo 

udii 

udrb,  udiro  udito. 

Ungere,  to  anoint     reg. 

linsi 

reg. 

linto. 

Uscire,  to  go  out       e'sco 

uscii 

reg. 

reg. 

Valere,  to  be  worth  valgo 
Vedere,  to  see 


valsi 


vedn,veggo,  vidi 
ve-cgio 

Venire,  to  come         ve'ago  veni^i 

\incere,  to  win        reg  viiisi 

Vivere,  to  live  re^  vi'ssi 

Vole're,  to  be  willing  vdglio,  vo'  vdlli,  vdlsi 

Vdlgere,  to  turn      reg.  vdlsi 


varro,  vale-  vdlso,  valtito. 

rf> 
vedro  vrduto,  vfsto. 


verro 

reg. 

vivro 

vorri) 

volgero 


vtnilto. 

vi'nto. 

vitjso,  vissiito. 

voliito. 

vdito. 


VOCABULAEIES. 


Ud 

of 

Abbreviations. 

A-           = 

Arabic. 

inter). 

=    interiection. 

A.-S. 

Ang  o- Saxon. 

irr.  V. 

irregular  verb. 

a4X. 

accusative. 

L. 

Latin. 

adj. 
adv. 

adjective. 

L.L. 

Low  I^tin. 

adverb. 

m. 

•masculine. 

C. 

Chinese. 

O.F. 

Old  French. 

Ce. 

Gel  lie. 

n. 

noun. 

conj. 

coDjunction. 

O.G. 

Old  German. 

d/ 

Dutch. 

M.G. 

JMiddle  German. 

dim. 

diminutive. 

P. 

Portuguese. 

E. 

Euglish. 

Per. 

Persian. 

etym. 

etymology. 

part. 

past  participle. 

f. 

feminine. 

ft. 

plural. 

F. 

Freiich. 

Provencal. 

G. 

German. 

prep. 

preposition. 

gen. 
Gr. 

genitive. 
Greek. 

pron.  V. 

pronominal  verb. 
Russian. 

1. 

Italian. 

S.' 

Spanish. 

imp.  V. 

impersonal  verb. 

V. 

verb. 

N.B. 

— Words  followed  onlj 

'  by  their  ge 

nder  are  nouns. 

Note. — The  etymology  of  the  Italian  words  is  given  after  the 
English  meanings.  When  derived  from  tiie  Latin  they  were  generally 
formed  from  the  Accusative  case,  but  as  the  final  m  was  dropped  they 
have  often  the  form  of  the  AbLtive.  In  the  list  below,  the  Latin  is 
given  in  the  Nominative  case.  When  the  French  words  have  the 
same  origin  as  the  Italian,  they  are  frequently  added. 


Vocabulary  1. 
arai'co,  7W.,  friend., 

m.  (L.  amicus.) 

am  csi,/.,  friend./.  (L,  arnica.) 
camera,/.,  room.    (L.  camera.) 
cane,  to.,  dog.         (L.  oanis.) 
ceTn^f.,  wax.  (L  (  era.) 

madre,/.,  mother.  {L.  mater.) 
orologio, m.,?'-oio/i.(L.  liorologium.) 
padre,  TO., /affter.  (L.  pater.) 
uomo,  TO.,  man.      (L.  homo.) 
zio,  TO.,  uncle.         (L.Ii.thius,  thia, 
zi2i,  f.,  aunt.  from  Gr.  0eros, 

Oeia.      So    also 

S.  tio,  tia.) 

Vocabulary  2. 

allievo,  TO.,  pupil.   (From  v.   alle- 

allieva,  /.,  pupil,  f.       vare,  to  bring 

up.     So  also 

F.eleve,from 


coltello,  TO.,  hnife.    (L.     cultellus, 
dim.  of  culter.) 
dsso,  TO.,  bone.  (L.  os,  ossis.) 

zilccherc,  m., sugar.  (L.  saccharum.) 

Vocabulary  3. 

ago,  TO.,  needle.  (L.  acus.) 

casa,/.,  house.  (L.L.  casa.) 

cavallo,  TO.,  horse.  (L.  caballus.) 

donna,/.,  woman.  (L.  domitia.) 

frutto,  TO.,/m?<.  (L.  fructus.) 

friitta,/.  pi.,  fruits, 

msiuo, /.,  hand.  (L.  manus.) 

muglie./.,  wife.  (L.  midier.) 

pode're,  m.,  estate.  (Prob.  from  root 

pot  in  L.  pot-is,  pot-estas. 

porta,/.,  door.  (L.  porta.) 

ragno,  TO.,  spider.  (L.  araneus.) 

sorella.  /.,  sister.  (L.  soror  ) 

specchio,  to.,  look-  (L.  speculum.) 

ing-glaag. 


180 


VOCABULARIES. 


udvo,  m..  egg. 
udva,  /.  pi,  eggs 


(L.  ovum.) 


(L.  filius.) 
(L.  fenestra.) 

(L.  fiirca.) 


Vocabulary  4. 

arancia,  /.,  orange.  (A.  ii&ranf?.) 
asciugainano,    m.,   towel.     (From 
asciuy;are,  to  wipe  dry ;  mano, 
hand.)*  • 

cappello,  w., /laf.     (I.    cappa,  "a 
hooded  cloak.") f 
dito,  m.,  finger.        (L.  digitus.) 

dit  I.  /.  pi.,  fingers. ' 
fi}:,\'m,f., daughter.   (L.  filia.) 
fi;<lio,  m.,  yon. 
fiue'stra,  /.,   win- 
dow. 
f..rche'tta,/.,  fork. 
frate'lio,  m.,  brother. (L.  trater.) 
ndce.  /.,  walnut.      (L.  nux.) 
sapdiie,  m.,  soap.     (L.  sapo,  -nis.) 
spaxzola,/.,  brush.  (L.  scopula.) 

Vocabulary  6. 

arte,  /,,  art.  (L.  ars,  artis.) 

Cold  I  e,  m.,  colour.     (L.  color.) 
cujj;iiiii,/.,c/M8/Vi,/.  (L.L.    cilbiims. 
cugiiio,  m.,  cousin,    Contraftinn 

m.  of  L.  consobr.uus.) 

faccia,/., /ace.  (L.  facits.) 
giiinli  \o,m.,garden.(ii.  girten.) 
h'bro,  m.,  book.  (L.  liber) 
p\d6ie,m.,i)ainter  (L.  pictor.) 
Bci'iiiiiiH,/.,  monkey. (\ J.  siniia.) 
se. I ia,  /.,  chair.  ( L.  sei les.) 
striilo,  m.,  cry.  (L.  stridor.) 

striJa,/.  pL,  cries. 

Vocabulary  6. 

ane'llo,  w.,  ring.  (L.  anulus.) 

bastd  e,  m.,  stick.  (I.  basto  )X 

gioru&le,  m.  news-  (li.    diurnfllis; 
paper.  F.  journal.) 

*  Jsciugare,  from  L.  e.\8ucare,  "to 
deprive  oi  juice;"  hencf  "to  dry,"  fr>  m 
sucus,  •juice."  Hcuce  also  F.  essuyer, 
••to  dry," 

t  Cappa,  cappillo,  pmbahly  comes,  no' 
from  il.iin  caput,  but  irom  the  verb 
capere,  "ohuid,"  lieiiiuHe  ii  eiicluseii  or 
covers :  hence  alw)  F.  chapeau. 

t  Basto,  "ii  p.uk-suildle."  is  pri.b.il)ly 
from  II  rodt  nv  Hiiiiig  "to  siippoit"  (Ur, 

?affTa^ni/ ;   O.ti,  aod  A.-S.  bat).    So  in 
'.  bdton. 


pe'nna,  / ,  p«n.  (L.  peuna.) 

quddro,  w.,  paint-  (L.  quadra.) 
ing. 

Vocabulary  7. 


albe'rgo,  m.,  hotel. 


chie'sa,/.,  church. 

citth,/.,  #0'«w.  r?Yt/ 
dottdre,  m.,  doctor. 
ferrovLi,  /,  rail- 
way. 

osten'a,/.,  inn. 

servo,  wi.,  servant. 
speziale,  m.,  chem 
ist. 

strada,    / ,    nU-eet. 
road. 


tavola,/,,  tahle. 


(0,G.  heriber°:a, 
military    .  sta- 
tion.    G.    hcr- 
berge,   inn. 
F.  auber;<e.) 
(Gr.     and     L. 
ecclesia.) 
(L.  CI  vitas) 
(L.  docUir.) 
(L.      ferrum, 
iron  ;        via, 
road.) 

(I.   oste,   from 
L.  hospes.) 
(L.  servus.) 
(I.  spez  e.  spi- 
ces,   from    L. 
8{)ecie.^  ) 
(I..btrata,j/i.of 
stratum,  pave- 
ment,     from 
sternere.) 
(L,  tabula.) 
(Gr.     and    L 
thtatrum.) 


VocabUflary  8. 

acqua, /.,  wafer.       (L.  aqua,) 
birra,  /.,  beer.  (G,  bit  r.) 

biitirro,  m.,  butter.    (L.  butyrum.) 
cdrne,/.,  meat.         (L.    caio,  car- 

nis.) 
danato,  m.,  money.  (L.  denarius.) 
formaggio,  m.,  (L.L.  forma- 
ticiiiii,  from  L. 
forma,  because 
made  in  a 
mould;  F. fro- 
ntage.) 

(L.  lae,  lactis.) 
(L.  pa  nis.) 
(L.  p.riim.) 
(C.  te.) 
(L.  vinum.) 


Idtte,  m.,  milk. 
pdne,  Tw.,  bread. 
p6ra,  /,,  pear. 
t<',  m.,  tea. 
vino,  m.,  wine. 


Vocabulary  9. 

dbito,   m.,    dress,    (L.  habitus;  F« 

ooat.  habit.) 


VOCABULARIES. 


181 


accidio,  m.,  steel. 


bicehiere,    to.,    a 

glass. 
boitigiia,  /.,  bottle. 

caflff,  m.,  coffee. 
cioccolata,  /.,  cho- 
colate. 

ebano,  to.,  ebony. 
legno,  TO.,  wood. 
marmo,  to.,  marble. 
dro,  m.,  gold. 
pelle,  y.,  xkin. 
seta,/.,  silk. 

spada,  /.,  sword. 

stivale,  to.,  boot. 

tazza,  /.,  cup. 


(L.L.  aciare, 
acierium,  fiom 
acie^,  se.  ferri, 
i.e.  liardeiieil 
iron ;  F.  acitr.) 
(L.L.  bicarium; 

G.  bechcr.) 
(L.L.  but  cula ; 
F.  bnute.lle.)* 
(A.  (jahunh.) 
(S.     chocolMte, 

from  Aiexiciin 
cacu.itl,  cacao.) 
(L.  eb  num.) 
(L.  lignum.) 
(L.  marmur.) 
(L.  aumm.) 
(L.  p.aiis., 
(L.  seta,  hair; 

F.  hoi( .) 
(L.  spatha;  F 

epe'e.) 
(L.  L.      aesti- 

vale.)  t 
(A.    ta9a;    F. 

tasse.) 


Vocabulary  10. 

Alberto,  to.,  Albe  t. 
America,  /.,  America. 
Asia,  /*.,  Asa. 
Beip:io,  TO.,  Helgium. 
Berlino,  /.,  Berlin. 
Biii'i'ie.  TO.,  Briizil. 
capitae,/.,  capital.  (L.  caput.) 
Carlo,  TO.,  Charles.  (L.  Carolus.) 
Cina,/.,  China. 
Dre>d.<,/.,  Dresden. 
fiinma./.,  Kmma. 
Eniopa,/.,  Europe. 
Fi  ai  icia,  /.,  /'  ranee. 
Germania,/,,  Ger- 
many, 
Giovanni,  to.,  -Tohn.  (L.  Johannes.) 
guantu,  TO.,  glove.     (L.L.guantus  ; 

Swedish    and 
Danish,  vante; 

F.  gant ) 

*  Th'^  root  of  thisJ  word  occurs  In  -evfral 
languages:  J.  botte.,  "iic.>k;"  F.lottti 
Gr.  /SovTi?,  ^i)Ti<; ;  <i   butte;  K.  butt. 

t  aestivale,  from  a-  su>,  "summer,"  be- 
wi>m  In  summer ;  hence  G.  stitfeL. 


Inghilterra,/.,  Eng- 
land. 

Ldndra,  /.,  London. 

M.iiia, /.,  Mary. 

Milauo,/.,  Milan. 

Oianda,/.,  Holland. 

Farigi,  /.,  Farifi. 

P  e'.r<»,  m.,  Peter.     (L.  Petrus.) 

Kdma,/.,  Rome. 

liiis.  ia, /.,  Russia. 

bastdiia,/ ,  Saxony. 

signdra,  /.,  Mrs.,      (L.  senior  ;    S. 
lady.  senor;    F.  Sei- 

signdr. ,  m.,  Mr.,       gneur.) 
gentleman,  sir, 

Sofia,/.,  iSopha.     (Gr.  Sophia.) 

Vocabulary  11. 
(In   this   vocabulary    the    idioms 

given  on  p.  ll)  are  not  re|ieated.) 
calamaio,  to.,  ink-  (L.  calauiUa.) 

stand. 
caldo,  oilj.,  warm.    (L.  calidus.) 
c&ria.,  f.,  paper.        (L.  charta.) 
caitivo,  adj.,  bad.     (L.     caj/tivus, 

taken;  hence   in  Italian,  unlor- 

tunatc!  miserably  bud ;  E  caitif.) 
ceiM,  complexion  (also  wax.     See 

Voc.  1.) 
cirie'gia,/.,  cherry.  (L.  ccrasnm.) 
coilaua, /.,  cAam,     (L.      lollum, 
neck ;  I.encea 
chain  for  the  nt  ck.) 
disgrazia,  f.,  mis-    (L.  gratia.) 

fortune. 
fame,  /..  hunner.      (L.  fames.) 
fico,TO.  fig,  rig-tree.  (L.  fieus.) 
fdglio,  m  ,  ifheet  (of  (L.     folium, 

paper).  leaf.) 

freddo,  adj.,  cold.    (L.  fiigidus.) 
fieit&,  f.,  haste         (I.  frettaie,  to 
rM&,  fiomL.  fricaie.) 
giud.'z'o,  m.,  judg- 
ment. (L.  judicium), 
lettera,/.,  letter.       (L.  littera.) 
lira,/.,  It-dl. money, 

worth  about  lOd., 

(same  as  a  iranc).  (L.  libra.) 
ma,lo,  ad j ,  bad.       (!>.  malus.) 
me] i\.  f.,  apple.         (L.  malum.) 
mente, /.,  memory.  (I.,  mens.) 
oieccj.ino,  to.,  ear- (Lor:  cchio, ear; 

ring.  from  L.  auricula, 

dim.  of  auris^ 


182 


VOCA  BULARIES. 


pRzienza,/.,  patience.  (Jj.  patientia.) 
paiira,/.,  fear.         (L.  pavor.) 
regfi.lo,  m ,  present.  (L.  regelare,  to 
thaw;    S.  regalar,   to   melt, 
hence  fo  coax  ;  F.  regaler.) 
Scarpa,/.,  fhoe.* 
sete, /.,  (hirst.  (L.  sitis.) 

vdglia,  /.,  wish.        (L.  volo.) 


Vooabnlary  12. 

(In  this  Vocabuliiry  the  idioms 
given  on  p.  24  are  not  repeated.) 

accdrdo,  m.,  agree-  (L.    accordare, 

ment.  from   ad    and 

cor,         cordis, 

Aear<.) 

bdUo,  m.,  ball         (O  G .  balle ;  E. 

ball.) 
budno,  adj,  good.    (L.  bonus.) 
camp^gna,/.,^eZ<i,  (L.  campania, 
country.  from  campus, 

a  plain.) 
cantina,  /.,  cellar.    (L,    quintana ; 
F.  cantine.) 
capitdno,  w.,  captain,  (h.  caput, 

capitis.) 
carrdzza,  /.,  carri-  (I.  carro  ;     L. 

age.  carrus.) 

conce'tto,  w.,  thought,(\j.    c  o  n  c  e  p- 

esteem,  character,    tus.) 
disacrdrdo,  m.,  dis-  (L.  discordare.) 

agrfement. 
esercizio,  m.,  ea;er-  (L.  e\ercitium.) 

cise. 
^ssere,  irr.  v.,  to  he.  (L.  esse.) 
febbre,  /.,  fever.        (L.  febris.) 
fudri.  prep.,  out  of,  (\j.    foras,    out 

outside.  of  doors.) 

grddo.  m.,  step,  wiU,  (L.  gradus.) 

pleasure. 
Italia,  /..  Z^t/y.        (L.  Italia.) 
lezidne,  /.,  leioion.    (L.  le('tio,-nis.) 
libreria,/.,  library.  (L.  liber.) 
medico,  m.,  physi-  (L.  medicus.) 

c/an. 

raeicdto,  w.,  market.  (T;.  mercatus.) 

online,  m.,  order.      (L.nrdo.-inis.) 

pdrco,  m.,  i^a*"^.       (L- 1^-    parous, 

from  parco,  ti> 

keep  preserves.) 

•  Probably  a  Teutonic  word :  O  scharf, 
E.  sharp ;  the  Itnlian  Scarpa,  "shoe,"  is  so 
called  became  pointed. 


passeggidta,/.,  pro-  (I.  paaseggiare, 

menade,  walk.        from   L.  pas- 
sus.) 
pdco,  od/.  and  arir.,   L.  paucus.) 

little. 
prdnzo,  m.,  dinner.  (L.  prandium.) 
procinto,  (in)  irr.  (L.  procinctus, 

adv.,  on  the  point,    prepared.) 
ragidne,/.,  reason,  right.  (L.  ratio.) 
scdla,/.,  stairs.        (L.  scala.) 
serva,  /.,  maid  ser-  (L.  se'rva.) 

vant. 
tempo,    m.,    time,  (L.  tempus.) 

termine,  m.,  position.  (L.  terminus.) 
tetto,  w.,  roo/.         (L.  tectum.) 
tdrto,  m.,  wrong.      (L.  tortus.) 

Vocabulary  13. 

affettndso,  arf/.,  a/-(L.      affectuo- 

fectinnaie.  sus.) 

Si\to,adJ., htghftaU,  (L.  altus.) 

Zoud. 
amaro,  a^j,,  6t7<er.  (L.  amarus.) 
applaudito,  part.  (  L.  applaudere.) 

of    applaudire, 

to  applaud. 
attdre,  m.,  actor.      (L.  actor.) 
sAtiice,  f,  axstresa.    (L.     actrix, 

-icis.) 
battaglia,/.,6af<Ze.  (L.L.  batalia; 
F.  bataille.) 
bianco,  adj.,  white.  (A   Teutonic 

word;*  F.  blanc.) 

bigio,  adj.,  grey.  (L.L.  bisus;  F.  bi.-», 

perh.from  L.  bys- 

sus,  cotton  colour.) 

canale,  w.,  canal.    (L.  canalis.) 

fabbro,   m.,  black-  (L.  faber.) 

smith, 
famv^lia, f., family.  (L.  familia.) 
felice,  adj.,  happy.  (L.  felix,  -icis.) 
fresco,  adj.,  fresh,  (O.G.    friso ;    E. 

new.  fresh:  F.firais.) 

gidvine.  adj.. young  i^L.  juvenis.) 

n.,  young  man. 
gdn  fio,  adj.,  swollen.  (L.      conflare  ; 

F  gonfler.) 
grdnde,  adj.,  great,  (L.  .i^randis.) 

tall,  large. 

*  O.G.  blanch;  M.O.  blanc;  E.  to 
blanche;  connected  with  6.  blinken,  to 
glitUr:  F.  blink. 


VOCABULARIES. 


183 


gndncia,/.,  cheek.  (O.G.  wanga.j 
Itingo,  adj.,  long.     (L.  longus.) 
maestro,  m.,  master.  (L.  uiaj^ister.) 
nero,  adj.,  black.      (L.  niger.) 
ndnna,/.,  grand-      (L.L.  uonna.) 

mother. 
ndnno,  m.,  grand-  (L.  nonnus.) 

nudvo.  a(//.,  weto.     (L.  novus.) 
piccolo,  adj.,  small.  (Romance,  pic 

•'  a  point.") 
pittriee,  /.,  painter.  (L.  pictor.) 
pdzzo,  m.,  (a)  well.  (L.  puteus). 
profdndo,ao?/.,  deep.  (L.  profondus.) 
prude'nte,  a<Z/.,2>rM-  (L.      prudens, 

dent.  gen,  -utis.) 

que'rcia,  /".,  oah.  (L.  quercus.) 
secco,  adj.,  dry,  thin.  (L.  siccus.) 
severo,  adj.,  severe.  (L.  severus.) 
traditdra,  /.,   trai-  (L.  traditor  ) 

tress. 
traditdre,  m.,  traitor  i,L.  traditor.) 
vecchio  (aiso  veglio),  (L,  vetulus, 

adj.  and  n.,  old      veclus.) 

man. 
vincitdre,  m.,  also    (L.  victor,  from 

as  adj.,  victorious,     vincere.) 
Vittdrio,  m.,  Victor.  (L.  victor.) 


Vocabulary  14. 

bello,    contr.    bel,  (L.  bellus.) 

adj.,  beautiful. 
fidre,  m.,  Jlower.       (L.  flos,  floris.) 
ingldse,  adj.  aid  8.,(E.  English.) 

Englishman. 
italiano,  adj.   and  (L.  Italia.) 

8.,  Italian. 
lingua,  /.,  tongue,  (L.  lingua.) 

language. 
principale,    adj.,    (L.  principalis.) 

principal. 
n'cco,  adj.t  rich.      (G.  reich.) 
rdsa,/.,  rose.  (L.  rosa.) 

rdsso,  adj.,  red.      (L.  russus,  rare, 
akin  to  ruber.) 
Torino,  m.,  Turin.  (L.  Auguista 

Tauriiiorum.) 
6va,  /.,  grape.  (L.  uva.) 

villaggio,  m.,  wZZagfe.    (L.L.  villa- 
ticum    irora 
L.  villa;  F. 
village.) 
viola,/.,  violet.        (L.  viola.) 


Vooabnlary  16. 

banchiere,  m.,  banker.  (I.    banca ; 

O.G.  banc.) 

benevolo,  benevo-  (L.  benevolus.) 

le'nte,  adj.,  benevolent. 
bue,  m.,  ox.  (L.  bos.) 

caro,  adj.,  dear.       (L.  carus.) 
elelante,  m.,  elephant.(Gr.   and    L. 
elepiius,  -antis.) 
esta,  estate,  summer.  (L.       aestas, 

aestatis.) 
forte,  adj.,  strong.    (L.  furtis.) 
fortuiia./., /or^ane.  (L.  fortuna.) 
gatto,  m.,  cat.  (L.  catus.) 

gidini»,  m.,  day.         (L.  diurnus.) 
grato.     adj.,   plea-  (L.  gratus.) 

sant,  grateful. 
inte'gro,  adj.,  honest.  (L.  inte<j;er.) 
intirao,  adj.,  intimate.  (L.  intimus.) 
inverno,  m.,  winter.  (L.  hibernus.) 
largo,  adj.,  wide.      (L.  largus.) 
leone,  m.,  lion.  (L.  b  o, -nis.) 

liinie,  w.,  light.         (L.  lumen.) 
Ill  la,  /.,  moon.  (L.  luiia.) 

Iiipo,  m.,  wolf.  (L.  lupus.) 

ndlte, /.,  tiight.       (L.  nox,  noctis.) 
numeidso,  adj.,  nu-  (L.  numerosus.) 

merous. 
ragazzo,  m.,  boy.       (L.  raga.)* 
ragazza,  /.,  girl. 
scolcire,  m.,  pupil.     (L.  sehola.) 
tena,,/.,  earth.         (L.  leira.) 

(Tne  words  in  brackets  are 
modifications  of  nouns  or  adjec- 
tives ;  the  force  of  the  termma- 
tions  is  explained  on  pp.  34-3.'). 
Several  wurds  already  given  in  the 
vocabularies  are  here  repeated,  on 
account  of  the  modifications.) 
addormentato,  j)ar<.,  (L.  dormire.) 


aggrinzito,  part,  (I.  grinza  ;  Teu- 

wrinkled.  tonic  word.) 

amaro  (amardgnolo,  (L.  amarua.) 

amarastro),  adj., 

bitter. 
ane'Uo  (anellfno,      (L.  anulus.) 

anelluccioj,  m.,  ring. 
arbore  (urboscello,    (L.  arbor.) 

arbiisto),  m.,  tree. 

*  Gr.  pd(co?,  pa/cTj,  "  a  ragged  garment," 
L.  raya  in  Cod.  Theod. ;  hence  one  who 
wears  .-uch  garment,  a  slave  or  boy,  like 
puer,  which  bas  boib  loeaaings. 


184 


VOCABULARIES. 


WIlo  (bellfno,  bel-  (L.  bellus.) 

liiicio)  adj.^ beau- 

tijul. 
biccliieie  (bicchie-  (L.L.bicarium; 

rino, bicohieidu*),  G. becher.) 

m..  a  glass. 
bdsco    (b  'SLhetto),  (L.L.      boacus, 

TO  ,  wood.  buscus,  from  G. 

bu8cl),'"bu8h.") 
brutto  (bruttdccio),  (L.  brutus.) 

(tdj.,  ugly. 
camoia   (caracretta,  (L.  camera.) 

cameraccia),    /., 

camerdne,  to.,  cham- 
ber. 
cdne    (oanino    ca-  (L.  cams.) 

giiolino,   Citndne, 

candcoi  •),  to.,  dog. 
capello  (capelliiio,  (L.  capillus.) 

capelliii'cio,  oapel- 

Idnc),  TO.,  fiair. 
cappello     (cappel-  (For  etym.  see 

lucci»  cappel  lac-    Vue.  4.) 

cio),  m ,  hat 
capr »,   ca[)ra    (ca- (h.   caper,  ca- 

prelta,  caprettina,    pra.) 

caprdue),  m.  and/., 

goat. 
cisa  vcas^tta,('asue- (L.  L.     casa, 

cia,  casdccia),  /.,  Walloucase.) 

Ciisdiie,  TO.,  house. 
cavdllo(cavalluccio,  (L.  caballus.) 

Clival  I  accioj,    to., 

horse. 
cucin  I  (cnc'indccia),  (L.  culina.) 

/.,  Mtchen. 
4rh.x  (erbe'tta.    er-  (L.  herba.) 

baccia\/..  gra^s. 
farfalla  (fai  failetta),  (*) 

/.,  butterfly. 
fidre  (tif)re'iio,  fiorel-  (L.  flos,  floris  ) 

lino),  TO.,  flower. 
fra,  jtrep  ,  among.     (L.  infra.) 
fratello   (frafellino,  (L.  frater.) 

fiatelliicdo,   fra- 

ie\\6n^\m..  brother. 
gdtto,gdtta(gattilc-  (.L.  catus.) 

cia,  gattino,  gut- 

tdiie),  TO.  and  /., 

eat. 

•  From  ]j.papilio.  "a  butttrfly,'  comes 
I. parpaglidne :  and  prob.ibly  thrniKh  the 
influence  of  O.G.  flfaUra,  "n  bmterflv." 

farfagli&ru,  far/alia  i  U»e  Walion  is/er- 

/aU, 


gidllo(gialldgnolo),  (G.  gelb ;  akin 

adj.,  yelloio.  to   L.  galba- 

nus,     whence 
F.  jauiie. ) 
gidvine  (giovine'tto,  (L.  juvenis.) 

gioviiidtio,  gio- 

vinastru)   a  dj., 

yiiung ;      young 

man 
inaiiellato,    part.,   (L.  anulatus.) 

cuihd. 
li'bro    (lil)reito,   li-(L.  liber.) 

bruccio,  libri- 

ciuo,    libiaccio, 

lihrdiie,     libret- 
ti n  o,  librettac- 

cio),  m.,  booh. 
liipo,  lupa  (lupicino,  (L.  lupus.) 

lupacc  o),  m.  and 

/.,  wolf. 
mano  (manina.  ma-(L.  manus.) 

iiaccia),  /.,  hand, 

mandne,  to. 
marc,  to.,  sea.  (L.  mare.) 

me'dico     (medicdii-(L.  medicus.) 

Kolo,     int'dicdne, 

mtdiodstro),    to., 

physiri'in. 
nave,    (navicella),  (L.  navis.) 

/.,  ship. 
nero     (neidgnolo,  (L.  niger.) 

iierfistro),    a^j., 

black. 
ndcci{>lo(nocoiole'tto),  (L.  nucleus.) 

TO.,  stone  of  fruit. 
passero,  pd>hera(pas-  (L.  passer.) 

serdtto),  to.  and  /., 

sparrow. 
pe'cura     (pecorellB,(L.  pecus,  pe- 

pi'coruccia),      /.,    coris.) 

(pecoriine),    to., 

sheep. 
pesdx\tv,adj.,  heavy.  (L.  pensare.) 
pesca,  /.,  peach.       (L.    persicum, 
peisica;  lienoe 
Fr.  pg.he.) 
pianta  (pianticella),  (L.  planta.) 

/.,  plant. 
piccolo  (piccolino),  (For  etym.  see 

adj.,  small.  Voc.  13.) 

pie'iio,  adj.,  full.       (L.  plenus.) 
pittdre  (pittoruccio,(L.  piotor.) 

pittorlecio),    to., 

piiinter. 
pinui&tf.,  painting.  (L.  pictura.) 


VOCABULARIES. 


185 


pdvero     (poverello,  (L.  pauper.) 

poveretto,    pove- 

riiio,  poveraccio), 

adj.j  poor. 
prato     (praticello),  (L.  pratum.) 

m.,  meadow,  field. 
quadio  (quadietto,  (L.     quadrum, 

quadriiccio,  quad-    "  a   square, " 

la  cio,    quadret-     lie  nee     F. 

tmo),  m.,  paint-      cadre    "a 

ing,  picture.  fjanie.") 

querela  (quercetta).  (T^.  quercus.) 

/.,  (qiiircione),  m.,  oak. 
ragazzo  (nigaz/iuo,      (See  p.  183, 

ragazze'ttu.  ragaz-        note  *) 

zaccio),  m.,  boy. 
ricco  (riccone),  adj.,  (G.  reicb.) 

rich. 
rosso  (rossiccio,  ros-  (L.  russus,  rare  ; 

sastro),  adj..  red.       Wallon  ros.) 
SatFo,   /.,    tsappho,  (Gr.     and     L. 

proper  name.  Sapplio.) 

sorella    (sorellma),  (L.  suror.) 

/,,  sister. 
tavola  (tavolino,  ta-  (L.  tabula.) 

voldne,  m.,  tavo- 

luecia,     tavolac- 

cia),/.,  table. 
vecc.  io  (verchietto,  (L.       vetulus. 

vef'chidtto,    vec-    SeeVoc.  13.) 

chierello,       Vec- 
chione, vecehiac- 

cio),  adj.  and  n., 

old,  old  man. 
vino  (vine'tto,  \  indc-  (L.  vinum.) 

cio),  m.,  irine. 
Vitt6rio(Vittoiino),  (L.  victor.) 

m.,  Victor. 

Vccabulary  16. 

alle'gio,  adj.,  merry.  (L.  alacer, gen. 

alacris.) 
genitdre,  m.,  father.  (L.  geiiitor.) 
ieri,  adv.,  yesterday.  (L.  h(  ri.) 
sera,/.,  evening.         (L.  serus.) 

Vocabulary  17. 
difiidle,  adj.,  diffi-  (L.  difficilis.) 

cult. 
matiiro,  adj.,  ripe.  (L.  maturus.) 

Vocabulary  18. 

ameno,  adj.,  plea-  (L.  amoenus.) 
sant 


milsica,  /.,  musio.  (L.  musioa,  from 
(I'r.  musikf.) 
Btudente,  m.,  student.  (Iv.    studens, 
gen.  -entis.) 
via,  /.,  way,  road.    (L.  via.) 

Vocabulary  19. 
anno,/.,  year.  (L.  annus.) 

coiupagnia,  /.,  com-  (I.    compagm  >, 
pany.  from  L.L.  c  »iii- 

parnum,  from  cum 
and  paidd,  bread.) 
esposizidne,  /.,  ex-  (L.    ex|)(  sitio, 
hibition.  expositionis.) 

eta,  /.,  iige.  (L.  aetas,  -atis.) 

mesc,  m^  month.      (L.  nienais.) 
dra,  /.,  hour.  (L.  bora.) 

rtggimeiito,  m.,  re-  (L.      regimen- 

giment.  turn.) 

scudla,/,  school.    (L.  scliola.) 
settimana,  /,  week.  (L.  septimana.)  . 
Boldato,  m.,  sol  Her. '  I.   sol  lo,  pay, 
from  L.  solidus,  acoin.) 

Vocabulary  20. 

(The  names  of  the  months,  the 
days  of  tlie  week,  and  of  tiie  sea- 
sons are  given  on  p.  41.) 
Africa,  /.,  Africa.     (L.  /i  trlsa.) 
classe,  /.,  class.        (L  c»»fsis.) 
concerto,   m.,  con-  (L.  concertare.) 

cert. 
contemporaiieo,  adj.,  (L.contempo- 

contempornneous.      ran»u.«.) 
cdrto,  adj.,  short.     (L.  curtns.) 
ddlce,  adj.,  mild,  sweet.  (L.  didcis.) 
Emanue'le,   w.,    (L.   fr.    Heb. 

Emmanuel.  Emmanuel.) 

Francesco,     m.,    (L.  Franciscus.) 

Francis. 
Guirl  elmo,    m.,   (L.L.  Willelmus 

William.  and  ( i  ul  inlmus, 

fromO.G.Wi.Llm.) 
Napoleone,  m., 

Napoleon. 
piano,  m.,  floor.        (L.  planus.) 
Sunt' Elena, /.,/S'a4rti  (L.  Helena.) 

Helena. 
ultimo,  adj.,  last.     (L.  ultimus.) 

Vocabulary  21. 

(The  Indefinite  Adjectives  are 

given  on  p.  46.) 

cdsa,/.,  thing.         (L.L.  causa,  "a 

thing.") 


186 


VOCABULARIES. 


Q&mma^  f.,  flame.    (L.  flarama.) 
minuto,  m.,  mmwte.  (L.  minutum.) 
luoi  tale,  adj.,  mor/a/.  (L.  iiioi  talis.) 
persona, /.,  j>er«o/i.  (L.  persona.) 

Vocabulary  22. 
(No  words.) 

Vocabulary  23. 

abitiidiiie,  /.,  habit.  (L.  habitudo.) 

amuiaiutu,  adj.,  ill.  (I.  iiiHlato ;  F. 

niaiude;  from 

L.  maius.) 

ingolo,  m.,  corner.  (L.  angulus.) 

aimoiare,  v.,  to  an-  (1.  nnja.  F.  en- 

noy.  ijui;  fiomL. 

in  od  o,  as  in 

estmihi  moiiio.) 

Antdnio,  w.,  An-  (L.  Antonius.) 

thony. 
arrivare,  v.,  to  ar-  (L.L.adripare.) 

rive. 

arrdsto,  m.,  roast.    (I.  rostire  :   F. 

joiir,     from 

O.G.  rostjan 

"  to  roast.") 

azidne,  /.,  action.     (L.  actio,  -nis.) 

basta  !  interj.^  en-  (I.  ba-taie,  "  lo 

ough.  be  suflScitnt.") 

biasimare,  v.,  to  (L.  blasphemaie; 

blame.  F  b.aiuer.) 

Tjottegdio,  m.,  shop-  (I.  bottega  ;  F. 

keener.  boutique ;  from 

Gr  and  L.  apo- 

ti  eca.) 

calunnidre,  v.,  to  (L.  calumniare.) 

calumny. 

cambiale,/.,  hill  of  (L.L.  cambiare, 

exchange.  S.   cambiar  ; 

F.  (dianger.) 

can  tare,  v.,  to  sing.  (L.  can  tare.) 

caulatii'.e./.,  s««(/er.  (L.  cantatr.x.) 

cercai  e,  v.,  to  seek.  (L.  circare,  '•  to 

go   round  ;  * 

F.  c'lieicher.) 

come,  conj.  and  adv.,  (L.  qu(  >mudo.) 

as,  hnw. 
comprdre,  v.,  to  buy.  (I^.  compnrare.) 
cons.  fi,ueiiza,/.,cou-(L.  conaequeu- 

sftfuence.  tia.) 

coiitadiiio,  m.,        (I.    contado, 
peasant.  country,  trom 

I.  conte;  from 
L.  oomes.) 


deljito,  m.,  debt.       (L.  debitum.) 
doiiiaiidar'-  (or  di-  (L.  demandare, 

niandare),  v.,  to    "  to  entrust.") 

ask. 
due'tto,  m.,  duet.      (L.  duo.) 
dui^ute,  adv.,  during.  (L,    durana, 
gen.  -antifl.) 
fire,  irr.  v.,  to  do,  (L.  faceie.) 

to  make. 
generdso,  adj.,        (L.  generosus.) 

generous. 
prrano,  w„  wheat.     (L.  granum.) 
iniparare,t>..<o /earn  (L.  par.tre.) 
inco.itraie,  v.,tomeet. (L.  contra.) 
infingardo,  adj.,       (I.  tingere  ;  O. 

lazy,  slothful.  F.     faint, 

"  lazy.") 

insalata, /.,  «aZad.   (I.  salare  ;    F. 

salade,  fr.  L. 

sal,  'salt.") 

inveuchiare,   v.,  to  (I.  vecchio.  iSee 

become  old.  V<>c.  VS.) 

laiiieiito,   m.,  com- (L.  lamentum.) 

plaint. 
lodare,  v.,  to  praise.  (L.  laudare.) 
male,  m.,  evil,pain,  (L.  malum.) 

ache. 
mangiare,  v.,  to  eat.  (L.  manducare; 
F.  man^rer.) 
mattina.  /.,  morn-  (L.  matutinus.) 

iiig. 
me-tiere,m.,^andt-(L.  mi  niste- 

crajt.  rium ;  F.  nietic-r.) 

mdlto,  a(iv  andarf/.,(L.  mu.tum.) 

much 
natale, adj., native.  (L.  natalis) 
nemico,  m.,  enemy  (L.  inimicus.) 
ombroilo,   m.,  um-  (L.    umbella, 

hrella.  from  umbra.) 

oiioraic,    v.,    to       (L.  honorare.) 

hoiKiur. 
orribili-,  anf/ ,  Zior- (L.  horribilia.) 

rible. 
ji&ese,  m.,  country.  (L.pagen8is,"a 
farm,"  Irom  pagus.) 
pagare,  v.,  to  pay.    (L.  paiuie,  "  to 

appease. ') 
parlare,  v.,  to  speak.  (L.L.    purabo- 

iaie)» 
passe'ggio,  m.,  j)ro- (S«  e  passeg- 

menadc.  giuta,  Voc.l2.) 

]penBuTti,v  ,  to  think,  (h.  pensare.) 

*  Frmii  Gr  and  L  iKirabola,  ••  a  parable," 
hence  •  wo  d"  or  "  .^pet-cU  ;"  I.  paiola;  P. 
paiole;  palabm,  whence  E.  palaver. 


VOCABULARIES. 


187 


perdondre,  v.,  to     (L.    per    and 

pardon.  donare,  lit.  "  to 

give  thoroughly.") 
p6sce,  m.,  Jish.  (L.  piscis.) 

poesia,  /.,  poetry.     (L.  poesis.) 
poi  tare,  v.,  to  bring,  (L.  portare.) 

to  carry. 
posta,/., posi.*  (L.  positus.) 

presto,  adv.^quickly .  (h-  praestus.) 
quando,  adv.,  when.  (L.  quando.) 
ritardo,  w.,  delay.    (L.  retardare.) 
ritornare,  v.,  to  re-  (L.  tornare.) 

turn. 
salame,  m.,   ham.,  (I.  sale;    from 

salt  meat.  L.  sal.) 

scatola,  /.,  hox.         (G.  scliachtel.) 
scdroO,  part.,  last,  (I.  scurrere.) 

pa»t. 
scusare,  v.,  to  ex-    CL.  excusare.) 

cuse. 
seminare,  v.,  to  sow.  (L.  seminaro.) 
sempre,  adv.,  always.  (L.  semper.) 
stamattiua,    adv.,   (I.  questa  mat- 

this  morning.  tina ;  L.  ma- 

tutiaus.) 
stassera,  adv.,  this  (I.  questa  sera; 

evening.  from  L.  serus.) 

studiare,  v.,  to  study.  (L.  studere.) 
studidso,  adj.,  stu-  (L.  studiosud.) 

dious. 
testa,  /.,  head.  (L.   testa ;    F. 

tete.) 
•ovare,  v.,  to  find.  (L.tuibare,  "to 
move,  to  St  ek 
for,'     hence 
"tofind;"F. 
trouver.) 
umdre,  m.,  humour.  (L.  humor.) 
vacaiiz  I,/.,  vacancy, (L.  vacare.) 

leisure,  holiday. 
voce,  /.,  voice.  (L.  vox,  vocis.) 

volentie'ri,     adv.,  (L.  voluntarie.) 

wiilingly. 
volume,  m.,  volume.  (L.  volumen.) 


Vocabulary  24. 

abbastanza,  adv.,  (I.  bastare ;  see 
enough.  Voc.  23.) 

adempiere,  v.,  to  (I.  empitre ;  from 
fulfil.  L.  implere.) 

drdere,  v.,  to  hum.   (L.  ardere.) 

•  Because  of  the  rdays  of  horses  jjZacsd 
for  the  service  of  the  post. 

9 


aria,  /.,  air.  (L.  aer.) 

battere,  v.,  to  heat.   (L.  batuere.) 
biaccio,  m.,  arm.      (L.  bracliium,) 
cadere,  v.  irr.,  to  fall.  (L.  cadere.) 
cih\Ui{exki,v.,to shut.  (h.  claudere.) 
conosciui),  known,  (L.  cognos- 

part.  of  eondscere.    cere.) 
discendere,    v.,    <o  (L.  d  e  s  c  e  n  - 

descend.  dere.) 

discdrrere,     v.,    to  (L.  discurrere.) 

talk,  to  discourse. 
dividere,      v.,     to  (L.  dividere.) 


duello,  m.,  duel.      (L.    duellum  ; 

F.  dut  1 ) 
educazidnc ,/.,  edu-  (L.  educatio.) 

caiiort. 
fuoco,  m.,fire.  (L.  focus.) 

gamba,  /.,  leg.  (L.L.    gamba ; 

F.  jambe.) 
generale,  m.,  gene-  (L.  generalis.) 

ral. 
giocare,  v ,  to  play.  (L.  jocus.) 
godere,  v.,  to  enjoy.  (L.  gaudere.) 
gua<lagnare,v.,<o  (O.G,  weidanjan, 

win,  to  gain.         and  G.  weiden, 
"  to    hunt,    to 
pasture  : " 
hence   also   F. 
gagner;  E.  gain.) 
guerra,/.,  war.        (O.G.  werra.) 
inloiidere,  v.,  to  in-  (L.  fundere.) 

fuse. 
I  inidrrere,  V.     oin-  CL.  incurrere.) 

cur. 
inteudere,    v.,    to  (L.  intendere.) 

understand,    t  o 

hear. 
intraprendere,  17.,  <o  (L.  intra,  pre- 

undertake.  hendere.) 

invadere,  v.,  to  in-  (L.  invadere.) 

vade. 
lavorare,  v.,  to  worh.(h.  laborare.) 
ledere,   irr,   v.,  to  (L.  laedere.) 

injure. 
medicina,/.,  medi-  (L,  niudicina.) 

cine. 
mdrdere,  v.,  to  bite.  (L.  mordere.) 
mostiare,     v.,     to  (L.  monstrare.) 

show. 
offe  idere,    v.,     to  (L.  offendere.) 


parte,  /.,  portion.     (L.  pars.) 
partenza,/.,  depar-  (I.  partire.  See 
ture.  Voc.  25.) 


188 


VOCABULARIES. 


p^rdere,  t?.,  to  lose.  (L.  perdere.) 
piaoere,  m.,  pica-  (L.  placere.) 

sure. 
pidDto,  w.,    tears,  (L.  planctus.) 

crying. 
re,  m  ,  /ctngf.  (L.  rex,  regis.) 

riaccendere,  v.,  to  (L.  accendere.) 

light  again. 
rice'vere,     v.,    to    (L.  recipere; 

receive.  F.  recevoir.) 

rimprover^re.  v.,  (L.L.repropriare ; 

to  blame,  to  re-       F.  reprocher.) 

preach. 
rispondere,  t?.,    to  (L.respondere.) 

reply. 
soriidere,     v.,     to  (L.  subridere.) 

smile. 
snspe'udere,   v.,   to  (L.  suspen- 

suspend.  dere.) 

spendere,  v.,  to  ex-  (L.  expendere.) 

peiid. 
sper^re,  v.,  to  hope.  (L.  sperare.) 
succedeie,  v.,  to  sue-  (L.  succedere.) 

ceed. 
tergere,  v.,  to  wipe,  (L.  tergere.) 

to  dry. 
ucculere,  v.,  to  hill.  (L.  occidere.) 
vendere,  v.,  to  sell.  (L.  vendere.) 
virtu,/,  virtue.        (L.  virtus.) 
\itayf.ylife.  (L.  vita.) 

Vocabulary  25. 

arricchire,v.,<oe«-    I.  ricco.     See 

rich.  Voc.  13.) 

ari-osaire,  v.,  toUush.(lj.  russus.  See 
Voc.  14,  15.) 
boUire,  ».,  to  boil.  (L.  ebullire.) 
consiglio,  w.,  ad-  (L.  consilium.) 

vice. 
cucire,  v.y  to  sew.     (L.  consuere.) 
dormire,  v.,  to  sleep.  (L.  dormire.) 
fuggire,  v.,  to  fly,  (L.  fugere.) 

to  run  away. 
impailidire,  v.,  to  (L.  pallidus.) 

become  pale. 
iufingardaggine,/.,  (I.   iufingardo. 

laziness.  See  Voc.  23.) 

inghiotti'ro,  v.,  to  (L.  glulire ;  F. 

swallow.  engloutir.) 

manii-a,  /.,  sleeve.    (L.  manica.) 
mentire,  v.  to  lie.     (L.  mentiri.) 
on^sto,  adj ^honest.  (L.  honestua.) 
T^Q.viiie,v., to  depart,  {l^.  paitiri.) 
punire,  v.,  topunish.  (L.  punire.) 


ruggire,  v.,  to  roar.  (Jj.  nigire.) 

sdrucire,  v.,  to  tear,  (L.  reauere.)* 

to  rend. 
Beg{iire,v.,tofollow.  (L.  sequi.) 
servire,  v.,  to  serve.  (L.  servire.) 
tossire,  v.,  to  cough.  (L.  tussire.) 

Vocabulary  23. 

calzoUio,  m.,  shoe-  (L.    calceola- 

vndker.  rius.) 

domini,  adv.,  to-  (I.  mane,  from  L. 

morrow.  mane ;  F.  demain.) 

esaminatdre,  m.,  (L.  examinator.) 

examiner. 
fatto,  part,  done,  (L.  factum.) 

made. 
insegnare,  v.,  to    (L.L  insignare  ; 

teach.  F.  enseigner.) 

premio,  w.,  prize.  (L.  praemium.) 
scritto,  part.,  written.  (L.  scriptum.) 
scrivere,  v.  irr.,  to  (L.  scrib^re.) 

write. 
scudo,  m.,   dollar,  (L.  scutum.) 


Vocabulary  27. 

(In  tbis  vocabulary  the  verbs 
given  on  p.  71  are  not  repeated.) 

ascoltare,  v.,  to  listen.  (L.  auscul- 

tare.) 
bene,  adv.,  loell.       (L.  bene.) 
confidenza,  /.,  trust.  (L.    coufiden- 

tia.) 
cudre,  m.,  heart.      (L.  cor.) 
meglio,  m.,  better  (the).  (L.  melior.) 
occasidne,  /.,  occa-  (L.  oecasio,  gen. 

sion.  -nis.) 

onesta,/.,  honesty.   (L.  honestas.) 
pregare,  v.,  to  pray.  (L.  precari.) 
prove'rbio,  m.,  pro-  (L.    p  r  o  v  e  r  - 

verb.  bium.) 

richiesta,/.,  request.  (L.  requisita,/., 

part,   of    re- 

quirere  ;    F. 

requete.) 

risdrsa,  /.,  resource,  (I.  risorta,  jxir^. 

expedient.  of  risorgere.) 

Vocabulary  28. 

(In  this  vocabulary  the  verbs 
given  on  p.  72  are  not  repeated.) 

•  Like  I.  cucire,  to  sew,  from  L.  consuere^ 
with  8  privative  and  d  euphunic 


VOCABULARIES. 


189 


bisogno,  m.,  want,  (I.  sogua,  '  care/ 

need.  from  L .  L .  sod  iare, 

'to  take  care  of,' 

etym.     doubtful ; 

¥.  besoin.) 

francese,  adj.,  French.  (F.  fran9ai8.) 

salute,/.,  health.      (L. salus, -utis.) 

isoldo,    m.,   penny,  (L.    solidus  ; 

half-penny.  F.  sou.) 

tcrlino,  adj„  sterling.  (E.  sterling.) 

Vocabulary  29. 

(In  this   vocabulary  the  verbs 
given  on  p.  73  are  not  repeated.) 

austriaco,  adj.,  Aus-  (G.    Oester- 

trian.  reich.) 

be'ue,  m.,  good.         (L.  bene.) 
dominio,  m..  domi-  (L.  doraiuium.) 

nation. 
greco,  adj.,  Greek.   (L.  Graecus). 
latino,  adj.,  Latin.  (L.  Latinus.) 
levaiite,  m.,  east.    (L.  and  I.  levare, 
'  to  rifce  '  (of  the  bun).) 
Lombardia,/.,  Lorn-  (L.  L  o  n  g  o  - 

hardy.  bardi.) 

montagna,/.,  wiOMw-  (L.  moiitMnus.) 

tain. 
pagiDa,  /.,  page.       (L.  pagina.) 
pardla, /.,  icord.       (L.    parabola; 
F.       parole. 
SeeVoc.23.) 
Reno,  m.,  Bhine.      (G.  Rhein.) 
Svizzera,  /.,  Swit-  (G.  Schweiz.) 

zerland. 
tirare,  v.,  to  blow  (O.G.  tairan,  to 

(of  winds).  draw ;  F.  tirer.) 

vento,  m.,  wind.       (L.  ventus.) 
verbo,  m.,  verb.         (L.  verbum.) 

Vocabulary  30. 

(In   this  vocabulary   the   verbs 
given  on  p.  74  are  not  repeated.) 

Amleto,  m.,  Hamlet. 

aprire,  v.  to  open.     (L.  aperire.) 

aspetto,  m.,  appear-  (L.  aspectus.) 

ance. 
dovere,  m.,  duty.      (L.  debere.) 
entrare,  v.,  to  enter.  (L.  intrare.) 
Evangelo,    m.,  (L.  evangelium.) 

Gospel. 
rappresentazione,  /.,  (L.  repraesen- 

repreaentation-         tatio,  -nis.) 


scacco,  m.  chess.        (Per.    schah, 

king.) 
storia,  /.,    history   (L.  historia.) 

stnru,  fable. 
zdppo,  adj.,  lame.     (G.  schupfen  ) 

Vocabulary  31. 

date,  v.,  you  give.     (L.  dare.) 
firinare,  v.,  to  sign.  (L.  flrmare.) 
niandare,  v.,tosend.  (L.  mandare  ) 
ringraziamento,m.,  (I.  ringraziare. 

tlianks.  See  Voc.  32.) 

sudicio,  adj.,  dirty.  (L.  succidus.) 
superbo,  adj.,  (L.  superbus.j 

proud. 

Vocabulary  32. 

accompagnare,  v.,  (I.    compania. 

to  accompany.       See  Voc.  19.) 
came ri ere,  m.,  wai-  (t.  and  L.  ca- 

ter,  a,,  f., waitress,      mera.) 
condscere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.    c  o  g  n  o  s  - 

know.  cere.) 

credere,  v.,  to  believe.  (L.  credere.) 

detto,  part.,  said.     (L.    dictum, 

from  dicere.) 

dissi,  disse,  said,   (L.    dicere, 

past  def.  of  dire,      perf.  dixi.) 

irr.  V. 
dolere,  v.,  to  pain,  (L.  dolere.) 

to  hurt. 
piacere,  i-.,  to  please.  (L.  placere.) 
probabile,  adj.,pro-  (L.  probabilis.) 

bable. 
raccomaiidare,  v.,  (L.  commendare.) 

to  recommend. 
ringraziare,   v.,  to  (I.  grazia;    L. 

thank.  gratia.) 

urtare,  v.,  to  hurt.    (M.G.    hurten, 
prob.  fr.  Cel- 
tic "hwrdh," 
to  push. 
vedere,  v.  irr.,  to  see.  (L.  videre.) 
venire,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  venire.) 

come. 

Vocabulary  33. 

affare,  m.,  business.  (I.  a  fare  ;    L. 

facere.) 
aiutare,  v.,  to  help.  (L.  adjuvare.) 
content©,  adj.,  con-  (L.  contentus.) 

tent.  If 

di'co,  pres.  ind.  of  (L.  dico,  di- 

irr.  v.,  dire,  to  say.    cere,) 


190 


VOCABULARIES. 


divertimento,    m.,  (L.  divertere.) 

amusement. 
ddtto,  adj., Zearned.  (L.  doctusj 
nascondere,  irr.  r.,  (L.    a  b  s  c  o  n  -^ 

to  hide.  dere.) 

occupdto,    part,  (L. occupatus.) 

husij,  occupied. 
stiidi..,  m.,  study.    (L.  studium.) 
ubbidire,  v.,  to  obey.  (L.  obwlire.) 
veiitk,  /.,  truth.        { L.  Veritas.) 

Vocabulary  34. 

provincia,  /.,  pro-  (L.  provincia.) 

vince. 
vieino,  adj.,  neigh-  (L.  vicinus. ) 

houring. 

Vocabulary  35. 
gviiiTdive,v.,tolooh.{G.  warten.) 

Vocabulary  36. 

corriere,  m.,  courier.  (L.  currere.) 
fucfle,  m.,  gun.        (I.  fuoco,  fiom 

li.  focus.) 
indigestione,  /.,  in-  (L.   inUigestio, 

digestion.  gen.  -nis.) 

malattia,/.  illness.    (I.    malato. 

SeeVoc.23.) 
prendere,     v.,     to  (L.       prelien- 

take.  dere.) 

provenire,  trr.  17.,  <o  (L.  provenire.) 

originate. 
sigaio.  m.  cigar.      (S.  cigarro.) 

Vocabulary  37. 

archite'tto,  m.,  ar-  (L.  architec- 

chitect.  tus.) 

conmiie,  adj.,  mu-  (L.  communis.) 

tU4ll. 

educ&to,  part.,  edu-  (L.  eJucare.) 

cated. 
meritare,  v.,  to  de-  (L.  m^ritum.) 

serve, 
morte,  f.,  death.       (L.  mors,  mor- 
tis.) 
risp^tto,  m.,  respect.  (L.  respectus.) 

Vocabulary  38. 

chiiinque,  ,pron.,  (L.  quioun- 
whosoever.  que.) 

cervello,  w.,  brain,  (L.  c  e  r  e  b  e  1- 
apinion.  lum.) 


desiderrfre,    v..    to  (L.  desiderare.) 

covet,  to  loish. 
dil'^ito,  m.,  fault.     (L.  defectus.) 
oziosn,  adj.,  lazy.     (L.  otium.) 
stimdre,     v.,     to     (L.  aestimare.) 

esteem. 
valordso,  adj.,  valorous.  (L.  valere.) 


Vocabulary  39. 

arrestare,     v.,    to    (L.    ad    and 

arrest.  restare,  F.  ar- 

reter.) 
balldre,  v.,  to  dance.  (L.  balla.) 
hev}ito,part.,drunk.(l.  bevere;  L. 

bibere.) 
biglie'tto,  m.,  ticket,  note.  (I.  biglia.) 
canzone,/.,  song.     (L.L.  cantio.) 
cappelldio,  m.,  hat-  (I.  cappello. 

ter.  See  Voc.  4.) 

coiite,  m.,  earl.       (L.  comes,  -itis.) 
coutedsa,/.,coMn<e««.(L.  comes.) 
delitto,  m.,  misde-  (L.  delictum.) 

meanour. 
\eTirf,v.,  to  wound.  (L.  ferire.) 
innocente,  adj.,  in-  (L.   innocens, 

nocent.  gen.  -entis.) 

invitare,  v.,  to  in-  (L.  invitare.) 

vite. 
ladio,  w.,  thief.        (L.  latro.) 
lasciare,  v.,  to  leave.  (L.  laxare.) 
liberare,  v.,  to  free.  (L.  liberare.) 
prigione,  /.,  prison.  (L.  prehensio.) 
rovinare,  v.,  to  ruin.  (L.  ruina.) 
visitare,  v.,  to  visit.  (L.  viaitare.) 

Vocabulary  40. 

accorrere,  v.,  to  run  (L.  accurrere.) 

towards. 
audare,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  aditare.*) 

go. 
anteiidto,  w.,  an-  (L.  ante,  natus.) 

cestor. 
approdare,  v.,  to  go  (O.T.  apprticiare 

ashore.  fr.  L.  appropriurr, 

from  propiua.) 

ast^istt  re,  v.,  to  help.  (L.  assistere.) 

bastondre,    v.,    to    (I.  b  a  s  t  o  n  e. 

See  Voc.  6.) 


•  Aditart,  "  to  po  often  to,"  is  a  fre- 
quentaiive  from  aAire.  In  I.  avdart^  the 
n  is  inserted,  as  in  I.  rendere  irom  L.  rad- 
dere. 


VOCABULARIES. 


191 


cammlnare,  v.,  to  (I.    cammino ; 

walk.  L.L.  camiuus, 

a  way,  hence 

F.  cl.emiii.) 

cenare,  c,  to  sup.    (L.  coenare.) 

colazidne,/.,  break-  (L.  collatio ;  S, 

fast.  colacion.) 

comme'dia,  /.,  co-  (L.  comoedia.) 
medy,  play. 


costa,/.,  coast 
danzare,    v.,    to 
dance. 


(L.  costa.) 
(O.G.    danson, 
to  draw,  ex- 
tend.) 
degcnerare,  v.,  <o(L.degeneiare.) 

degenerate. 
dimorare,  v.,  to  reside.  (L.  morari.) 
difeonoie'vole,  adj.,  (L.  dis-lionoia- 

dishonourable.  bills.) 

gelare,  t\,  imp.,  to  (L.  gelare.) 

freeze. 
gridare,  v.,  to  shout.  (L.  qiiiritare.) 
guarire,  v.,  to  heal.  (G.  wehren,  to 

defend.) 
marcidre,    c,    to    (F.  marcher.)* 

march. 
marinaro,  m.,  sailor.  (L.  marinus.) 
miglio,  m.  {pi.  /.),  (L.  mille  pas- 

mile.  suum.) 

palazzo,  m.,  palace.  (L.  palatium.) 
passare,  v.,  to  pass.  (L.L,   passare, 
from  L.  pas- 
sum,    supine 
of  pandere.) 
suonare,  v.,  to  play  (L.  sonare.) 
(music). 

Vocabulary  41. 

accdrgersi,  v.  irr.,  (L.  ad  and  cor- 

to  become  aware,      rigere  :    also 

I.     seorgere, 

from   L.    ex 

and     corri- 

gere.) 

accostarsi,    v.,    <o  (I.  and  L.  costa.) 

approach. 
addoi  mentarsi,  v.,  (L.addormire.) 

to  fall  asleep. 
adirarsi,  v.,  to  get  (L.  irasci.) 

angry. 
aflfrettarsi,    v.,   to  (I.   fretta:    see 

hasten.  Voc.  11.) 

alzdrsi,  v.,  to  get  up.  (L.  L.    altiare, 
from  altus.) 

*  In  O.F.  aller  de  marche  en  marche,  "  to 
go  from  border  to  border." 


ammogliarsi,  v.,  to  (L  moglie ;   L. 

take  a  uife.  mulier.) 

appoggiarsi,  v.,  to  (L.  appositus.) 

lean,  to  rest. 
approsisinjarsi,  v.,  to  (L.  proximus.) 

get  near. 
arrabbiarsi,  v.,  to  get  (L.  rabies.) 

angry. 
arreudersi,  irr.  v.,  (I.  rendere  from 

to  surrender.  L.  reddere.) 

aspettare,     v.,     to  (L.  aspectare.) 

wait. 
asteiiersi,  irr.  v.,  fo(L.  abstinere.) 

abstain. 
attri^tar;i,  v.,  to  he  (I.    tri^te ;    L. 

saddened.  tristis.) 

avanzarai,  v.,  to  ad-  (I.  avanti  from 

vance.  L.  ab  ante.) 

avvede'ri-i,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  vidtre.) 

he  aware. 
avviarsi,  v.,  to  start.  (L.  via.) 
batie.lo,  m.,  boat.    (L.  L.  batum, 
O.  F.  batel ; 
F.  bateau.) 
Colombo,  m.,    Co- 
lumbus. 
compiacersi,  pron.  (L.    con-pla- 

■u.,  to  he  pleased.       cere.) 
coutentarsi,    pron.  (L.  contentus.) 

v.,  to  be  satisfied. 
cruccidrsi,  v.,  to  he-  (I  ciuccio,  cor- 

come  angry.  rucio     from 

L.    cholera, 

"gall.") 

dettare,  v.,  to  dictate.  (L.  dictare.) 

dilettarsi,     v.,    to  (L.  delectare.) 

amuse  oneself. 
dimenticarsi,  v.,  to  (L.dementare) 

forget. 
divertirsi,    v.,     to  (L.  divertere.) 

amuse  oneself. 
esercitt),  m.,  army.  (L.  exercitus.) 
tidarsi,  v.,  to  trnat.  (L.  fidere.) 
grazie, /.  p?.,  thanks.  (L.  gratia.) 
imbarcarsi,   v.,    to  (I.   and    L.  L. 

eml)ark.  barca.) 

impadionirsi,^.,  to  (I. padrone;  L. 

possess  oneself.  patronus.) 

intastidirsi,    pron.  (L.  faslidiosus.) 

v.,  to  become  fas- 
tidious. 
intrapresa,/., enfer-  (Lprendere;  L. 

prise.  prt  hendere.) 

maritarsi,     v.,    to  (L.  maritare.) 

m^rry. 


192 


VOCABULARIES. 


obbligdre,    v.,    to  (L.  obligare.) 

oblige. 
perdita,  /.,  loss.        (L.  and  I.  per- 

dere.) 
pianoforte,  m.,    a  (I.  piano-forte ; 

pianoforte,     or        L.      planus, 

piano.  fortis.) 

rallegrdrsi,    pron.  (1.  allegro.  See 

v.,  to  rejoice.  Voc.  16.) 

ricorddrsi,  v.,  to  re-  (L.recordari.) 

rnember. 
riposarsi,  v.,  to  rest.  (L.  pausare.) 
mlut&re,  v.,  to  salute  (L.  salutare.) 
sentirtii,  v.,  to  feel.   (L.  sentire.) 
soriire,  v.,  to  go  out.  (L.  sortiri.) 
stauco,  adj.,  tired.  (L.  stagnare.) 
subire,  v.,  to  un-  (L.  subire.) 

dergo. 
vantarsi,  v.,  to  boast.  (L.L.  vanitare ; 
from  vanus.) 
vapore,  m.,  steam.    (L.  vapor.) 
vergognarsi,  v.,  to  (L.      verecun- 

be  ashamed.  dia.) 


Vocabulary  42. 

accadere,  imp.  v.,  to  (L.  ac-cadere.) 

happen. 
bastare,  imp.  v.,  to  (S.  bastar.) 

be  sufficient. 
bisognare,  imp.  v.,  (I.  bisogna.  See 

to  be  necessary.      Voc.  28.) 
capire,  v.,  to  under-  (L.  capere.) 

stand. 
chiaro    di    liina,  (L.clarus,luna.) 

moonlight. 
convenire,t7.  irr.,  to  (L.  con  venire.) 

be  convenient. 
didiacciare,     imp.  (L.  glacies.) 

v.,  to  melt  (ice). 
fondere,  v.,  to  melt.  (L.  fundere.) 
grandinare,  imp.  v.,  (L.      grandi- 

to  hail.  iiare.) 

lainpeggiare,   imp.  (I.  lampo ;    L. 

v.,  to  lighten.  liiinpas.) 

ne've,  /.,  snow.         (L.  nix,  nivis.) 
nevicdre,  imp. ».,  to  (I.  neve.) 

snow. 
(jcc  orrere,  imp.  ».,  (L.  occurrere.) 

to  be  wanted. 
pare're,  imp.  v.,  to  (L.  parere.) 


passeggiare,  v.,  to  (L.  psissua.) 
promenade. 


piovere,  imp.  v.,  to  (L.  pluere.) 

rain. 
polvere,  /.,  dust.      (L.  pnlvis.) 
rincrescere,  pron.  v..  (L.  crescere.) 

to  regret  (lit.  to 

grow  agaifi). 
sembrarc,  v.,  to  seem.  (L.  simulare.) 
s61e,  m.,  sun.  (L.  sol.) 

stellato,  adj.,  starry.  (L.  stellatus.) 
stuiJiare,  v.,  to  study.  (L.  studium.) 
tuonare,  imp.  v.,  to  (L.  touare.) 

thunder. 
liniido,  adj.,  damp.  (L.  humidus.) 

Vocabulary  43. 
ii-ppina,  adv., hard- (L.  poena,    F. 

ly,   as  soon   as,      a  peine.) 

scarcely 
avantutri,  adv.,  the  (L.    ab-ante- 

day  before  yester-      heri.) 

day. 
cominciare,  v.,  to  (L.  L.  comini- 

begin.  tiare,     from 

L.  cum,  ini- 
tiare.) 
ddpo,  adv.,  after-  (L.  de-post.) 

wards. 
d'  dra  in  poi,  adv.,  (L.  de  hora  in 

henceforth.  post.) 

ieri  V  altro,  adv.,  (L.  heri,  alter.) 

the  day  before-  yesterday. 
negdzio,  m.,  jtnre-  (L.  negotium.) 

house. 
ormai,  oramai,  adv.,  (L.    hora    ma- 

now,  henceforth.        gis.) 
prima,  adv.,  before.  (L.  primus.) 
serio,  adj.,  serious.  (L.  serius.) 
seriamente,     adv.,  (L.  serius.) 

seriously. 
sovente,  adv.,  often.  (L.   sub  -  inde ; 
F.  souvent.) 
sp  sso,  adv.,  often.  (L.  spissus.) 
siibito,     adv.,     at  (L.  subitus.) 

once. 
tanli,  adv.,  late.       (L.  tardus.) 
teste,   testeso,  adv.,  (L.  ante  istum 

lately.  ipsum  (ante- 

stesso) ;     c  f. 
fante  for  in- 
fante.) 
tdsto,  adv.,  soon.      (L.  tot-oito.) 

Vocabulary  44. 
abbdsso.  adv  ,  be-  (L.L.  bassus.) 
low,  douynstairs. 


VOCABULARIES. 


193 


altrdve,  adv.,  eUe-  (L.  alter-ubi.) 

where. 
chiamare,  v.,  to  call. 
ci,  adi\,  there. 
da  per  tiitto,  adv., 

everywhere. 


dentro,  adv.,  inside 
ddiule,  adv.,  whence. 
dove,  adv.,  where. 
gill,  contr.  of  giilso, 
adv.,  below. 

la,  adv.,  there. 
qua  e  la.  adv.,  here 

and  there. 
quassii,  adv.,  here 

above. 
qui,  adv.,  here. 
Rosiua,  /.,  Rose. 
sdtto,  adv.,  under. 
su,  contr    of  tiUiso, 

adv.,  above. 


(L.  clamare.) 
(L.  ecce-hic.) 
(L.       t  o  t  u  8  ; 

compd.  with 

de-ad-per.) 
,  (L.  de-intra.) 
.(L.  de-unde.) 
(L.  de-ubi.) 
(L.      dtorsum, 

L.L,   josum, 

jusum.) 
(L.  iliac.) 
(L.     ecce    hac 

et  llao.) 
(L.     ecce  hac, 
sursum.) 
(L.  eoce  hie.) 
(L.  rosa.) 
(L.  subtus.) 
(L.  sursum.) 


Vocabulary  46. 

cosi,  adv.,  80,  thus.  (L.  aeque-sic.) 

disegno,  to.,  draw-  (L.  designare.) 
ing. 

diinque,  conj.,  (L.  tunc.) 

therefore. 

malinfudre,      (a),  (L.        malum- 
adv.,  unwillingly,     cor.) 

perche,  adv.,  why.    (L.  per- quid.) 

permettere,  irr.  v.,  (L.     permit- 
to  allow.  tere.) 

pronunciare,  v.,  to  (L.     pronunti- 
pronoiince.  are.) 

pure,  conj.,  however.  (L.      pure, 
"merely.) 

quasi,  adv.,  nearly.  (L.  quasi.) 

Vocabulary  46. 

abitare,  v.,  to  reside.  (L.  habitare  ) 
assai,  adv.,  enough,  (L.  ad-satis.) 

too  much. 
bizzeffe  (a),  adv.,  plenty.     (?) 
costare,  v.,  to  cost.   (L.  constare.) 
errdre,  to.,  mistake.  (L.  error.) 
le'ggere,  irr.  v.,  to  read.  (L.  legere.) 
meno.  adv.,  less.      (L.  minus.) 
nudva,/.,  news.       (L.  novus.) 
pdco  a  pdco.  adv.,  (L.  paucus.) 

little  by  little. 
quanto,  adv.j  how  (L.  quanto.) 

much. 


scellmo,  TO.,  shilling.  (E.  shilling.) 
suflBcienza  (a)  ad«.,  (L.  sutticientia.) 

sufficiently. 
tanto,  adv.,  as  much.  (L.  tantnm.) 
tanto  quanto,  adv.,  (L.        tantnm- 

as  much  as.  quantum.) 

trdppo,    adv.,    too  (L.  L.   troppus 

TOMc/i.  "  herd ;"     F. 

trop.) 

Vocabulary  47. 

ambasciata,  /.,  em-  (L.  L.     amba- 
bassy.  sciare  fr.  am- 

baxia,  "com- 
mission" fr. 
L.  ambactiis, 
from  O.G. 
ambacht  "  a 
servant.") 
(L.  ad-punc- 
tum.) 
adv.,  (L.  certe.) 


appiinto,  adv.,  so 


certamente, 
certainly, 
d&yyeio,  adv.,  truly.  (L.        de-ab- 

vero.) 
di  certo,  adv  ,  certainly  (L.       de- 

certe.) 
dir-ddo,  adv.,  seldom.  (L.  de-raro.) 
enormeme'nte,  adv.,  (L.  enormis.) 

extremely,  enormously. 
gia,  adv.,  already    (L.  jnm.) 
in  fatti,  adv.,  in  fact.  (L.  factum.) 
ingannarsi,  v.,  to  be  (I.       inganno, 
mistaken.  "  deceit" 

from     O.G. 

gaman,    "  to 

trick ;"      E. 

game.) 
magnifico,    adj.,  (L.  magnificus.) 


mezzo,  adj.,  half,  (L.  medius.) 

subst.  TO.,  means. 
narrare,  v.,  to  relate.  (L.  narrare.) 
Spagna,  /.,  Spain.    (S.     Espafia  ; 
L.  Hispania.) 

Vocabulary  48. 

ancdra,  adv.,  yet.  (L.  hanc-horam.) 
i  bonta, /.,  goodness.  (L.  bonitas.) 
I  correggere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  corrigere.) 
I       to  correct. 

I  dubitare,  v.,  to  doubt.  (L.  dubitare.) 
j  mai,  adv ,  ever.        (L.  magis.) 

mica,  adv.,  at  all.    (L.    mica,    "  a 
'  crumb.") 


194 


VOCABULARIES. 


mod^stia,  /.,   wo-  (L.  modestia.)   I 
deaty.  ' 

non,  adv.y  not.         (L.  non.)  i 

nemmeno,  adv.,  not  (L.  ne-minus.)  I 
even.  I 

prestare, v.,tolend.  (L.  praestare.) 
piinto,  ado.,  at  all.  (L.  punctum.) 
rendere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.       reddere. 
gioe  hack.  See  Voc.  65.) 

Vocabulary  49. 

consiglidre,  v.,  to    (I.    consiglio ; 

advise.  L.  consilium.) 

diica,  m.,  duJte.        (L,  dux,  ducis.) 

fdwe,  adv.,  perhaps.  (L.  forte,  forsi- 

tan.) 
maccherdne,  m.,  mac-  (I.        macco, 
caroni.  "  bruised 

meal.") 
possibilmente,  adw.,(L.  possibilis.) 

probai'ilmente,  adv.,  (L.   proba- 
probably.  bilis.) 

racoontare,    v.,    to  (L.  re-ad-com- 
relate.  putare.) 

regina,/.,  gween.     (L.  regina.) 

Vocabulary  60. 
a  bella  pdsta,  adv.,  (I.  posta.) 

purposely. 
abello  studio,  adv.,  (I.  studio.) 

purposely. 
a    quattr'  dcchi,    ("  to  four  eyes," 
adv.,  privately.       i.e.  '•  two  per- 
sons "  only.) 
carpdni,    adv.,    on  (L.     carpus, 
all  fours,  lit.  "  on     "  the  wrist.") 
the  hands." 
cavalcidni,    adv.,    (I.  cavallo ;  L. 

astride.  caballus.) 

cdlpo,  m.,  blow.      (L.  L.    culpus  ; 

fr.  L.  colapiius; 

hence  Fr.  coup.) 

insnltdre,  v.,  to  in-  (L.  insultare.) 

8Ult. 

memdiia,  (a)  adv.,  (L.  memoria.) 

by  heart. 
m^nte,  (a)  adv.,  hy  (L.  mens.) 

heart. 
dgni  qudl    vdlta,  (Literally     "at 

adv.,  every  time,    every  turn.") 
p^tto,  TO.,  chest.        (L.  pectus.) 
pranziire,     v.,     to  (L.    praiidere; 

dine.  sup.  pranuum.'^ 


propdsito  (a),  adv.,  (L.     proposl- 

well.  turn.) 

pu;rno,  m.,  fist.  (L.  pugnus.) 
recitare,  v.,  to  recite.  (L.  recitare.) 
rotoldni,  «idv.,  roll-  (I.  rotolare ;  L. 

ing,  sprawling.  rotulus.) 

sal  mo,  TO.,  ps(dm.  (L.  psalmus.) 
scuro,  adj.,  dark.  (L.  obscurus.) 
sdlito    (per),  adv.,  (L.  solitus.) 

usually. 
spilla,  /.,  pin.  (L.  spinula.) 

tastdne,  adv.,  grop-  (I.  tastare,  from 

ing.  L.taxare,  freq. 

of  t.ingo.) 
viva  vdce  (a),  adv.,       (L.   viva 

hy  word  of  mouth.         vox.) 
vdlta,/.,  turn.  (L.  voluta.) 

Vocabulary  51. 
ad  dnta,  adv.,  in  (I.  onta ;  fr.  onire 

spite.  *'  to  insult ;"  fr. 

G.  hohnen ;  Fr. 
honte.) 
al  di  Ik,  adv.,  on  the  (L.  ad-illac.) 

other  side. 
appie,  adv.,  at  the  (L.  ad  pedem.) 

foot. 
Arno,  TO.,  Arno  (a  (L.  Amus.) 

river). 
avanti  adv.,  before.  (L.  ab-ante.) 
cambio(16ttera(li),  (L.     cambire ; 

/.,    hill    of   ex-      I.  cambiare, 

change.  canj^iare;  E. 

ohaniTC.) 

castello,  TO.,  castle.   (L.  castellum.) 

causa  (a),  adv.,  because.  (L.  causa.) 

davanti,  adv.,  be-  (L.  de-ab-ante.) 

fore. 
dietro,  adv.,  behind.  (L.L.  de-retro.) 
favdre  (a),  adv.,  in  (L.  favor.) 

favour. 
fiume,  TO.,  river.       (L.  flumen.) 
fdiza     (a),     adv.,  (L.L.    fortia ; 

through.  L.  foitis.) 

govematdre,      to..  (L.      gubema. 

governor.  tor.) 

ludgo  (in),  adv.,  in  (L.  locus.) 

place. 
me'zzo  (per),  adv.,  (L.  medium.) 

by  means. 
miiiistro,  m..minister.  (L.minister.) 
mdnte,  to.,  mountain.  (L.       mons, 

moiitis.) 
nomindre,     r.,    to  (L.  nominare.) 

nams. 


VOCABULARIES. 


195 


raocomandazidne/.,  (I.    raccoman- 

recommendatiun.      dare.) 
scdrrere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  excurrere.) 

peruse,  to  travel 

over. 
spedire,  v.,  to  for-  (L.  expedire.) 

ward. 
v^ce  (in),  ado.,  instead.  (L.      invi- 
cem.) 

Vocabulary  62. 

addosso,  adv.,  upon.  (L.  dorsum.) 
adulatdre,  m.,  flat-  (L.  adulator.) 

terer. 
arrabbiato,    part,  (L.  rabere.) 

angry,  cross. 
atf orn'  >,  adv.,  around.  (L.  tornare.) 
delizla,/., pleasure.  (L.  deliciae.) 
dintorno,        adv.,  (L.     de-iu-tor- 

around.  nare.) 

di  riiiipetto,  adv.,  (I,  rein-petto; 

opposite.  L.  pectus.) 

faccia  (in),   prep.,  (L.  fades.) 

opposite. 
fi'no,   iuli'no,  adv.,  (L.  in  finem.) 

until. 
gittarsi,  v.,  to  throw  (L.  jactare.) 

onesdf. 
immediatiimente,    (L.  in-medius.) 

adv.,  immediately. 
mezzo  (i  i),  adv.,  in  (L.  medius.) 

the  midst. 
obliare,  v.,  to  forget.  (L.    obliviaci  ; 
lience  F.  ou- 
blier.) 
dltre,  adv.,  besides.  (L  ultra.) 
ospeilale,  m.,   hos-  (L.  hospitalis.) 

pilal. 
proprieta,  /.,  pro-  (L.proprietas.) 

perty. 
rispetto  (in),  adv.,  (L.  respectus.) 

regarding. 
gino,  adv.,  until.      (L.  signum  ?) 

Vocabulary  53. 

aflfogare,      v.,      to  (L.  fauces ;  of. 

drown.  L.  sutiboare.) 

Bi&oudskre,v.,to sinTc.  (I.  a  fondo ;  L. 

fundus.) 
combattere,  v.,  to  (L.      batuere  ; 
fight.  hence       F. 

battre.) 
cdntro,  adv.,  against.  (L.  contra.) 
9*- 


eccdtto,    adv.,   ex-  (L.  exceptus.) 

cepted. 
eccezione,    /.,   ex-  (L.     exceptio, 

ception.  gen.  -nis.) 

fato,  m.,  fate.  (L.  fatum.) 

giiista,    adv.,    ac-  (L.  juxta.) 

cording. 
lucrative,  adj.,  lu-  (L.lucrativus.) 

crative. 
iungo,  adv.,  along.  (L.  longus.) 
malgrado,  adv ,  in  (L.  male  gra- 

spite.  tus;  F.  mal- 

gre,  E.  mau- 
gre.) 
mediante,  adv.,  by  (L.  medianus  ; 

means  of.  fr.  medius.) 

possedeie,     v.     to  (L.  possidere.) 

possess. 
posto,    m.,    place,  (L.  positus.) 

situation. 
pre.^so,  prep,  and  (L.  pressus.) 

adv.,  near. 
rasente,  adv.,  along,  (L.  rasus,  from 

close  to.  radere.) 

relaz  one,/.,  relation.  (L.  relatio.) 
rendita,/.,  income,  (I.  rendere;  fr. 

rent.  L.  reddere.) 

senza,  adv., without.  (L.  sine.) 
situato,  part.,  situated.  (I.  situare ; 
fr.  L.  situs.) 
tempesta,  /..  storm.  (L.  tempestas.) 
tuttavia,  conj.,  still.  (L.  tota  via.) 
uscire,  irr.   v.,   to  (L.  exire.) 

go  out. 
vascello,  m.,  ship.    (L.  vascellum, 
from  vas;  F. 
vaisseau.) 


Vocabulary  54. 
anche,  conj., also.  (L.  adhuc,  whence 
adunc,  ad'nc, 
anc,  anche.) 
carte,  /.  pi.,  cards.   (L.  carta.) 
cittadmo,  m.,  citi-  (L.L.      civita- 
zen.  danus,  from 

L.  civitas.) 
consigliare,  v..   to  (L.  consilium.) 

advise. 
continuare,   v.,    to  (L.  continvL- 

continue.  are.) 

copiare,  v ,  to  copy.  (L.  copia.) 
Cre.>o,  m ,  Croesus.  (L.  Croesus.) 
desiderare,    v ,   to  (L.desiderare.) 
wish,  to  long. 


196 


VOCABULARIES. 


e  .  . .  e,  conj.,  both.  (L.  et . .  .  et.) 
g  i  a  c  c  h  ^,     conj.,  (L.  jain-quid.) 

since. 
inchidstro,  m.,  ink.  (L.    encaiiat- 

um.) 
lameutarsi,    pron.  (L.  laraentari.) 

v.,  to  complain. 
neppiire,  conj.,  not  (I.     nfe,    pure, 

even.  q.v.) 

nondimeno,    conj.,  (L.        non-de- 

veverthehna.  minus.) 

obbediente,     adj.,  (L.  obediens.) 

obedient 
occhio,  m.,  eye.         (L.  oculus.) 
ostindto,  adj.,  ohsti-  (L.obstinatus.) 

nate. 
partita,  /.,  game,  deal.  (L.    partiri, 

purtitus.) 
pero,  conj.,  however.  (L.  per  Loc.) 
peace,  m.,Ji8h.         (L.  piscis.) 
pittiira,  /.,  paint-  (L.  pictura.) 

ing. 
possente,  adj.,  paw-  (L.L.  ace.  pos- 

erjul.  sentem,  from 

posse.) 
premiare,  v.,  to  give  (L.  praemium.) 

a  prize. 
purci.e,  conj.,  pro-  (I.    pure,    che, 

vided.  q.v.) 

salutare,  v.,  to  sa-  (L.  salutare.) 

lute. 
salute,  /.,  health.      (L.  salus,  salu- 

tis.) 
scacci^re,  v..,  to  ex-  (L.L.  ex-cap- 

pd.  tiare,      from 

L.    cap  tare  ; 
F.  chasser.) 
siciiro,    adj.,    safe,  (L.  securus.) 

certain. 
stupido,  adj.,  silly,  (L.  stupidus.) 

Uupid. 
suppdsto  che,  conj.,  (L.   supposi- 

provided  that.  tum-quid.) 


Vocabulary  65. 

all^rta !    interj.,  he  (L    erta,    *'  an 

careful!    on    the    eminence"; 

looh  out.  fr.  L.  erectus: 

E.  alert.) 
inimo  1    m.,    cour-  (L.  animus.) 

age  I 
avanti !  interj.,  for-  (L.  ab-ante.) 

v)ard  I 


bambfno,  m.,  baby.  (L.  Bambalio ; 
a  Roman  sur- 
name fromGr. 

"  lisping.") 
cdrpo  di   Bacco !    (L.         corpus, 

inierj.,       good       Bacchus.) 

heavens ! 
corrtre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  currere.) 

run. 
fermdrsi,  pron.  v.,  (L.  firmare.) 

to  stop, 
liherikj., freedom.  (L.  libertas.) 
mdschera,/.,  mask.  (A.  maskharah, 

laughter.) 
oh  !  interj.,  ohJ       (L.  oh  !) 
possibile,  adj.,  pos-  (L.  possibilis.) 

sible. 
rumore,  m.,  noise.    (L.  rumor.) 
sentinella,  /.,  sen-  (L.  sentire.)* 

tind. 
spdlla,  /.,  shoulder,  (L.  scapula.) 

stdre,    irr.     v.,    to  (L.  stare.) 

stand. 
svegliarsi,  pron.  v.,  (L.L.  ex   vigi- 
to  wake  up.  lare ;      hence 

F.  s  eveiller.) 
vdlgere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  volvere.) 

turn, 
zitto,  interj.,  hush!  (an       onomat. 
like  L.  St.) 

Vocabulary  66. 

ammettere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  admittere.) 

to  admit. 
commettere,  irr.  v.,  (L.    commit- 
to  commit.  tere.) 
compromettere,  irr.  (L.  compromit- 

V.,  to  compromise,     tere.) 
giiidice,  m.,  judge.  (L.  judex, -icis.) 
goveruo,  ?/*.,  govern-  (L.   guberna- 

m^it.  tio.) 

grdve,  adj.,  serious.  (L.  gravis.) 
innocenza,/.,  inno-  (L.innooentia.) 

cence. 
libt-rtk,  /.,  freedmn.  (L.  libertas.) 
m^ttere,  trr.  v.,  toput.  (L.  mittere.) 
politico,  adj.,  poli-  (Gr.      and    L. 
tioal  politicus.) 

*  Ti.  senfina.  "well-room  of  a  ship," 
where  the  seniinator  was  stationed  to 
give  notice  of  any  leakage. 


VOCABULAEIES. 


197 


prigioniero,    m.,      (I.      prigione,  ! 

'prisoner.  q.  v.)  j 

promettere,  in.  v.,  (L.  promittere.) 

to  promise.  ' 

riaggiustare,  v.,  to  (L.  ad-juxta.)     ' 

readjust. 
8Commettere,?rr.  v.,  (L.   commit- 

to  bet.  tere.) 

sconnettere,  irr.  v.,  (^L.  connuctere.)  | 

to  disjoin. 
sottomettere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  subtus  mit 

to  submit.  tere.) 


Vocabulary  57. 

omgere,  v.,  to  gird.  (L.  cingere.) 
compiangere,  v.,  to  (L.  plungere.) 

pity. 
dipingere,  irr.   v.,  (L.  pingere.) 

to  paint. 
distiiiguere,  irr.  v.,  (L.    distin- 

to  distinguish.  guere.) 

esame,  m.,  exami-  (L.  examen.) 

nation. 
fiDgere,  irr.  «.,  to  (L.  fingere.) 

wa/ce  believe,  to 

feign. 
giuiigere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  jimgere.) 

arrive. 
migliorarsi,    pron.  (L.  melior.) 

v.,  to  improve. 
montare,  v.,  to  as-  (L.  mons.) 

cend. 
olio,  m.,  oil.  (L.  oleum.) 

piangere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  plangere.) 

cry. 
quanto  prima,  odi?.,  (L.     quantum 

as  soon  as  possible,    primum.) 
raggiiingere,  irr.  v.,  (L.     re-adjun- 

to  overtake.  g^re.) 

risolvere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  resolvere.) 

resolve, 
rispdadere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  respondere.) 

to  reply. 
soggiiingere,  irr.  v.,  (L.        subjun- 

to  add.  gere.) 

lingere,  irr.   v.,  to  (L.  ungere.) 

anoint. 


Vocabulary  58. 

aflfiggere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  aflSgere.) 
apx. 


assassino,  m.,  mur-  (A.      hashi- 

derer.  shin.)* 

Canipidoglio,   m.,  (L.  capitolium.) 

Capitol, 
cnmpo,  m.,  field.     (L.  campus.) 
che    cosa,    pron.,  (L.        quis, 

what.  causa.) 

commuovere,  irr.  (L.  commovere.) 

v.,  to  stir  {the  soul). 
coiKcdere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  concedere.) 

grant. 
coudannare,  v.,  to  (L.     condem- 

condemn.  nare.) 

Cnsto,  m.,  Christ.    (L.  Christus.) 
crocifiggere,  irr.  v.,(L.  cruci    affi- 
le crucify.  gt-re.) 
di,  m.,  day.               (L.  dies.) 
discorso,  w.,  speech.  (L.  discursus.) 
eloquente,  adj.,  elo-  (L.     eloqueas, 

quent.  gen.  -entis.) 

esprimere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  exprimere.) 

express. 
g\6m,f.,joy.  (L,  gaudia,  pi. 

of  gaudiuin.) 
gindeo,  adj.,  Jewish.  (L.  judaeus.) 
grazia,/.,/ree  par-  (L.  gratia.) 

don. 
immagine,/.,  image.  (L.        imago, 

gen.  -inis.) 
legge,/.,  late.  (L.  lex,  legis.) 

otterta, /.,  ojfer.         (L.        oiferre, 

offertus.) 
oppressore,  m.,  op-  (L,  oppressor.) 

pressor. 
opprimere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  opprimere.) 

oppress. 
peccato,  m.,  sin.       (L.  peccatum.) 
percudtere,  irr.  v. ,  to  (L.  percutere.) 
j       strike. 
I  dpolo,  TO.,  people.   (L.  populus.) 
promudvere,  iVr.  v.,  (L.  promovere.) 

to  promote. 
riflettere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  reflectere.) 

reflect,  to  refract. 
riscudtere,  irr.  v.,  (L.       re-excu- 

to  redeem,  to  col-    tere. 
lect. 
valdre,  m.,  valour.    (L.  valere.) 
vendiearsi,  pron.  v.,  (L.  viudicare.) 
to  avenge  oneself. 

*  Drinkers  of  a  decoction  of  hemp, 
called  hashish,  a  fanatical  sect  in  Pales- 
tine, who,  under  the  influence  of  the  in- 
toxicating liquor,  slabbed  many  of  the 
leading  Crusaders. 


198 


VOOABULABIES. 


Vocabulary  69. 
addurre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  adducere.) 

adduce. 
aflferraare,    r.,    to    (L.  aflSrmare.) 

affirm, 
condurai,  irr.  pron.  (L.  conducere.) 

v.,  to  behave. 
couto,  m.,  account.  (L.  computus  ; 

F.  compte.) 
distriiggere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  destruere.) 

to  deslrity. 
diveroo,  ad/.,  vari-  (L.  diversus.) 

0M«,  some. 
en'gere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  erigere.) 

«ef  M/),  to  erect. 
frfggere,  trr.  v.,  to  (L.  frigere.) 

Ay- 

mtero,  adj..,  whole.  (L.  integer.) 
libraio,   m.,   booh-  (L.  librariua.) 

miaeria,  /.,  misery,  (L.  miseria.) 

paverty. 
neglige  I  e,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  negligere.) 

neglect. 
orat6r<-,  m.,  orator.  (L.  orator.) 
ptnis'  la,/,,  2>eritn-  (L.  peninsula.) 

sula. 
prote'ggere,  irr.  v.,(L.  protegere.) 

to  firotect! 
ridiirre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  reducere.) 

reduce. 
Btitua,  /.,  statue.      (L.  statua.) 

Vocabulary  60. 
accrescere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  accrescere.) 

to  increase. 
avaro,  <ulj.  and  n.  (L.  avarus.) 

w.,  avaricious,  miser. 
crescere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  crescere.) 

grow. 
mutare,  v.,  to  change.  (L.  mutare.) 
paga,  /.,  pay.  (  L.  pacare,  "  to 

appease,     to 
settle.") 
ricch^zza,  /.,  riches.  (I.  ricco,    q.v.) 
ric(»n6act  r»',  irr.  v.,  (L.     recognos- 

to  recognise.  cere.) 

nsitra,/.,  usury.       (L.  usura.) 

Vocabulary  61. 
arodre,  w.,  love.        (L.  amor.) 
co'p^.  A,  fault.         (L.  culpa.) 
colli |.lLtunieiite,        (L.  oompletus, 
adv.y  completely.        from   com- 
plere.) 


dif^ndere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  defendere.) 

de/entl. 
disi  •bbedi^nte,  adj.,  (L.     obediena, 

disdbedient.  gen.  -ntis.) 

divellere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  divellt-re.) 

uproot. 
Enrico,  m.,  Henry.  (G.  Heinrich.) 
espe'Uere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  expellere.) 

exml. 
ignobile,  adj.,  ig-  (L.  ignobilis.) 

noble: 
impe'llere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  impellere.) 

impel. 
irresistibilmente,     (L.  resistere.) 

adv.,  irresistibly. 
motivo,  m.,  cause.    (L.  L.  motivum, 
from  mo  vera, 
motum.) 
ndbile,  adj.,  noble.    (L.  nobilis.) 
patria,  /.,  father-  (L.  patria.) 

land,  country. 
petizidne, /.,  petition.  (L.  petitio.) 
propdota,/,  proposal.  (L.    proposi- 

tum.) 
ripe'Uere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  repellere.) 

repel. 
sconfiggere,  irr.  v.,  (L.      ex-confi- 

to  defeat.  cere. ) 

sde'gno,  m.,  wrath.  (L.  dis-dignius; 

K  disdnin.) 
servitdre,  m.,  ser-  (L.      servitor, 

vant.  '  fr.  servire.) 

soltduto,  adv.j  only.  (L.  solus,  tan- 
turn.) 

Vocabulary  62. 

corrdmpere,  irr.  v.,  (L.     corrum- 

to  corrupt.  pere.) 

dirdtta  (^lla),  adr.,  (L.     diruptus, 

very  much,    lit.         "  burst.") 

overjloioing. 
insulto,  m.,  in»ult.    (L.  insultus.) 
pidtto,   m.,    d/«/i,(G.platt"fliit") 

ph^ie. 
prordmpere,  irr,  v.,  (L.     prorum- 

to  burst  forth.  pere.) 

rdnipere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  rumpere.) 

break. 
sdsso,  w.,  stone,        (L.  saxum.) 
ubbriacarsi,    yron.  (I.  ubbriaco.) 

v.,  to  get  drunk. 
ubbriico,    adj.,  (L.      ebriacus, 

drunk.  from  ebrius.) 

ve'tro,  m.,  glass,        (L.  vitrum.) 


VOCABULARIES. 


199 


Vocabulary  63. 

chi^dere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.     quaerere  ; 

ask.  cf.     fiedere 

fr.  ferire.) 
corapra,    /.,    pur-  (I.     comprare, 

chase.  Voc.  23,  q.v.) 

corrispondere,   irr.  (L.  con-respon- 

V.,  to  correspond,    dere.) 
fine  (a),  adv.,  in  (L.  ad  fineni.) 

order. 
foresliere,  m.,  stran-(lj.  foris.) 

ger,  foreigner. 
indirizzare,  v.,  to  (L.  in-dirigere.) 

direct. 
neg' 'ziaiite,    m.,      (L.  negotians, 

merchant.  -antis,  fr.  neg- 

otiari.) 
parere,  m.,  opinion.  (L.  parere.) 
lichiedeie,  irr.   v.,  (L,  requirere.) 

to  request. 
Venezia,/.,  Venice.  (L.  Venetia.) 

Vocabulary  64. 

assdlvere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  absolvere.) 

absolve. 
cimiteio,  m.,  ceme-  (L.      coemete- 

tery.  rium.) 

contiiino,  adj.,  con-  (L.  continuus.) 

tinuous. 
desistere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  desistere.) 

desist. 
esistere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  exsistere.) 

exist. 
fanciiillo,  m.,  hoy.  (T.    fante,    from 
L.  infatiSj-ntia.) 
ferita,  /.,  wound.      (L.  ft  rire.) 
futiiio,  m.,  future.  (L.  futurus.) 
mescere,  irr.  v.,  1o  (L.  miscere.) 

pour,  to  mix. 
nord,  m.,  north.        (G.   nord  ;    E. 

north.) 
offrire,  irr.  v.,    to  (L.  offer  re.) 

offer. 
preferire,  v.,  to  pre-  (L.  praeferre.) 

fer. 
prete,  m.,  priest.       (L.  presbyter.) 
salvare,  v.,  to  save.  (L.  salvare.) 
secolo,  m.,  century.  (L,  saefulum.) 
seppellire,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  sepelire.) 

bury. 
soff*! lie,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  sufferre.) 

suffer. 
siig^ere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  sugere.) 

$u^. 


tosare,  v.,  to  shear.  (L.  tondere.) 
\i&<^gio,m.,  journey.  (L.  viaticum.^ 
vivere,  irr.   v.,  to  (L.  vivere.) 
live. 

Vocabulary  65. 

andarsene,  pron.  (I.  an  dare, 
irr.  v.,  to  go  away,  from  L.  adi- 
tare ;  the  n 
inserted  as  in 
I.  rendere,  fr 
L.  reddtre.) 

insieme,  adv.,  to-  (L.  in-simul.) 
gether. 

stazione, f.,  station.  (L.  statio,  sta- 
tionis.) 

Vocabulary  66. 

acquavite,  /.,        (L.  aqua-vitae.) 

hraiidy. 
bevere,  bere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  bibere.) 

to  drink. 
finire,  v.,  to  finish.  (L.  finire.) 
liquore,  m., liqueur,  (h.  liquor.) 


Vocabulary  67. 

entrambi,  pron.,  both.  (L.  ambo.) 
falegname,  m.,  (I.  fa-legname; 

joiner.  L.facere  lig- 

num.) 
fine    (alia),    adv.,  (L.  finis.) 

at  lad. 
ghiaccio,  m.,  ice.      (L.  glacies.) 


Vocabulary  68. 

cdgliere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  colligere.) 

gather. 
distdgliere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  dis-tollere.) 

to  distract. 
facilmente,    adv.,  (L.  facilis.) 

easily. 
gardfano,  m.,  pink.  (L.  caryophyl- 

lum.) 
lettura,  /.,  reading.  (L.  lectura.) 
Luisa,/.,  Louise'. 
margheritina,    /.,  (L.  margarita.) 

daisy. 
nolo,  m.,  knot.         (L.  nodus.) 
drto,    m.,   orchard,(L.  hortus.) 
raccdgliere,  irr.  v.,  (L.       re-colli- 

to  gather.  gere.) 


200 


VOCABULARIES. 


regalare,  v.,  to  make  (L.     regelare. 

a  present.  See  Voc.  11.) 

8c^f?liere,  irr.  v.,  to(L.ex-eligere.) 

choose. 
scidgliere,  or  sciorre,  (L.  ex-sol  vera.) 

irr.  v.,  to  untie. 


Vocabulary  69. 

Cdmo,/.,  Co  mo.       (L.  Comum.) 
dire,  irr.  v.,  tu  give.  (L.  dare.) 
(lispaccio,   m.,    de- (L.  dis-pangere, 

spatch,  telegram,     pactum.) 
Idgo,  m.,  lake.  (L.  lacus.) 

ve<luta,/.,  view.       (L.  videre.) 
viaggiatore,  m.,  tra-  (I.     viaggio, 

veller.  q.  v.) 

Vocabulary  70. 

bugia,/.,  lie.  (G.  bose, 

"  wicked.") 
conddtta,  /.,  heha-  (L.  conducere.) 

viour. 
dire,  irr.  v.,  to  say.  (L.  dicere.) 
pericolo,  m.y  dan-  (L.  periculum.) 

ger. 
veio,  adj.,  trvs.        (L.  venis.) 


Vocabulary  71. 

cdpo,  »».,  feead!.        (L.  caput.) 
dente,  w.,  <oo^fe.       (L.  dens,  den- 

tis.) 
dolere,  pron.  v.,  to  (L.  dolere.) 

ache. 
mascella,  /.,  jaw.     (L.  maxilla.) 
mignolo,  adj.,  little.  (L.  minimus.) 

{jinger). 
orecchio,  w.,  ear.     (L.      auricula, 

from  auris.) 
piede,  m.,Joot.         (L.  pes,  pedis.) 


Vocabulary  72. 

altrimdnti,  conj.,  or,  (L.  aliter, 

otherwise.  mens.) 

dove're,  irr.  v.,  to  he  (L.  debere.) 

obliged. 
franwi,    m.,   franc  (F.  fmnc  ) 

(inoney). 
peggit)rare,    v.,   to  (L.  pejor.) 

become  worse. 


poltrdne,  m.,   cow-(l.  poltro, 

ard.  "  lazy  " ;  O.G. 

bolatar;      E. 
bolster.) 

Vocabulary  73. 

azidue,/.,  axition.     (L.  actio,  -nis.) 
case,  m.,  case.  (L.  casus.) 

importante,      ad/.,  (L.  impoiiare.) 

important. 
infelice,  adj.,  un-  (L.  infelix,  gen. 

happy.  -icis.) 

necesaario,  adj.,  ne-  (L.     necessa- 

cessary.  rius.) 

niente,  m.,  nothing.  (L.  ne-ens,  en- 

tis.) 
prdnto,  ad/.,  ready.   (L.promptus.) 
ricdrrere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  recurrere.) 

have  recourse  to. 
sdrdo,    adj.,    deaf.  (L.  surdus.) 

Vocabulary  74. 

awelenato,   part,  (L.  ad-venena- 

poisoned.  tus.) 

Dio,  m.,  God.  (L.  Deus.) 

incendio,  w.,  fire,  (L.  incendium.) 

cort/?agra<ion. 
moi  ire,  irr.  v.,  to  die.  (L.  mori.) 
ndia,  /.,  bother.         (L.     in     odio, 

F.  ennui.) 
podagra,  /.,  gout.     (L.  podagra.) 

Vocabulary  76. 

d€bole,  adj.,  weak.  (L.  debilis.) 
fatti  (in),  adv.,  in  (L.  factum.) 
fact. 

Vocabulary  76. 

compdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L,  componere.) 

conifwse. 
contrario  (al),  adv.,  (L.  contrariua.) 

on  the  contrary. 
depdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  deponere.) 

depose. 
di^pdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  disponere.) 

diitpose. 
frappdrre,  irr.   v.,  (L.  infra- 

to  put  between.        ponere.) 
imporre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  iraponere.) 

impose. 
l^tto,  m.,  bed.  (L.  leotus.) 

matrnzzino,      «».,    (A.   macliflzin, 

warehouse.  '*  stores.") 


VOCABULARIES. 


201 


merce,  /.,  merchandise.  (L.     merx, 

mercis.) 
nazidne,  /.,  nation.  (L.  natio,  -nis.) 
ostacolo,    m.,    oh-  (L.      obstacu- 

atucle.  lum.) 

padrone,  w.,  master,  (L.  patroims.) 


percio,  conj.,  there-  (L.  per  hoc.) 

fore. 
p6rre,«Vr.  v.,  to  put.  (L.  ponere.) 
ribellato,  part.,  re-  (L,  rebellare.) 

volted. 
soggiogare,    v.,   to  (L.  subjugare.) 

subjugate. 
siiddito,  m.,  subject.  (L.  subditus.) 
supporre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  supponere.) 

suppose. 
tribute,  m,,  tribute.  (L.  tributum.) 
trdno,  m.,  throne.     (L.  thronus.) 

Vocabulary  77. 
accettare,  v.,  to  ac-  (L.  acceptare, 

cept.  fr.  accipere.) 

ai  roganza,  /.,  arro-  (L.  arrogantia.) 

gance. 
assolutamente,   adv.,  (L.   absolu- 

absolutely.  tus.) 

disubbidire,  v.,  to  (L.  dis-obedire.) 

disobey. 
favdre,  m.,  favour,  (L.  favor.) 

kindness. 
impos8ii)ile,  adj.,  (L.  impossibilis.) 

impossible. 
invito,  m.,  invita-  (L.  invitare.) 

tion. 
mischiare,  v.,  to  mix.  (L.L.  miscu- 
lare,  from  miscere.) 
mddo,  m.,  way,  man-  (L.  modus.) 

ner. 
potere,  irr.  v.,  to  he  able.  (L.  posse, 
stem,  pot,  as  in  pot-es.) 
severamente,  adv.,  (L.  severe.) 

severely. 
statuetta,  dim.  of  statua,  (L.  statua.) 

statue,  /.,  little  statue. 
tradurre.  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  traducere.) 

translate. 
verso,  adv.,  towards.  (L.  versus.) 

Vocabulary  78. 
Chianti,  m.,  Chianti  {in  Tuscany). 
ff6\si,  f,  throat.        (L.  gula.) 
rimaiierf,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  remanere.) 

remain. 
ritdrno,  m.,  return.  (L.  tornare.) 


sciupare,  v.,  to  dis-  (L.  dissipare.) 

sipate. 
sdlo,  adj.,  alone.       (L.  solus.) 

Vocabulary  79. 

altezza,  /.,  height.    (L.  altitude.) 
altnii,    pron.,     of  (L.  alterius.) 

others. 
c a  11  e,  m.,   way,  (L.  callis.) 

road. 
certo,  adj.,  certain,  (L.      certus, 

adv.,  certainly.         certo.) 
duro,  adj.,  hard.      (L.  durus.) 
fiato,  m.,  breath.      (L.  flatus.) 
Mdnte  Bianco,  m., 

Mont  Blanc. 
Mdnte    Rdsa,    m., 

Monte  Rosa. 
miiio,  m.,  wall.        (L.  murus.) 
salire,  v.,  to  ascend.  (L.  salire,  "  to 

leap.") 
scalinata,/.,  stairs.  (L.  scala.) 
scendere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.       descen- 

descend.  dere.) 

tdrre,/.,  tower.        (L.  turris.) 

Vocabulary  80. 

curarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  (L.  curare.) 

care. 
fal.so,  adj.,  false.      (L.  falsus.) 
notizia,/.,  news.      (L.  notitia.) 
procetlere,  m.,  be-  (L.  procedere.) 
haviour ;   v.,    to 
proceed. 
sapere,  irr.  v.,   to  (L.  sapere.) 
know. 

Vocabulary  81. 
accanto,  adi;.,  wear,   (I.    canto,  G. 
by.  kante,      "  a 

corner.") 
cavaliere,     knight,  (L.  caballus.) 

m. 
dpera,  /.,  opera.       (L.  opera.) 
sedere,  irr.  v.,  to  sit  (L.  sedere.) 

down. 
via,  adv.,  away.       (L.  via.) 
viciuo,  adv.,  near.    (L.  vicinus.) 
vudto,  adj.,  empty.  (Pr  o  b  a  b  1  y 
I.       V  o  1 1  o, 
"  hollowed 
out,"  fr.    L, 
volutus ;    F. 
voflte ;       E. 
Vftult.) 


202 


VOCABULARIES. 


Vocabulary  82. 

att^nto,  ad/.,  atten-  (L.  attentus.) 
tive. 

Vocabulary  83. 
candela,  /.,  candle.  (L.  candela.) 
gas,  m.,  gas.  (E.      gas      fr. 

ghost,         G. 
geist, '  spirit,' 
'air.'*) 
Idmpada,  /.,  lamp.  (L.    1  a  m  p  a  s, 

lampadis.) 
lantema,/.,  lantern.  (L.  laterna.) 
spegnere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  ex-pingere, 
extinguish.  "to  paint  out, 

obliterate.") 

Vocabulary  84. 

appartenere,  irr.  v.,(L.       ad-perti- 

to  belong.  nere.) 

h^dnXa), adv., wait- (I.  badare,  "to 
ing.  wait,  loiter.") 

batte'dimo,  m.,  bap-  (L.  and  Gr.  bap- 

tism.  tisma.) 

galantuomo,      m.,  (I.       galante; 
gentleman.  f  r.      gala, 

"  splendour ; 
charming 
address;" 
E.  gallantt) 
saecdccia,/.,  pocket.  (L.  saccus.) 
sbarazzare,  v.,    to  (I.    inibarazzo, 
clear.  SeeVoc.  91.) 

tasca,  /.,  pocket.       (G.  tasche.) 
teneie,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  tenere.) 
holdy  to  have. 

Vocabulary  85. 

attenzi6ne,/.,a<tew-  (Li      attentio, 

tion.  gen.  -on is.) 

attrarre,  irr,  v.,  to  (L*  attrahere.) 

attract. 
calaniita,  /.,  load-  (L.  ealamus.J) 

stone;  magnet. 
carbone,  w.,  coal.    (L.  carbo, 

carbonis.) 
cfrca,  adv.^  about.    (L.  circa.) 
distrarre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  distrahere.) 

didract. 

*  Gat,  a  word  invented  by  Van  Hel- 
mont.  a  B-lgian  clicmi-t,  1577-164  \. 

t  I'robabl.v  from  a  Teutonic  source;  0. 
G.  g-  il  •  proud  ' ;  A.  S.  gall  '  lively.' 

X  Ihe  niagiipiic  needle  being  poised  on 
a  reed  floating  on  water. 


estrarre,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  extrahere.) 

extract. 
feiro.  TO.,  iron.         (L.  ferrum.) 
impedire,v.,topre-  (L.  impedire.) 

vent,  to  impede. 
partito,    TO.,    pro-  (L.  partiri.) 

fit. 
professione,  /.,  pro-  (L.     professio, 

fession.  gen.  nmis.) 

profitto,  TO.,  profit.  (L.  profectus.) 
siiiifo,  TO.,  juice.         (L.  sucus.) 
trarre,   irr.   v.,    to  (L.  trahere.) 

draw. 
vamaggio,  TO.,  ad-  (I.  avanzare.  fr. 

vantage.  avun'e,  •'  for- 

wRrd,*  fr.  L. 
ab-ante ;  F. 
avantage.*) 

Vocabulary  86. 

distintame'nte.adw.,  (L.  distincte.) 

distinctly. 
lontaiio,  adj.  and  (L.L.longitnnus, 

adv.,  away.  from  longus.) 

md.-tra,  /.,  show.      (L.  uionstrare.) 
tenore,  to.,  tenor    (L.        tenor, 

{in  music).  "  tone,"     fr. 

tenere.) 
udire,  irr.  v.,  to  hear.  (L.  audire.) 

Vocabulary  87. 
aggradire,  v.,  to  accept.  (L.  ad-gra- 

tus.) 
permesso,  w.,  leave.  (li.  permissns.) 
smemorato,   adj.,  (L.  ex-memora- 
forgetful.  tus.) 

Vocabulary  88. 

vale're,  irr.  v.,  to  be  (L.  valere.) 

worth. 

Vocabulary  89. 
assicurazidne,  /.,  (L.  ad-securitas.) 

assurance. 
avvocato,  to.,  /ato- (L.  advocatus.) 

yer,  Inirrister. 
direttdre,  to.,  director.  (L.  director.) 
prevede're,  irr.  v.,  (L.  praevidere.) 

toforexee. 
ted^sco,  adj.,  German.  (G.  doutsch, 
O.G.teutsch.) 

*  The  d  in  E  advance  and  advantage 
comes  in  from  a  mistaken  etymoK^y. 


VOCABULARIES. 


208 


Vocabulary  90. 
Borsa,  /.,  Stock  Ex-  (L.  byrsa.) 

change. 
doldre,  m.,  pain.      (L.  dolor.) 
fabbrica,  /.,  manu-  (L.  fabrica.) 

factory. 
pervenire,    irr.   v.,  (L.  pervenire.)  i 

to  succeed.  \ 

Bovvenirsi,  pron.  v.,  (L.  subvenire.)  j 

to  remember.  j 

temere,  v.,  to  fear.  (L.  tlmere.)        j 
zolfanello,  m.,  m^tch.    (I.  zolfo,  fr.  ! 
L.  sulfur.) 

Vocabulary  91.  , 

acconsentire,    irr.  (L.   ad-consen- 

V.,  to  agree.  tire.) 

am.icizia.,f., friend-  (L.  amicitia.) 

ship. 
gallinaccio,  m.,  iur-  (L.   gallina- 

key  (fowl).  ceus.) 

imbarazzo,  w.,  trou-  (I.     barra,     a 
ble,  encumbrance.   "  bar,"   **  bar- 
ricade," from 
Celtic,      bar, 
"a      bough,"  j 
F.    embarras,  ' 
E.embarrass.) 
inutile,  adj.,  useless.  (L.  inutilis.)     | 
pentirsi,   pron.  v.,  (L.  poenitere.) 

to  repent. 
itufato,  w.,  a  steio,  (I.     stufa     "  a 
gtewed  meat  stove,"   from  i 


O.G.     stupa; 

G.  stube;  E. 

stove.) 
visita,  /.,  visit.  (L.  visitatio.) 

volere,  irr.  v.,  to  wish.  (L.  volo.) 

Vocabulary  92, 

armadio,   w.,  chif-  (L.  anuarium.) 

fonier. 
arrdgere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  arrogare.) 

add. 
calere,  irr.  v.,  to  care.  (L.  calere.) 
genuflettere,  irr.  v.,  (L.  genu-flec- 

to  kneel.  tere.) 

ingegtiere,  m.,  eii-  (L.  ingenium.) 

gineer. 
inusato,    adj.,   un-  (L.  inusitatus.) 

usual. 
ire,  irr.  v.,  to  go.      (L.  ire.) 
licere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  (L.  licere.) 

allowed. 
liicere,  irr.  v.,  to  shine.  (L.  lucere.) 
peggio,  adv.,  worse.  (L.  pejus.) 
riliicere,  irr.  v.,  to  (L.  re-lucere.) 

shine. 
ripulire,  v.,  to  polish.  (L.  re-polire.) 
solere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  (L.  solera.) 

accustomed. 
splendore,  m.  splen-  (L.  splendor.) 

dour. 
ste'lla,  /.,  star.        (L.  stella.) 


INDEX  1.  TO  VOCABULAKIES. 

ITALIAN  WORDS. 


a*  prep.,  to. 

a  bada,  adv.,  waiting. 
abbasso,  adv.,  downstairs. 
abbastanzai  adv.,  enough. 
abbisog]iare«  v.,  to  want. 

abitaret  v.,  to  reside. 

abitOt.  wi.,  coat,  habit. 

abitudto,  P;  accustomed. 

abitudine,  /•.  habit. 

a  causa,  ado.,  because. 

accadere«  ifr.  v.,  to  happen. 

accadutO)  part.,  and  n.  m., 
happened,  the  thing  that 
happened. 

acCctntO,  adv.,  near. 

accettare,  v.,  to  accept. 

accidio,  TO.,  steel. 

accompagnare,  ^'•.  to  ac- 
company. 

acconsentire,  v.,  to  agree. 

accordOt  m.,  agreement. 

accdrgersi.  pron.  v.,  to  be- 
come aware. 

accorrere,  v.,  to  run  up  to. 

accostarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  go 
near. 

accreSCerOt  irr.  v.,  to  in- 
crease. 

acQua,/.,  wafer. 

ac n uavi'te,  /.,  brandy. 

ad,  prep.,  to. 

addolorarsii   pron.   v.,    to 

grieve. 

addormentarsi,  pron.  v.,  to 

fall  asleep. 
adddssOi  adv.,  upon. 
addurre,  irr.  v.,  to  bring 
adempiere,  v.,  to  fulfil. 
adesso,  adv.,  now. 
adirarsii    pron.    v.,   to  get 

angry. 
aduiatdre,  m.  flatterer. 
aifare,  m.,  affair,  business. 
aifattOi  adv.,  at  all. 

affermare,  «•  to  affirm. 

affettudso,  adj.,  affectionate. 

affidare,  *'.,  to  entrust. 
affiggere,  irr.  v.,  to  affix. 
affinonei     conj.,    in    order 

that. 
affogarOt  v.,  to  drown. 


affondare,  v.,  to  sink. 
affirettcirsi,    pron.    v.,    to 

hasten. 
a  forza,  adv.,  by  mu^h. 
Africa,  /.,  Africa. 

aggradire,  v.,  to  accept. 

aggrinzitO,  part.,  wrinkled. 
SLgOj  'w.,  needle. 
AgOStO,  m.,  August. 

aintare,  v.,  to  titlp. 

aibergO,  m-,  hotel,  inn. 
aibergatore,  m.,  innkeeper. 
Alberto,  w^  Albert. 
aiCUno^  adj.,  some. 
ai  di  la,  adv.,  on  the  other 

side. 
allagare, «.,  to  flood. 
allegro,  adj.,  merry. 
allv^rta,  interj.,  watchful. 

allieva„f.,  pupil,  f. 
allievo,  »i.,  pupil,  m. 

ailora,  adv.,  then. 
altezza,/.,  height,  highness. 
alto,  adj.,  tall,  loud,  high. 
altrimenti,  adv.,  otherwise, 

or. 
altro,  adj.,  other. 
altrdve,  adv.,  elsewhere. 
aitrui,  pron.,  of  others. 

a  mala  pena,  conj.,  scarcely. 
aizarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  get  up. 
amaro,  adj.,  bitter. 
ambasciata,    /•.   embassy, 

message. 
ameno,  adj.,  enchanting. 
America,/..  America. 
am:ca,  /..  friend,  f. 
amicizia,  f.,  friendship. 
amicp,  m., friend,  m. 
>Hmlet0,  wi.,  Hamlet. 

ammalato,  part.,  ill. 
ammassare,  v.,  to  accumu- 
late. 

ammettere,  irr.  v.,  to  ad- 
mit. 

ammirare,  »-,  to  admire. 
ammogliarsi,  pron.   v.,  to 
take  a  wife. 

amdre,  m-,  love. 
anche.  covj.,  also.  \ 

ancqra,  adv.,  also,  yet.  i 

andare,  irr.  v.,  to  go. 
andarsene,  irr.  pron.  v.,  to 
go  away.  ' 


▲88ICUBABS. 

anfello,  tn.,  ring. 
fingolo,  m.,  corner,  angle. 
§lIUmo,  tnterj.,  courage  '. 
anno  J  »»•.  year. 
annoiare,  v.,  to  annoy. 

antcnatO,  »«.,  omesUrr. 
Antdnio,  '«•,  Anthony. 

appartenere,  v.,  to  belong. 
appena,     adv.,     as     soon, 

scarcely. 
appena  che,  adv.,  as  soon  as. 
apple,  adv.,  at  the  foot. 
appiggionare,  v.,  to  let. 
appiaud..re,  v.,  to  applaud. 
appoggiarsi,   pron.  v.,  to 

lean  to. 

approdare,,  »••,  to  land. 
approssimarsi,  pron.  v.,  to 

approach. 

appdnto,  conj.,  thus,  to. 
Aprile, »«.,  April. 
aprire,  irr.  v.,  to  open. 
a  propdsitOi  conj.,  by  the  by. 
arancia,/.,  orange, 
arborc;  m.,  tree. 
arcnitetto, »».,  architect. 
ardere,  irr.  v.,  to  bum. 
aria,  /.,  air. 
armadio,  m.,  chiffonier. 
Arno,  ni.,  Arno  (river). 

arrabbiarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  get 

angry. 

arrabbiato,  paH.,  angry, 
maa  {of  a  dog),  cross. 

arrendersii  pron.  v.,  to  sur- 
render. 

arrestare,  '"•.  to  arrest. 
arriccnire,  v.,  to  enrich. 
arrivare,  v.,  to  arriie. 
arroganza,/..  overbearing. 
arrdgere,  irr.  v.,  to  add. 
arrossire,  v.,  to  Mush. 
arrdsto, »«.,  roast, 
kite,  f,  art. 

asciugamano,  m.,  touei. 
apcoitare,  v.,  to  listen. 
Asia,  /.,  Asia. 
aspbtto,  m.,  appearance. 
aspettare^  •  •.  to  wait. 
aapettarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  ex- 
pect. 
asSdi,  adv.,  too  much. 
assassino,  m.,  murderer. 
assioorare,  »•>  to  insure. 


INDEX   TO  VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN   WORDS. 


205 


ASSICURAZIONE. 

assicurazidne,  /•«  in- 
surance. 

assistere,  •"•,  to  assist. 

assoiutamente,  adv.,  ab- 
solutely. 

assolvere,  i^r.  v.,  to  absolve. 

astenersi*  i^r.  v.,  to  abstain. 

atteUtO,  cidj;  careful,  atten- 
tive. 

attenzidne,  /•.  attention. 

aitd..'e»  »«•.  actor. 
attdrno,  adv.,  around. 
attrarrej  i^r.  r.,  to  attract. 
attrice,/-.  actress. 
attristd,rsi,    pron.    v.,    to 

grieve. 

Austriaco,  adj.,  Austrian. 

autorei  ^-^  author. 

aucunno^  ni.,  autumn. 

avanti,  adv.,  be/ore,  inter j., 
fui  ward  '. 

avantieri,  adv.,  the  day  be- 
fore yesterday. 

avanzarsii  pron.  v.,  to  ad- 
vance. 

avaro,  adj.  and  n.,  miser, 
avaricious. 

avere,  '^'r- "».,  to  have. 

avere,  «•  »«-.  property,  pos- 
stssion. 

av^re  a,  irr.  v.,  to  be  obliged. 

awedersi,  irr.  pron.  v.,  to 
become  aware. 

avvelendto,  part.,  poisoned. 

avvenirei  "•  m.,  future. 

avvidrsi,  pron.  v.,  to  start. 
avvicina^'Si,  pron.  v.,  to  ap- 
proach. 
avvocatO,  »»•.  lawyer. 
azidne./-.  action,  deed. 


bada  (a),  adv.,  waiting. 
ballarei  v.,  to  dance. 
ballo,^'"-.  dance. 
bambinoi  wi.,  baby. 
bancJliere,  m.,  banker. 
baroneSSa«/-.  haroness. 
basta !  interj.,  enough  I 
bastare.  imp.  v.,  to  be  suffi- 
■  cient. 

fcastonare?  v.,  to  thrash. 
bascdue«  »i-,  stick. 
battaglia,  /•,  battle. 
batt-ello,  in.,  boat. 
batterej  v.,  to  beat. 
battersi,  i»'on.  v.,  to  fight. 
battesimo,  m.,  baptism. 
BelgiOi  in.,  Belgium. 
bello,  adi.,  beautiful. 
bene,  "•  m.,  good. 
bene,  adv.,  well. 
benefattdre,  m.,  benefactor. 
benevolcjnte,      benevolo, 

adj.,  benevolent. 
bere,  i'r.  v.,  to  drink. 


Beilino,/',  Berlin. 
bevere,  irr.  v.,  to  drink. 
bevutO,  part,  drunk. 
bianco,,  adv.,  white. 

biasimare,  v-,  ^^  blame. 
biccniere,  m.,  glass. 

bigio,  adv.,  grey. 

bigliettO,  WI-,  riote,  ticket. 

birra,/.,  <^eer. 

bisognare,  i^np.  v.,  to  be 
necessary. 

bisdgno,  m.,  need,  want. 

bizZcffe  (a),  adv.,  plenti- 
fully. 

bollire,  '"■y  to  ^oil. 

bonta,/-,  kindness. 

bdrsa,  /••  stock    Exchange, 

purse. 
bdSCO,  TO.,  wood,  forest. 
bottegaio,  m.,  shopkeeper. 
bottigiia,/.,  bottle. 
braccio,  w.,  arm. 
Brasile,  "*..,  Brazil. 
bructo,  adj.,  ugly. 

bue,  "n.,  ox. 
bugia,  /•,  lie. 

buono,  adj  ,  good,  kind. 
butirro,  »*-.  butter. 


Caccia,  /•,    hunt,  shooting- 
party. 

cad  .re,  irr.  v.,  to  fall. 

Oalfe,  »».,  coffee. 

caiamaio, '«.,  inkstand. 

calamxta,/-.  loadstone. 

Caldo,  adj.,  warm. 

Calere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  impor- 
tant. 

calle,  m.,path. 

calunnia,/.,  calumny. 

calunniare,    v.,   to    calum- 
niate. 

Calzolaio,  m.,  shoemaker. 

cambiale,   /•.  bill  of  ex- 
chai'ge 

cambiare,  v.,  to  change. 

cambio,  in.,  change,  agio. 

camera,/-,  room. 

cameriere,  »*.,  v  aiter. 

oammiuare,  v-'  to  v  alk. 

campagna,  /.,  countri/,field. 

campanile;  m-^  steeple. 

campiddglio,  m.,  capital. 

Campo,  m.,  field,  camp. 

canale,  m.,  canal. 

candela,  /.,  candle. 
I  cane,  m.,  dog. 

cantare,  v.,  u^  sing. 
I  cantatrice,  /•.  singer. 
\  cantina,/..  ceitor. 

canzdne,/-,  song. 

Capello,  m.,  hair. 
caplre,  v.,  to  understand. 
I  capitals,  m.  and/.,  capital. 
capitano,  m.,  captain. 


COMMEDIA. 

capo,  m.,  head. 
cappello,  rn.,  hat. 
cappellaio,  m.,  hatter. 
capro,  m-,  goat. 
carbdne,  m.,  coal. 
Carlo,  in.,  (  harles. 
came,./-.  meat,fiesh. 
Caro,  adj.,  dear. 
carpdni,  adv.,  on  all  fours. 
carrdzza, ./  •,  carriage. 
carta,  /•,  paper. 
carte, /-i^^-,  cards. 
Casa,/-,  house,  home. 
case,  m.,  case. 
caso,  in,  adv.,  in  case. 
castagna,^-,  chestnut. 

Castello,  m.,  castle. 
CattiVO,  adj.,  bad. 
causa  (a),  adv.,  oecause. 
Cavalcidni,  adv.,  astride. 
cavaliere,  m.,  knight. 
CavallO,  '"•,  I'orse. 
Celebre,  adj.,  celebrated. 
ceieramente,  adv.,  quickly. 
cena,/-,  supper. 
cenare,  «-,  to  sup. 

Cera,/-,  I' ax,  complexion. 

cercarc;  v-.  to  seek. 
Certamente,  adv.,  certainly. 
CertO,    adj.,    certain ;   adv., 

certainly. 
Certo  (di),  adv.,  certainly. 
Cervello,  m.,  brain. 
Clieccne, iJJ'on.,  nhatever. 
Ch.e  Cdsa,  pron.,  what. 

chiamare,  ^•.  to  call. 

Cmanti,/-,  Chianti  {in  Tus- 
cany). 

oMaro,  adj.,  clear. 

ohiedere,  irr.  v.,  to  ask. 

Chiesa, ./.,  church. 

Cbiuniue,  pron.,  whosoever. 

cMudere,  irr.  v.,  to  close,  to 
shut. 

ci,  adv.,  there ;  pron..  us,  to  us. 

cieCO,  adj.,  I'lind. 

Cimitero,  m.,  cemetery. 

Cjna,  /•,  Cliina. 

Cingere,  irr.  v.,  to  gird. 

Cio,  pron.,  this. 

cioccolata,  /•,  chocolate. 

circa,  adv.,  around,  about. 

Ciriegia,  /.,  cherry. 

tiitta,  /■,  tonn,  city. 

cittadino  m.,  citizen. 

classe,  ./..ciass. 
'  cdgliere,  irr.  v.,  to  gather. 
I  colazidne,/-,  breakfast. 

COUana,./.,  chain. 

colore,  m.,  colour. 

Colombo,  m.,  Columbus. 
i  c61pa,f, fault. 

cdlpo,  m.,  blow. 

COltello,  m.,  knife. 
j  combattere,  v.,  to  fight. 

cdme,  conj.,  OS. 
I  cominciare,  v.,  to  begin. 
i  commedia,  f-,  comedy. 


206 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES.— ITALIAN   WORDS. 


COMKBTTBRB. 

commettere*  »""•  v.,  to  com- 
mit. 
commudvere,    irr.  «.,    to 

WMve. 
Cfimo,/-,  f'omo. 
compagnia,  /.,  company. 
COmpa^no,  m.,  companion. 

eompiangeret  irr.  v.,  topity. 

compiaoersit  pron.  v.,  to  be 
pleased. 

COmpletamente,  adv.,  com- 
pletely. 

COmpdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  compose. 

Odmpra,  /•.  purchase. 

comprare;  v.,  to  buy. 

compromettere,  irr.  v.,  to 

compromise. 
comunet  adj^  mutual. 

con,  prep.,  with. 
0OIlCedere«  irr.  v.,  to  grant. 
concerto,  "»•.  concert. 
concetto,  m.,  thought. 

condannare,  v.,  to  condemn. 

COnddtta, ./  •.  behaviour. 

COndlirre,  irr.  v.,  to  bring, 
to  lead. 

OOndtirsi,  irr.  v.,  to  behove. 

COnfidenza,/-.  confidence. 

COndscere,  irr.  v.,  to  know. 

COnoSCiuto,  part.,  known. 

COnsegUenza,  /•,  conse- 
quence. 

consigliare,  v.,  to  advise. 

COnsiglio,  »»•,  advice. 
contaaino,  m.,  peasant. 
cdnte,  in.,  earl. 

oontemporaneo,  (>4J>  con- 

temporary. 

oontentarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  be 

satisfied. 
COntentO,  adj.,  content. 
COnteSSa,  /•.  countess. 
continue,  adj.,  continual. 
cdnto,  in.,  bill,  account. 
cdnto,  tener,   irr.   v.,   to 

value. 
contrario  (al),  adv.,  on  the 

contrary. 
cdntro,  adv.,  against. 
convenire,  irr.  v.,  to  agree, 

to  be  proper. 

conversare,  «•  to  converse. 

copiare,  v.,  to  copy. 

cdrpo  di  Bacco !  interj., 
good  heavens ! 

COrreggere,  irr.  v.,  to  cor- 
rect. 

cdrrere, «-.  to  run. 
corriere,  m. courier. 
corrispdndere,   irr.  v.,  to 

correspond. 

corrdmpere,  irr.  v.,  to  cor- 
rupt. 
cdrt.o,  adj.,  short. 
COrtile,  m.,courtyara. 
Cdsa,  /•,  thing. 
COSr-  conj.,  thus,  so. 

cdBta,/-.  cocwf. 


co8t£ret  f.,  to  cost. 

credere,  irr.  v.,  to  believe. 
OreSCere,  irr.  v.,  to  grow. 
CresO,  m.,  Croesus. 
CristO,  m.,  Christ. 

crocinggere,    irr-    v.,    to 

crucify. 
cmcciarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  get 

angry. 
cncina,/-,  kitchen. 
cncire,  ^-t  to  sew. 
CUgina,/.,  counn,/. 
CUgino,  m.,  cousin,  m. 
CUOre,  w.,  heart. 
CUrarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  care. 


dOk^  prep.,  from. 

danaro,  w»-.  m/yney. 

danzare,  ^'-j  to  dance. 

da  per  tuttO,  adv.,  every- 
where. 

dare,  irr.  v.,  to  give. 

davanti,  adv.,  before. 

dawero.  adv.,  truly. 

debito,  m.,  debt. 

debole,  adj.,  weak. 

Decembre,  m.,  December. 

deciderCj  ^m  to  decide. 

degenerare,  v.,  to  degene- 
rate. 

delltto,  w.,  misdemeanour. 

delizi&,f,  pleasure. 

denaro,  m-,  money. 

dente,  »'•»  tooth. 

dcntro,  adc,  inside. 
depdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  depose. 
derivare,  v-.  to  derive. 
desiderare,  '"■•  to  wish. 

desiStere,  irr.  v.,  to  desist. 

dettare,  ^'m  to  dictate. 

dettO,  part.,  said. 

di,  m.,  day. 

di,  pr^ ,  of. 

di  oertq,  adv.,  certainly. 

didiacciare,  v.,  to  melt  {of 

ice). 
dietro,  adv.,  behind. 

dlf^ndere,  «•.  to  protect. 
difetto,  m.,  fault. 
difficile,  ailj.,  difficult. 
dilettarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  de- 
light. 
diligente,  ad^.,  diligent. 
dimenticarsi,  pron.  v.,  to 

forget. 

dimorare,  ^'-^  to  reside. 
dintdmo,  adv.,  around. 
DiOj  m.,  God. 

dipingere,  irr.  v.,  to  paint. 
di  rado,  adv.,  seldom. 
dire,  irr.  v.,  to  say. 
direttdre,  m.,  director. 
dirimpettO,  adv.,  opposite. 
dirittO,  m.,  right. 
dirdtta  (alia),   adv.,  exces- 
tively  (of  rain). 


diflaocdrdOi     m.,    disagree- 
ment. 
discendere,  v.,  to  descend. 
discdrrere,  v-,  to  discourse. 

discdrso,  *».,  speech. 

disegnOt  "*••  drau-ing,  pur- 
pose. 

dlSgrazia, /■.  misfortune. 

disobbediente,  adj.,  disobe- 
dient. 

disonestamente,  adv.,  dis- 
honestly. 

disonorevole,  adj.,  dishon- 
ourable. 

dispacoio,  »»•,  telegram,  dis- 
patch. 

dlJSpdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  dispose. 

dispdsto,  part.,  disposed. 

disprezzare,  v.,  to  despise. 

distinguere,  irr.  v.,  to  dis- 
tinguish. 

distintamente,  adv.,  dis- 
tinctly. 

distdgUerei  irr.  v.,  to  di»- 
suaae. 

distrdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  distract. 

distruggere,  irr.  v.,  to  de- 
stroy. 

disubbidire,  «•>  to  disobey. 

ditO,     m.     (pi.     dita,    diti), 

finger. 
divellere,  irr.  v.,  to  uproot. 

diversamente,  adv.,  on  the 
contrary,  differently. 

diversp,  adj.,  some,  different. 

divertimento,  »'•#  amuse- 
ment. 

divertirsi,  pron.  v.,  to  amum 
oneself. 

dividere,  f-.  to  diride. 

ddloe,  aaj.,  sweet. 
dolerC}  irr.  v.,  to  ache. 
dolersi,  irr.  pron.  v.,  to  cotn- 

plain. 
doldre,  m.,pain. 

domandare,  «•.  to  ask. 
Domenica,/-,  ^'<unday. 
domani,  adv.,  to-morrow. 
dominio,  wi-»  dominion. 
ddnde,  adv.,  whence. 
ddnna,  /•.  woman. 
ddpo,  cLd<\,  afterwards. 
d'ora  in  pdi,  adv.  henc^orth. 

dormire,  v.,  to  sleep. 
ddttO,  adj.,  learned. 
dottdre,    m-t  doctor,  physi- 
cian. 
ddv^,  adv.,  where. 

dovere,  «•  wi.,  duty. 

dovere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  obliged. 
Dresda,/.,  Dresden. 
dnbitare,  v.,  to  doubt. 
dupa,  /•.  duke. 
duello,  »"•,  duel. 
duetto,  m.,  duet. 
dun'iue,  conj.,  therefore. 
dL\JtXiintQ%adi'.,whilst,  during. 
durOi  <^7••  hard. 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN   WORDS. 


207 


E. 

e,  conj.,  and. 
e  .  .  .  Cj  conj.,  both. 
ebano,  w.,  ebony. 
eccettO,  conj.,  except. 

eccezidne,  /■.  exception. 

ecdnomo,  cidj.,  economical. 

educate,  pa-rt.,  educated. 

educazione,  /•.  education. 

elefante,  »»•>  elephant. 

elemdsina,  /•,  alms. 

eloquente,  adj.,  eloquent. 

Emanuele,  w-.  -£■»«■- 
manuel. 

£mma,/-,  Emma. 

endrme,  adj.,  heavy,  great. 

enormemente,  adv.,  ex- 
tremely, enormously. 

Enrico,  m.,  Henry. 

entrambi,  pron.,  both. 
entrare,  v.,  to  enter. 
equivalere,  »»■»■•  ■"•>  '»  "'^ 

equivalent. 
krhB.,  f-,  grass. 
eredita,/-.  inheritance. 
erigere,  ^^r.  v.,  to  erect. 
errdre,  w.,  error. 

esame,  "i.,  examination. 
esaminatdre,  "i-.  examiner. 
esercitO,  m.,  army. 
esercizio,  m.,  exercise. 
esistere,  irr.  v.,  to  exist. 
espellere,  i^r.  v.,  to  expel. 

eSPOSlzidne,/-.  exhibition. 
esprimere,  irr.  v.,  to  express. 
essere,  i>'r.  v.,  to  be. 
esta,  estate,/-,  summer. 
estrarre,  irr.  v.,  to  extract. 
eta,  /•,  age. 
Eurdpa,  /,  Europe. 
evaUgelOt  »».,  gospel. 


fabbro,  m.,  blacksmith. 
fabbrica,  /•,  manufactory. 
faccia,  f.,face. 
faccia  (in),  adv.,  opposite. 
facile,  "dj.,  easy. 
falegname,  m.,  joiner. 
falso,  adj.,  false, 
i&me^f,  hunger, 
f&miglia.,  f,  family. 
fancitillo, »«.,  child. 
fare,  irr.  v.,  to  do,  to  make, 
farfall^f.,  butterfly. 
fatO,  m.,fate. 
fatti  (in),  adv.,  in  fact. 
fatto,  part.,  done,  made. 
favdre,  m., favour. 
favdre,  (a),  adv.,  in  favour. 
fazzolettO,  w.,  pocket-hand- 
kerchief. 
Febbraio,  w-,  February. 

febbre,/-,./ever. 

fede,/../ai%. 

felice,  adj.,  happy,  glad. 


ferire»  '"•.  ^  wound, 
ferita,  f;'^ound. 
fermarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  stop. 

ferro,  in.,  iron. 
feTTOVia.,f-,  railway. 
featSi,  A  holiday. 
fia,rama,f;  flame. 
fiatO,  m.,  breath. 
fico,  m.,  fig-tree,  fg. 
fidarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  trust. 
fig\ia.,f:  daughter. 
figlio,  '«.,  sm. 
fine  (a),  adv.,  in  order. 
fine  (alia),  adv.,  at  last. 
finestra,  /•,  window. 
fingere,  irr.  v.,  toftign. 
finire,  "•.  to  finish. 

fino,  adv.,  until. 
fidre,  m.,flower. 
flrmare, ^^ to  sign. 
fitime,  in.,  river. 
fdglio,  m.,  sheet  (of  paper). 

fdndere,  ^'•.  to  melt. 

foTchettaU' fork. 

forestiere,  »i.,  stranger,  fo- 
reigner. 

formaggio,  m.,  cheese. 

fdrse,  conj.,  perhaps. 

fdrte,  adj.,  strong. 

fortTina.,  f,  fortune. 

fdrza  (a),  adv.,  by  means. 

fra,  prep.,  among. 

Francesco,  "*•,  Francis. 

Francese,  adj.,  French. 

Francia,  /•,  France. 

franco,  m.,  franc  (about  10 
pence). 

frappdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  put  be- 
tween. 

fratello,  m.,  brother. 

freddo,  adj.,  old. 

fresco,  adj.,  fresh,  new. 

fretta,  /•,  haste. 

friggere,  irr.  v.,  to  fry. 

fruttO,  m.,  fruit. 

facile,  m.,  gun. 
fuggire,  v.,  to  run  away. 
fumare,    v.,    to    smoke    (to- 
bacco). 
fumicare,  v-.  to  svnoke  (fire). 
fumo,  m.,  smoke. 
fudco,  m,fire. 
fudri,  adv.,  outside. 
futuro,  m.,  future. 

G. 

galantudmOt  m.,  gentleman. 
gallinaccio,       rn.,      turkey 
^fonl). 

gamba,/.,  leg. 
gardfano,  m.,pink 
gas,  m.,  gas. 
gattO,  m,.,  cat. 
gelarC;  imp.  v.,  to  freeze. 
generale,  m.,  gt-neral. 
generdso,  adj.,  generous. 
genitdre,  m.,  parent. 


IMMEDIATAMENTE. 

Oennaio,  »»•,  January. 
genuflettere,  irr.  v.,  to  kruel 


Germania,/.,  Germany. 
ghiaccio,  m.,  ice. 
gia,  adv.,  already. 
giacche,  conj.,  since. 
giallo^  adj.,  yello'v. 
giardino,  »».,  garden. 

giocare  and  giuocare,  «-.  to 

play. 

gidia,  /•  joy. 

gioiellO,  m.,  jewel. 
giornale,  m.,  newspaper. 
gidrno,  m.,  day. 
Giovanni,  rn.,  John. 
gidvine,  adj.,  young. 
gittarsi,  pron.  v.,  to   throio 

oneself. 
gill,  adv.,  down. 
GiudeO,  adj.,  Jewish. 
giudice,  m.,judge. 
giudizio,  m.,  judgment. 
(jiiigno,  '".,  June. 
giungere,  irr.  v.,  to  arrive. 
giuntO,  part,  arrived. 
giusta,  conj.,  according. 
godere,  i^-,  to  enjoy. 
gdla,  /•,  throat. 
gdnno,  <Jdj.,  swollen, 
governatdre,  m.,  goremor. 

gOVerno,  m.,  government. 
grade,  m.,  will,  pleasure. 
grado  (dibudn),  adv.,agree- 

ably. 
grande,     adj.,    tall,    great, 

large. 

grandinare,  imp-  ■».,  to  hail. 

grano,  »».,  wheat,  corn. 
gratO,  adj.,  grateful. 
grave,  adj.,  serious. 
grazia,  /.  «.,  free  pardon, 

(pi.)  thanks. 
Greco,  adj.,  Greek. 

gridare, '"-,  to  shout. 
guadagnare,  v.,  to  gain. 
guancia,/-,  c/ieefc. 
guantO,  m.,  glove. 

guardare,  'v-,  to    look,   to 

watch. 
guarire,  v.,  to  heal. 
guerra,  /•,  war. 
Guglielmo,  m.,  William. 


ieri,  adv.,  yesterday. 

ieri  1'  altro,  adv.,  the  day 
before  yesterday. 

igndbile,  adj.,  ignoble. 

il,  art.  m.,  the. 

imbarazzo,  »».,  trouble,  en- 
cumbrance. 

imbarcarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  em- 
bark. 

immagine,  /•,,  image. 

immediatamentet  <k2v.,  at 


^08 


INDEX    TO    VOCABULAllY. — ITALIAN    WORDS. 


IMMEROEBE. 

immeTgere,irr.v.,to  dip  into. 
impadronirsi,  pron.  v.,  to 

take  possession. 
impaliidlret   v.,  to   become 

pale. 
impararei  «•.  to  learn. 
impedire«  ^m  to  impede. 

impelleret  irr.  v.,  to  impel. 

imp6rre»  i^r.  v.,  to  impose. 

importante,  aiij-,  important. 

impossibilet  a<ij->  impos- 
sible. 

inanellatO,  part.,  curled. 

incapace«  adj.,  incapable. 

iuCdlldiOi  m.,fire,  conjlagia^ 
tion. 

inoaiostro,  ink. 

incontrare,  "-,  to  meet. 

inc6rrerei  irr.  v ,  to  incur. 

indigestidne,  /•.  indiges- 
tion. 

iiidirizzare«  v.,  to  show  the 
way,  to  address. 

infastidirsi,  pron.  v.,  to  be- 
come lastidious. 

infatti,  conj.,  in  fact. 

inrelice,  adj.,  unhappy. 

inflngardaggine,  J-,  lazi- 
ness. 

infingardo,  adj.,  lazy. 

inf6udere«  v-.  to  in/use. 

ingannarej  v.,  to  deceive. 

ingannarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  be 

mistaken. 
ingegnere,  m.,  engineer. 

Ininuterra,  /•.  England. 
ingiiiottire,  « .  to  swallow. 
Inglese,  adj.,  English. 
inuocentet  adj.,  innocent. 
innocenzaj /•,  innocency. 
insalata,  /•»  salad. 
iiisegnare«  v.,  to  teach. 
ins3guiret  "i  to  pursue. 

insijmei  adv.,  together. 

insultaret  ^'..  tu  insult. 

ins  alto,  m.,  insult. 
int^gro,  adj.,  honest. 
intendere,  i^-.  to  understand. 
intero,  adj.,  whole. 
intimOt  adj.,  intimate. 
intdrno  (all')i  adv.,  around. 
intraprindere,  v.,  to  un- 
dertake. 
intrajpresa,/-.  undertaking. 
inusatOi  ad^.,  unusual. 
inutile*  adj.,  useless. 
invaderpj  v.,  to  invade. 
invecciiiare«  v.,  to  become 

old. 
invemOt  »»•.  winter. 
invitaroi  v.,  to  invite. 

invitatOi  part.,  invited. 
invito,  m.,  invitation. 
Ire,  irr.  v.,  to  go. 

irre"'8tibiimente,  adv.,  ir- 

re\istibly. 
Itilia,/.,  Italy. 
Itali&no,  adj.,  Italian. 


MALINCUOBE. 


la,  art.  J.,  the. 
la,  adv.,  tnere. 
ladro,  "*•»  tkief. 

lagO,  TO.,  lake. 
lamento,  to.,  complaint. 
lampada,/..  lamp. 
lam  peggiare,   imp.  v.,    to 

lighten. 
lemtcTna.,/-,  lantern. 
largOj  adj.,  wid£. 
lasciare,  '^m  to  leave,  to  let. 
Latino,  '"^.y-.  J^atin. 

latO,  TO.,  side. 
latte,  TO.,  milk. 
lavorare,  ^^  to  work. 
ledere,  irr.  v.,  to  hurt. 

legge,  A  law. 

leggere,  irr.  v.,  to  read. 
legno,  '«•.  ^ood. 
leone,  to.,  Hon. 
lettera,/-.  letter. 
letto,  n.  TO.,  bed. 
lettVir&tfy  lecture. 

levante,  to.,  east. 
lezione,/-.  lesson. 
liberamente,  adv., freely. 
liberare,  v.,  to  free. 
liberta,/.,/reettoTO,  liberty. 
libraio,  to.,  bookseller, 
libreria,  /■,  library. 
libro,  TO.,  book, 

licere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  allowed. 
lingua, /■>  language,  tongue. 
liiudre,  to.,  liquor. 
lira,/-  (Italian  money,  about 

10  pence). 
lodare,  '"•^  to  praise. 
Lombardia,  /.,  Lombardy. 
L6ndra,/..  London. 
lontano,  ailj.  and  adv.,  far. 
lucere^  irr.  v.,  to  shine. 
lucrative,  adj.,  lucrative. 
L6gliO,  TO-,  -fuly. 
LuiSa,./-,  Louise. 
lume,  TO.,  light. 
luna,/-,  TOoon. 

lungO,  adj.,  long. 
lungO,  adv.,  along. 
Iu6g0  (in),  adv.,  instead. 
liipo,  TO.,  wolf. 

M. 

maccherdne,  to.,  maccaroni. 

madre,  /-.  mother. 

maestro,  to.,  master. 

magazzino,  to.,  warehouse. 

magnifico,  adj.,  magnifi- 
cent. 

mai,  adv.,  ever. 

malattia,/.,  t«we»«. 

male,  "•  to.,  evil. 

male,  adv.,  badly. 

malfrrado,  adv.,  in  spite. 

malincudre  (a),  unwill- 
ingly. 


MOHTAGVA 

malo,  adj.,  bad. 
mancare,    v->    to    fail,    to 

want. 
mandare,  v.,  to  tend. 
mangiare,  v.,  to  eat. 
mauica,  f-t  sleeve. 
mano,y->  hand. 
maao,  tener,  irr.  v.,  to  kdp. 
maravigiiarsi,  pron.  ».,  to 

be  astonished. 

marciare,  'v.,  to  march. 
mare,  to.,  sea. 
margneritina,/-.  daisy. 
Maria,  ^mry. 
marinaro,  to.,  sailor. 
marxiarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  get 

married. 
marmo,  to.,  marble. 
MaiZO,  TO.,  JyarcA. 
masctfila,/.,jai«- 
mascnera,./-,  mask. 

mattina,  f-,  morning. 
macuro,  adj.,  npe. 
mediance,  adv.,  by  means. 
medicina,/,  medicine. 
medico,  m.,  phisician. 
meglio,  adv.  and  n.m.,  better. 
meia,  /,  apple. 
memdria.y.,  memory. 

m^no,  adv.,  less. 
mente,./..  mind. 

mentire,  v-,  to  lie. 

mercato,  to.,  market. 

merce,  /-,  goods,  merchan- 
dise. 

meritare,  «.,  to  deserve. 

mescere,  irr.  v.,  to  mix,  to 
pour  out, 

mcse,  TO.,  mx)uth. 
mestiere,  to.,  handicraft. 
mettere,  irr.  v.,  to  put. 

mezzanotte,/-.  midnight. 
mezzo,  n.  TO.,  half;  means. 

mezzogidmo,  to.,  noon. 

meZZO  (in),  adv.,  in  the 
midst. 

mezzo  (per),  adv.,  by  means 
of. 

mica;  adv.,  at  all. 

migllO,  TO.  (.pl.f),  mile. 

migliorarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  im- 
prove. 

miglidre,  adj.,  better. 

mignolo,  alj.,  little  (finger). 

Milano,/->  Jtilan. 

milie,  adj.,  thousand 

ministro,  to.,  ministe,. 

miniito,  TO.,  minute. 

misoDiare,  «.,  to  mix. 

miBeTlBL,  f,  poverty,  misery. 

moOlle,  m., furniture. 

modcstia,  /-.  too  lesty. 

modcStO,  aiij.,  modest. 

mddo,  TO.,  Kay,  ma..ner. 

m6g\ie,  f,  w\fe. 

mdlto,  adv.  and  a<Hj.,  muck 

many. 
montagna,  /-.  mountain. 


INDEX  TO  VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN   WORDS. 


209 


montaret  '''•■>  ^^  a-scevd. 

in6n.ie«  w.,  mountain. 
Monte   Bianco,   w.,  Mont 

Blanc. 
Mdnte    R68a,    m.,    Monte 

hosa. 
mdrdere,  v.,  to  bite. 
morire,  ^^^-  "•»  to  '^^*- 
mortale,  a"j-y  mortal. 
m6rte,  /•.  death, 
mosivsi,  f;  show. 
mostrarei  '•»  *«  show. 
motivOi  w.,  cause,  motive. 
murot  wi-»  ivaii. 
musica,/-,  music. 
mutarOi  ^-j  to  change. 

N. 

Napole6ne,  m..  Napoleon. 
iiarrare<  ^-i  to  relate. 
nataiei  adj.,  native. 
nascdndere,  irr.  v.,  to  hide, 
nave,/ ,  ship. 
Iiazi6nei ./  •»  nation. 
ne,  adv.,  nor. 

necessario,  adj.,  necessary. 
negare*  v.,  to  deny. 

negligere,  irr.  v.,  to  neglect. 
negOZiante*  m.,  merchant. 
negdzio,  wi., uareliouse,  busi- 
ness. 
nemicOt  m.,  enemy. 
nemmenoi  adv.,  not  even. 
ncro,  adj.,  black. 
nessiino,  adj.,  nobody. 

nc\e,Asnow. 
neyicarei  imp.  v.,  to  snow. 

niinte,  m.,  nothing. 

nindte,  m.,  nephew. 

ndbilei  adj.,  noble. 

ndcci  lo,  m.,  stone  (of fruit). 

ndce«  m.  and/.,  xvalnut-tree, 
walnut. 

nddOt  m.,  knot. 

ndia]  /•»  bother,  spleen. 

nommarei  ^-i  to  name. 

nominate,  part.,  named. 

non,  adv.,  no. 

nondimeno,  conj.,  neverthe- 
less. 

ndnna,  /•»  grandmother. 

ndnnOt  m.,  grandfather. 

ndrdt  m.,  north. 

notiziai/-.  notice,  news. 

ndtte,/,  night 

novella,  /•»  novel,  news. 

nulla,  pron.,  nothing. 

numerdso,  adj.,  numerous. 

nudcere,  «•.  to  injure,  to  be 
hurtful. 

ntldva,  n.  f.,  news. 

nudvo,  adj.,  new. 

o. 

0.  conj.,  or. 

OObediente,  adj->  obedient. 

obbligare,  v.,  to  oblige. 


obliare,  v.,  to  forget. 
occasidue,  /•»  chance,  occa- 
sion. 
tfcclii   (a  Quattro),    adv., 

privately. 
(Jcchio,  m.,  eye. 
occdrrere.    'imp.  v.,  to  be 

wanted. 
OCCUpatO,  part.,  busy. 
odiare,  «•>  to  hate. 
offcndere,  v.,  to  offend. 
oSart&if,  offer. 
offcSO,  part.,  offended. 
Oifrire,  irr.  v.,  to  offer, 
dggi,  adv.,  to-day. 
dgni,  ad).,  each,  every. 
dgni  qual  vdita,  adv.,  when- 

ever. 
oh !  inter j.,  oh : 
Olanda,/..  Holland. 
dlio,  m.,  oil. 
dltre,  adv.,  besides. 
ombrcllo,  m.,  umbrella. 
onesta, ./  •,  honesty. 

onestamente,  adv.,  honestly. 

oncStO,  adj.,  honest. 

onorare,  v.,  to  honour. 
dnta  (ad),  adv.,  in  spite. 
6^eTa,f-^opera. 
oppressdre,  »"■•>  oppressor. 
Opprimere,  irr. v.,  to  oppress. 
dra,  n.,  hour;  adv.,  now. 
oratdre,  m..,  orator. 
ordinare,  ^-i  to  order. 

drdine,  m.,  order. 
oreccilino,  m.,  earring. 
ortCCllio,  m.,  ear. 

ormai,  oramai,  adv.,  now, 

henceforth. 
dro,  m.,  gold. 
orold^io,  m.,  watch. 
orriblle,  adj.,  horrible. 
drto,  m.,  J ruit-garden. 
OSare,  ^-j  to  dare. 
Ospedale,  m.,  hospital. 
dsSO,  m.,  bone. 
ostacolo,  m.,  obstacle. 
osteria,./-,  inn. 
ostinato,  p-  adj.,  obstinate. 
dzio,  m.,  laziness. 
ozidso,  adj.,  lazy. 


padre,  m.,father. 
padrdne,  m.,  master,  owner. 
paese,  m.,  country. 
paga,  /.,  pay. 
pagare,  v.,  to  pay. 
vikina,,  f,  page. 
palazzOi  m.,  palace. 
pane,  m.,  bread. 
parco,  m.,  park. 
parccchi,  adj.,  several. 
parere,  m.,  opinion. 

T>arere,  v.,  to  seem. 
Pariei,/.,  Paris. 
parlare,  v.,  to  speak. 


pardla,/.,«wi. 

parte  1.1 -J  part,  side. 
partcnza,  /.,  departure. 
partire,  v.,  to  depart. 
partita,  /•,  party,  game. 
partite,  m.,  proj,  t. 
passare, "»-,  t»  pass. 

passato,  part.,  past. 

passeggiata,/.,  passeggio, 
m.,  walk,  promenade. 

passeggiare,  v.,  to  prome- 
nade. 

passero,  m.,  sparrow. 

patria,  /.,  fatherland. 

paura,  /.,  fright,  (far)  to 
frighten. 

pazicnza,  /•,  patience. 

peccato,  m.,  sin. 

Pfccora,  /.,  sheep. 

peggio,  adv ,  worse. 

peggiorare,  v.,  to  become 
worse. 

peggidre,  adj.,  worse. 

Pfcile,  /•,  skin. 

penisola,  /•,  peninsula. 

Pfcnna,  /•,  pen. 

pensare,  v.,.to  think. 

pentirsi,  pron.  v.,  to  repent 

Ver,  prep,  for. 

Pfcra.y.,  pear. 

percne,  adv.,  nhy,  and  lonj. 
because. 

percio,  cwj-.  t'lerefore. 

percuotere,  irr.  v.,  to  strike 

ptrdere,  ^'m  to  lose. 

perdita,/.,  loss. 

perdonare,  v.,  to  pardon. 

pericolO,  m.,  danger. 

pernitSSO,  m.,  permission 
leave. 

permtttere,  irr.  v.,  to  allow 

pero,  conj.,  however. 
versCna,,  f,  person. 
persdna    (in),    adv.,   per- 
sonally. 
perveniro,  irr.  v.,  to  succeed. 
P^sante,  adj.,  heavy. 
Pfc8Ca,/-,;>arfe. 
pe»ce,  m.fsh. 
P^tizidue.  /•.  petition. 
petto,  m.,  ihcsi. 
piaCcre,  n.  m.,  pleafure. 
piacere,  v-,  to  please 
piangere,  irr.  t ,  to  iry. 
piano,  n.  m.,  floor. 
piano,  adj.,  sloii',  foft,  qni>-t 
pianofdrte, »».,  pmno, 
J  ianta,  /.,  t'lara. 
piantO,  m.,  crying  ('/*«). 
piattO,  m    pi  a  e,  tush. 
piccolo,  adj.,  small. 

pifcde,  m.,foot. 

piedi  (in),  adv.,  standing. 

pitno,  adj.,  lull. 

Tiitro,  m.,  Peter. 

pidggia,/.,  ratn. 

pidvere,  imp.  v.,  to  rain. 

pipa,/..ptpe. 


210 


INDEX    TO    VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN   WORDS. 


PITTOKE. 

pittdre*  m.,  painter,  m. 
pittrice,  f.,' painter,/. 
Vitttx&.f-,  painting. 
piu,  adv.,  more. 
piuttfJstO,     conj.,      rather, 

sooner. 
p5co,    adj.  and  adv.,  little, 

feio. 
pdco  (fra).  adv.,  presently. 
p6co  a  pOCOi  adv.,  little  by 

little. 

podagra,  /•,  gout. 
podere,  ™-.  estate. 
poesia,  /.,  poetry. 
p6i,  adv.,  ajteruards. 
POliticOt  adj.,  political. 
P0ltr6ne«  m-.  coward. 
p61vere»/-.  dust,  gunpowder. 
pdpolo,  m.,  people. 

pfirre,  i'l'r.  v.,  to  put. 
pdrta,/.,  <ioor. 

portare,  v.,  to  bring. 
possederet  irr.v.,  to  possess. 
possente,  a  j.,poiieriul. 
possfbile,  adj.,  possible. 
possibilmente,    adv.,  pos- 
sibly. 
pdsta,  /•,  post-office. 

pdsta  (a  bella),  adv.,  on 

purpose. 
pdsto,  m.,  place,  sitiiation, 

room. 
poterOi  i''"''-  v.,  to  be  able. 
pdvero,  aij.,poor. 
pdzzOt  in.,  a  well. 
pranzare,  v.,  to  dine. 
pranzo,  ni.,  dinner. 
prato,   in.,  field,  grass-plot, 

meadow. 

preferire,  v.,  to  prefer. 
pregare.  ' -.  to  pray. 
preiniare«  v-^  to  reward. 
premiOt  prize,  renard. 

prendere,  irr.  v.,  to  take. 
preparato,  part.,  prepared. 
presso,  adv.,  near. 

prestare,  v.,  to  lend. 

presto,  adv.,  soon. 
presto  (far),  to  be  quick. 
prete,  m.,  priest. 

prevedere,  i"*-  ^'•.  to  fore- 

sre. 

prigidne,  /.,  prison. 

prigioniero,  »».,  prisoner. 
prima,  adf.,  before. 
prima  vera,  /•,  spring. 
principale,  adj.,  principal. 
probabile,  adj.,  probable. 

probabilmente,  adv.,  pro- 

baiily. 
procedere,  t?.,  to  originate, 

n.  m.,  behaviour. 
procinto  (in),  adv.,  on  the 

point. 
professidne,  /•,  profession. 
profitto,  m.,  profit. 
profdndo,  adj.,  deep. 
prOmeSSOi  part.,  promised. 


R  A  P  PRESENT  A  ZIONE . 

promettere,  *"••  »•,  to  pro- 
mise. 

promudvere,  i'rr.  v.,  to  pro- 
mote. 
prdntO,  o*/;-.  ready. 

pronunciare,  v.,  to  pro- 
nounce. 

propdsitO  (a),  adv.,  regard- 
ing, concerning. 
propdsta,  /•.  proposal. 
proprieta,  7  -.  property. 

prordmpere,  irr.  v.,  to  burst 

Jorth. 

prdssimo,,"!.,  neighbour. 

prdssimo,  adj., next,  nt-arest. 

proteggere,  irr.  v.,  to  pro- 
tect. 

provenire,  irr.  v.,  to  origin- 
ate. 

proverbio,  m.,  proverb. 

provincia,/.,  province. 

prowedere,  irr.  v.,  to  pro- 
vide. 

prudente,  adj.,  prudent. 

pubblico,  adj.,  public. 

pugno,  m,.,  fist. 

punire,  ^'•,  to  punish. 
punto,  adv.,  at  all. 
purche,  conj.,  provided. 
pure,  <^onj.,  however. 


quadro,  »».,  painting. 
qua  e  la,  adv.,  here  and  there. 
qualche  Cdsa,/.,  something. 
quallinque,  adj.,  vhatever. 
quando,  adv.,  uhen. 
quantO,  adv.,  how  much. 
quanto  prima,  adv.,  as  soon 

as  possible. 
quanttinque,  conj.,  however. 
quasi,  conj.,  nearly. 
quasstl,  a-lv.,  up  !iere. 
quello,  adj.,  that. 
quercia,  /•,  oak. 

queStO,  adj.,  this. 
qui,  adv.,  here. 


raccdgliere,  irr.  v.,  to  gather. 

raccomandare,  t)-.  to  recom- 
mend. 

raccomandazidne,   /•.    re- 
commendation. 
racoontare,  «-.  to  relate. 
rado  (di).  adv ,  seldom. 
ralfredddre, »».,  cold. 
ragazzo,  m-,  boy .  -a,/.,  girl. 

raggiungere,  irr.  v.,  to  over- 
take. 

ragidne,/-.  reason. 

rairno,  m.,  spi'ier. 

rallegrarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  re- 
joice. 

rappresentazidne,  /•.  re- 
presentation. 


BUGOIBE. 

rasente,  adv.,  near,  along. 
re,  n»-,  king. 

recitare, ».,  to  redu. 

regale,  m.,  present. 
regalare,  v.,  to  make  a  pr»- 

sent. 
regalatO,  part.,  presented. 
reg^imentO,  "».,  regiment. 
Tegma.,  f,  queen. 
relazidne,/-.  relation. 
rendere,  irr.  v.,  to  give  back. 
rendita,  /•.  rent,  income 
Reno,  nt-.  i-hine. 

riaccendere,  irr.  v.,  to  light 

again. 

riaggiustare,  v.,  to  readjust. 

ribellatO,  J>art.,  rel^elUd. 
riccnezza,  /•.  ridies,  wecUth. 
ricCO,  adj.,  rich. 
ricevere,  ".,  to  receive. 
richiedere,   irr.  v.,   to    re- 
quest. 

richiesta,/-,  request. 

ricompensare,  v.,toreivard. 

riconoscere,  irr.  v.,  to  recog- 
nise. 

ricordarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  re- 
member. 

ricdrrere,  irr.  v.,  to  have 
recourse. 

ridere,  irr.  v.,  to  laugh. 

ridurre,  irr.  v.,  to  reduce. 

riflettere,  irr.  v.,  to  reflect, 
to  refract. 

rilucere,  irr.  v.,  to  shine. 

rimanere,  ''■''■ «-.  to  remain. 

rimproverare,  ^m  to  re- 
proach . 

rincrescere,  irr.  v.,  togrieve. 

ringraziamento,  m.,thanks. 

ringraziare,  "•.  to  thank. 

ripellere,  irr.  v.,  to  repel. 

riposarsi,  pron.  »■.,  to  rest. 

ripulire,  «•.  to  polish  again. 

riscudtere,  irr.  v.,  to  collect, 
to  move. 

risdlvere,  irr.  v.,  to  resolve. 

riB6TSa.,f-,  resource. 

risp^ttare,  »•»  to  respect. 
rispettO,  m.,  respect. 
rispettO  (in),   adv.,  regard- 
ing. 

risodndere,  '"•• ' -,  to  reply. 
ritardo,  m..,  delay. 
ritomare,  "•»  to  return. 

ritdrno,  »».,  return. 
riuscire,  irr.  v.,  to  succeed. 
rdba,/-,  goods,  property. 
Rdma,/-.  Rone. 
rdmpere,  irr.  v.,  to  brtak, 
rdsa,/-,  rose. 
Rosma,/..  Kose. 

rdsso,  a47..  red. 
rotoldni.      ado.,      rctUng, 
stpraicling. 

rovinare,  ''••  to  ruin. 
rubare,  t-.  to  steal. 
ruggire,  «-.  to  roar 


INDEX  TO   VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN   WORDS. 


211 


riiin6re»  "*•»  rumour,  noise. 
Kussia,/-  liussia. 


sacc6ccia,/-,  pocfce«. 

Saffo,  /•,  Sappho. 
sala,  f;  hall,  drawing-room. 
salame,  ™-.  ham. 
salire,  v.,  to  ascend. 
salmOt  m.,  psalm. 
salutare,  v.,  to  salute, 
salute,/;  health. 
salvare*  v.,  to  save. 
Sant'  llena,  /•,   Saint  He- 
lena. 
saperCi  irr.  v.,  to  know. 
sap6ne, "»-,  smp. 

sartO,  "I.,  tailor. 
SaSSOt  WI-,  stone. 
sasso,  di,  adv.,  astonished. 
Sassdnia,  /•,  Saxony. 
satira,  /•,  satire. 
sbalorditO,    part.,    fright- 
en^. 

sbarazzare*  '"•t  ^  clear  (the 

table). 
scacciarei  '^•.  ^  expel. 

SCaCCOt  w.,  chess. 
SCalai  /•»  steps,  stairs. 

scalinata,/-.  stairs. 
Scarpa,  /•,  shoe. 
scatola,  /.,  hox. 
SCegliere«  irr.  v.,  to  choose. 
SCellino,  WI-.  shilling. 
SCendere,  irr.  v.,  to  descend. 
SCimmia,  /•,  monkey. 
SCidgliere,  irr.  v.,  to  untie. 

sciuoare«  '"•>  lo  vaste. 

SCOlare;  m.  and/., pupil. 

scommettere,  irr.  v.,  tobet. 

BCOnfiggere,  irr.  v.,  to  de- 
feat. 

SCOnnettere,  irr.  v.,  to  dis- 
join. 

SC6pOt  m-.  goal,  end. 

SCdr?  ere,  «•.  to  perceive. 

SCdrrere,  irr.  v.,  to  run  over 
{a  book). 

SCdrso,  part.,  past. 

SCrittOi  part.,  written. 

SCrivere,  irr.  v.,  to  write. 

SCtido,  in.,  shield,  dollar, 
crown. 

SCTl61a,  /•.  school. 

seoro,  adj.,  dark. 

SCUSare,  f  •»  to  excuse. 

sdegno, »».,  wrath. 

sdrucirei  irr.  v.,  to  tear,  to 
rend. 

86;  conj;  if 

sebbene,  conj.,  although. 

SeCCO,  adj.,  dry. 
SeCOlOj  m.,  century. 
SecdndOi  conj.,  agreeably. 

sedere>  irr.  v.,  to  sit. 
sedia,  f;  chair. 


seguire,  «•»  to  follow. 

sella,  /•,  saddle. 
sembrare,  '"■,  to  seem 
s^minare,  ^^  to  sow. 
sempre,  adc,  always. 
Sentmella,  f,  sentinel 

sentirej  «•,  to  feel. 
sentirai,  pron.  v.,  to  feel. 
Senza,  conj.,  without. 
Seppeilire,  irr.  v.,  to  bury. 
sera,  /•,  evening. 
seriamente,  adv.,  seriously. 
Serio,  adj.,  serious. 
Serva,  /•>  maid-servant. 
servitdre,  »"•»  servant. 
servire,  v.,  to  serve. 

servo,  WI-,  servant. 

seta,  /•,  silk. 

sete,/-,  thirst. 

Settembre,  tn.,  September. 

settimana,  /•,  week. 

severamente,  adv.,  se- 
riously. 

Severo,  adj.,  serious,  severe. 

Sicuro^  a<lj.,  safe. 

sicurta,  /,  safety. 

Sigaro,  m.,  cigar. 

signdra,  /•,  Mrs.,  lady. 

signdre,  ™-,  Mr.,  gentleman. 

sino,  adv.,  until. 

situato,  part.,  situated. 

smemorato,  adj.,  forgetful. 

soccdrrere,  irr.  v.,  to  help. 

SoHa,  /•,  Sophia. 

Soffrire,  irr.  v.,  to  suffer. 

soggiogare,  v.,  ti>  subdue. 

soggiungere,  irr.  v.,  to  add. 

sognare,  v-.  to  iiream. 

SOldatO,  m.,  soldier. 

sdldo,  tn-i  halfpenny. 

sdle,  rn.,  sun. 

SOlere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  accus- 
tomed. 

sdlito,  part.,  used. 

Sdlito  (per),  generally. 

sdlo,  adj.,  alone. 

SOltantO,  adv.,  only. 

sopravvivere,  irr.   v.,   to 

survive. 
Sdrdo,  adj.,  deaf. 
SOrella,  /•,  sister. 
SOrpresO,  -wri.,  surprised. 

sorrider        to  smile. 
sortire,  ■"  '  go  out. 
sospend    e,  ^-i  to  suspend. 
SOStenere,    irr.    v.,  to    up- 
hold. 
Sdtto,  adv.,  under. 

sottomettere,    irr.   v.,    to 

submit. 
sovente,  adv.,  often. 
SOWenirsi,  pron.  irr.  v.,  to 

remember. 
Spada,/->  sword. 
Spagna,  /•,  Spain. 
Spalla;  /•>  shoulder. 

spazzare,  v.,  to  sweep. 

Spazzola,  /•  brush. 


specchio,  fn.,  looking-glass. 
spedire,  v.,  to  send. 
spegnere,  irr.  v.,  to  extin- 


spendere,  irr.  v.,  to  spend. 
sperare,  '"■,  to  hope. 

SpeSSO,  adv.,  often. 
Speziale,  in.,  chemist. 
spilla,  /•,  pin. 
Splenddre,  "i-.  splendour. 
Spdsa,  /•.  bride. 
StRmattina,  /•,  this  morn- 
ing. 
Stanco,  adj.,  tired. 
Stassera,  /•,  this  evening. 
stare,  irr.  v.,  to  stand. 
Statua,  /•,  statue. 
statuetta,/-!  Uttlc  status. 
stazidne,/-.  station. 
Stella,  /•,  star. 
stellate,  adj.,  starry. 
Sterlino,  adj.,  sterling. 
Stimare,  "•.  to  estimate. 

stivale,  w.,  boot. 

Stdria,    /•,    history,     novel, 

fable. 
Strada,  /•,  street,  road. 

straripare,  ■"••  to  overflow. 

stride,  t",.,  shout. 

Studente,  "*•  and/.,  student. 

studiare,  v.,  to  study. 

studio,  m.,  study. 

Studio  (a  bello),  adv.,  pur- 
posely. 

Studidso,  adj.,  studious. 

Stufato,  m.,  stew. 

Sttipido,  adj.,  stupid,  silly. 

su,  adv.  and  prep.,  above, 
upon. 

Subire,  ^m  to  undergo. 

StibitO,  adv.,  at  once. 

succedere,  '"•.  to  succeed. 

StidditO,  m.,  subject. 

Stidicio,  adj.,  dirty. 

sufficienza,  /•,  sufficiency. 

suggere,  irr.  v.,  to  suck. 

StigO,  m.,  juice. 

suonare,  v.,  to  play. 

SUperbo,  adj.,  proud. 

suppdrre,  irr.  v.,  to  suppose. 

SUPPdstO  che,  conj.,  pro- 
vided. 

svegliarsi,    pron.    v.,    to 

awake. 
Svizzera,  /•.  Switzerland. 

T. 

tagliare,  v-,  to  cut. 
tale,  adj.,  such. 
tanto,  adv.,  as  much. 
tanto  Quanto,  adv.,  as  much 

as. 
tardi,  adv.,  late. 
tasca,  /.,  pocket. 
tastdni,  adv.,  groping. 
tavola,  f;  table. 


10 


212 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. — ITALIAN   WOEDS. 


tfizza,/-.  cup. 
tS,  m.,  tea. 
teatrOt  «•.  theatre. 
TedeSCOt  "i-.    -erman. 
tt  aere,  f-.  to/ea-. 
tempesta,/.,  tempest. 
tenii'Ot  '»•.  time,  weather, 
tenere,  irr.  v.,  to  ht.ld. 
tener    cdnto,    irr.    v.,   to 

value. 
tpuer  mano,  irr.  v.,  to  help. 
1  jn6re,  m-.  tenor. 
tergei'e.  i^^-  ■"-.  to  wipe,  to 

dry 

termine*  »*•.  position. 

r     -0.  J,  earth. 
1       ■».,  /•.  /tead. 

i J,  acio.,  lately. 

tetto,  TO-,  »wi/". 

tirarC)  ^'•.  ^o  Ulow  (of  winds). 

Torino,/-.  7"Mrm. 

t6rre«  «•/•.  tower. 

tdrtO,  m-.  wrong. 

tOSare,  v-.  ^o  shear. 

tOSSirOi  v.,  to  cough. 

tdstO,  adv.,  soon. 

traditfira,/.  traitress. 

tradit6re)  w-.  traitor. 

tradurre,  irr.  v.,  to  trans- 
late. 

trarre,  irr.  v.,  to  draw. 

trascuraggine,  /•.  careless- 
ness. 

tributO,  m.,  tribute. 

trdnOi  wi.,  throne. 

trdppo,  adv.  and  adj.,  too 
much ;  too  many. 

trovare,  v.,  to  find. 

tuonare,   imp.   v.,   to   thun- 
der. 
TtirCO,  wi.,  Turk. 
tuttavia,  coni.,  still. 
tUttO,  adj.,  all. 


u. 

nbbidlre, «.,  to  obey. 
nbbriacarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  get 

drunk. 
nbbriacOt  adj.,  drunk. 
nocidere«  irr.  v.,  to  kill. 
udlret  irr.  v.,  to  hear. 
tilt-imo,  adj.,  last. 
idmidOi  adj.,  damp. 
umdre,  m.,  humour. 
angerOt  ^rr.  v.,  to  anoint. 
nniCOt  adj.,  only  one. 
a6ino«  in.,  man. 
Udvo,  m.  (pi.  uova),  egg. 

nrtare,  v-.  lo  hurt. 

USClret  ''■rr.  v.,  to  go  out. 
USUra,/.,  usury. 
Utiiei  adv.,  useful. 
UYBL, /,  grape. 


vacanzai/->  vacancy,   holi- 
days. 
valere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  worth. 
ValdrOi  rn..,  valour. 
ValordsO;  adj.,  valorous. 
vantagglO,  m-,  advantage. 
vantarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  boast. 
Vap6re,  wi .  steam. 

vascello,  wi.,  ship. 
vecchioi  adj.,  old. 
vece  (ill)j  adv.,  instead. 
vedere,  ^rr.  v.,  to  see. 
veduta,/.,  wew. 
vegliare»  ■»•>  to  watch. 
venderot  « .  to  sell. 
vendicarsi,    pron.    v     to 

avenge  oneself. 

vendita,^.,  sale. 
Venezia,/.,  unice. 
Vf  nirei  irr.  v.,  to  come. 
VentOi  *»•>  wind. 


ZCCCHEBO. 

verbo,  »»■.  verb. 
vergognarsi,  pron.  v.,  to  be 

asiiaintd. 

verita,/..  truth. 

Vero,  adj.,  true. 
versOt  adv.,  towards. 
VfctXO,  w.,  glass. 
Vi&,f:  way,  road. 
Via,  adv.,  away. 
viaggiare,  »•.  to  travel. 
Viaggiat6re,  »».,  traveller. 
ViajSglO,  "*-.  travel. 
ViClIlO,  cuiv.,  iitar. 
Vicino,  adj.,  neighbouring. 
Villaggio,  m.,  villagt. 

vincitore,  »«•.  victor. 

vino,  wt-.  wine. 
vidia, ./.,  violet, 
virtu.,  f',  virtue. 

visita,  /•,  visit. 

visitare,  t-,  to  visit. 

vista,  /■,  sight,  view. 

vita,/.,  life. 

Vitt6rio,  victor. 

viva  v6ce  (a)  adv.,  by  word 

of  mouth. 
vivere,  irr.  v.,  to  live 
Vizio,  m.,  rice. 
v6ce,  /•,  voice. 
v6glia,  /.,  wish. 
VOl^nticri,  adv.,  willingly. 
VOlere,  irr.  v.,  to  be  wiping 
v61f  ere,  irr.  v.,  to  turr<, 
volume,  in.,  volume. 
VUdlO,  adj.,  empty. 

z. 

Zia,  /.,  aunt. 
zio,  m.,  uncle. 
zittO,  inter}  ,  hush  ! 
zolfanello,  m.,  nmtch 
zdppo,  adj.,  lame. 
ZUCOhero,  m.,  sugar. 


INDEX  II.  TO  VOCABULAEIES. 

ENGLISH    WORDS. 


A. 

able,  to  he,  v.,  potere. 
aboutt  at^"..  circa. 
above,  a^^"-.  su,  sdpra. 
absolutely,  «<iv-»  assoluta- 

nitnte. 
absolve,  to,  ^'•.  assdlvere. 
accept,  to,  'V;  aggradire. 
accompany,  to,  v.,  accom- 

pagndre. 

account, "-.  c6nto. 
according,  od^-^  giusta. 
accumulate,  to,  v.,  ammas- 

sdre. 

accustomed,  to  be,  v.  so- 

Ure. 
ache,  n.,  doldre. 
ache,  to,  v.,  dolere. 
action,  «•,  azidne. 
actor,  n.,  attdre. 
actress,  »•.  attrice. 
add,  to,  ^'•.  arrdgere. 
address,  to,  ""-.  indirizzdre. 
adduce,  to,  «•,  adddrre. 
admire,  to,  v.,  ammirdre. 
admit,  to,  ''•)  anmettere. 
adulator,  «•»  adulatdre. 
advance,  to,  '"•t  avamdrsi. 
advantage,  «•.  rantdggio. 
advice,  i^-^  consiglio. 
advice,  to,  v-,  consiglidre. 
advise,  to,  '^•i  avvis<ire. 
affectionate,     adj.,    affet- 

tuoso. 
affirm,  to,  i^;  afermdre. 
affix,  to,  v.,affiggere. 
Africa,  n.,  Africa. 
afterwards,  ado.,p6i,  ddpo. 
against,  adv.,  cdntro. 
age,  "•.  ctd. 
agio,  n.,  cdmbio. 
agreeabl",  adv.,  secdndo,  di 

budn  grddo. 
agree,  to,  v.,  convenire. 
agreement,  '^m  accdrdo. 

Albert,  «•.  Alberto. 
allow,  to,  ''.,  permktere. 
all,  at,  adv.,  affdtto. 
all  four,  on,  adv.,  carpdni. 
allowed  (to  be),  v.,  permit- 

tersi,  licere. 
alms,  n.,  elemdsina. 
alone,  adj-^  solo. 


ASTONISHED. 

along,  adv.,  rasf-nte,  Itlngo. 

alreaav,  adv.,  di  gid. 

also,  conj.,  dnche. 

althougn,  conj.,  sebbene. 

always,  adv.,  simpre. 

America,  n-,  Amirica. 

among,  pr''p.,fra,  tra. 

amuse,  to,  '>.,  dicertire. 

amujement,  «•»  diverti- 
mento. 

ancestor,  «•,  antendto. 

and,  conj.,  e. 

angle,  n.,  dngolo. 

angr-^,  to  get,  ".,  arrab- 
bidrsi. 

annoy,  to,  v.,  annoidre. 

Autnony,  «•»  Antdnio. 

apolauded,  part.,  applau- 
d'lto. 

appearance,  «•,  aspHto. 

apple,  «•»  mtla. 

approach,    to,    v-.  arvici- 
I      ndrsi. 
I  April,  n.,  Aprile. 
!  architect,  «*•.  architetto. 
i  arm,  «•,  brdccio. 
I  army,  n.,  eserdto. 
i  Amo,  n.,  A'rno. 

around,  adv.,  dintdmo,  in- 
I       tdrno. 
i  arrest,  to,  «-,  arrestdre. 

arrive,  to,  v.,  arrivdre. 

art,  w.,  arte. 

ascend,  to,  v.,  ascendere. 

ashamed,  to  be,  v.,  vergo- 

gndrsi. 
ashore,  to  go.  v.,  approddre. 
as  far  as,  adv.,fino  a. 
Asia,  n.,  Asia. 
aSK,  to,  v.,  domandure. 
asleep,  to  fall,  v.,  addor- 

mentdrsi. 
as  much,  adv.,  tdnto. 
as  mucn  as,  adv.,   tdnto 

qudnto. 
as  soon  as,  adv.,  appena. 
as  soon  as  possible,  adv., 

qudnto  prima 
assurance, «.,  assicurazidne 
assure,  to,  v.,  assicumre. 
astride,  adv.,  canalcidni. 
astonisned,  toloe,v.,mara- 

viglidrsi. 

astonished,  adv.,  di  sdsso. 


at  all,  adv.,  piinto. 
attention,  «•.  attemidne. 
attentive,  adj  ,  attento. 
attract,  to,  v.,  attrdrre. 
August,  n.,  Agdsto. 
aunt,  n.,  zia. 
Austrian,  adj.,  Austriaco. 
autnor,  «.,  autdre. 
autumn,  n.,autAnno. 
avaricious,  adj.,  avdro. 
avenge,  to,  v.,  vendicdre. 

aware,  to  be,  v.,  arvedlrsi. 
away,  adv.,  via. 


baby,  ^  >  bambino. 
bad,  adj.,  cattivo,  mdlo. 
badly,  adv.,  mdle. 

ball,  »i-,  bdlio. 

banker,  n  ,  banchiere. 
baptism,  «•>  battisimo. 
baroness,  n.,  baronessa. 
battle,  n.,  battdglia. 
be,  to,  v.,  essere 
beat,  to,  v.,  bdttere. 
beautiful,  adj.,  bello. 
because,    conj.,    a    cdus'u 

percM. 
become,  to,  v  ,  divenire. 
become  old,  to,  v,  invec- 

chidre. 
beer,  n.,  Urra. 
bed,  n.,  letlo. 
before,  adv.,  avdnti,  divdnti, 

prima. 
begin,  to,  v.,  comincidre. 
behave,  to,  v.,  condursi. 
behaviour,     n.,    procedere, 

conddtta. 
behind,  adv  ,  dietro. 

believe,  to  make,  v.,  far 

vista,  fugere. 
Belgium,  n.,  Bllgio. 
believe,  to,  v..  cndere. 
belong,  to,  v.,  appartenere. 
below,  adc,  abbdsso,  giu. 
benefactor,  «..  benef attdre. 
benevolent,    adj.,    bettevo- 

li'nti;,  benevolo. 
Berlin,  «•,  Berlivo. 
besides,  conj.,  dltre. 
bet,  to,  v.,  scommettere. 


214 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH  WORDS. 


BKTTEB. 

better,  odv.,  meglw;   adj., 
miglidre. 

bill  of  exchange,  «-.  cam- 

bidle. 
bite,  to,  «•.  mdrdere. 
bitter,  «<y-.  amdro. 
black,  adj.,  niro. 
blame,  to,  v.,biasimdre. 
blind,  a<^j-,  cieco. 
blow,  to,  {of  I'  itidi)  v.,tirure. 
blow,  "-.  cdlpo. 
blush,  to,  "•.  arrossire 
boast,  to,  I'-.  I'antdrsi. 
boat,  «•!  oattello. 
boil,  to,  'V;  bollire. 
bone,  n.,  dsso. 
book,  w.,  libra. 
bookseller,  n.,  Ubrdio. 
boot,  «•»  stivdle. 
both,  pron.,  entrdmbi,  conj. 

e...e. 
bother, «..  ndia. 
bottle,  «•.  bottiglia. 
boy,  «•>  ragdzzo. 
box,  ».,  scdtola. 
brain,  «•»  cervHlo. 
brandy,  «•»  acquavite. 
Brazil,  w.,  Brasile. 
bread,  «•»  j>a«e. 
breath,  n.jidto. 

break,  to,  v.,  rdmpere. 

breakfast,  "•>  colazidne. 
bride,  «•.  spdsa. 

bring,  to,  v.,  condurre. 

brother,  n.,fratiilo. 
brash,  n.,  spdzzola. 
brash,  to,  v.,  spazzdre. 
burn,  to,  '»'•.  drdere. 
bury,  to,  "•>  seppelUre. 
burst  forth,  to,  «-.  prordm- 

pere. 
business,  «-.  affdre. 
busy,  odj..  occupdto. 
butter,  «•,  butirro. 
butterfly,  n.,farfdlla. 
buy,  to,  v-,  comprdre. 
by  the  by,  conj.,  o  propdsito. 

c. 

call,  to,  ^'•.  chiamdre. 

calumniate,  to,  v.,  calun- 

nidrt. 
calumny,  «■.  caltinnia. 
canal,  «•»  candle 
candle,  «•»  camlela. 
cane,  to,  ''•»  bastondre. 
capital,  «•.  capitdle. 
captain,  «•»  capUdno. 
cards,  «•  Uoplay),  cdrte. 
care,  to,  ^'m  c«rdr«i. 

careful,  oti;.,  attinto. 
carelessness, «.,  tras  urdg- 

gine. 
carriage,  "•.  carrdzza. 

carry,  to, «..  p>rtdrt. 

pase,  n ,  caso. 

case,  in,  odv.,  in  cdso. 


ooNTEirr. 

castle,  n.,  casteUo. 

cause,  «M  motivo. 

cat,  «M  fira'to. 

celebrated,  parf.,  celebre. 
'  cellar,  «-.  cantina. 
'  cemetery,  «•.  cimitero. 

century,  «•.  s-^coto. 

certain,  adj..  c^rto. 

certainly,  adv.,  certamente, 
certo  [di). 

chain,  w.,  colldna. 

chair,  «•,  sedia. 

chance,  «•»  occasi&ne. 

change, «-,  cdmbio. 

change,  to,  »••  cambidre. 

Charles,  «•.  <^V/rto. 

cheek,  «•»  gudncia. 

cheese,  n.,formdggio. 

chemist,  n.,  spezidle. 

cherry,  n.,  ciriegia. 

chess,  "-.  scdcco. 

chest,  «•,  vetto. 

chestnut,  n.,  castdgna. 
Chianti,  n.,  Chidnti. 
Chiifonier,  «.,  armddio. 
chimney,  "•>  dminicra. 
China,  «•.  <'ina. 

chocolate,  «•»  cioccoUta. 
choose,  to,  I'm  icegliere. 
Christ,  «•.  Cristo. 
church,  n.,  chiesa. 
cigar,  n.,  Sififaro. 
citizen,  « ,  cittadino. 
class,  «■.  cldsse. 
clear,  ad/-,  chidro. 
clear,  to  itfie  table)  r.,  sba- 

razzdre. 
close,  to,  v.,  chiudere. 
coast,  n-«  cdsta. 
coat,  n.,  ubito. 
coffee,  w.,  caffe. 
cold,  adj.,freddo. 
cold,  «•»  raffredddre. 
collect,  to,  v-.  riscudtere. 
colour,  n.,  coldre. 
Columbus,  n.,  Colombo. 
come,  to,  V-.  venire. 
comedy,  n,,  commedia. 
commit,  to,  ''•»  commettere. 
Como,  «..  Como.  . 

companion,  «•.  compdgno.  ' 
company,  «-,  compagnia. 
complain,  to,  »-.  dolhsi. 
complaint,  ^m  lamento. 
COmj)letely,  a.dv.,  completa- 

numte. 
complexion,  n.,  cera. 
compose,  to,  «•.  compdrre. 

com.promise,  to,  »'•.  compro- 

mittere. 
concert, «-.  concerto. 
i  condemn,  to,  v.,condann<'ire. 
conflagration, «.,  ina'ndio. 
consequence,     «•.     con.se- 

contemporaneous,      adj., 

contempordneo. 
content,  adj.,  contento. 


DESPISE. 

continuous,  adj.,  continuo. 
contrary  Ion  tne),  adv.,  ai 

contrurio. 

convenient,  to  be,  v.,  con- 
venire. 

converse,  to,  '■•»  conver$dre. 
copy,  to,  v.,<opidre. 

corner,  "•.  dngolo. 

correct,  to,  <  •.  corrtggere. 

correspond,  to,  i-,  corrU- 

p&ndere.  . 
COrrapt,  to,  v.,  corrdmpere. 
cost,  to,  0.,  costdre. 
cough,  to,  ^•.  tossire. 
countess,  «•.  contessa. 
country,  n.,paete. 
courage  !  inttrj.,  dnimo  '. 
courier,  "-,  corrtere. 
courtyard,  "•.  cortile. 

cousin,  n.,  cugino. 
covet,  to,  ^M  dt^sidrdre. 
coward,  adj.,  poltrdne. 
Croesus,  "•,  Critn. 
cross,  adj.,  arrabbuito. 

crown  (money),  «•.  scHdo. 
crucify,  to,  v.,  crocifiggere. 
Cryj  to,  I'-,  pidngere. 

crying  (the),  «•,  pidnto. 

cup,  «-.  tdzza. 

curled,  part.,  inanelldto. 

cut,  to,  v.,  taglidre. 


daisy,  "-.  margheritina. 
damp,  adj.,  j'nnido. 
dance,  to,  !>•.  balldre. 
danger,  n.,pericolo. . 

dare,  to,  '•.  osdre. 
dark,  adj.,  scuro. 
daughter,  n.,/iglia. 
day,  «•.  gidrno,  di. 
day,  to-,  adv.,  dggi. 

day  before  yesterday,  the* 

adi\,  avantieri. 
deaf,  adj.,  sdrdo. 
dear,  adj.,  cdro. 
deatn,  «•»  rndrte. 

debt,  «-f  dt-bito. 

deceive,  to,  v.,  ingannire. 

December,  "-.  incemhre. 

decide,  to,  v-.  deidere. 
deed,  «•.  azidne. 
deep,  adj.,  prqfdndo. 
defeat,  to,  v.,  scon/iggere. 
defend,  to,  v.,  di/i-ndei-e. 

degenerate,  <o,r.,d<^«!n«rdrc. 

delay,  «•,  ritdrdo. 
deny,  to,  » •.  negdre. 
depart,  to,  v.,  part  ire. 

departure,  n.,  ptrt-enza. 

depose,  to,  v.,  depdrre. 
derive,  to,  "••  derivnre. 
descend,  to,  »'•.  dwcrnd<re. 
deserve,  to,  ''-.  meritdre. 
desist,  to,  v.,  dftistert. 

despatch,  «•,  itispdci-io. 
despise,  to,  v.,  durprescdre. 


INDEX  TO  VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH  WORDS. 


215 


destroy,  to,  v.,  distnlrre. 
dictate,  to,  v.,  ckttdre. 
dine,  to,  «-i  pramdre. 

dinner,  n.,prd'Zo. 

die,  to,  «•.  morire. 
different,  at^^-,  diverso. 
differently,   (^^-^  dtversa- 

mente. 
difficult,  odj.,  difficile. 
diligent,  «ty-.  diUgmte.    ^ 
dip    into,    to,    «•.    immer- 

gere. 
direct,  to,  indirizzdre. 
director,  n-,  dlrettdre. 

dirty,  O'dj.,  siUHcio. 
disagreement,    «.,    disac- 

cdrdo. 
dish,  n.,pidtto. 

disnonestly,  <^"-7  disones- 

tainente. 

dishonourable,  adj., 

disonor  Stole. 
disjoin,  to,  v.,  disgiilngere. 

disobedient,  adj.,  disobbe- 

iiiente. 

disobey,    to,    '«'•.    disubbi- 

dire. 
dis  ?OSe,  to,  v.,  dispdrre. 
disposed,  part.,  dispdsto. 
dissipate,  to,  v.,  sciupdre. 
distinctly,    adj.,    distinta- 

mente. 

distinguish,  to,  v.,  distin- 

guere. 
distract,  to,  v.,  distdgliere, 

distrdrre. 
divide,  to,  ''•.  dividere. 
do,  to,  v.,fdre. 
do    .quickly,    to,    v.,   far 

presto. 
doctor,  n.,  Jottdre. 
dog,  n.,  cdne. 
dollar,  n.,  sciido. 
domination,  «•.  dominio. 
done,  part.,  fdtto. 
door,  n.,  porta. 
doubt,  to,  v.,  dubitdre. 
downstairs,  adv.,  abbdsso. 
draWj  to,  v.,  trdrre. 
drawing,  «•,  disegno. 
drawing-room,  n.,  sdla. 
dream,  to,  «•,  sogndre. 
Dresden,  n.,  Dresda. 
dress,  «•»  dbito. 
drink,  to,  v.,  bevere,  bere. 
drown,  to,  '"•,  annegdre. 
drunk,  adj.,  ubbridco. 
drunk,  part.,  beoiito. 

drunk,  to  get,  v-.  ubbria- 

cdrsi. 
dry,  adj.,  secco. 
dry,  to,  v.,  iergere. 
duel,  "•»  duello. 
duet,  n.,  duetto. 
duke,  «•,  dtica. 
during,  adv.,  durante. 
dust,  n.,pdlvere. 
duty,  «•>  dovere. 


E. 

each,  adj.,  dgni. 
ear,  «•»  orecchio. 
earl,  «.,  cdnte. 
earring,  n.,  oreccMno. 
earth,  «•.  terra. 
east,  *^-.  levdnte. 
easy,  adj.,fdcile. 
eat,  to,  ^'•.  mangidre. 
ebony,  «•>  ebano. 
economical,  adj.,  ecdnomo. 
educated,  part.,  educdto. 
education,  «•«  educazidne. 
egg,  n.,  uovo. 
elephant,  «•.  defdnte. 
eloquent,  adj.,  eloquSnte. 

elsewhere,  adv.,  aitrdve. 

embark,  to,  v.,  imbarcdrsi. 
embassy,  «•>  ambascidta. 
Emma,  «•>  E'mma. 
Emmanuel,  «••  Emanuele. 
emptv,  adj.,  vudto. 
encumbrance,    «•>    imba- 

rdzzo. 
enemy,  «•»  nemico. 
engineer,  »•.  ingegnere. 
England,  n..  InghHterra. 
English,  adj.,  inghse. 
enjoy,  to,  v.,  god/re. 
enormously,  adv.,  enorme- 

mente. 
enough,  adv.,  abbastdma. 
enough !  interj.,  bdsta ! 
enrich,  to,  v.,  arricchire. 
enter,  to,  ^'•.  entrdre. 
enterprise,  n.,  intraprSsa. 
entrust,  to,  v-,  affiddre. 

equivalent,  to  be,  v.,  equi- 

valere. 
erect,  to,  v.,  er/gere. 
estate,  n.,podere. 
esteem,  to,  v.,  sttmdre. 
Europe,  «•>  Eurdpa. 
even,  conj.,  dncli-e. 
even  J  not,  conJ.,  nednche. 
evening,  «•,  sera. 
evening,  this,  adv..  stas- 

sera. 
ever,  adv.,  sempre. 
every,  adj.,  dgni. 
every  time,  adv.,  dgni  qudl 

vdlta. 
everywhere,  adv.,  dovdnque. 
evil,  "•,  male. 

examination,  "•>  esdme. 
examiner,  «•,  esaminatdre. 
exce  pt^  conj.,  eccetto. 
exce  otion,  «■,  eccezidne. 
excessively  (of  rain),  adv., 

alia,  dirdtta. 
exercise,  i^->  esercizio. 
exhibition,  n.,  esposizidne. 
exist,  to,  v.,  esistere. 
expel,  to,  ^'■,  espillere. 
expect,  to,  v.,  atteidersi. 
express,  to,  v.,  esprimere. 
extinguish,  to,  v.,  spegnere. 


extract,  to,  v.,  estrdrre. 
extremely,    adv.,    enorme- 
mente. 

eye,  n.,  dccMo. 
F. 

fable,  n.,fdvola,  stdria. 

face,  n.,fdccia. 

fact  (in),  adv.,  fdtti  (in). 

fail,  to,  niancdre. 

faith,  n.,Jede. 

fail,  to,  v.,  cadere. 

false,  «d;-,y«iso. 

family,  n.,famiglia. 

far,  adj.,  lontdno. 

far  away,  adv.,  lontdno. 

fastidious  (to  become), «-. 

infastidirsi. 
father,  n.,  pddre. 
fatnerland,  n.,pdtria. 
fate,  n.,fdto. 
fault,  «•>  c6ipa. 
favour,  n.,javdre. 
favour,  in,  adv.,  infavdre. 
fear,  n.,paura. 
February,  »*•.  Febbrdio. 
feel,  to,  «•.  sentire. 
feign,  to,  v.,^"fl'ere. 
fever,  n.,febbre. 

few(pi-),po,cfi-i- 

fib,  «•»  storiella. 

field,  n.,  prdto,  campdjna. 

fig,  n.,fico. 

fight,  to,  v.,  bdltersi. 

fig-tree,  n.,fico. 

find,  to,  v.,  trovdre. 

finder,  n.,  dito. 

finish,  to,  v.,Jinire. 

fire,  n.,fudco,  incendio. 

fisn,  n.,  pesce. 

fist,  n.,piujno. 

fiame,  n.,jldmma. 

fiatterer,  «.,  adulatdre. 

flood,  to,  v.,  allagdre. 

floor,  n.,  piano. 

flower,  n.,Jidre.  * 

follow,  to,  v.,  seguire. 

foot,  «•.  piede. 

foot,  at  the,  adv.,  appie. 

for,  prep.,  per. 

foresee,  to,  v.,  prevedere. 

forest,  n.,  bdsco. 

forget,  to,  v.,  oblidre. 

forgetful,  adj.,  ifmemordto. 

fork,  n.,forclietta. 

fortune,  n.,fortdna. 

forward,  adv.,  avdnti. 

forward,  to  go,  «-.  avan- 

zdrsi. 
franc,  n.,  franco. 
France,  n.,  Frdncia. 
Francis,  n.,  Francesco. 
free,  to,  v.,  Uberdre. 
freedom,  n.,  Ubertd.  ^ 
freely,  adv.,  Uberamente. 
freeze,  to,  imp.,  geldre. 
French,  adj. ,f ramose. 
fresh,  adj.,  fresco. 


216 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH  WORDS. 


friend.  «••  amtco. 
friendship,  «•,  amicuia. 
fri?nten,  to,  v.,  far  paura, 

sbalordire. 
ircm,  prep.,  da. 
fruit,  n.,friitto. 

fruit-garden,  n.,  6rto. 

frv,  to,  i\,friggere. 
fulnl,  to,  ad,  mpiere. 
fu.niture,  «•»  mdbile. 
future,  n.,futiiro. 


gain,  to,  »•.  guadagndre. 
gama,  n.,  partita. 
garden,  «•.  yiardino. 
gas,  «.,  g"s. 

gatner,  to.  »-.  raccdgliere. 
general,  «.,  generate. 
generally,  adv.,  per  sdlito. 
generous,  adj.,  generdso. 
gentleman,  «•,  galantudmo, 

signore. 
German,  adj.,  ted  sco. 
German  ^  «•,,  oer mania. 
get,  to,  v.,  awere. 
get  ,ansr7>  to,   v.,  arrab- 

bidrsi. 
get^  drunk,  to,  «-.  ubbria- 

cdrsi. 
get  near,  to,  «•,  amicindrsi. 
get  up,  to,  "m  alzdrsi. 
gird,  to,  W-.  cingere. 
girl,  «•,  rag,izza. 
give,  to,  «•,  dure, 
give  back,  to,  i^-,  rlndere. 
give  a  prize,  to,  «•.  j?rc- 

jftiare. 
given,  part.,  ddto. 
glad,  adj.,felice. 
glass,  «••  bicchiere,  vetro. 
glove,  «•.  gudnto. 
go,  tOf  «•,  anddre. 
go  away,  to,  i^-,  andarsen*. 
go  ashore,  to,  v.,  approddre. 

SO  down  at  sea,  to   (to 

sink),  v.,  affonddre. 
go  out,  to,  «•.  ««c/re. 
goal,  n.,  sc6po. 

goat,  »•.  cdpro. 
od, «.,  ''«>• 
goldf,  n.,  6ro. 
gi.od,  aty.,  ?JM<Jno. 
good  heavens!  interj.,  cdrpo 

di  Bdcco  I 
goodness,  n.,  bonta. 
goods,  n.,  rdba. 
gospel,  «-,  evavgelo. 
gout,  «•,  podagra. 

government,  «-.  goerno. 

governor,  n.,  govematdre. 

grandfather,  « .  ndnno. 
grandmother,  «•,  nt^nno. 
grant,  to,  v.,  concidere. 
grape,  «•.  ««a. 
grass.  »'•,  ^rba. 
grass-plot,  n.,  prrfto. 
grateful,  acy.,  prato. 


great,  adj.,  grdnde,  en&rme. 
Greek,  adj.,  grico. 
grey,  adj.,  Uigio. 
grieve,  to,  v.,  attrittdrti. 
groping,  adv.,  tastdni. 
grow,  to,  v.,  crescere. 
gun,  n.,/ucile. 

H. 

habit,  «•.  abitiidine. 
hail,  to,  i'«J5.  v.,  grandindre. 
hair,  " ••  lapeito. 
haii'-pennv,  «.,  aJWo. 
haii,  n.,  sdla. 
ham,  '<-,  saldme. 
Hamlet,  «•>  Amlito. 

hand}  w-.  mdno. 

handicraft,  «•.  mestUre. 
handkercnief,  n.,/azzoUtto. 

happen,  to,  v.,  accadere. 

happened,  what,  «•,  acca- 

diito. 
happy,  adj.,felice. 
hard,  adj.,  ddro. 
haste,  n.,frkta. 
hasten,  to,  v.,  affrettdrsi. 
hat,  n.,  cappello. 

hatter,  «•,  cappeiidio. 

have,  to,  v.,  acere. 

have  recourse,  to,  «•,  ricdr- 

rere. 

head,  «•,  <''«to,  cdpo. 

heal,  to,  ^'•,  fjuarire. 

I  health,  «••  salute. 
'  hear,  to,  «••  wrft'rc. 

heart,  «•»  cu^re. 

bjeart,  by,  adu.,  a  nunte. 

heavens,     good,      interj., 
cdrpo  di  Bacco ! 

heavy,  adj.,  pesdnte. 

height,  «.,  altezza. 

help,    to,    v.,    tener   mdno, 
aiutdre. 

henceforth,  adv.,  d'dra  in- 

ndnzi. 
Henry,  «.,  Enrico. 
here,  ado.,  qut. 
here  above,  adv.,  qtiassii. 
here  andthere,adu.,7uae2a. 

hide,  to,  v.,  nascdndere. 

high,  a4j.,  dlto. 

historv,  n.,  stdria.' 

hold,  to,  v.,  tenere. 

holiday,  «.,  vacdma. 

Holland, «.,  oidnda. 
I  honest,  «<y-.  onisto,  integro. 

honestly,  adv.,  onestamente. 

honour,  to,  v.,  onordre. 
'  hope,  to,  v-,  sperdre. 

horrible,  adj.,  orribiU. 

horse,  n-.  cavdiio. 

hospital,  n.,  pspeddle. 
hotel,  «•.  albergo. 
hotel-keeper,  <»-.  alberga- 

tdre. 
house,  "•.  cdsa. 
how,  conj.,  come. 


however,  conj^  qtumtanque, 

pure. 
how  much,  adv.,  quanta. 
hunger,  n.,fdme. 
hum,  "•,  cdccia. 
hurt,  to,  v.,  urtdre. 
hurtiul,  to  be,  »•,  nudcert. 
husn  !  interj.,  zitto  I 


ice,  "•.  ghidccio. 
ignoble,  a4j.,  igndbile. 
it,  <.o):j.,  se. 
ill,  adj.,  ammaldto. 
illness,  "■>  maUUlia. 
image,  «•.  immdgine. 

immediately,  adv.,  siibito. 

impede,  to,  '•.  impedire. 
impel,  to,  "•.  'wt/x  lUre. 
important.,  adj.,  importdnte 
impose:  to,  i'-.  impdrre. 
impossible,    adj.,     imposti- 

bile. 
improve,  to,  v.,  migliordre. 
incapable,  adj.,  incapdce. 
income,  «•.  rendita. 
increase,  to,  v.,  uccrlscere. 

incur,  to,  v.,  incdnere. 
indigestion,  n.,indiyestidnc. 
in  lact,  ado.,  infdtti. 
in  favour,  adv.,  infac&re. 
infuse,  to,  v.,  in/dndere. 

inneritance,  «•.  ereditd. 

injure,  to,  v.,  Udere. 
ink,  n.,  inchidstro. 
inkstand,  n.,  calamdw. 
inn,  »•.  osteria. 
innocent,  adj.,  innoct^nU. 
in  ]place,  adv.,  in  ludgo. 
inside,  adv.,  dentro. 
in  spite,  adv.,  ad  dnta. 
instead,  adv.,  in  ludgo. 
insult,  ".,  insiilto. 
insult,  to,  t),  ivsnWire. 
in  the  midst,  ode,  in  mezto. 

intimate,  adj..  intimo. 

invade,  to,  »•.  invddere. 
invite,  to,  «.,  invitdre. 

invitation,  «•.  inrito. 

invited,  l>art.,  in  ritdto. 
iron,  n.,ferro. 
irresistibly,  adv.,  irresitti- 

bilminte. 
Italian,  adj.,  Italidno. 
Italy,  ».,  Itdlia. 


January,  n.,  genndio. 
jaw,  n>  mascrlla. 
jewel,  n.,  gioi  llo. 
Jewish,  a4j.,  giudeo. 
John.  «••  (iio'iin^ti. 
joiner,  n.,Jaregndme. 
JOUmev^,  "••  vidggio. 
joy,  n.,gidia. 
judge,  n.,  giiidice. 


INDEX   TO  VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH   WORDS. 


217 


JUDGMENT. 

judgment,  **•»  giudizio. 
juice,  «•.  sugo. 
June,  «•.  giugno. 
Juiy,  "•.  liigiio. 

K. 

keep  awake,  to,  v.,  veglidre. 
kiil,  to,  v.,  uccidere. 
kind,  adj.,  budno. 
kindness,  "•>  bontd. 

king,  n.,  re. 

kitCiien,  «•>  cucina. 

kneel,  to,  v.,  gmujUttere. 

knit'e,  »■»  colttllo. 

knignt,  n-,  cavalUre. 

knot,  ^i-.  n^^do. 

knjW,  to,   v.,  sapere,  cond- 

scere. 
known,  part.,  saptito,  cono- 

sviuto. 


ladr,  "•'  signdra. 
laite,  n.,  U'tgo 
lame,  adj.,  zdppo. 
lamp,  «•»  Idmpada. 
language,  n.,  lingua. 
lantern,  «•.  lanttma. 

large,  "dj.,  Idrtio,  grdnde. 

last,  adj.,  ultimo. 

last,  at,  adv.,  alia  fine. 

late,  adv.,  tdrdi. 

lately,  ado.,pdcofa. 

Latin,  c'''i..  Latino. 

lai         to,  ''•»  ridere. 

la\.  vOl,  «•>  avvocdto. 

ISLZYi  "'  /•»  ozioso. 

lazineSC,  n.,  6zio,  infmgar- 

ddggine. 
lean,  to,  «•,  appoggidrsi. 
learn,  to,  »'•.  impardre. 
Icani'  I,  o,dj.,  dotto. 
leaVCi  lO,  ^m  lascidre. 
leave,  W-»  permesso. 
leg,  «•,  gdmba. 
lend,  to,  "m  prestdre. 
less,  odu.,  meno. 
lesson,  «•>  lezidne. 
let,  to,  w.,  appiggiondre. 
letter,  «•,  lettera. 
libertv,  «•>  Ubertd. 
library,  n.,  Ubreria. 
lie,  «•,  bugia. 
lie,  to,  ^-i  mentire. 
life, «-.  vi'to. 
lignt,  ^ ,  liime. 
light  again,  to,  v.,  riaccen- 

dere. 
lighten,  to,  imp.  v.,  lamp^- 
_  gidre. 

lii.n,  «•»  iedn«. 
liqueur,  «•,  Uqudre. 
listen,  to,  v.,  ascoltdre. 
little,  adj.,  piccolo. 
little,  adv.,  pdco. 

little  by  little,  adv.,  pdco  a 
p6co. 


live,  to,  V-,  vtvere. 
Lads  tone,  «•.  oalamita. 
Lombardy,  n.,  /.ombardla. 
London,  «..  Londra. 
long,  adj.,  liingo. 
long,  to,  ^•.  desiderdre. 
look}  to,  v.,  seinbrdre. 
looking-glass,  n.,  specchio. 
lose,  to,  v.,  perdere. 
loss,  «•»  pt:rdita. 
louu,  adj.,  alto. 
Louise,  «.,  Luisa. 
love,  "•>  amore. 
lucrative,  adj.,  lucrativo. 

M. 

maccaroni,  «•>  maccherdne. 
mad  (0/  a  dogr),  adj.,  arrab- 

bidto. 
made,  part.,fdtto. 
make,  to,  v.,fdre. 
make  believe,  to,  v.,  far 

vista,  J  in{,  ere. 

make  a  present,  to,  v., 

regaldre. 
man,  n.,  udmo. 
manner,  «•>  mddo. 
manufactory,  n.,fdbbrica. 
man/,  adj.,  mdlti. 
marble,  «•»  mdrmo. 

March,  n.,  mdrzo. 
march,  to,  f  •.  marcidre. 
marKet,  «•.  mercato. 
marry,  to,  v.,  maritdrsi. 
Marv,  n.,  Maria. 
mask,  n.,  mdschera. 
master,    «•»    maestro,    par- 

drdne. 
match,  n.,  zolfanlllo. 
meadow,  «•.  i>r  to. 
means,  «■,  mezzo. 

means,  by,  adv.,  per  mezzo. 
meat,  «•.  cdme. 
me  <t,  salt,  ^^-j  saldme. 
medicine,  ^-i  medicina. 
meet,  to,  v.,  incontrdre. 
melt,    to,    v.,  fdndere,    di- 

diaccidre. 
memory, «.,  mente. 
mercnandise,  «•.  merce. 
merchant,  n.,  negozidnte. 
midnight,  n.,  mezzandtte. 
merrv,  adj.,  allegro. 
midst,    in    the,    adv.,    in 

mezzo. 
Milan,  n.,  Mildno. 
mile,  n.,  miglio. 
milk,  n.,  Idtte. 
minister,  n.,  ministro. 
minute,  «•>  mintito. 
misdemeanour,  n.,  delitto. 

miser,  n.,  avdro. 
misery, «..  miseria. 
misfortune,  «•.  disgrdzia. 
mistake,  n.,  errdre. 
Mr.,  n.,  signdre. 
Mrs.,  n.,  signdra. 


mix,  to,  «•,  mescere. 
modest,  adj.,  moiesto. 
modesty,  n.,  modestia. 
money,  n.,  dandro. 

monkey,  «•»  sdmmia. 
Mont    Blanc,     «•,    Mdnte 
Bianco. 

Monte    Rosa,    n.,    Mdntc 

hdsa. 
month,  n.,  mese. 
moon,  n ,  lUna. 
moonlight,    «•,  chidro  di 

liina. 
more,  adv.,piii. 
morning,  n.,  mattina. 
morning,  this,  adv.,  stamat- 

tina. 
morrow,  to-,  adv.,  domdni. 
mortal,  adj.,  mortdle. 
mother,  n.,  mddre. 
mountain.  «•»  mdnte,  mon- 

tdgna. 

mouth,  by  word  of,  adv , 

a  viva  vdce 
much,  adv.,  assdi,  mdlto. 
much,  as.  adv.,  tdvto. 
much  as,   as,  adv.,  tdvto 

qudnto. 
much,  by,  adv.,  afdrza. 
much,  how,  adv.,  qudnto. 
much,  too,  adv.,  trdppo. 
murderer,  «•,  assassino. 
mutUftli  adj;  comUne. 

N. 

name,  to,  v.,  nomindre. 
named  part.,  nomindto. 
Nai^oleon,  n.,  Napoledne. 
nation,  n.,  nazidne. 
naiive.  adj.,  natdle. 
near,  adj.  i.nd  adv.,  vicino. 
near,  to  get.  «.,  awidndrsi. 
nearest,  adj.,prdssimo. 
nearly,  conj.,  quasi. 
necessary,  adj.,  necessdrio. 
necessary,  to  be,  v.,  biso- 

gndre. 
need,  n.,  bisdgno. 

needle,  «•»  dgo. 

neglect,  to,  «•,  negligere. 
neighbour,  «•,  prdssimo. 
neignbouring,  adj.,  vicino 

nephew,  n.,  nipdte. 

nevertheless,  conj.,  nondi- 

meno. 
new,  adj.,  nudvo. 
news,  n.,  nudva,  novella. 
newspaper,  n.,  giomdle. 
next,  adj.,prdssimx>. 
night,  w ,  ndtte. 
noble,  adj.,  ndbile. 
nobodv,  pron.,  nessiino. 
n  <ise,  n.,  ramdre. 
none,  pron.,  nessiino. 
noon.  "•,  niezzogidmo. 
nor,  adv.,  ne. 
north,  n.,  nord. 
not,  a^v.,  non. 


218  INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH   W0ED8. 


NOTE, 

note.  «•.  biglietto. 
not  even  adv.,  nednche. 
nothing,  pron.,  niilla,niente. 
now,  o^i'm  f^ra,  adesso. 
numerous*  odj.,  nvmerdto. 

o. 

oak.  «•»  quercia. 
obedient.  o4J'  ubhidiente. 
obev,  to.  «•.  ubbidire. 
oblige,  to,  v.,  obbligdre. 

obliged,  to  be.  v-.  dovlre. 
obstacle.  «•,  ostdcuio. 
obstinate,  adj.,  ostindto. 
occasion,  n.,  occasidne. 
occupied,  part.,  occupdto. 
of,  prep.,  di. 

Onend.  to.  «•.  offendere. 
oflfended,  part.,  offeso. 
offer,  n.,  offerta. 
offer,  to,  v.,  offrire. 
often,  adj.,  spesso. 
oh  !  inter j.,  oh ! 
oil.  «•.  <^lio. 
old,  adj.,  vecchio. 
Ombrella,  «•,  ombrello. 
on  all  fours,  adv.,  carponi. 
only,  adv.,  soltdnto. 
only  one,  adj.,  imico. 

on  the  contrary,  aiiv.,  diver- 

samente. 
on  the  point,  adv.,  in  pro- 

cinto. 
on  the  other  side,  adv.,  al 

di  la. 
open,  to,  v.,  aprire. 
opera,  «..  dpera. 
opinion,  n.,  par  ere. 
opposite,   adv.,   dirimpetto, 

Jdccia  (in). 
oppress,  to,  ''>■,  opprimere. 
oppressor.  «•,  oppress6re. 
or,  conj.,  o,  od,  attrimmti. 
orange,  n.,  ardncia. 
orator,  n.,  oratdre. 
order,  «..  drdlne. 
order,  in,  adv.,  a  fine,  affin- 

che. 
order,  to,  «-,  ordindre.^ 
originate,  to,  «.,  procedere. 
other,  adj.,  dltro. 
others,  pron.,  cUtnii. 
Otherwise,  conj.,  altrimenti. 
outside.  adv.,fu6ri. 
out.  to  go,  v.,  uscire. 
overbearing,  n.,  arrogdma. 
overflow,  to.  v.,  allagdre. 
overtake,   to,  v.,  raggiun- 

gere. 
owner,  n.,  padr&ne. 
OX,  n.,  biie. 


pajfe,  n.,  pdgina. 
pain,  n.,  doldre. 
pain,  to,  v.,  dolere. 
paint,  to,  Vm  dipingere. 


POUR  OCT. 

painter,  n.,  pittHce,  /.,  pit- 

tdre,  m. 
painting,     «•,    pittHra, 

I       quddro. 
palace,  n.,  paldzzo. 

pale,  to  become,  v-.  impai- 

lidire. 
paper,  n.,  carta. 
pardon,  to.  ^-i  perdondre. 

pardon,  free,  n.,  grdzia. 

parent.  «•»  yenitdre. 
Paris,  n.,  Parigi. 
park,  n.,pdrco. 
part,  «■.  parte. 
pass.  to.  v.,  passdre. 
past,  adj.,  scdrso. 
patience,  n.,pazienza. 
pay,  to,  v.,  pagdre. 
peach,  «•.  pesca. 
pear.  n.,pcra. 
pen,  n.,  pinna. 
Peter,  n.,  Fietro. 
peasant,  «•.  contadino. 
peninsula.  n.,penisola. 
penny  (half),  n.,  sdldo. 

people,  n.,p6polo. 
perceive,  to,  v.,  sc&rgere. 
perhaps.  conj.,fdrse. 
person,  n.,  pers&na. 
personally,  adv.,  inpersdna. 
peruse,  to,  v.,  scdrrere. 
petition,  n.,  petlzidne. 
piano,  n.,  pianoforte.- 
pin,  n.,  spilla. 
pink,  n.,  gardfano. 
pipe,  n.,p',pa. 
pity,  to,  v.,  compidngere. 
place,  in,  adv.,  in  ludgo. 

place.  «•.  pdsto. 

plant,  n.,pidnta. 
plate,  n.,pidtto. 
play,   to,   v.,  giocdre,  giuo- 

cdre,  siumdre. 
pleasant,  adj.,  anu-no. 
please,  to,  «.,  piacere. 

please  t6   be,  v.,  compia- 

cersi. 
pleasure,  n.,  piacere,  grddo. 
plenty,  adv.,  a  bizzeffe, 
plot,  grass.  "•,  prdto. 
pocket,  n.,  tasra,  saccdccia. 

pocket-handkerchief,    n., 

fazzoU'tto. 
poetry,  n.,poesia. 
poisoned,  part.,  awelendto. 
polish  again,  to.  v.,  ripuUre. 
political,  adj.,  politico. 
poor,  adj.,  pdvero. 
portion,  n.,  parte. 
possess,  to.  v.,  possedere. 
possess  oneself,  to,  v.,  im- 

padronirsi. 
possible.  adj.,poisibile. 
possibly,  adv.,possibilmente. 
post-office,  n.,  pdsta. 

pound  (money),  «-,  lira 

sterlina. 
pour  out,  to,  v..  mescere. 


QVIET. 

poverty,  «•.  miseria. 
powerful,  adj.,  postente. 
praise,  to,  v.,  loddre. 
pray,  to,  c,  pregdre. 
j  prefer,  to,  «•,  preferire. 
prepared,  part.,  prepardto. 

\  present,  ».,  regdio. 
present,   to  make  a,  v. 

regaldre. 
presented,  part.,  regaldto. 
presently.  adv.,frap6co. 
prevent,  to,  f -.  impedire. 
priest,  n.,prete. 
principal,  a'ij.,  prindpdU. 
prison,  n.,  prigiOne. 
prisoner,  «..  prigioniero. 
privately,  adv.,  a  qudttr'dc- 

chi. 
prize,  n.,premio. 

prize,  to  give  a,  v.,  pre- 

midre. 
probable.  adj.,probdbile. 
probably,    adv.,    probabil- 

mente. 
proceed,  to.  v.,  procedere. 
profession,  n.,  professiSne. 
profit,  n.,  jn-cfittn,  jKirtito. 
promenade,  n.,  passeggiiita, 

passe  f/gio. 

promenade,  to,  i'-,  passeg- 

gidre. 

promise,  to.  v.,  prrmktere. 

promised,  part.,  promt sso. 

promote,  to.  v.,promu<ivere. 

pronounce,  to,  »•.  pronun- 
cidre. 

proper,  to  be,  v.  imp.,  con- 
venire. 

property,  «•,  avere,  pro- 
prietd. 

proposal,  n.,  propdsta. 

protect,  to.  v.,  protiggere. 

proud,  adj.,  superbo. 

proverb,  n.,  proverbio. 

provide,  to.  v.,  provvedere. 

provided,  conj.,  suppdstochi, 
purche. 

province,  "-.  provinda. 

prudent,  adj.,  prudente. 

psalm,  n.,  sdlmo. 

public,  adj.,  ptibblico. 

punish,  to,  V    nunire. 

pupil.  «.,  scotdre,  allievo. 

purchase,  to,  ''•.  co^nprdre. 

purchase,  «■.  compra. 

purpose,  n.,  disegno. 

purposely.  .  adv.,  a  bf'Uo 
studio,  a  biila  pdtta. 

pursue,  to,  v.,  inseguire. 

put,  to,  v.,  mettere,  pdrre. 

put  between,  to,  »..  frap- 

pdrre. 


Q- 


queen.  «•.  regina. 
quickly,  adv.,  presto. 
quickly,  to  do,  v.,fcrpris»^ 
qai9t,  ac^j.,  titto. 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES.— ENGLISH  WORDS. 


219 


railway,  n.,ferrov{a. 

rain,  n.,pi6ggia. 

rain,  to,  *™p-  v.,pidvere. 

rather,  conj.,  piuttdsto. 
read,  to,  v.,  Uggere. 
read,  part.,  letto. 
reading,  the,  lettura. 
ready,  o^j-^  prdnto. 
readjust,   to,  »-,  riaggius- 

tare. 
reason,  n.,  ragi&m. 
receive,  to,  v.,  Hcevere. 
recite,  to,  'v-,  redtdre. 

recognise,  to,  v.,   ricono- 

scere. 

recommend,  to,  v.,  racco- 

manddre. 

recommendation,  «.,  rae- 

comandazidne. 

recompense,  to,  v.,  ricom- 

pensdre. 

recourse,  to  have,  v.,  ric6r- 

rere. 
red,  adj.,  rdsso. 

redeem,  to,  ^^  salvdre. 

reduce,  to,  '»■,  ridHrre. 
reflect,  to,  v.,  rijlktere. 
refract,  to,  ^'•,  njiettere. 
regarding,  ad^-,  aprqpdsito. 
regiment,  «•»  reggimento. 
regret,  to,  v.,  pentirsi. 
rejoice,  to,  v.,  ralUgrdrsi. 
relate,  to,  v.,  narrdre,  roc- 

contare. 
relation,  «•,  relazidne.^ 
remain,  to,  v.,  rimanSre. 

remember,  to,    v.,  ricor- 

ddrsi. 
rend,  to,  v,-.  sdrucire. 
rent,  «.,  rSndita. 
repel,  to,  v.,  ripellere. 
repent,  to,  v.,  pentirsi. 
reply,  to,  '»■,  rispdndere. 
representation,  «..  rappre- 

sentazidne. 

reproach,  to,  v.,  rimpro- 

verdre. 
request,  w.,  richiesta. 
request,  to,  v-,  richiSdere. 
reside,  to,  ^•,  dimordre. 
residence,  «•.  abitazi&ne. 
resolve,  to,  v-,  risdlvere. 
resource,  «•>  risorsa. 

respect,  i^-t  rispkto. 

respect,  to,  ^'•,  rispettdre. 
rest,  to,  I'-,  riposdrsi. 

return,  «•.  ritomo. 
return,  to,  '«'•.  ntomdre. 

revolted,  part.,  ribelldto. 
rich,  adjy  ricco. 
riches,  n.,  ricchezza. 
ride,  w-,  cavalcdta. 
right,  **•»  diritto. 
ring,  «•»  anello. 
ripe,  adj.,  matiiro. 
river,  n.,fiiime. 


SHOUT. 

road,  n.,  via. 
roar,  to,  v.,  ruggire. 
roast,  «•,  arrdsto. 
Rome,  n.,  R6ma. 
roof,  «•>  tetto. 
room,  «•,  cdmera,  pdsto. 
rose,  n.,  rdsa. 

"BiOSQ^propern^Rdsa,  Rosina. 
ruin,  to,  v-,  rovindre. 
run,  to,  v.,  cdrrere. 
run  away,  to,  v.,fuggtre. 
run  towards,  to,  '^•,  accdr- 

rere. 
Russia,  «•»  Russia. 

s. 

saddened,  to  be,  v.,  attris- 

tdrsi. 
saddle,  n.,  sella. 
safe,  adj.,  siciiro. 
safety,  w.,  sicurta. 
said,  part.,  detto. 
sailor,  «•,  marindro. 
Saint   Helena,    «•,   Sant' 

Elena. 
salad,  n.,  insaldta. 
sale,  n.,  vendita. 
salute,  to,  '"■>  salutdre. 
bappho,  n.,  Sdffo. 
satire,  »•.  sdtira. 
satisfied,  to  be,  v-,  conten- 

tdrsi. 
save,  to,  v..  salvdre. 
Saxony,  «•,  Sassdnia. 
say,  tb,  v-,  dire. 
scarcely,  conj.,  a  pena. 
school,  n.,  scudla. 
sea,  n.,  mare. 
see,  to,  v.,  vedere. 
seek,  to,  ^^  cercarc. 
seem,  to,  v.,  parere. 
seldom,  adv.,  di  rddo, 
sell,  to,  v.,  vendere. 
send,  to,  v.,  manddre. 
sentinel,  «•,  sentinella. 
September,  n.,  Settempre. 
serious,  adj.,  severo,  serio. 
seriously,  adv.,  seriamente. 
servant,  n.,  servo,  servitdre. 
SeXT^e,  to,  '0;  servire. 
several,  adj.,parecchi. 
severe,  adj.,  severo,  serio. 
severely,  adv.,  severamSnte. 
sew,  to,  v.,  cucire. 

shear,  to,  V;,  tosdre. 
sheep,  n.,pecora. 

sheet  (of  paper),  n.,f6glio. 

shilling,  «•,  scellino. 
shine,  to,  v.,  rilikere. 
ship,  «••,  ndve,  vascello. 
shoe,  «••  scdrpa. 

shoemaker,  «•,  caizoldio. 

shooting,  n.,  cdccia. 
shopkeeper,  n.,  bottegdio. 
short,  adj.,  c&rto. 
shoulder,  n.,  spdlla. 
shout,  "•,  grido. 


shout,  to,  v.,  gndare. 
show,  «•«  tndstra. 
show,  to,  1^.,  mostrdre. 
shut,  to,  v.,  chiMere. 

side,  on  the  other,  adv., 

al  di  la. 
side,  **■»  latOf  parte. 
sight,  *»•»  vista. 
sign,  to,  y.,Jirmdre. 
silk,  «•»  seta. 
silly,  acy.,  stupido. 
sin,  n.,peccdto. 
since,  cory.,  giacche. 
sing,  to,  v.,  cantdre. 
singer,/-  n.,  cantatrioe. 
sink,  to,  v.,  affonddre. 
sir,  n.,  signdre. 

sister,  «•»  sorjiia. 

sit,  to,  '"•»  sedere. 

situation,  «-,  p^^sto. 

situated,  iJctr*.,  situdto. 

skin,  «•,  peiZe. 

sleep,  to,  ^•»  dormire. 

Sleep,  to  fall  a-,  v.,  addor- 

mentdrsi. 
sleeve,  «•,  mdnica. 
slothful,  adj.,  infingdrdo. 
slow,  adj.,  pidno. 
small,  adj.,  piccolo. 
smile,  to,  v.,  sorridere. 
smith,  n.,fdbbro. 
smoke,  n.,fumo. 
smoke,  to,  v.,fumdre,fumi- 

cdre. 
snow,  w.,  neve. 
snow,  to,  ii^P-  v.,  neviodre. 
so,  conj.,  cosL 
soap,  n.,  sapdne. 

soldier,  n.,  soiddto. 

some,  adj.,  alciino. 
something,  n.,  qudlche  cdsa. 

son,  n.,Jiglio. 
song,  w.,  canzone. 
soon,  adv.,  presto. 
soon,  as,  akv.,  appena. 
soon  as,  as,  adv.,  appSnache. 
sooner,  conj.,  piuttdsto. 
Sophia,  n.,  Sofia. 
sow,  to,  v.,  semindre. 
Spain,  w.,  Spdgna. 
sparrow,  n.,pdssero. 
speak,  to,  v.,  parldre. 
speech,  ^«.»  discdrso. 
spend,  to,  v.,  spendere. 
spider,  n.,  rdgno. 
spirit,  w.,  dnimo. 
spite,  in,  adv.,  ad  dnta. 
splendour,  n.,  splenddre. 
spleen,  J?.,  ndia. 
spring,  primavera. 
staircase,  «-,  scalindta. 
stairs,  «■,  scdla. 
stand  to,  v.,  stdre. 
standing,  adv.,  inpiedL 
star,  n.,  Stella. 
Starry,  adj.,  stelldto. 
start,  to,  v.,  awidrsi. 
StatiOQ)  '"'•>  stazidne. 


220 


INDEX   TO   VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH  WORDS. 


statue.  «-t  ttdtiM. 

statue,  little, "-,  statmtta. 

steal,  to,  «•.  rubdre. 

Steam,  «••  vapdre. 

steel,  «••  accidio. 

Stee  Jle,  «•,  campanile. 

Sterling,  c^7-,  sterlino. 

8tew>  "••  stufdlo. 

Stick,  «-,  bastdne. 

still,  conj.,  tuttavia. 

Stir  the  soul,  to,  «•,  com- 

muduere. 

Stock  Exchange,  «•,  Bdrsa. 

stone.   «•»  sa<«o,  (of  fruit) 

ndcciolo. 
stop.  to.  v.,fermdrsi. 
Storm,  n.,  tempesta. 
Story,  "•»  st&ria. 
Stranger,  n.,forestiere. 
street,  «•»  s^^-atto. 
strike,  to,  v., percudtere. 
strong,  adij.Jdrte. 
Student.  «•.  sttidente. 
studious,  a'^-.  stttdidso. 
stud  ',  «•.  «<wt^io. 
study,  to,  v.,  studidre. 
Stupid,  at^-.s^wiJit^- 
sub  ect,  «•.  suddito. 
sab.ugate,   to,   ^-y  soggio- 

gdre. 
submit,  to,  v.,  sottomettere. 
bUCCeed,  to,  »•.  riusdre,  per- 

venire,  succedere. 
such,  conj.,  tdle. 
suck,  to,  v.,  siiggere. 
suddenly!  ac/u.,  subito. 
suffer,  to,  «.,  so/rtrc. 
surtioient,  to  be,  *»»P-  «., 

bastdre. 
SUfficientlyf    c^^-y    abbas- 

tdnza. 
sugar,  «•»  zticchero. 
summer,  «•,  ««<«,  estdte. 
sun,  'i-.  *<^^- 
sup,  to,  v.,  cendre. 
8U  ijper,  n.,  cena. 
suppose,  to,  «.,  suppdrre. 
surprised,  part,  sorpreso. 
survive,   to,    v.,  sqprawi- 

vere. 
surrender,   to,   v.,  arren- 

dersi. 
suspend,  to,  v.,  sospend^re. 
swallow,  to,  w-,  inghiottire. 
sweep,  to,  v.,  spazzdre. 
sweet,  o,dj.,  ddlce. 
Switzerland,  » .  Svizzera. 
swollen,  adj.,  g&nfio. 

a  Aford,  «•.  spdda. 

T. 

table,  «•,  tdvoia. 
tailor,  «•.  sdrto. 
take,  to,  v.,  tdrre,  prendere. 
talk,  tOj  v.,  parldre. 
tall,  a^7-,  dlto,  grdnde. 


teach,  to,  v.,  insegndre. 
tear,  to,  v-.  sUrucire. 
tenor,  «•.  tendre. 

thanks,  i'.,grdzie. 
thaUK,  to,  v.,ringrazidre. 

tnac,  oAJ-y  queiio. 

the,  art.,  il,  U),  la,  i,  gli,  le. 
theatre,  «•,  tedtro. 
then,  ad^;  alldra. 

tnere,  adv.,  id. 
tnerefore,  conj.,percid,  dUn- 

que. 
thief,  "•,  Iddro. 
thin,  arfj-,  secco. 
thing,  «•,  cdsa. 
thinK,  to,  v.,  pensdre. 
thirst,  '>'■>  «ete. 
this,  adj.,  t/uesto,  pron.,  do. 
this   evening,  ado.,  ttas- 

sera. 
this  morning,  ad^->  stamat- 

tina. 
thought,  «•.  concetto. 
thousand,  adj.,  male. 
throat,  n.,  gdla. 
through,  prep.,  per  mezzo. 
throne,  "•»  tr&no. 
throw  oneself,  to,  gittdrsi. 
thunder,  to,  imp.  v.,  tuo- 

ndre. 
thus,  conj.,  cost. 
ticket,  «•,  biglietto. 
time,  «••  tempo. 
tired,  part.,  stdnco. 
to,  prep.,  a,  ad. 
to-ttay,  adv.,  6ggi. 
together,  adv.,  insieme. 
to-morrow,  adv.,  domdui. 
tongue,  "•»  lingua. 
too  much,  adv.,  trdppo. 
tooth,  n.,  dente. 
towards,  prep.,  verso. 

towards,  to  run,  v.,  acc&r- 

rere. 
towel,  «•»  asciugamdno. 
tower,  «■,  tdrre. 
town,  n.,  cittd. 
traitor,  «•.  traditdre. 
traitress,  «•,  traditdra. 
translate,  to,  'v-,  tradtirre. 
travel,  to,  v.,  vlaggidre. 
traveller,  «•,  viaggidto. 
travel  over,  to,  "•.  >c&r- 

rere. 
tree,  «•.  drbore,  dlbero. 

tribute,  »*•»  tribiito. 
trouble,  "-.  imbardtzo. 
true,  adj.,  vero. 
trujly,  adv.,  certatnente,  dav- 

vero. 
trust,  n.,  confidenza. 
trust,  to,  w-.^Wrn. 
truth,  W-.  veritd. 
Turin,  «•.  Torino. 
turkey  (fowl),  «•.  galUndc- 

do. 
Turkish,  adj.,  tilrco. 
XniUt  to,  v.,  wilgere. 


Ugly,  adj.,  bmtto. 
uncle, «-.  •fM>. 
under,  adv.,  sdtto. 
undergo,  to,  v.,  tubire. 
understand,  to,  »•,  capire, 
iuteiidere. 

undertake,  to,  «.,  intra- 

prendere. 
undertaking,    n.,    intra- 

presa. 
unhappy,  adj.,  i^felice. 
untie,  to,  v.,  sd^gliere. 
until,  adv.,  sino. 
un'  iUal,  c  !/.,  inusdto. 
unwillingly,  adv.,  a  maliiV' 

cu&re. 
up,  to  get,  v.,  alzdrsi. 
UPb.old,  to,  t'-,  sostenere. 
upon,  prep.,  su,  sdpra. 
uproot,  to,  v.,  svellere,  diveU 

lere. 
US,  pron.,  ndi,  d. 
used,  adj.,  sdlito. 
useful,  adj.,  utile. 
useless,  adj.,  inutile. 
usually,  adv.,  spesso. 
usury,  n.,  usura. 


vacancy,  *••>  vacdnza. 

valour,  ri.,  vaJ&re. 
valorous,  adj.,  valorSso. 
value,  to,  V-  tener  cdnto. 
various,  adj.,  Uiverso. 
Venice,  «•>  Venezia. 
verb,  «•»  verbo. 

very  much,  adv.,  mdito. 
v&Tf  mucn  (of  rain),  adv., 

alia  dirdtta. 
vice,  ri.,  vizio. 
Victor,  «•.  Vittdrio. 
victorious,  adj.,  vindtdre. 
view,  n.,  vista. 
village,  »'•,  villdggio. 
violet,  n.,  vidla. 
virtue,  «•.  virtii. 
visit,  «•.  visita. 
voice,  "•,  vdcc. 
volume,  n.,  voltime. 


w. 

wait,  to,  v.,  atpettdre. 
waiter,  »•>  cameriere. 
waiting,  adv.,  a  bdda. 
waitress,  "•.  camerirra. 
wake  up,  to,  »•.  sveglidrti, 
walk,   n.,  passeggidta.  pat 

seggio. 
walk,  to,  '-'•.  cammindre. 
wall,  "-.  mtiro. 
walnut, "-.  ndce. 
want,  n.,  bitdgnQ, 


INDEX  TO   VOCABULARIES. — ENGLISH   WORDS. 


221 


WANT. 

WOKK. 

YOUTH. 

want)   to,    «••  abbisogndre, 

whosoever,  pron.,  chiUnque. 

worse,  adj.,peggidre. 

mancdre. 

why,  adv.,perche. 

worse,  adv.,  peggio. 

war,  n.,  guerra. 

wide,  adj.,  largo. 

worse,  to  become,  «•,  i^- 

warehouse,  «•.  magazzino. 

wife,  n.,  mdglie. 

giordre. 

warm,  «<*j'.  cdido. 

wife,  to  take  a,  v.,  ammo- 

worth,  to  be,  «-,  vaUre. 
wound,  n.,ferita. 

WatCJl,  '*•>  orologio. 

glidrsi. 

watcK,  to,,  v.,  veylidre. 

Will,  «..  grddo. 

wound,  to,  v.,fertre. 

water,  n.,dcqua. 

William,  «-.  Guglielmo. 

wrath,  n.,  sdegno. 
wrinkled,  part.,  aggrinzito. 

wax,  n.,  cera. 

willinKly,  adv.,  volentieri. 

wav,  10  show  the,  «-,  »«- 

wind,  n  ,  vento. 

write,  to,  v.,  scnvere. 

dirizzdre. 

window,  n.,finestra. 

written,  part,  scritto. 

way,  »*•>  '"''<*•  nio'do. 
weak,  ai^i-.  debole. 

wine,  n.,  vino. 

wrong,  n.,  torto. 

winter,  «•,  inverno. 

weather,  «•,  tempo. 

wipe,  to,  «.,  tSrgere. 

Y. 

week,  n.,  settimdna. 

wish,  n.,  vogfiia. 

well,  w.iJ^^^o. 

wish,  to,  ^'•.  desiderdre. 

year,  «•,  dnM>. 

well,  «'*^'-.  ^^M«- 

with,  jpj'ep.,  con. 

yellow,  adj.,  gidllo. 
yesterday,  adv.,  ieri. 

wh  t,  pron.,  che  cdsa. 

without,  con;.,  sen^a. 

whatever,  pron.,  checchk. 

wolf,  *^»  '''i^o. 

yesterday,  the  day  before, 

wheat,  n.,  grdno. 

woman,  «-.  donna. 

adv.,  avantieri. 

when,  cidv.,  qudndo. 

wood,  n.,  bdsco,  legrio. 

yet,  adv.,  ancdra. 

whence,  O'dv.,  dnde,  ddnde. 

word,  n.,  pardla. 

yet,  not,  adv.,  non  ancdra. 

where,  adv.,  dve,  dove. 

word  of  mouth,  by,  adv.. 

youns,  adj.,  gidvine. 

white,  o,dj.,  bianco. 

a  viva  voce. 

youth,    »•»   ragdzzo,  giow- 

whole,  o^j-f  intero,  ttitto. 

work,  to,  v.,  lavordre. 

netto. 

A  Spanish  Grammar 


FOR  THE  USE  OF  SCHOOLS  AND  COLLEGES 

By  SAMUEL  GARNER,  Ph.D. 
Recently  Professor  of  Modern  Languages  U.  S.  Naval  Academy 

Cloth,  12mo,  415  pages Price,  $1.25 

This  grammar  gives,  in  clear  and  concise  outline,  the 
essential  features  of  the  language.  The  author  combines, 
in  an  unusual  degree,  an  intimate  knowledge  of  the  Spanish 
language  and  of  its  idioms  rarely  found  save  in  a  native 
Spaniard,  with  the  pedagogical  devices  and  the  insight  into 
the  needs  of  American  students  which  only  an  American 
instructor  of  long  experience  can  possess.  The  union  of 
these  two  features  places  the  book  in  the  front  rank  of 
practical  working  text-books. 

An  especially  serviceable  feature  of  the  book  is  the  intro- 
duction .of  numerous  business  letters  and  forms,  copied  from 
those  actually  used  by  one  of  the  leading  Spanish  firms  in 
this  country.  Both  the  exercises  and  the  Spanish  reading 
matter,  covering,  as  they  do,  a  very  wide  range  of  subjects, 
embrace  many  features  which  serye  as  an  introduction  to 
an  acquaintance  with  the  commercial  and  social  life  of 
Spanish-speaking  countries.  No  other  grammar  so  thor- 
oughly meets  this  want,  and  a  mastery  of  its  contents  will 
place  the  student  in  a  position  where  he  may  readily  develop 
and  apply  his  linguistic  knowledge  along  these  lines. 

In  view  of  the  constantly  growing  importance  of  our 
relations  with  our  Spanish-speaking  possessions  and  neigh- 
bors, a  book  which  will  equip  the  student  thoroughly  with 
an  accurate  and  ready  knowledge  of  the  language  both  for 
reading  and  conversation  is  an  essential  in  all  schools. 
Embodying  methods  employed  and  tested  in  many  years 
of  class-room  instruction,  this  is  such  a  book,  and  its  use 
cannot  fail  to  give  results  amply  proportionate  to  the  study 
expended  on  it. 


Copies  sent^  prepaid,  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  price  by  the  Publishers: 

American    Book  Company 

N«w  York  ♦  Cincinnati  ♦  Chica^ 


Text-Books  in   French 

By  ANTOINE   MUZZARELLI 

Officier  d' Acade'mie  ;   author  of  * '  Les  Antonymes  de  la  Langue 
Fran9aise,"  **  English  Antonymes,"  *'  French  Classics,"  etc. 


MUZZARELLl'S  ACADEMIC  FRENCH   COURSE— First  Year    .     $1.00 

Second  Year 1.00 

Keys  to  First  and  Second  Years   ....  Each,       1.00 

The  Academic  French  Course  embodies  in  two  books  a 
complete  system  of  instruction  in  the  French  language  for 
English-speaking  pupils.  The  course  is  remarkable  for  the 
simplicity  of  its  grammatical  treatment  and  for  the  care- 
fully selected  vocabulary  employed  in  the  exercises  and 
translations.  It  is  eminently  practical,  advancing  in  a 
constant  gradation  from  the  easiest  of  first  steps  to  those 
more  difficult.  Only  essential  rules  are  given,  and  those 
in  the  most  concise  form.  Besides  the  usual  grammatical 
drill,  it  includes  lessons  in  conversational  form,  entitled 
*' A  Trip  to  Paris,"  replete  with  information  of  the  most 
practical  kind  and  largely  increasing  the  student's  vocab- 
ulary with  an  extensive  variety  of  expressions  in  daily  use 
among  the  educated  classes  in  France. 

MUZZARELLl'S  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE      ....     $1.25 

This  is  prepared  on  the  same  general  lines,  and  though 
brief  is  comprehensive.  The  grammatical  topics  discussed 
have  been  wisely  chosen,  and  all  topics  of  primary  import- 
ance are  fully  treated.  The  exercises  in  reading  and 
writing  French  furnish  abundant  practice  on  all  points  of 
syntax.  The  book  contains  a  valuable  chapter  on  French 
Phonetics,  as  well  as  the  poetry  prescribed  for  memorizing 
by  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York. 
It  is  especially  noteworthy  in  that  it  conforms  in  all  re- 
spects to  the  radical  reform  incorporated  in  the  new  laws 
of  syntax  officially  promulgated  by  the  Minister  of  Public 
Instruction  of  the  French  Republic,  on  March  ii,  1901. 


Copies  will  be  sent,  prepaid^  on  receipt  of  the  price, 

American   Book  Company 

New  York  «  Cincinnati  ♦  Chicago 

(212) 


For  Teachers  of  French 

Introductory  French  Prose  Composition   -    -    25  cents 
Advanced  French  Prose  Composition       -    -     80  cents 

By  VICTOR  E.   FRAN9OIS 

Instructor    in    French    in    the    University    of  Michigan 


THESE  BOOKS  furnish  ample  materials  for  thorough  drill  on 
the  corlstructions  and  idioms  of  the  French  language,  embodied 
in  a  large  variety  of  entertaining  and  helpful  exercises. 

The  first  book,  by  the  use  of  a  connected  story,  maintains  a 
unity  of  thought  and  interest  throughout  the  reading  lessons.  It 
offers,  in  addition : — Progressive  Grammar  Exercises  in  connection 
with  a  thorough  review  of  the  subjects  indicated  at  the  head  of  the 
French  text ;  Progressive  Exercises  in  Transposition,  which  will  be 
found  the  best  possible  means  for  the  quick  and  intelligent 
mastering  of  French  verbs ;  Questions  for  drill  on  the  text  of  the 
Transposition  Exercises;  Grammar  drills  for  the  purpose  of  a 
systematic  review  of  the  elements  of  French  grammar;  Exercises 
in  Translation  and  for  General  Review,  so  that  the  pupil  may  be 
perfectly  familiarized  with  all  important  words,  constructions,  and 
idiomatic  expressions;  and  a  Vocabulary  of  all  the  French  words 
used  in  the  book. 

The  second  book  is  designed  for  the  second  year  in  colleges,  or 
the  third  and  fourth  years  in  high  schools.  Grammar  reviews  are 
combined  with  translation  work,  based  on  selections  in  French,  and 
suggestive  questions  refer  to  these  selections.  Numerous  references 
are  made  to  the  new  grammatical  rules  promulgated  by  the  Minister 
of  Public  Instruction  of  France  in  his  decree  of  February  26,  1901, 
the  more  important  of  these  rules  being  given  in  full.  Especial 
attention  is  paid  to  idiomatic  expressions,  which  are  used  wher- 
ever  possible,  and  afford  a  most  valuable  training  to  the  student. 


American  Book  Company 

New  York        ♦         Cincinnati        •        Chicago 

(215) 


New  Text-Books  in   German 

By  I.  KELLER 

Professor  of  the  German  Language  and  Literature  in  the  Normal  College, 

New  York. 


KELLER'S  FIRST  YEAR  IN  GERMAN 

Cloth,  12mo,  290  pages $1.00 

KELLER'S  SECOND  YEAR  IN  GERMAN 

Cloth,  12mo,  388  pages      . 1.20 

These  two  books  furnish  a  systematic  and  thorough  course  for 
beginners  in  German.  They  combine  the  best  features  of  both  the 
grammatical  and  natural  methods  of  teaching.  The  lessons  in  each 
book  afford  suitable  material  for  practice  in  reading,  for  oral  and 
written  exercises  and  translations,  for  conversational  exercises,  and  for 
grammatical  study.  The  student  is  encouraged  from  the  first  to  speak 
and  write  German  as  the  best  means  of  gaining  an  intelligent  knowledge 
and  use  of  the  language. 

KELLER'S  BILDER  AUS  DER  DEUTSCHEN  LITTERATUR 

Linen,  12mo,  225  pages 75  cents 

The  plan  of  this  work  will  commend  itself  to  teachers  who  believe 
that  the  teaching  of  German  literature  should  concern  itself  with  the 
contents  and  meaning  of  the  great  works  themselves  more  than  with  a 
critical  study  of  what  has  been  said  about  the  works.  With  this  aim  the 
author  gives  a  survey  of  the  language  and  literature  at  its  most  important 
epochs,  selecting  for  detailed  study  the  chief  works  of  each  period  and 
writer.  A  summary  of  the  contents  of  each  work  so  treated  is  given, 
generally  illustrated  by  a  quotation  from  the  work. 

The  simplicity  of  the  treatment  and  language  adapts  this  work  for 
younger  students  as  well  as  for  those  of  more  advanced  grades. 


Copies  of  any  of  the  above  books  will  be  sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on 
receipt  of  the  price  by  the  Publishers  : 

American    Book  Company 

New  York  *  Cincinnati  «  Chicago 

(mi) 


STANDARD    GERMAN    TEXTS 

With  Notes  and  Vocabularies 


Arnold.      Ein  Regentag  auf  dem  Lande  (Kem) 50-2$ 

Benedix.     Der  Prozess  j  and  Wilhelmi.    Einer  Muss  Heiraten  (Lambert)        .30 
Ebner-Eschenbach.       Krambambuli ;    and  Klaussmann.      Memoiren 

eines  Offizierburschen  (Spanhoofd) .»5 

Fouque.      Undine  (Senger) 

Freytag.     Die  Joumalisten  (Johnson) 35 

Grimm.     Marchen  (Vos) 

Groller.     Inkognito  j  and  Albersdorf.     Cand.  phil.  Lauschmann  (Lentz)        .30 
Heyse,     Anfang  und  Ende  (Lentz) 30 

L'Arrabbiata  (Lentz) 30 

Hillern.     Hoher  als  die  Kirche  (Dauer) 25 

Keller.      Bilder  aus  der  Deutschen  Litteratur 75 

Leander.     Traumereien  (Hanstein) 35 

Lessing.     Minna  von  Barnhelm  (Lambert) 50 

Nathan  der  Weise  (Diekhoff) 

Moser.     Der  Bibliothekar  (Cooper) 45 

Prehn.     Journalistic  German .50 

Ranke.     Kaiserwahl  Karl's  V.  (Schoenfeld) 35 

Richter.     Selections  (Collins) 60 

Riehl.      Die  Vierzehn  Nothelfer  andTrost  umTrost  (Sihler) 30 

Der  Fluch  der  Schonheit  (Frost) 30 

Das  Spielmannskind  and  Der  Stummc  Ratsherr  (Priest) 35 

Schanz.      Der  Assistent  and  Other  Stories  (Beinhom) 35 

Seidel.      Die  Monate  (Arrowsmith) 25 

Der  Lindenbaum  and  Other  Stories  (Richard) 25 

Herr  Omnia  (Matthewman) 25 

Stern.     Geschichten  vom  Rhein 85 

Geschichten  von  Deutschen  Stadten 1.25 

Stifter.     Das  Heidedorf( Lentz) 25 

Storm.     Immensee  (Dauer) 25 

Vogel.     Scientific  German  Reader 

Wilbrandt.     Der  Meister  von  Palmyra  (Henckels) 80 

Wildenbruch.     Das  Edle  Blut  (Eggert) 

Zschokke.     Der  Zerbrochene  Krug  (Berkefeld) 


AMERICAN     BOOK     COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS 

(22J) 


TWO   NEW   GERMAN   READERS 
BY  MENCO  STERN 

(Befd?id?ten  von  Deutfd?en 
Stdbkn 

Cloth,    j2mo,  420  pages.        With    vocabulary,    map,    and 
illustrations.     Price,  $1.2^, 

(5efd?id?ten  pom  ^f?ein 

Cloth,   i2mo,   jj8  pages.      With    vocabulary,    maps,    and 
illustrations.      Price,  8^  cents. 

IT  has  been  found  from  much  experience  that  one  of  the 
best  ways  of  interesting  the  student  of  German  in  his 
work  is  to  acquaint  him  from  the  very  outset  with  the 
people  whose  language  he  is  studying.  For  this  purpose 
those  stories  are  best  adapted  which  in  tone  and  contents 
describe  faithfully  the  various  sections  of  the  German 
Empire,  portraying  their  local  color  and  giving  their  local 
traditions. 

These  two  volumes,  each  containing  nearly  one  hundred 
stories,  furnish  reading  matter  of  this  nature,  and  include 
besides,  valuable  suggestive  material  for  exercises  in  con- 
versation and  composition.  They  are  well  suited  for 
intermediate  and  advanced  grades,  and  provide  excellent 
preparation  for  the  reading  of  the  German  classics,  being 
widely  varied  in  character  and  subject  matter. 

The  sketches  all  portray  the  romance  of  Germany — its 
scenery,  cities,  castles,  and  homes,  interweaving  with  the 
descriptions  the  legends  and  folk-lore  tales  of  the  people. 
They  do  not,  however,  consist  of  fiction  only,  but  furnish 
also  many  facts  of  historical,  geographical,  and  literary 
importance.  The  books  have  been  carefully  edited.  The 
vocabularies  are  complete  and  furnish  ample  aid.  The 
maps  enable  the  student  to  understand  the  full  geographical 
and  historical  significance  of  the  tales. 

AMERICAN      BOOK      COMPANY 

NEW    YORK         CINCINNATI         CHICAGO 

(825) 


Latin  Lessons  and  Methods 


HARPER  AND  BURGESS'S  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN 

By  W.  R.  Harper,  Ph.D.,  D.D.,  President  of  the  University  of 

Chicago,  and  Isaac    B.    Burgess,    A.M.,   Professor  of  Latin  in 

Morgan  Park  Academy  of  the  University  of  Chicago.    Cloth,  i2mo, 

320  pages.     With  maps  and  illustrations.     $1.00. 

This  first  Latin  book  for  beginners  follows  the  modern  method  of 

developing  the  grammar  from  the  language.     In  accordance  with  the 

practice  of  the  best  Latin  teachers  the  pupil  is  early  introduced  to  the 

connected  text  of  Caesar.     The  lessons   are   short   and   the   exercises 

abundant  and  progressive.     Special  attention  is  given  to  the  vocabulary 

of  new  words. 

SMILEY  AND  STORKE'S  BEGINNERS'  LATIN  BOOK 

By  James  B.  Smiley,  A.M.  (Harvard),  and  Helen  L,  Storke, 

A.B.  (Vassar),  Instructors   in  Greek  and  Latin  in  the  Cleveland 

West  High  School.     Cloth,  i2mo,  282  pages.     $1.00. 

This  book  differs  in  important  essentials  from  other  Latin  methods. 

Its  vocabulary  is  made  up    from  the  most  common   words  in  Caesar, 

Nepos,  and  Viri  Romae.     The  noun  and  verb  are  treated  for  the  most 

part  in  alternating  lessons.     The  graded  reading  lessons  are  an  important 

feature.     Most  of  these  are  based  on  Caesar,  others  consist  of  fables 

and  a  Latin  version  of  the  labors  of  Hercules.     Frequent  word  lists 

furnish  material  for  exercises  on  vocabulary,  form,  word  comparison,  and 

English  derivatives. 

COY'S  LATIN   LESSONS 

By  E.  W.  Coy,  A.M.,  Principal  of  the  Hughes  High  School, 
Cincinnati.  Cloth,  i2mo,  330  pages.  Illustrated.  $1.00. 
This  Introductory  Book  for  beginners  is  intended  to  give  a  thorough 
drill  in  the  essentials  of  Latin  Grammar  and  to  prepare  the  student  to 
read  different  Latin  authors  in  the  course  with  ease  and  satisfaction. 
Special  features  will  be  found  in  the  methods  of  presenting  inflected 
forms,  the  accent  of  which  is  marked  in  all  paradigms;  in  the  promi- 
nence given  to  the  tense  sign  of  verbs  by  the  use  of  heavy  type  ;  in  the 
practical  and  suggestive  character  of  the  notes  on  the  reading  matter;  and 
in  the  parallel  exercises  which  supply  the  material  furnished  by  the  text. 

HARKNESS'S  EASY   METHOD  FOR  BEGINNERS  IN   LATIN 

By  Albert  Harkness,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.      Half  leather,   i2mo,  348 

pages.     Illustrated.     $1.20. 

This  book  is  at  once  a  Beginner's  Grammar,  a  Latin  Reader,  and  a 

Manual  of  Exercises — making  a  complete   First  Year's  Course  in   the 

study.     Its  vocabulary  is  drawn  mainly  from  the  text  of  Caesar,  and 

thorough  drill  is  afforded  in  forms  and  constructions. 


Copies  sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  the  price, 

American    Book    Company 

New  York  ♦  Cincinnati  ♦  Chicago 

(235) 


Scientific   Memoir  Series 

Edited  by  JOSEPH  S.  AMES,  Ph.D. 
Johns  Hopkins  University 


The  Free  Expansion  of  Gases.     Memoirs  by  Gay-Lussac,  Joule, 

and  Joule  and  Thomson.     Edited  by  Dr.  J.  S.  Ames   .         .    $0.75 

Prismatic   and    Diffraction    Spectra.      Memoirs    by  Joseph  von 

Fraunhofer.     Edited  by  Dr.  J.  S.  Ames 60 

Rontgen  Rays.    Memoirs  by  ROntgen,  Stokes,  and  J.  J.  Thomson. 

Edited  by  Dr.  George  F.  Barker .60 

The  Modern  Theory  of  Solution.     Memoirs  by  PfeflFer,Van't  Hoff, 

Arrhenius,  and  Raoult.     Edited  by  Dr.  H.  C.  Jones   .         .1.00 

The  Laws  of  Gases.     Memoirs  by  Boyle  and  Amagat.     Edited  by 

Dr.  Carl  Barus 75 

The   Second    Law  of  Thermodynamics.      Memoirs  by  Carnot, 

Clausius,  and  Thomson.     Edited  by  Dr.  W.  F.  Magie     .        .90 

The  Fundamental  Laws  of  Electrolytic  Conduction.  Memoirs  by 
Faraday,  Hittorf,  and  Kohlrausch.  Edited  by  Dr.  H.  M. 
Goodwin 75 

The  Effects  of  a  Magnetic   Field  on  Radiation.      Memoirs  by 

Faraday,  Kerr,  and  Zeeman.     Edited  by  Dr.  E.  P.  LEVvris  .        .75 

The  Laws  of  Gravitation.     Memoirs  by  Newton,  Boug^er,  and 

Cavendish.     Edited  by  Dr.  A.  S.  Mackenzie      .        .        .      1  00 

The  Wave  Theory  of  Light.     Memoirs  by  Huj'gens,  Young,  and 

Fresnel.     Edited  by  Dr.  Henry  Crew        .        .         .        .      1  00 

The  Discovery  of  Induced  Electric  Currents.     Vol.  I.     Memoirs 

by  Joseph  Henry.     Edited  by  Dr.  J.  S.  Ames      ...        .75 

The  Discovery  of  Induced  Electric  Currents.    Vol.  H.     Memoirs 

by  Michael  Faraday.     Edited  by  Dr.  J.  S.  Ames  ...        .75 

Stereochemistry.  Memoirs  by  Pasteur,  Le  Bel,  and  Van't  Ho£f, 
together  with  selections  from  later  memoirs  by  Wislicenus 
and  others.     Edited  by  Dr.  G.  M.  Richardson  .        .        .1.00 

The  Expansion  of  Gases.     Memoirs  by  Gay-Lussac  and  Regnault, 

Edited  by  Prof.  W.  W.  Randall 1 .00 

Radiation  and  Absorption.  Memoirs  by  Prevost,  Balfour  Stewart, 
Kirchhoff,  and  Kirchhoff  and  Bunsen.  Edited  by  Dr. 
DeWitt  B.  Brace 1.00 


Copies  sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  the  price, 

American    Book   Company 

New  York  •  Cincinnati  •  Chicago 

083) 


Outlines  of  Botany 

FOR   THE 

HIGH  SCHOOL  LABORATORY  AND   CLASSROOM 

BY 

ROBERT   GREENLEAF   LEAVITT,  A.M. 
Of  the  Ames  Botanical  Laboratory 

Prepared  at  the  request  of  the  Botanical  Department  of  Harvard 
University 


LEAVITT'S  OUTLINES  OF  BOTANY.     Cloth,  8vo.     272  pages   .  $1.00 

The   same,  with  Gray's  Field,  Forest,  and  Garden    Flora. 

791  pages 1.80 

This  book  has  been  prepared  to  meet  a  specific  demand.  Many 
schools,  having  outgrown  the  method  of  teaching  botany  hitherto 
prevalent,  find  the  more  recent  text-books  too  difficult  and  comprehensive 
for  practical  use  in  an  elementary  course.  In  order,  therefore,  to  adapt 
this  text-book  to  present  requirements,  the  author  has  combined  with 
great  simplicity  and  definiteness  in  presentation,  a  careful  selection  and 
a  judicious  arrangement  of  matter.     It  offers 

1.  A  series  of  laboratory  exercises  in  the  morphology  and  physiology 

of  phanerogams. 

2.  Directions  for  a  practical  study  of  typical  cryptogams,  represent- 

ing the  chief  groups  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest. 

3.  A  substantial  body  of  information  regarding  the  forms,  activities, 

and  relationships  of  plants,  and  supplementing  the  laboratory 
studies. 

The  laboratory  work  is  adapted  to  any  equipment,  and  the  instruc- 
tions for  it  are  placed  in  divisions  by  themselves,  preceding  the  related 
chapters  of  descriptive  text,  which  follows  in  the  main  the  order  of 
topics  in  Gray's  Lessons  in  Botany.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the 
ecological  aspects  of  plant  life,  while  at  the  same  time  morphology  and 
physiology  are  fully  treated. 

There  are  384  carefully  drawn  illustrations,  many  of  them  entirely 
new.  The  appendix  contains  full  descriptions  of  the  necessary  laboratory 
materials,  with  directions  for  their  use.  It  also  gives  helpful  sugges- 
tions for  the  exercises,  addressed  primarily  to  the  teacher,  and  indicating 
clearly  the  most  effective  pedagogical  methods. 


Copies  sent^  prepaid^  on  receipt  of  price, 

American   Book  Company 

New  York  ♦  Cincinnati  ♦  Chicago 

(174) 


Mythology 

GUERBER'S  MYTHS  OF  GREECE  AND  ROME 

Cloth,  12mo,  428  pages.     Illustrated $1.50 

GUERBER'S  MYTHS  OF  NORTHERN  LANDS 

Cloth,  12mo,  319  pages.     Illustrated 150 

GUERBER'S  LEGENDS  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES 

Cloth,  12mo,  340  pages.     Illustrated 1.50 

By  H.  a.  GUERBER,  Lecturer  on  Mythology. 


These  companion  volumes  present  a  complete  outline 
of  Ancient  and  Mediaeval  Mythology,  narrated  with 
special  reference  to  Literature  and  Art.  They  are  uni- 
formly bound  in  cloth,  and  are  richly  illustrated  with 
beautiful  reproductions  of  masterpieces  of  ancient  and 
modern  painting  and  sculpture. 

While  primarily  designed  as  manuals  for  the  use  of 
classes  in  schools  where  Mythology  is  made  a  regular  sub- 
ject of  study  and  for  collateral  and  supplementary  reading 
in  classes  studying  literature  or  criticism,  they  are  equally 
well  suited  for  private  students  and  for  home  reading. 
For  this  purpose  the  myths  are  told  in  a  clear  and  charming 
style  and  in  a  connected  narrative  without  unnecessary 
digressions.  To  show  the  wonderful  influence  of  these 
ancient  myths  in  literature,  numerous  and  appropriate 
quotations  from  the  poetical  writings  of  all  ages,  from 
Hesiod's  ** Works  and  Days"  to  Tennyson's  "Oenone," 
have  been  included  in  the  text  in  connection  with  the 
description  of  the  different  myths  and  legends. 

Maps,  complete  glossaries,  and  indexes  adapt  the 
manuals  for  convenient  use  in  schools,  libraries,  or  art 
galleries. 

Copies  of  the  above  books  will  be  sent^  prepaid^  to  any  address  on  receipt 
of  the  price  by  the  Publishers  : 

n 

American   Book  Company 

New  York  ♦  Cincinnati  ♦  ChicagQ 

(135) 


Outlines  of  General  History 

For  High  Schools,  Academies,  and  Normal  Schools, 
AND  FOR  Special  Students  and  General  Readers. 

By  frank  MOORE  COLBY,  M.A. 
Professor  of  Economics  in  New  York  University. 

Half  morocco,  12mo,  610  pages.     Illustrated     ....     $1.50 


This  General  History  possesses  certain  features  and  ad- 
vantages which  distinguishes  it  from  all  other  text-books  of 
its  class.  While  designed  primarily  for  use  as  a  text-book, 
it  presents  such  a  conspectus  of  the  history  of  the  whole 
world  as  admirably  adapts  it  for  the  use  of  special  students 
and  of  general  readers.  The  special  feature  which  char- 
acterizes the  book  most  is  the  interesting  style  in  which  it  is 
written,  the  story  from  beginning  to  end  being  told  simply 
and  clearly,  and  yet  in  a  most  attractive  manner.  The 
book  gives  in  brief  compass  a  comprehensive  outline  of 
the  history  of  the  whole  world,  but  a  larger  proportional 
space  is  given  to  mediaeval  and  modern  history  than 
in  most  other  text-books  in  recognition  of  the  relation  of 
those  later  periods  to  the  present  status  of  the  world's 
history.  To  this  end  also  the  great  events  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  are  especially  emphasized.  Throughout 
the  book  the  author  has  sought  to  point  out  the  signifi- 
cance of  events  so  that  they  should  clearly  explain  later 
historical  developments. 

The  book  is  well  supplied  with  useful  accessories.  The 
different  historical  phases  and  periods  are  shown  by  well 
designed  and  accurate  maps,  many  of  which  are  printed 
in  colors.  The  illustrations  are  numerous  and  finely 
executed.  These  include  portraits  of  the  world's  greatest 
historical  characters.  The  chapters  are  followed  by  brief 
summaries  for  reviews.  The  pronunciation  of  difficult 
proper  names  is  indicated  as  they  occur.  Dynastic  gene- 
alogies and  successions  are  given  in  convenient  tables. 
The  index  is  very  complete  and  well  arranged. 


Copies  sent,  prepaid,  on  receipt  of  the  price  by  the  Publishers  : 

American    Book   Company 

New  York  ♦  Cincinnati  ♦  Chicago 

("5) 


For  Teachers  of  Geography 


NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHIC  MONOGRAPHS 


Physiographic  Processes  -         -        - 

Physiographic  Features    • 

Physiographic  Regions  of  the  United  States 

Present  and  Extinct  Lakes  of  Nevada 

Beaches  of  the  Atlantic  Coast 

The  Northern  Appalachians 

Niagara  Falls  and  Their  History 

Mt.  Shasta — A  Typical  Volcano 

Physical  Geography  of  Southern  New  Englan 

The  Southern  Appalachians 


By  J.  W.  Powell 
By  J.  W.  Powell 
By  J.  W.  Powell 
By  I.  C.  Russell 
By  N.  S.  Shaler 
By  Bailey  Willis 
By  G.  K.  Gilbert 
By  J.  S.  Diller 
By  W.  M.  Davis 
By  C.  W.  Hayes 


In  paper  covers  -----        Price,  each,  20  cents 
In  one  volume,  quarto,  buckram.    346  pages.    Price,  $2.50 


These  monographs  were  prepared  under  the  editorial 
supervision  of  Major  J.  W.  Powell,  formerly  Director 
of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  and  published 
by  special  arrangement  with  the  National  Geographic 
Society.  They  were  written  by  eminent  specialists, 
and  are  profusely  illustrated  and  supplied  with  numer- 
ous maps  and  diagrams.  They  represent  the  latest 
and  best  information  in  their  respective  lines  and  are 
invaluable  for  reading  and  reference  for  all  teachers  of 
geography.  

AMERICAN  BOOK  COMPANY,  Publishers 

(»14) 


.VB  35675 


